Sociology

TTHE HE LEADING LEADI LEAD LEA LE ING WORLD’S W ORLD’S LEADIN LEADING NG IINDEPENDENT NDEP PENDPPROFESSIONAL ENTT R ESSIONAAL ROF AACADEMIC CADEMICC WORLD’S W ORLD’S AND D WORLD’S WOR WO ORLLD OR D’SS LEAD LEADING LEADIN ING IN NG PPUBLISHER UBLISHEER AND ND D HOME H HO ME A AN AND EDITORS ED EDI TORS SOCIETIES AAUTHORS AU THOR H S PPROFESSIONAL R FESSIONAAL RO ACADEMIC ACADEMI MIC C LEADING G PPUBLISHER UBLISHERR AACADEMIC CADEMIC EDI CADEMIC CADE EDITORS EDIT TORS ORRS NATURAL N ATURAL WORLD’S D’S ’SS WORLD’S W ORLD’S SSOCIETIES OCIETIES THEE AND AN LEADING G AUTHORS RS PPUBLISHER UBLISH HER NNATURAL ATURAL AUTHOR SSOCIETIES O ETIES OCI INDEPENDENT INDEPENDEN N T HOMEE H HO HOM HE E EDITORS EDI ED ITOR RS THE PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL NATURAL NATURA AL SSOCIETIES OCIETIES IINDEPENDENT NDEPENDENTT AAUTHORS UTHORS SOCIETIES S AND D SSOCIETIES OCIETIESS EEDITORS ED DITORS THE E LLEADING EADING HOME ME EEDITORS DITORS NATURAL N ATURAL EDITORS RS S PPROFESSIONAL R ESS ROF ESSION IONAAL ION IINDEPENDENT NDEPENDEN NT ACADEMIC A CADEMIC C AND D AUTHORS A UTHORSS ACADEMIC INDEPENDENTT PUBLISHER P UBLIS SHER AACADEMIC CADEMI CAD E C SSOCIETIES OCIETIES AN AND ND AAUTHORS UTHORSS AACADEMIC C MIC THE CADE E WORLD’S W ORLD’S THE EEDITORS DITORS SE AACADEMIC C EMIC THE CAD NATURAL N ATUR URA AL HE E LLEADING EADING THE NATURAL N ATURALL LLEADING LEA E DING HOM HOME ME NATURAL N ATURALL AUTHORS AU AU NATURAL N ATURALL EDITORS EED DITORS AUTHOR AUTHORS RS HOME HOM ME WORLD’SS AUTHORS THE E EEDITORS ED DITORS AUTHORS LEADING LEA EADIN DING DIN G PPUBLISHER UBLIISHERR WORLD’S W ORLD’S LLEADING LE EADING WORLD’S RLD’SS AUTHORS WOR NATURAL NATUR RAL ND HOME AND TH HOME THE TH LEADING LEADIN NG PPROFESSIONAL ROFESS SSION IONA O AL ACADEMIC ACADE DEEMIC IC C HOMEE NATURAL N ATURAL ANDD IINDEPENDENT NDEPENDENTT WORLD’S WORL LD’S S AUTHORS A AU UTHORS WOR PPUBLISHER UBLISHER AAUTHORS UTHORS WORLD’SS HOME H OME NATURAL N ATURAL HOM HOME ME LEADING G ACADEMIC ACADEMIC AACADEMIC CADEMIC LEADINGG CAD EDITORS RSS NATURAL N ATURA AL AAND ND PUBLISHER ERR EEDITORS DITORS S WORLD’SS AU AUTHORS AU HOME H HO HOM O E ACADEMIC C PPROFESSIONAL ROFESSIO ONA NAL AL AUTHORS S IINDEPENDENT N EPENDENT HOMEE LE ND LLEADING ADING G AACADEMIC C EMIC WORLD’ CAD WORLD’S DS A AND AUTHORS AUTTHORS AU RS AND ND HOME H OME AN AACADEMIC C EMI CAD MIC C AUTHORS THO HORS RSS PPROFESSIONAL ROFESSIONALAU WORLD’SS EEDITORS DITORS THE LEADING PUBLISHE PUBLISHER ER AUTHORS AU UNTTHORS IN NDEPENDEN INDEPENDENT H OME HOME EDITORSS NATURAL N ATURAL AACADEMIC CADEM CAD EMIC EMI C AACADEMIC CADEMIC THE TH HE NATURAL N ATURALL SSOCIETIES LEADING LEAD ADIN AD ING IN G OCIE OC IETTIE IE IESS LE WORLD’S W ORLD’S PROFESSIONAL ACADEMIC C LEADING LEADING PUBLISHERR WORLD’S W ORLD’S EEDITORS DITORS INDEPENDENT IND DEPENDENT PPUBLISHER UBLISHER AN AND ND NATURAL N ATURALL HOME H OME PROFESSIONAL PROFESS SSSION IONAAL PUBLISHER PUBLISHER AACADEMIC CADEMIC WORLD’S HOME NATURAL NATURA AL AAUTHORS UTHORS HOME EDITORS EEDITORS DITORS NATURAL INDEPENDENT INDEPENDEN NT LEADING LEADIN LEA DING DIN G AACADEMIC CADEMI CAD EMIIC Sociology 2013-2014 New & Forthcoming Titles! Please note that information is correct at time of print. Prices are subject to change without notice. Sociology | 2013 / 2014 Contents Sociology & Social Theory ..........................................................................2-4 Introductory Sociology................................................................................... 5 Research Methods & Methodology .......................................................... 6-19 Social Inequality & Social Problems....................................................... 19-22 Globalization, Development & Social Change ....................................... 22-24 Social Anthropology ..................................................................................... 25 Urban Sociology & Space .......................................................................26-27 Environmental Sociology ............................................................................. 28 Creative Industries ....................................................................................... 29 Media & Cultural Studies ........................................................................30-32 New Media & Digital Culture ........................................................................ 33 Popular Music .............................................................................................. 34 Cultural Sociology ...................................................................................35-36 Race, Ethnicity & Migration.......................................................................... 37 Gender & Sexuality ....................................................................................... 38 Religion ......................................................................................................... 39 Sport ........................................................................................................39-41 Tourism, Hospitality & Events ................................................................42-43 Work & Organizations..............................................................................43-45 Health, Illness & Body .............................................................................45-47 Disability Studies .......................................................................................... 48 Childhood, Youth & Ageing .....................................................................49-50 Families ....................................................................................................50-51 Education ...................................................................................................... 52 Criminology ..............................................................................................53-57 Index.........................................................................................................58-64 SAGE India Sociology & Social Theory ..................................................................... 1A-9A Contact us Social Change .......................................................................................9A-11A B-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area Mathura Road Post Bag 7, New Delhi 110 044 Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222 Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234 e-mail: marketing@sagepub.in sales@sagepub.in Sociology of Religion ..........................................................................14A-15A Ground Floor, 59/5 Prince Baktiar Shah Road Tollygunge Kolkata 700 033 Tel: +(91-33) 2422 0611 e-mail: kolkata@sagepub.in Peace & Conflict Studies ................................................................... 26A-28A E-1, Karthik Apartments New No. 16 (old 6) Vijayaraghava Road T Nagar, Chennai 600 017 Tel: +(91-44) 2815 8405 2815 8406; 2815 8407 e-mail: chennai@sagepub.in Anthropology ....................................................................................... 11A-13A Dalit Sociology..................................................................................... 16A-17A Sociology of Gender ...........................................................................17A-20A Cultural Studies .................................................................................. 21A-25A Ethnic/Minority Rights ................................................................................ 25A SAGE Studies on India's North East ................................................. 29A-31A Social Psychology ...................................................................................... 32A Social Work ......................................................................................... 32A-33A Environment Studies .......................................................................... 33A-34A Urban Studies ..................................................................................... 35A-36A SAGE Studies in International Sociology .................................................. 36A No. 12-13-66, Sree Nilayam , 3rd Floor Street No.4, Taranaka Secundrabad 500 017 Tel: +(91-40) 2701 6674 Office # 3E, 2nd Floor Apeejay House, 5, Dinshaw Vachha Road Churchgate Mumbai 400 020 Tel: +(91-22) 6636 4344 Fax: +(91-22) 2202 9967 e-mail: mumbai@sagepub.in the natural home for authors, editors & societies Sociology & Social Theory THEORETICAL SOCIOLOGY THE 1830 to the Present Jonathan H Turner University of California, Riverside, USA THE EMERGENCE OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY Seventh Edition This monumental book offers both in-depth and comprehensive coverage of the classical and modern traditions in sociological theorizing. This is not a shallow review of theory, but a serious effort to understand theoretical sociology from its beginnings in the 1830s to its presentt profile today. CONTENTS Theoretical Sociology / The Classical Period, 1830-1935 / August Comte and The Emergence of Sociology / Herbert Spencer / Karl Marx / The Max Weber / Georg Simmel / Emile Durkheim / George Herbert Mead / The Classical Roots of Contemporary Theorizing / The Modern Era / Functional Theorizing / General Systems Theorizing / Ecological Theorizing / Evolutionary Theorizing / Conflict Theorizing / Exchange Theorizing / Symbolic Interactionist Theorizing / Role and Status Theorizing / Dramaturgical Theorizing / Phenomenological and Ethnomethodological Theorizing / Structuralist Theorizing (include structuration theory, network theory) / Cultural Theorizing / Post-modern Theorizing / European Critical Theorizing / American-style Critical Theorizing / The State of Sociological Theory / Elements of Scientific Theorizing / Overcoming Roadblocks to Cumulative 2013 • 936 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-0342-3) • $100.00 Paperback (978-1-4522-0343-0) • $84.00 Jonathan H Turner University of California, Riverside, USA, Leonard Beeghley University of Florida, USA and Charles H Powers Santa Clara University Covering the first 100 years of sociological theorizing, from 1830-1930, and focusing ng primarily on Comte, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Simmel, Durkheim and Mead. This book provides an in-depth examination of these early theorists with biographical background, analysis of key works, major influences and critical insights, encouraging students to engage with the question: 'What do these ideas tell us about the basic forces that shape the social world?' CONTENTS The Rise of Theoretical Sociology / The Origin and Context of Auguste Comte’s Sociology / The Sociology of Auguste Comte / The Origin and Context of Herbert Spencer’s Thought / The Sociology of Herbert Spencer / The Origin and Context of Karl Marx’s Thought / The Sociology of Karl Marx / The Origin and Context of Max Weber’s Thought / The Sociology of Max Weber / The Origin and Context of Georg Simmel’s Thought / The Sociology of Georg Simmel / The Origin and Context of Émile Durkheim’s Thought / The Sociology of Émile Durkheim / The Origin and Context of George Herbert Mead’s Thought / John Dewey and Mead / The Sociology of George Herbert Mead / The Emergence of Contemporary Theoretical Perspective 2012 • 520 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0624-0) • $89.00 CLASSICAL AND CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY IN THE CLASSICAL ERA Text and Readings Text and Readings Second Edition Second Edition Scott A Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles California State University, Northridge Laura Desfor Edles and Scott A Appelrouth both at California State University, Northridge This hybrid of text and primary readings combines the major writings of sociology's core theorists with an historical and theoretical framework for understanding them. It provides not just a biographical and theoretical summary of each theorist/reading, but an overarching scaffolding which students can use to examine, compare and contrast each theorists' major themes and concepts. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE FOUNDATIONS OF CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY / PART TWO CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY: EXPANDING THE FOUNDATION / PART THREE TWENTIETH-CENTURY SOCIOLOGICAL TRADITIONS / PART FOUR BROADENING SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY This hybrid of text and readings, provides both original, major writings of sociology's s key classical theorists alongside a theoretical and historical framework with which to better understand the readings. CONTENTS Karl Marx / Émile Durkheim / Max Weber / Charlotte Perkins Gilman / Georg Simmel / W. E. B. Du Bois / George Herbert Mead 2012 • 888 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9233-6) • $105.00 *VUULJ[^P[O:(., 2 2010 • 448 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7564-3) • $98.00 Sociology & Social Theory CLASSICAL SOCIAL THEORY CLA Roots and Branches David Inglis University of Aberdeen This book sets out all the main aspects of classical social theory that a reader unfamiliar with this body of thought will need to know. It also considers dominant and emergent ways of understanding what classical social theory involves, and what its legacies may be today. CONTENTS Introduction: What Is Classical Social Theory? / Social Theory before 'Social Theory' / Thinking about 'Society' / Social Theory and Science / Social Change and History / Understanding Modernity / Power and Conflict / Individuals, Individualism and Selfhood / The Canon of Classical Social Theory: Orthodoxy, Dissent, Renewal 2013 • 288 pages Hardback (978-0-76194-027-2) • £60.00 Paperback (978-0-76194-028-9) • £19.99 SOCIOLOGY TODAY Social Transformations in a Globalizing World Edited by Arnaud Sales University of Montreal Published in association with the International Sociological Association (ISA), this work is a timely collection from an international set of authors. It offers a cutting-edge understanding of what is s happening in our life worlds, work lives and frames of social existence in the context of social change. CONTENTS PART ONE / Transformations in the Multiple Domains of a Turbulent World / PART TWO: CONCEPTUAL PERSPECTIVES FOR UNDERSTANDING THE DYNAMICS OF SOCIAL CHANGE / A Re-Appraisal of Agency-Structure Theories to Understand Social Change / Global Society and Polyarchic Governance / Social Transformations and Knowledge / PART THREE: RECOMPOSITION OF THE POLITICAL DOMAIN AND CHALLENGES TO CIVIL SOCIETY / Political Sociology Responds to Change / Global Social Movements: Politics, Subjectivity and Human Rights / PART FOUR: THE TRANSFORMATION OF ORGANIZATIONS AND WORK / Transforming Organizations / Transformations of Work in a Global Context: Employment Systems, Autonomy and Work-life Articulation as Main Challenges / Reconnections: Labour Sociologies in a Globalizing Era / Returning to Professions / PART FIVE: THE TRANSFORMATION OF LIFE WORLD AND CULTURE / Challenging Women's Domination and Striving for Equity and the Respect of Difference / Family Change and Lifecourse Development: Social Transformations on the Intimate Frontiers / The Waning of Religious Beliefs in Thirty European Countries: Empirical Evidence / The Culture Society: An Heuristic for Analyzing Cultural Change in the Global Age / Power and Global Sport: Zones of Prestige, Emulation and Resistance / PART SIX: TRANSFORMATION OF FRAMES AND CONDITIONS OF SOCIAL EXISTENCE / Comparative Social Transformations in Urban Regimes / Globalization and the Transformation of Disease and Health Care / The Dynamics of Migration and Social Transformations KEY CONCEPTS IN CLASSICAL SOCIAL THEORY Alex Law University of Abertay, Dundee Individual entries introduce, explain and contextualize the key topics within classical social theory. Definitions, summaries and key words are developed throughout with careful cross-referencing, allowing students to move effortlessly between en core ideas and themes, making this an indispensable guide to the central concepts of classical social theory. CONTENTS Introduction: Classical Social Theory / Alienation / Anomie / Base and Superstructure / Bureaucracy / Capital / Civil Society / Class / Class, Status and Party / Collective Effervescence / Collective Representations / Commodity Fetishism / Conscience Collective / Division of Labour (Smith and Ferguson) / Division of Labour (Marx) / Division of Labour in Society (Durkheim) / Fashion / Gemeinschaft and Gesellschaft / Historical Materialism / Ideal-Types / Ideology / Legitimate Domination / Mechanical and Organic Solidarity / Metropolis / Mode of Production / Modernity / Money / Normal and Pathological / Positivism / Primitive Accumulation / Protestant Ethic and the 'Spirit of Capitalism' / Rationality and Rationalization / Sacred and Profane / Social Action / Social Facts / Social Forms and Sociation / Social Morphology / Social Space / Suicide / Totemism / Value Freedom / Verstehen SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2011 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-601-0) • £67.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-602-7) • £21.99 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY IN THE CONTEMPORARY ERA Text and Readings Second Edition Scott A Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles California State University, Northridge This new edition of a popular social theory text-reader hybrid, includes original writings s from key contemporary theorists alongside historical and theoretical overviews which help students to understand and compare. CONTENTS Structural Functionalism / Critical Theory / Exchange and Rational Choice Theories / Symbolic Interactionism and Dramaturgy / Phenomenology and Ethnomethodology / Feminist and Gender Theories / Poststructural and Postmodern Theories / Contemporary Theoretical Syntheses / The Global Society 2011 • 704 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8761-5) • $107.00 SAGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL SOCIOLOGY 2012 • 464 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-469-9) • £85.00 3 Sociology & Social Theory CON CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY THE SIGNATURE OF POWER Jonathan H Turner University of California, Riverside, USA Governmentality, Sovereignty and Biopolitics A comprehensive review of present-day theorizing in sociology covers functional, evolutionar y, ecological, conflict, interactionist, exchange, structuralist, cultural and critical theories, and the major proponents of these theories. For each theoretical tradition, its origins are examined d in a separate chapter with an eye to how classical theorists influenced the work of key contemporary scholars. Mitchell Dean University of Newcastle, Australia ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE. FUNCTIONAL THEORIZING /. PART TWO. EVOLUTIONARY AND ECOLOGICAL THEORIES / PART THREE. CONFLICT THEORIZING / PART FOUR. INTERACTIONIST THEORIZING / PART FIVE. EXCHANGE THEORIZING / PART SIX. STRUCTURALIST AND CULTURAL THEORIZING / PART SEVEN. THE CHALLENGE OF CRITICAL THEORIZING 2013 • 768 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-0344-7) • £95.00 Paperback (978-1-4522-0345-4) • £39.99 COSMOPOLITANISM COS Uses of the Idea Mitchell Dean breathed new life into the study of 'governmentality' with his bestselling book of the same title. His new book will do the same for the study of power. er Reframing the concept of power in the social sciences by drawing on key historical and contemporary approaches, Dean establishes a new view of power based around biopolitics, sovereignty and governmentality. CONTENTS Introducing the Signature of Power / The Shadow of the Sovereign / Economies of Power / The Prince and the Population / Enemy Secrets / Secular Orders / Reign and Government / Glorious Acclaim 2013 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5699-2) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5700-5) • £26.99 THE MCDONALDIZATION OF SOCIETY Zlatko Skrbiš Monash University, Australia and Ian Woodward Griffith University, Australia 20th Anniversary Edition Bringing together both historical and contemporar y approaches to cosmopolitanism, as well as recognizing its multidimensional nature, Skrbis and Woodward show the very essence of cosmopolitanism as a theoretical idea and nd cultural practice. Through an exploration of various social fields, such as media, identity and ethics, the book analyzes the limits and possibilities of the cosmopolitan turn and explores the different contexts cosmopolitanism theory has been, and still is, applied to. Critical, diverse and engaging, the book explores questions such as: • how can we understand cosmopolitanism? • what is the relationship between cosmopolitanism and ethics? • what is the relationship between cosmopolitanism and identity? • how do cosmopolitan networks come into being? • how do we apply cosmopolitanism theory to contemporary, digital and mediated societies? George Ritzer University of Maryland CONTENTS Cosmopolitanism and Identity / Citizenship / Ethics / Cosmopolitan Networks, Cosmoscapes and Encounters / Mediated Cosmopolitanism / Ordinary Cosmopolitanism PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2013 • 152 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-063-9) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-064-6) • £22.99 Seventh Edition George Ritzer's McDonaldization of Society, now celebrating its 20th anniversary, continues to stand as one of the pillars of modern day sociological al thought. By linking theory to 21st century culture, this book resonates with students in a way that few other books do, opening their eyes to many current issues, especially in consumption and globalization. 2013 • 248 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-2669-9) • $46.00 THE SHAPE OF SOCIOLOGY FOR THE 21ST CENTURY Tradition and Renewal Edited by Devorah KalekinFishman University of Haifa and Ann Denis University of Ottawa Published in association with the International Sociological Association (ISA), this collection explores the meaning of sociology and sociological knowledge in light of the recent growth and institutionalization of the discipline. Chapters from Sylvia Walby, Denis Smith, Michel Wieviorka, Jan Marie Fritz and many more. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: THEORIZING SOCIOLOGY: FROM PAST TO FUTURE / PART TWO: SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL CHANGE / PART THREE: FOCUS ON CONCEPTS / PART FOUR: UNCONSCIOUS AND CONSCIOUS DIFFERENTIATION IN SOCIOLOGY / PART FIVE: UNRESOLVED CHALLENGES / PART SIX: LOOKING AHEAD SAGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL SOCIOLOGY 2012 • 360 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-129-8) • £85.00 4 Introductory Sociology INTRODUCTION N TO SOCIOLOGY Y KEY CONCEPTS IN SOCIOLOGY George Ritzer University of Maryland Peter Braham The Open University A glossary of key concepts was just the sort of thing I needed when I was a sociology student. Peter Braham has written a lively, comprehensive guide to the most important concepts in our discipline. It will become an essential student resource It’s the 21st century and the world is changing. Today’s ay’s students have instant ant access to anyone, anything, ing, anywhere, anytime. They hey want to be enlightened, ed, entertained, and informed med on their terms. They want nt to be shown the relevance e of the introductory sociology ogy course to their lives. Who better than George orge e Ritzer, one of sociology’s gy’s s best-known thinkers, to o do o just that? While providing ng a rocksolid foundation of sociology, ologyyy, Ritzer illuminates traditional sociological concepts and theories, as well as some of today’s most compelling social phenomena: globalization, consumer culture, and the internet. As technology flattens the globe, students are challenged to apply a sociological perspective to their world. Ritzer brings students into the conversation by bridging the divide between the outside world and the classroom. – David Silverman, Goldsmith's and King's College, University of London A triumphant tour de force. Analysing 38 critical ideas in sociology, and their principal proponents, this will be a useful, even essential tool for students and faculty. It is comprehensive, clearly written and, most important, links each concept to others: everything is connected, and also clarifies the main debates, arguments and disagreements. It is actually fascinating reading even for non-sociologists since these ideas (identity, the body, postmodernity…) impact all of us all the time – Anthony Synnott, Concordia University in Montreal Sociology is an exciting, if frequently confusing, subject, and the very notion of 'society', though familiar as a term in everyday life, is much disputed by sociologists. With entries ranging from 'alienation' to 'the body', Peter Braham's Key Concepts in Sociology offers a crisp and comprehensive guide to the discipline... A valuable guide to both teachers and students CONTENTS An Introduction to Sociology in the Global Age / The Changing Nature of the Social World—and Sociology / Central Concerns for a Twenty-First-Century Sociology / Sociology: Continuity and Change / Sociology’s Purpose: Science or Social Reform? / Sociology, the Other Social Sciences, and Common Sense / Thinking Sociologically / Classical Sociological Theory / Contemporary Sociological Theory / Researching the Social World / The Scientific Method / The Development of Scientific Knowledge / Sociological Research / Secondary Data Analysis / Issues in Social Research / Culture / A Definition of Culture / The Basic Elements of Culture / Cultural Differences / Emerging Issues in Culture / Socialization and Interaction / The Individual and the Self / Socialization / Interaction / Micro-Level Social Structures / Organizations, Societies, and the Global / Organizations / The Global / Deviance and Crime / Deviance / Theories of Deviance / Crime / Social Stratification / Dimensions of Social Stratification / Economic Inequality / Poverty in the United States / Social Mobility / Theories of Social Stratification / Consumption and Social Stratification / Globalization and Stratification / Race and Ethnicity / The Concepts of Race and Ethnicity / Majority-Minority Relations / Racism / Race and Ethnicity in Global Context / Sex and Gender / Sex and Sexuality / Gender / Sex, Gender, and Globalization / The Family / Family, Marriage, and Intimate Relationships / Broad Changes in Marriage and the Family / Theorizing the Family / Problems in the Family / Global Families / Politics and the Economy / Politics: Power and Control / Types of Government / The U.S. Political System / Who Rules the United States? / Implementing Political Objectives: Legitimate Violence, War, and Terrorism / Global Politics / The Economy: Production, Consumption, and Leisure / Historical Changes in the Economy / Work, Working, and Not Working / Globalization and the Economy / Consumption / Leisure / The Body, Medicine, Health, and Health Care / The Body / The Sociology of Health and Medicine / Population, Urbanization, and the Environment / Population / Urbanization / The Environment / Social Change, Social Movements, and Collective Behavior / Social Movements / Collective Behavior / Globalization, Consumption, the Internet, and Social Change / Religion and Education / Religion / What Is Religion? / Components of Religion / Types of Religious Organizations / Theorizing Religion / Religion and Globalization / Fundamentalism / Education / Thinking about Education / Education and Consumption / Inequality in Education 2013 • 792 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7770-8) • $84.00 – Bryan S. Turner, CUNY, USA Sociology consists of a myriad of concepts that can sometimes appear rather daunting. This book leads students through these concepts, developing their knowledge and enhancing their understanding of the subject. It includes both what might be regarded as 'classic' sociological concepts, such as class, bureaucracy and conflict, as well as more recent concepts, such as the body, celebrity and risk. In an accessible and engaging way, Peter Braham gives the reader a comprehensive overview of sociology as a dynamic and vivid field of study. Highlighting contested positions and different research traditions, it is not only a useful encyclopedia but also a critical and crucial companion to studying sociology. CONTENTS Alienation / Anomie / Bureaucracy / Capitalism / Celebrity / Citizenship / Class / Community / Consumption / Culture / Development / Deviance / Discourse / Division of Labour / Economic Sociology / Equality / Everyday Life / Family / Feminism / Gender / Globalization / Identity / Ideology / Modernity and Postmodernity / Orientalism / Positivism / Public Sociology / Qualitative and Quantitative Research / Race / Rational Choice / Risk / Social Exclusion / Social Justice / Social Mobility / Social Movements / Social Stratification / Society / The Body SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-304-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-305-0) • £21.99 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY: INTERACTIVE EBOOK INT George Ritzer University of Maryland A full electronic textbook that links directly to video and audio files, additional and further readings, glossary terms and suggested websites. Tour a Sample Chapter at www.sagepub.com/ritzerintro/demo/ 2013 • 450 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8716-5) • $60.00 5 Research Methods & Methodology INTERPRET INTERPRETING QUANTITATIVE DATA WITH IBM SPSS STATISTICS DISCOVERI STATISTICS DISCOVERING USING IBM SPSS STATISTICS Second Edition Fourth Edition Rachad Antonius University of Quebec in Montreal Andy Field University of Sussex Unrivalled in the way it makes the teaching of statistics compelling and accessible to even the most anxious of students, the only statistics textbook you and your students will ever need just got better! With a little help from his weird band of characters, Andy Field has transformed the way students engage with statistics. The Fourth Edition of the award-winning book continues, with its unique blend of humour and collection of bizarre examples, to bring statistics from first principles to advanced concepts - well and truly to life using IBM SPSS Statistics. New to the Fourth Edition: • You can manage and monitor your student's progress quickly and easily online by choosing to use WebAssign® alongside the textbook. In moments you can set up and schedule assignments and track the individual performance of your students Students can also practise questions you have set over and over again • Students can study when and where they like with the new SAGE MobileStudy site by scanning any QR code within the book to access revision material on their smartphone or tablet such as Cramming Sam's Study tips, flashcard glossaries, and interactive multiple choice questionnaires • Education and Sport Sciences lecturer support materials with enhanced ones for Psychology, Business and Management and the Health Sciences make the book even more relevant to a wider range of subjects across the social sciences and where statistics is taught to a cross-disciplinary audience • Fully compatible with recent IBM SPSS Statistics releases up to and including version 21 • Two new characters! Statistical cult leader Oditi provides students with access to video clips to help further understanding of statistical/SPSS concepts, while Confusius helps students to make better sense of statistical terms. • An enhanced Companion Website offers plenty of lecturer and student material to use in conjunction with the textbook. These include PowerPoints and subject-specific testbanks for lecturers as well as answers to the Smart Alex tasks at the end of the each chapter; datafiles for testing problems in SPSS; flashcards of key concepts; self-assessment multiple-choice questions; and online videos of key statistical and SPSS procedures discussed in the textbook for students An invaluable resource for students analyzing quantitative data with SPSS for the first time, this book clearly sets out ut a range of statistical techniques and their common applications, explaining their logic and links to the research process. It also shows how SPSS can be used as a tool to aid analysis. Key features of the Second Edition include: • new chapters on ANOVA, factor analysis and the general multilinear model • SPSS lab sessions following each chapter • sets of exercises and real-life examples • lists of key terms and suggestions for further reading • a companion Website with answers to the labs and exercises, along with additional data sets. CONTENTS PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE METHODS / The Basic Language of Statistics / The Research Process / PART TWO DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS / Univariate Descriptive Statistics / Graphical Representations / PART THREE METHODOLOGICAL TOOLS / Creating New Variables with SPSS / Normal Distributions and Sampling Distributions / Sampling Designs / PART FOUR INFERENTIAL STATISTICS / Estimation / Hypothesis-Testing / PART FIVE / Correlation and the Regression Line / Two-Way Tables and the Chi-Squared Test / <i>t-tests and ANOVA 2013 • 376 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0742-0) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0743-7) • £29.99 DISCOVERING STATISTICS USING R Andy Field University of Sussex, Jeremy Miles RAND Corporation and Zoë Field University of Sussex Discovering Statistics Using R takes students on a journey of statistical discovery using R, a free, flexible and dynamically changing software tool for data analysis that is becoming increasingly popular across the social and behaviourall sciences throughout the world. CONTENTS Why Is My Evil Lecturer Forcing Me to Learn Statistics? / Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About Statistics (Well, Sort of) / The R Environment / Exploring Data with Graphs / Exploring Assumptions / Correlation / Regression / Logistic Regression / Comparing Two Means / Comparing Several Means: ANOVA (GLM 1) / Analysis of Covariance, ANCOVA (GLM 2) / Factorial ANOVA (GLM 3) / Repeated-Measures Designs (GLM 4) / Mixed Designs (GLM 5) / Non-Parametric Tests / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) / Exploratory Factor Analysis / Categorical Data / Multilevel Linear Models / Epilogue: Life After Discovering Statistics / Troubleshooting R 2012 • 992 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0045-2) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0046-9) • £46.99 6 CONTENTS Why Is My Evil Lecturer Forcing Me to Learn Statistics? / Analyzing Data / Everything You Ever Wanted to Know about Statistics (Well, Sort of) / The SPSS Environment / Exploring Data with Graphs / Exploring Assumptions / Correlation / Regression / Logisitic Regression / Comparing Two Means / Comparing Several Means: ANOVA (GLM 1) / Analysis of Covariance, ANCOVA (GLM 2) / Factorial ANOVA (GLM 3) / Repeated Measures Designs (GLM 4) / Fixed Design ANOVA (GLM 5) / Non-Parametric Tests / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) / Exploratory Factor Analysis / Categorical Data / Multilevel Linear Models 2013 • 952 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4917-8) •£110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4918-5) • £41.99 Research Methods & Methodology INTRODUCI INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH A Student's Guide USI PHOTOGRAPHS IN USING SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL RESEARCH Second Edition Penny Tinkler University of Manchester Rosaline Barbour University of Dundee Sophisticated, original and comprehensive, this book investigates photographic research practices and the conceptual and theoretical issues that underpin them. Using international case studies and 'behind d the scenes' interviews, Penny Tinkler sets out research practices and explores the possibilities, and challenges, of working with different methods and photographic sources. Introducing Qualitative Research is an ideal starter text for those new to the field, providing thorough coverage of all the core areas of qualitative research practice. Rosaline Barbour draws on her extensive teaching experience to provide a clear, user-friendly introduction to the craft of doing qualitative research. Each chapter includes examples of real-life qualitative data and a range of exercises to help students get a feel for the process of generating and analyzing qualitative data. The Second Edition includes: • new examples from a range of social science disciplines, making this the ideal book no matter what course you are studying • more on unobtrusive methods of data collection, such as documentary analysis • more on Internet research methods, mixed methods and visual methods • a new section on using software in qualitative research • a brand-new companion Website full of additional lecturer and student resources. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / PART TWO: GENERATING DATA /PART THREE: COMPLEX RESEARCH DESIGNS IN PRACTICE / PART FOUR: ANALYZING AND PRESENTING QUALITATIVE DATA 2014 • 384 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5459-2) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5460-8) • £27.99 QUALITATIV DATA QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS WITH NVIVO Second Edition Edited by Patricia Bazeley Research Support Pty Limited, Australia and Kristi Jackson This straightforward, jargon free book provides an invaluable introduction to planning and conducting qualitative data analysis with NVivo. Written by leading ng authorities, with over 40 years combined experience in computer-assisted analysis of qualitative and mixed-mode data, the new edition of this best selling textbook is an ideal mix of practical instruction, methodology and real world examples. CONTENTS Getting Started: Using Photos in Research / Image Work: Five Lines of Enquiry / Studying Found Photos / Autobiographical Methods / Researching Photographic Practices / Archives and Digital Resources / Generating Photos: Researcher / Generating Photos: Research Participants / Photo Interviews: Listening to Talk about Photos / Ethical Issues and Legalities 2013 • 248 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-036-9) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-037-6) • £26.99 RED REDISCOVERING GROUNDED THEORY Barry Gibson University of Sheffield and Jan Hartman No matter whether readers are new to grounded theory or have been engaged in grounded theory research for some time, this book will be of interest. It answers questions like: How can one know what a grounded theory is? What should a grounded theory look like? How does one e produce a good grounded theory? Rediscovering Grounded Theory provides answers to all of these questions, doing so through a process of rediscovering the original ideas as they were presented by Glaser and Strauss. This is a bold re-evaluation of the origins of the method, a philosophical clarification of its key ideas and a presentation of the most effective way to use its techniques in your research. It will provide the readers with a grasp of what a grounded theory should look like and takes them through the process of how to build a grounded theory and critically evaluate the quality of grounded theory research. 2013 • 256 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4870-6) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4871-3) • £24.99 CONTENTS Perspectives: Qualitative Computing and NVivo / Starting Out, with a View Ahead / Designing an NVivo Database / Coding Basics / Going on with Coding / Cases, Classifications, and Comparisons / Working with Multimedia Sources / Adding Reference Material to Your NVivo Project / Datasets and Mixed Methods / Tools and Strategies for Visualizing Data / Using Coding and Queries to Further Analysis / Teamwork with NVivo 2013 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5655-8) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5656-5) • £27.99 SOCIAL RESEARCH A Practical Introduction Bruce Curtis University of Auckland and Cate Curtis University of Waikato A n a c c e s s i b l e, m u l t i d i s c i p l i n a r y introduction to a wide range of social research methods. With a coherent approach to each of the core methods in social research it reflects real world practice and contextual perspectives. 2012 • 312 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-474-0) • £77.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-475-7) • £27.99 7 Research Methods & Methodology ENC ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PHILOSOPHY AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Edited by Byron Kaldis Hellenic Open University, Greece This Encyclopedia is purposefully interdisciplinary, the goal being to convey a clear sense of how philosophy looks at the social sciences and thereby delineate a detailed picture of how exactly the two wo are interrelated. Though the theme of this relationship has had its own history and received some academic treatment in the past, there are now fast-developing novel areas at the interface between philosophy and certain modern areas of social-scientific research spawning out of AI and cognitive studies and their subfields that demand a totally new and rather more complex perspective. It is becoming increasingly apparent that both traditional philosophical branches (like the philosophy of mind) as well as traditional social-scientific ones get linked up to each other via such developments in the area of cognition that have outmoded, old-fashioned, rigid divisions between the humanities and social sciences. At the same time, advances in social-scientific research, such as rational choice theory, statistical or stochastic models of decision-making, or mathematical modeling of action, have in turn impacted upon philosophy. 2013 • 1200 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-8689-2) • $350.00 CONSTRUC CONSTRUCTING GROUNDED THEORY Second Edition QUALITATIV QUALITATIVE RESEARCH PRACTICE A Guide for Social Science Students and Researchers Second Edition Edited by Jane Ritchie, Jane Lewis National Centre for Social Research, London, Carol McNaughton Nicholls Glasgow University and Rache Ormston Scottish Centre for Social Research Written by a team of leading researchers associated with NatCen Social Research (the National Centre for Social Research) this textbook leads students and researchers through the entire process of qualitative research from beginning to end - moving through design, sampling, data collection, analysis and reporting. This fully revised Second Edition contains: • a practical account of how to carry out qualitative research which recognizes a range of current approaches and applications • a brand-new chapter on ethics • a brand-new chapter on observational research • updated advice on using software when analyzing qualitative data • new case studies which illustrate issues one may encounter and how problems have been tackled by other researchers. CONTENTS PART ONE / Foundations of Qualitative Research / Application of Qualitative Methods to Social Research / Generalizing from Qualitative Research / Ethical Issues in Qualitative Research / PART TWO: RESEARCH DESIGN / Design Issues / Designing and Selecting Samples / Designing Fieldwork Strategies and Materials / PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION / In-Depth Interviews / Focus Groups and Other Forms of Group Work / Observations, Visual Methods and New Technology / PART FOUR: ANALYSIS / Analysis / Carrying out Qualitative Analysis / PART FIVE: REPORTING / Reporting and Presenting Qualitative Data 2014 • 456 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0911-0) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0912-7) • £28.99 Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University This is the Second Edition of Kathy C h a r m a z's g r o u n d - b r e a k i n g a n d bestselling text on grounded theory. Infused with a dazzling array of new examples of practice from diverse disciplines es and professions, it retains the accessible and engaging style of the first edition to present a benchmark introduction to doing grounded theory from a constructivist perspective. This expanded Second Edition: • explores how to effectively focus on data collection and to think about it for theorizing • adds two new chapters that guide the reader through conducting and analyzing interviews in grounded theory studies • adds a new chapter on the relationship between symbolic interactionism and grounded theory • considers recent epistemological debates about the place of prior theory and the legacy of Anselm Strauss for grounded theory. CONTENTS An Invitation to Grounded Theory / Gathering Rich Data / Conducting Interviews for Grounded Theory Studies / Coding in Grounded Theory Practice / Memo-Writing / Theoretical Sampling, Saturation and Sorting / Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies / Constructing Grounded Theory through Symbolic Interactionism / Writing the Draft / Reflecting on the Research Process INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES 2014 • 416 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-913-3) • £85.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-914-0) • £28.99 8 DOING EXCELLENT SMALL-SCALE RESEARCH Derek Layder University of Leicester In this inspiring and engaging book, readers are presented with the key principles and practices of small-scale research. In addition, it provides a peerless introduction to the key features involved in the process of research design and practice. Written in a clear, accessible way and drawing on exciting up-to-date t examples, this book makes for a crucial companion on the way to research excellence. CONTENTS Overview of the Adaptive Approach / Finding a Research Topic and a Research Problem / Developing Questions from Research Problems / Preparation and Project Design / Qualitative Data and Mixed Strategies / Quantitative Data and Mixed Strategies / Imaginative Sampling / Data Analysis: Concepts and Coding / Writing the Research Report: Arguments and Explanations / Guidelines and Checklist for Adaptive Research 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-182-7) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-183-4) • £22.99 Research Methods & Methodology DOING QUA QUALITATIVE RESEARCH DIFFERENTLY A Psychosocial Approach Second Edition Wendy Hollway Open University, UK and Tony Jefferson John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA Wendy Hollway and Tony Jefferson have updated their ground-breaking book forr students and researchers looking to do qualitative research differently. This Second Edition critically reviews many of the assumptions, claims and methods of qualitative research and also acts as a 'how-to' guide to the method the authors call the 'free association narrative interview'. CONTENTS The Need to Do Research Differently / Researching the Fear of Crime / Producing Data with Defended Subjects / Analyzing Data with Defended Subjects / The Ethics of Researching Psychosocial Subjects / Biography, Demography and Generalizability / A Psychosocial Case Study / Original Afterword / New Developments since 2000 NARRATIVE NETWORKS NA Storied Approaches in a Digital Age Brian Alleyne Goldsmiths College This book responds to the dynamic and modern production and consumption of stories of all kinds in popular and academic cultures. It offers a complete discussion of the underlying philosophical and methodological issues of narrative and personal narrative research as well as applying ng these to the current digital climate. It provides practical guidance on data management and the use of software for the narrative researcher. Illustrated with examples from a range of fields and disciplines as well as the author's own work on hacking cultures and cultural activism, this title is a must for anyone wanting to learn about narrative networks and how to conduct successful narrative research in a modern age. 2014 • 240 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-783-2) • £65.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-784-9) • £22.99 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5491-2) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5492-9) • £26.99 CASE STUD STUDY RESEARCH International Student Edition DES DESIGNING RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Martino Maggetti University of Lausanne, Claudio Radaelli University of Exeter and Fabrizio Gilardi University of Zurich Covering both qualitative and quantitative approaches and with examples drawn from a wide range of social science disciplines, the authors explain what is at stake when choosing a research design and d discuss the trade-offs that researchers have to make when considering issues such as: • causality • categories and classification • meaning • levels of analysis • time. Design and Methods Fifth Edition Robert K Yin COSMOS Corporation Providing a complete portal to the world of case study research, the Fifth Edition of Robert K. Yin’s bestselling Case Study Research offers comprehensive coverage of the design and use of the case study method as a valid research tool. This thoroughly revised text now includes expanded coverage of case study evaluation, mixed methods, and online case studies. Links to appropriate websites have also been added at the end of relevant chapters. The book’s coverage of case study research and how it is applied in practice gives readers access to exemplary case studies drawn from a wide variety of academic and applied fields. APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS 2013 • 312 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-4256-9) • $57.00 CONTENTS Social Sciences and Research Design / Conceptual Analysis / Casual Analysis / Statistical Research Designs for Casual Inference / Temporality / Heterogeneity / Interdependence / Conclusions: Connecting the Dots 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-500-9) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-501-6) • £26.99 STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Gregory J Privitera St. Bonaventure University An engaging introduction to statistics that provides readers with a tool for learning about behaviour without requiring a strong background in research methods. 2011 • 736 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-6931-4) • $118.00 9 Research Methods & Methodology USING IBM® SPSS® STATISTICS FOR RESEARCH METHODS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS Fourth Edition William E Wagner, III California State University, Channel Islands This is a useful reference for those learning to use the SPSS software for the first time or for those with only basic knowledge about SPSS. 2013 • 168 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-1770-3) • $32.00 THE CODING MANUAL FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCHERS Second Edition Johnny Saldaña Arizona State University The Second Edition of Johnny Saldaña's international bestseller provides an in-depth guide to the multiple approaches available for or coding qualitative data. Fully up to date, it includes new chapters, more coding techniques and an additional glossary. Clear, practical and authoritative, the book: • describes how coding initiates qualitative data analysis • demonstrates the writing of analytic memos • discusses available analytic software • suggests how best to use The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers for particular studies. CONTENTS An Introduction to Codes and Coding / Chapter Summary / Purposes of the Manual / What Is a Code? / Codifying and Categorizing / What Gets Coded? / The Mechanics of Coding / The Numbers of Codes / Manual and CAQDAS Coding / Solo and Team Coding / Necessary Personal Attributes for Coding / On Method / Writing Analytic Memos / Chapter Summary / The Purposes of Analytic Memo-Writing / What Is an Analytic Memo? / Examples of Analytic Memos / Coding and Categorizing Analytic Memos / Grounded Theory and Its Coding Canon / Analytic Memos on Visual Data / First-Cycle Coding Methods / Chapter Summary / The Coding Cycles / Selecting the Appropriate Coding Method(s) / Overview of First-Cycle Coding Methods / The Coding Methods Profiles / Grammatical Methods / Elemental Methods / Affective Methods / Literary and Language Methods / Exploratory Methods / Forms for Additional First-Cycle Coding Methods / Theming the Data / Procedural Methods / After First-Cycle Coding / Chapter Summary / Post-Coding Transitions / Eclectic Coding / Code Mapping and Landscaping / Operational Model Diagramming / Additional Transition Methods / Transitioning to Second-Cycle Coding Methods / Second-Cycle Coding Methods / Chapter Summary / The Goals of Second-Cycle Methods / Overview of Second-Cycle Coding Methods / Second-Cycle Coding Methods / Forms for Additional SecondCycle Coding Methods / After Second-Cycle Coding / Chapter Summary / Post-Coding and Pre-Writing Transitions / Focusing Strategies / From Coding to Theorizing / Formatting Matters / Writing about Coding / Ordering and Re-Ordering / Assistance from Others / Closure 2013 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4736-5) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4737-2) • £25.99 10 THE MYTH OF RESEARCH-BASED POLICY AND PRACTICE Martyn Hammersley The Open University Martyn Hammersley's provocative new text interrogates the complex relationship between research, policy-making and practice, against the background of the evidence-based practice movement. nt Addressing a series of probing questions, this book reflects on the challenge posed by the idea that social research can directly serve policy-making and practice. Key questions explored include: • is scientific research evidence-based? • what counts as evidence for evidence-based practice? • is social measurement possible, and is it necessary? • what are the criteria by which qualitative research should be judged? CONTENTS Some Questions about Evidence-Based Practice / The Myth of ResearchBased Policy-Making and Practice / Is Scientific Research EvidenceBased? / What Counts as Evidence for Evidence-Based Practice? / Is Social Measurement Possible and Is It Necessary? / The Question of Quality in Qualitative Research / Action Research: A Contradiction in Terms? / On Systematic Reviews of Research Literatures / Systematic versus Unsystematic, Is That the Question? Some Reflections on the Science, Art and Politics of Reviewing / The Interpretive Attack on the Traditional Review / What Is Qualitative Synthesis and Why Do It? 2013 • 192 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-965-2) • £85.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-966-9) • £29.99 INTERPRETING QUALITATIVE DATA Fourth Edition David Silverman Visiting Professor in the Business School, University of Technology, Sydney This is the perfect book for any student new to qualitative research. In this exciting and major updating of his bestselling, benchmark text, David Silverman takes the e reader through the basics of gathering and analyzing qualitative data. He offers beginners unrivalled hands-on guidance necessary to get the best out of a research methods course or an undergraduate research project. CONTENTS PART ONE: THEORY AND METHOD IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / What Is Qualitative Research? / Designing a Research Project / Data Analysis / Research Ethics / PART TWO: METHODS / Ethnography and Observation / Interviews / Focus Groups / Texts / Naturally-Occurring Talk / Visual Images / PART THREE: RESEARCH PRACTICE / Credible Qualitative Research / Writing Your Report / PART FOUR: IMPLICATIONS / The Relevance of Qualitative Research / The Potential of Qualitative Research: Eight Reminders 2012 • 520 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-420-6) • £88.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-421-3) • £28.99 Research Methods & Methodology A VERY SHORT, SH FAIRLY INTERESTING AND REASONABLY CHEAP BOOK ABOUT QUALITATIVE RESEARCH Second Edition David Silverman Visiting Professor in the Business School, University of Technology, Sydney David Silverman's Second Edition provides a refreshing introduction to doing and debating qualitative research. An antidote to the standard textbook, this new edition shows how research can be methodologically inventive, empirically rigorous, theoretically alive and practically relevant. CONTENTS Innumerable Inscrutable Habits: Why Unremarkable Things Matter / On Finding and Manufacturing Qualitative Data / Instances or Sequences? / Applying Qualitative Research / The Aesthetics of Qualitative Research: On Bullshit and Tonsils VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTING & CHEAP BOOKS 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5217-8) • £50.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5218-5) • £14.99 ADVENTURES IN SOCIAL RESEARCH SAM SAMPLING AND CHOOSING CASES IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH Nick Emmel University of Leeds By introducing widely used sampling methodologies and identifying key theoretical assumptions, Nick Emmel considers how researchers generate samples and make empirical and the oretical claims from the cases s they choose. This book offers clear guidelines to inform researchers' justifications for sampling. It accepts that social research is often messy and that researchers need insight into the methodological principles that underlie their judgements. Drawing on case studies from across the social sciences, it examines: • approaches to sampling • sample size • accessing participants • ethical issues • ways in which sampling choices and cases frame claims made from research. CONTENTS Introduction: From Sampling to Making Claims in Qualitative Research / Theoretical Sampling: Lifting the Veil on Theory / Purposeful and Purposive or Theoretical Sampling: Making Choices / A Realist Sampling Strategy / It's Not the Size That Matters, It's What You Do with It: Sample Size / 'Oh No, They Said No': The Challenges of Access / From the Swamp to a Clearer View from the Uplands: Representativeness and Abstraction / The Ongoing Negotiation of Ethics / Choosing Cases 2013 • 192 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-509-8) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-510-4) • £26.99 Data Analysis Using IBM® SPSS® Statistics Eighth Edition Earl Babbie Chapman University, USA, Fred S Halley State University of New York, Brockport, William E Wagner, III California State University, Channel Islands and Jeanne Zaino Iona College Guiding students through step-by-step instruction on data analysis using the latest version of SPSS and the most up-to-date General Social Survey data, this revised Eighth Edition emphasizes active and collaborative learning as students engage in a series of practical investigative exercises. CONTENTS PART ONE: PREPARING FOR DATA ANALYSIS / Introduction: The Theory and Practice of Social Research / The Logic of Measurement / Description of Data Sets: The General Social Survey (GSS) / PART TWO: UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Using SPSS Statistics: Some Basics / Describing Your Data: Religiosity / Presenting Your Data in Graphic Form: Political Orientations / Recoding Your Data: Religiosity and Political Orientations / Creating Composite Measures: Exploring Attitudes Toward Abortion in More Depth / Suggestions for Further Analysis / PART THREE: BIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Examining the Sources of Religiosity / Political Orientations as Cause and Effect / What Causes Different Attitudes Toward Abortion? / Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables / Regression and Correlation Analysis / Tests of Significance / Suggestions for Further Bivariate Analyses / PART FOUR: MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Multiple Causation: Examining Religiosity in Greater Depth / Dissecting the Political Factor / A Powerful Prediction of Attitudes Toward Abortion / Suggestions for Further Multivariate Analyses / PART FIVE: THE ADVENTURE CONTINUES / Designing and Executing Your Own Survey / Further Opportunities for Social Research / Appendix A: The Codebook / Appendix B: Questionnaire for Class Survey DO DOING DISCOURSE RESEARCH An Introduction for Social Scientists Reiner Keller University of Augsburg and Bryan Jenner Translator This book provides an introduction to the basic principles of discourse research and offers practical research strategies for doing discourse analyses in the social sciences. The he book includes guidance on developing a research question, selecting data and analyzing it and presenting the results. The author has extensive practical experience in the field of discourse research and shows, throughout, how the methods suggested are compatible with numerous research questions and problems in sociology, cultural, political and social studies and related disciplines. CONTENTS The Current Relevance of Discourse Research / Approaches in Discourse Research / The Research Process / Doing Discourse Research / The Detailed Analysis of Data / From Detailed Analysis to Overall Results 2013 • 176 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4970-3) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4971-0) • £24.99 2013 • 480 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0558-8) • £42.99 11 Research Methods & Methodology DOING VISUAL VISU ETHNOGRAPHY QUA QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS Third Edition Practical Strategies Sarah Pink University of Loughborough Patricia Bazeley Research Support Pty Limited, Australia Essential reading for anyone wishing to engage with images, technologies and ways of seeing and experiencing society, Doing Visual Ethnography is a milestone in ethnographic and visual research. The The Third Edition of this classic text includes d new chapters on web-based practices for visual ethnography and the issues surrounding the representation, interpretation and authoring of knowledge with the rise of digital media. Drawing upon her original research and the experiences of other ethnographers Sarah Pink once again challenges our understanding of the world and sets new agendas for visual ethnography by: • helpfully illustrating key concepts within real world contexts • introducing examples from both analogue and digital media • exploring material and electronic texts • setting out the shift towards applied, participatory and public visual scholarship. CONTENTS PART ONE: THINKING ABOUT VISUAL ETHNOGRAPHY: HISTORICAL, THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL PERSPECTIVES / Visual Ethnography Across Disciplines / Ways of Seeing, Knowing And Showing / Planning And Practising Visual Ethnography / PART TWO: PRODUCING KNOWLEDGE / Photography In Ethnographic Research / Video In Ethnographic Research / Doing Visual Ethnography With The Web / Making Meanings in Visual Ethnography / PART THREE: REPRESENTING VISUAL ETHNOGRAPHY / Photography And Ethnographic Writing / Video In Ethnographic Representation / Making Visual Ethnography Public Online/Digitally Written by an experienced researcher in the field of qualitative methods, this dynamic new book provides a definitive introduction to analyzing qualitative data. The book pairs theoretical discussion with ith practical advice using a host of examples from diverse projects across the social sciences. It describes data analysis strategies in actionable steps and helpfully links these to the use of computer software where relevant. CONTENTS PART ONE: PREPARING THE WAY: LAYING THE FOUNDATIONS FOR ANALYSIS / Foundations for Thinking and Working Qualitatively / Designing for Analysis / Managing and Preparing Data for Analysis / PART TWO: WORKING WITH DATA: A PATHWAY INTO ANALYSIS/DATA SAMPLES - BECOMING/ BEING A RESEARCHER / Read, Reflect and Connect: Initial Explorations of Data / Codes and Coding: Principles and Practice / Naming, Organizing and Refining Codes / Alternative Approaches to Breaking Open and Connecting Data / PART THREE: DESCRIBE, COMPARE AND RELATE: MOVING ON FROM CODES AND THEMES / Describing, Evolving and Theorizing Concepts / Comparative Analyses as a Means of Furthering Analysis / Relational Analyses / PART FOUR: BRINGING IT TOGETHER: MOVING TOWARD CLIMAX AND CLOSURE / If… Then… Is It Because? Developing Explanatory Models and Theories / Developing Coherent Understanding / Defending and Extending: Issues of Quality and Significance 2013 • 472 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-302-9) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-303-6) • £26.99 2013 • 248 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-1116-8) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-1117-5) • £27.99 WORKING WITH SPOKEN DISCOURSE Deborah Cameron University of Oxford A comprehensive account of the multidisciplinar y field of discourse analysis, this book discusses current approaches, concepts and debates in the field of spoken discourse and provides a grounding in the practical techniques of discourse analysis and how to apply them to real data. The book is divided into three sections: the definition of 'discourse' and uses of discourse analysis; approaches to discourse analysis and the applications of discourse analysis in social research; and designing and writing up projects. CONTENTS PART ONE: PRELIMINARIES / What Is Discourse and Why Analyze It? / Collecting Data / Transcribing Spoken Data / PART TWO: APPROACHES / Approaches to Discourse Analysis / Situations and Events / Doing Things with Words / Structure and Sequence / Small Differences, Big Difference / Hidden Agenda? / PART THREE: APPLICATIONS / Working with Talk in Social Research / Identity, Difference and Power / Designing Your Own Projects 2001 • 216 pages Hardback (978-0-76195-772-0) • £79.00 Paperback (978-0-76195-773-7) • £25.99 12 QUALITATIV DATA QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS A Methods Sourcebook Third Edition Matthew B Miles, A Michael Huberman and Johnny Saldaña Arizona State University Miles and Huberman's seminal text has helped thousands of graduate students and researchers find meaning from their qualitative data. The Third Edition has been revised by new co-author Johnny Saldaña, author of the best-selling The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. New to this edition is the integration of qualitative analysis software, coverage of new approaches of inquiry, inclusion of mixed methods, and examples from a wider range of social science disciplines. CONTENTS PART ONE. THE SUBSTANTIVE START / Research Design and Management / Ethical Issues in Analysis / Fundamentals of Qualitative Data Analysis / PART TWO. DISPLAYING THE DATA / Designing Matrix and Network Displays / Methods of Exploring / Methods of Describing / Methods of Ordering / Methods of Explaining / Methods of Predicting / PART THREE: MAKING GOOD SENSE / Drawing and Verifying Conclusions / Writing About Qualitative Research / Closure / Appendix – An Annotated Bibliography of Qualitative Research Resources 2013 • 408 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-5787-7) • $80.00 Research Methods & Methodology CLUSTER ANALYSIS RESEARCHING THE VISUALL RESEARCH Four-Volume Set Second Edition Edited by David Byrne University of Durham and Emma Uprichard Goldsmiths College Michael Emmison University of Queensland, Philip Smith Yale University and Margery Mayall Bringing work on classification, cluster analysis and data mining together in an accessible and timely way, with respect to the level of 'activity' going on in each of these related areas, this collection signals a step-change in the kind of data analysis that hat is currently taking place, nationally and internationally, and facilitates further research by demarcating the methodological research where the cutting-edge approaches to data analysis lie. Volume One: The Classics Volume Two: (Useful) Key Texts Volume Three: Cluster Analysis in Practice Volume Four: Data Mining with Classification This exciting Second Edition provides an overview of the field of visual research by drawing on the contributions of traditions as diverse as semiotics, ethnomethodology, symbolic interactionism and material culture studies and by demonstrating their potential ial application for the visual researcher. It showS how visual research should also embrace the analysis of everyday objects, places and forms of interactions through its discussion of twodimensional and three-dimensional visual data and both lived and living visual data. A brand-new chapter on virtual visual data adds another dimension to this comprehensive book, and an additional chapter dedicated to ethical considerations is a helpful guide for students, especially those exploring the world of virtual visual data. SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS CONTENTS 2012 • 1584 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-128-1) • £600.00 Ethics in Visual Research / Visual Research: The Disciplinary Core / TwoDimensional Visual Data: Photographs and Beyond / Three-Dimensional Visual Data / Lived Visual Data / Living Forms of Visual Data / Virtual Visual Data INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES VISUAL METHODOLOGIES 2012 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0787-1) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0788-8) • £26.99 An Introduction to Researching with Visual Materials Third Edition Gillian Rose The Open University The book is unique in bridging a wide range of methodologies from the humanities and the social sciences. Rose's in-depth and systematic discussion of theories and methods, as wellll as masterful handling of case studies and examples, will provide the reader with a valuable overview RESEARCHING SOCIAL LIFE Third Edition Edited by Nigel Gilbert University of Surrey The Third Edition of Gillian Rose's bestselling critical introduction has been fully revised and updated. Each chapter retains its rigorous examination and demonstration of an individual methodology, while continuing to be clear in structure and lucid in style. Reflecting changes in the way society consumes and creates its visual content, new features include: • a companion Website featuring additional examples of digital and social media, and moving images, see www.sagepub.co.uk/rose • full-colour images, extended further reading suggestions and updated visual examples • expanded coverage of social and new media • an additional chapter on how to use visual materials for research and the presentation of research findings. The Third Edition of Nigel Gilbert's hugely successful Researching Social Life covers the whole range of methods from quantitative to qualitative in a downto-earth and unthreatening manner. Gilbert's 's text offers the best coverage of the full scope of research methods of any of the leading textbooks in the field, making this an essential text for any student starting a research methods course or doing a research project.New to the Third Edition are chapters on: • theory and method • grounded theory • mixed methods • action research • virtual methods • narrative analysis • searching and reviewing the literature • refining the question. ABRIDGED CONTENTS ABRIDGED CONTENTS – Anneke Smelik, Radboud University, Nijmegen Researching with Visual Materials: A Brief Survey / Towards a Critical Visual Methodology / How to Use This Book /'The Good Eye': Looking at Pictures Using Compositional Interpretation / Content Analysis: Counting What You (Think You) See / Semiology: Laying Bare the Prejudices beneath the Smooth Surface of the Beautiful / Psychoanalysis: Visual Culture, Visual Pleasure, Visual Disruption / Discourse Analysis: Text, Intertextuality, Context / Discourse Analysis Two: Institutions and Ways of Seeing / To Audience Studies and Beyond: Ethnographies of Television Audiences, Fans and Users / Making Photographs as Part of a Research Project: Photo-Documentation, Photo-Elicitation and Photo-Essays / Ethics and Visual Research Methods / Visual Methodologies: A Review PART ONE: BEGINNINGS / PART TWO: INTO THE FIELD / PART THREE: BACK HOME / PART FOUR: ENDINGS 2008 • 576 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-4661-2) • £87.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-4662-9) • £28.99 2011 • 408 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-887-7) • £80.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-888-4) • £27.99 13 Research Methods & Methodology HOW TO DO YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT GRO GROUNDED THEORY FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCH Second Edition A Practical Guide Gary Thomas University of Birmingham Cathy Urquhart Manchester Metropolitan University Business School Direct, informative and accessible, the Second Edition of Gary Thomas's bestselling title is essential reading for anyone doing a research project. Packed full of relevant advice and real-world examples, the book guides readers through gh the complete research process. Using refreshingly jargon-free language and anecdotal evidence, it is a witty, easyto-follow introduction that will answer students' questions, set out best practice and take them through every stage of their project, step by step. The Second Edition, expanded and updated, includes new chapters on ethics and practical concerns, has a fully integrated companion Website including worksheets, annotated examples and links to SAGE journals, and has a completely new page layout with glossary. CONTENTS Your Introduction: Starting Points / Project Management / The Literature Review / Decide on Your Question: Again / Deciding on an Approach: Methodology and Research Design / The Design Frame / Ethics in Research / Practical Matters / The Right Tools for the Job: Data Gathering / How to Analyze the Information You Gather 2013 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5886-6) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5887-3) • £20.99 INVESTIGATING THE SOCIAL WORLD The Process and Practice of Research Seventh Edition Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts Boston This Seventh Edition continues to make research come alive through stories that at illustrate the methods presented in each chapter and hands-on exercises that enable students to learn by doing. It helps readers understand research methods as an integrated whole, appreciate the value of both qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and understand the need to make ethical research decisions. CONTENTS Science, Society, and Social Research / The Process and Problems of Social Research / Research Ethics and Philosophies / Conceptualization and Measurement / Sampling / Research Design and Causation / Experiments / Survey Research / Qualitative Methods / Qualitative Data Analysis / Evaluation and Policy Research / Historical and Comparative Research / Secondary Data Analysis and Content Analysis / Quantitative Data Analysis / Summarizing and Reporting Research / Appendix A: Summaries of Frequently Cited Research Articles / Appendix B: Questions to Ask About a Research Article / Appendix C: How to Read a Research Article / Appendix D: Table of Random Numbers / Appendix E: How to Use a Statistical Package / Appendix F: Annotated List of Web Sites 2012 • 648 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9980-9) • $115.00 Based on the author's wealth of experience, this timely, engaging book helps first-time researchers to discover the excitement of the grounded theory method. Fresh, innovative and clear, the book traces the history and development of grounded theory method and examines how the method is evolving for new contexts today. It sets out the principles involved in using this method and explains the process and theory associated with coding, using a range of helpful pedagogical features. CONTENTS Grounded Theory Method (GTM) / Getting Started With Coding / Research Design Using GTM / Coding and Conceptualizing / Building the Theory / Scaling up the Theory / Writing up a Grounded Theory Study / The Contribution of GTM: Some Reflections 2013 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-053-7) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-054-4) • £23.99 INTRODUCT INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL RESEARCH Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches Third Edition Keith F Punch University of Western Australia In this Third Edition of Introduction to Social Research, Keith F Punch h takes a fresh look at the entire research process, from formulating a research question to writing up the research. Covering qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods, the book focuses on matching research questions to appropriate methods. Offering concise, balanced coverage, this book clearly explains the underlying principles of social research and shows how to put this understanding into practice. The Third Edition includes: • a new chapter on literature searching and reviewing • expanded coverage of ethics • a new section on using the Internet in research • a range of additional student learning features • a brand new Companion Website (www.sagepub.co.uk/punch3e) including full-text journal articles, additional case studies and student exercises. Using a range of examples from student research and published work, the book is an ideal introduction for any social science student taking a research methods course or embarking on their own undergraduate or postgraduate research project. CONTENTS Theory and Method in Social Research / Research Questions / From Research Questions to Data / Literature Searching and Reviewing / Qualitative Research Design / Collecting Qualitative Data / The Analysis of Qualitative Data / Quantitative Research Design / Collecting Quantitative Data / The Analysis of Quantitative Data / Mixed Methods Research / Research Writing 2014 • 392 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4092-2) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4093-9) • £27.99 14 Research Methods & Methodology A COMPANION C TO SURVEY RESEARCH DOING RES RESEARCH IN THE REAL WORLD Michael Ornstein York University, Canada Third Edition CONTENTS The Invention of Survey Research / Writing Survey Questions / Designing a Questionnaire / Fundamentals of Probability Sampling for Surveys / Applied Sample Design / Survey Pretesting / Survey Data Collection / The Future of Survey Research 2013 • 192 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0908-0) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0909-7) • £26.99 David E Gray University of Surrey The Third Edition of David Gray's essential textbook is the ideal companion for any student undertaking a research project. It guides readers smoothly through the research process from start to finish setting out the skills needed to design and nd conduct effective research. Clear, articulate and comprehensive, the book introduces the reader to the reality of conducting research in the real world. It gives students practical advice on how best to select appropriate projects, design strategies, sources and methods, and provides the tools needed to collect, analyze and present data. Applicable to any discipline and firmly rooted in the practicalities of research, there are new and exciting chapters on: • using SPSS for quantitative data analysis • sampling strategies in quantitative and qualitative research • approaches to secondary analysis • using focus groups • ethnography and participant observation. Packed full of learning features and fully supported by an interactive companion Website, this excellent book enables the student to develop his/her own research. Each chapter contains case studies, student activities and 'top tips' as well as examples taken from actual research projects. Sample Cover This book is a complete and critical introduction to doing surveys and an overview of the premier empirical method in social science. Rather than a set of formulae, survey design is understood as a craft in which research questions are translated into questionnaires based on a model of how respondents answer questions, their ability and willingness to answer, and the statistical characteristics of survey data. This approach is particularly sceptical of the idea that, rather than a craft, survey research is a scientific field, like chemistry. The first two chapters describe the standard model of survey research, developed in the 1930s and then refined incrementally, the challenge of cognitive models from the 1980s and the total survey error perspective. The following chapters then provide a complete overview of the current knowledge of questionnaire design, testing, sample design and data collection. CONTENTS RESEARCH DESIGN International Student Edition Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches Fourth Edition John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA The book that has helped more than 150,000 students and researchers prepare their plan or proposal for a scholarly journal article, dissertation or thesis has been revised and updated while maintaining all the features that have made the previous edition so popular. New to this Fourth Edition: • every chapter now shows how to implement a mixed-method design in a proposal or plan as well as showing how to do qualitative and quantitative approaches • ethical issues that may arise in quantitative, qualitative and mixedmethods designs have been added • writing tips and considerations have been expanded and moved to the first part of the book to get a research plan started in the right direction • the latest developments in qualitative inquiry, including advocacy, participatory and emancipatory approaches have been added • mixed-method procedures show readers how to identify the type of mixed-method strategy, select the data collection and analysis approaches, and plan the overall structure of the study. 2013 • 304 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-2609-5) • $118.00 Paperback (978-1-4522-2620-1) • £72.00 PART ONE: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH / Theoretical Perspectives and Research Methodologies / Selecting and Planning Research Proposals and Projects / Research Ethics / Searching, Reviewing and Using the Literature / PART TWO: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY / Research Design: Quantitative Methods / Research Design: Qualitative Methods / Research Design: Mixed Methods / Sampling Strategies in Quantitative and Qualitative Research / Designing Descriptive and Analytical Surveys / Designing Case Studies / Designing Evaluations / Action Research and Change / PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION METHODS / Collecting Primary Data: Questionnaires / Collecting Primary Data: Interviewing / Collecting Primary Data: Structured Observation / Collecting Primary Data: Ethnography and Participant Observation / Collecting Primary Data: Focus Groups / Collecting Primary Data: Unobtrusive Measures / Secondary Analysis / PART FOUR: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING / Analyzing and Presenting Quantitative Data / Using SPSS for Quantitative Analysis / Analyzing and Presenting Qualitative Data / Writing Up the Research / Preparing for Presentations and Vivas 2014 • 728 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-6018-0) • £100.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-6019-7) • £32.99 QUALITATIVE INQUIRY AND RESEARCH DESIGN Choosing Among Five Approaches Third Edition John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln In his signature accessible writing style, John W Creswell relates research designs to o each of the key traditions of qualitative inquiry. 2013 • 472 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9531-3) • $96.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-9530-6) • $79.00 15 Research Methods & Methodology CONTENT ANALYSIS WEB SOCIAL SCIENCE WE An Introduction to Its Methodology Concepts, Data and Tools for Social Scientists in the Digital Age Third Edition Klaus Krippendorff The Annenberg School for Communication, University of Pennsylvania The definitive sourcebook on the history and core principles of content analysis as well as an essential resource for present and nd d future studies, this book introduces readers to ways of analyzing meaningful matter such as texts, images, voices - that is, data whose physical manifestations are secondary to the meanings that a particular population of people brings to them. CONTENTS PART ONE. CONCEPTUALIZING CONTENT ANALYSIS / History / Conceptual Foundation / Uses and Interfaces / PART TWO. COMPONENTS OF CONTENT ANALYSIS / The Logic of Content Analysis Design / Unitizing / Recording/ Coding / Data Languages / Analytical Constructs / PART THREE. ANALYTICAL PATHS AND EVALUATIVE TECHNIQUES / Analytical/Representational Techniques / Computer Aids / Reliability / Validity / A Practical Guide 2013 • 456 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8315-0) • $83.00 HOW TO READ JOURNAL ARTICLES IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES A Very Practical Guide for Students Robert Ackland Australian National University This book provides readers with a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of Web Social Science. It demonstrates how the Web is being used to collect social research data, such as online i surveys and interviews, as well as digital trace data from social media environments, such as Facebook and Twitter. It also illuminates how the advent of the Web has led to traditional social science concepts and approaches being combined with those from other scientific disciplines, leading to new insights into social, political and economic behaviour. Situating social sciences in the Digital Age, this book gives you the opportunity to: • gain an understanding of the fundamental changes to society, politics and the economy that have resulted from the advent of the Web • learn about relevant data, tools and research methods for conducting research using web data • learn how web data are providing new insights into long-standing social science research questions • understand how social science can facilitate an understanding of life in the Digital Age. CONTENTS Online Research Methods / Social Media Networks / Hyperlink Networks / Friendship Formation and Social Influence / Organisational Collective Behaviour / Politics and Participation / Government and Public Policy / Production and Collaboration / Commerce and Marketing 2013 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-481-1) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-482-8) • £23.99 Phillip Chong Ho Shon University of Ontario Institute of Technology Many titles provide tips for successfully writing theses, dissertations and journal al articles; all argue that writing is like any other skill - it has to be developed, taught and practised daily. The same is certainly true of academic reading, yet many advanced students have trouble with the essential skill of 'reading critically'. This book teaches students and early career researchers how to read so that they are able to maximize their output in the writing process. Using the author's unique reading code sheet, this book teaches students how to approach social and behavioural science journal articles as texts that can be deciphered structurally, mechanically and grammatically. The strategies included allow readers to systematize the reading, note-taking and organizing of voluminous amounts of information in an easily identifiable and retrievable format, which will be a huge confidence boost to those who struggle with this first phase in the writing process. CONTENTS Serial Killers and Book Reports / Trying to Fix Mechanical and Structural Writing Problems with Abstract Tools / Three Types of Stains and False Assumptions about Writing / Should I Even Read This? How to Read the Abstract, General Introduction and Methods Section / So What? How to Read the General Literature Review, Psychology Introductions and Results Section / Becoming a Part of the Scholarly Community: How to Read the Discussion and Conclusion / Highlighting and Organizing the SPL, CPL, GAP, and POC / Will the Reading Code Sheet Work on Non-Social Science Texts? / Conclusion: The Intersubjectivity of the Reading and Writing Process SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES 2012 • 120 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0931-8) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0932-5) • £16.99 16 OBJECTIVITY AND SUBJECTIVITY IN SOCIAL RESEARCH Gayle Letherby, John Scott University of Plymouth and Malcolm Williams University of Cardiff Objectivity and subjectivity are key concepts in social research. This book, written by leading authors in the field, takes a completely new approach to objectivity and nd subjectivity, no longer treating them as opposed - as many existing texts do - but as logically and methodologically related in social research.The book debates: • the philosophical bases of objectivity and relativity • situated objectivity • theorized subjectivity • relationism and dynamic synthesis • social objects and realism. CONTENTS The Philosophical Bases of Objectivity and Relativity / Relationism and Dynamic Synthesis / Situated Objectivity in Sociology / Theorized Subjectivity / Social Objects and Realism / Objectivity and Subjectivity in Practice / Objectivity Established? A Trialogue 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-840-2) • £79.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-841-9) • £27.99 Research Methods & Methodology SOCIAL NETWORK NE ANALYSIS Third Edition John Scott University of Plymouth The Third Edition of this bestselling text has been fully revised and updated to include coverage of the many developments in social network analysis over the last decade. Written in a clear and accessible style, the book introduces these se topics to newcomers and non-specialists and gives sufficient detail for more advanced users of social network analysis. Throughout the book, key ideas are discussed in relation to the principal software programs available for social network analysis. CONTENTS Networks and Relations / The Development of Social Network Analysis / Analyzing Relational Data / Lines, Neighbourhoods and Densities / Centrality, Peripherality and Centralization / Components, Cores and Cliques / Positions, Sets, and Clusters / Network Dynamics and Change over Time / Dimensions and Displays 2012 • 216 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0903-5) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0904-2) • £26.99 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH Edited by Carey Jewitt Institute of Education, University of London, Sara Price and Barry Brown University of California San Diego This timely, authoritative Handbook explores the issues of rapid technological development, social change and the ubiquityy of computing technologies which have become an integral part of people's everyday lives. This is a comprehensive, up-to-date resource for the 21st century. It addresses the key aspects of research within the digital technology field and provides a clear framework for readers wanting to navigate the changeable currents of digital innovation. The main themes include: • introduction to the field of contemporary digital technology research • new digital technologies: key characteristics and considerations • research perspectives for digital technologies: theory and analysis • environments and tools for digital research • research challenges. CONTENTS ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SOCIAL NETWORKS Edited by George A Barnett University of California, Davis, USA This two-volume Encyclopedia provides a thorough introduction to the wideranging, fast-developing field of social networking. Social networks, or groupings of individuals tied by one or more specific types of interests or interdependencies, have been in existence for longer than services such as Facebook or YouTube. Analysis of these networks emphasizes the relationships within the network. This reference resource offers comprehensive coverage of the theory and research within the social sciences that has sprung from the analysis of such groupings, with accompanying definitions, measures and research. 2011 • 1112 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-7911-5) • $370.00 PART ONE: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF CONTEMPORARY DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH / The Historical Context / The Field of Digital Technology Research / PART TWO: NEW DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES: KEY CHARACTERISTICS AND CONSIDERATIONS / Context, Location and Mobility: A Human Story / Online Information: Access, Search and Exchange / Social Media, Human Connectivity and Psychological Well-Being / Engaging Practices: Doing Personalised Media / Ethics, Phenomenology, and Ontology / PART THREE: RESEARCH PERSPECTIVES FOR DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES: THEORY AND ANALYSIS / Critical Theory of Technology / Critical and Cultural Approaches to HCI / Theories of Embodiment in HCI / Space and Place in Digital Technology Research: A Theoretical Overview / Affect and Experiential Approaches / Ethnographic Approaches to Digital Research / The Mediational Perspective on Digital Technology: Understanding the Interplay between Technology, Mind and Action / Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis: Empirical Approaches to the Study of Digital Technology in Action / The Behavioural Trace Data for Analysing Online Communities / Multimodal Methods for Researching Digital Technologies / Projection, Place and Point-of-View in Research through Design / Design Research: Observing Critical Design / PART FOUR: ENVIRONMENTS AND TOOLS FOR DIGITAL RESEARCH / Tangibles: Technologies and Interaction for Learning / Material Computing: Integrating Technology into the Material World / Haptic Interfaces / Contrasting Lab-Based and in the Wild Studies for Evaluating Multi-User Technologies / Ubiquitous Virtual Reality Environments / Location-Based Environments and Technologies / Mobile Learning in the Majority World: A Critique of the GSMA Position / Online and Internet Based Technologies: Gaming / Online and Internet Based Technologies: Social Networking / Learner Modelled Environments / The Interplay between Research and Industry: HCI and Grounded Innovation 2013 • 512 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0047-6) • £95.00 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF INNOVATION IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS Edited by Malcolm Williams University of Cardiff and W Paul Vogt Illinois State University Bringing together the most innovative contemporary ideas in method and methodology from global experts, this book is a review of what is best, what is new and of where methods is going. 2011 • 664 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-4648-3) • $150.00 SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS History, Theory and Methodology Christina Prell University of Maryland, College Park Providing practical advice, statistical models and relevant examples of application, this book is the complete introduction students need. 2011 • 272 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-4714-5) • $142.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-4715-2) • $54.00 17 Research Methods & Methodology COM COMPARATIVEHISTORICAL METHODS Matthew Lange McGill University This bright, engaging title provides a thorough and integrated review of comparative-historical methods. It sets out an intellectual history of comparativehistorical analysis and presents the main methodological techniques employed by researchers, including: • comparative-historical analysis • case-based methods • comparative methods • data, case selection and theory. CONTENTS Comparative-Historical Methods: An Introduction / An Intellectual History and Overview of Comparative-Historical Analysis / The Within-Case Methods in Comparative-Historical Analysis / Within-Case Methods and the Analysis of Temporality and Inter-Case Relations / The Comparative Methods of Comparative-Historical Analysis / Combining Comparative and Within-Case Methods for Comparative-Historical Analysis / Data, Case Selection and Theory in Comparative-Historical Analysis / Comparative-Historical Methods: Conclusion and Assessment 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-627-3) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-628-0) • £24.99 RESEARCHING SOCIETY AND CULTURE THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO DOING YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT Second Edition Zina O'Leary University of Western Sydney Warm and pragmatic, this ultimate companion to successfully completing your research project gives students the skills and the confidence needed to succeed no matter what happens along the way. This Second Edition guides the reader through every step of their research project, from getting started to analyzing data and writing up. Each stage is clearly set out, highlighting best practice and providing practical tips and down-toearth advice for actually doing research. Key features include: • a fully developed companion Website including podcasts, worksheets, examples of real projects and links to journal articles • chapter summaries • boxed definitions of key terms • full glossary • suggestions for further reading. CONTENTS Taking the Leap into the Research World / Getting Set Up / Developing Your Research Question / Working towards Credible and Ethical Research / Crafting a Research Proposal / Reviewing Literature / Designing a Research Plan / Understanding Methodologies: Quantitative, Qualitative and Mixed Approaches / Understanding Methodologies: Evaluative, Action-Oriented and Emancipatory Strategies / Seeking 'Respondents' / Primary Data Collection: Surveys, Interviews and Observation / Secondary Data Collection: Document Analysis and Secondary Reviews / Analyzing Quantitative Data / Analyzing Qualitative Data / The Challenge of Writing Up 2013 • 384 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5896-5) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5897-2) • £21.99 Third Edition Edited by Clive Seale University of London Clear, pragmatic and trusted, this text continues to successfully guide students through the complexities of social research providing 'how-to' advice, real world examples and historical background to every ry part of teaching. 2012 • 656 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-798-0) • £88.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-799-7) • £28.99 SOCIAL RESEARCH An Introduction Second Edition Matthew David Durham University and Carole D Sutton University of Plymouth Designed for social science students with no previous experience, this book provides a balanced foundation in the principles and practices of social research. 2011 • 680 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-012-4) • £91.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-013-1) • £29.99 18 AN ANALYZING SOCIAL NETWORKS Stephen P Borgatti University of Kentucky, USA, Martin G Everett Manchester University and Jeffrey C Johnson East Carolina University, USA Written by a stellar team of experts, Analyzing Social Networks is a practical book on how to collect, visualize, analyze and interpret social network data with a particular emphasis on the use of the e software tools UCINET and Netdraw. The book includes a clear and detailed introduction to the fundamental concepts of network analyses, including centrality, subgroups, equivalence and network structure, as well as crosscutting chapters that helpfully show how to apply network concepts to different kinds of networks. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Mathematical Foundations / Research Design / Data Collection / Data Entry and Management / Multivariate Techniques / Visualization / Testing Hypothesis / Whole Networks / Centrality / Cohesive Subgroups / Equivalence / 2-Mode Data / Large Networks / Ego Networks 2013 • 304 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4740-2) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4741-9) • £26.99 Research Methods & Methodology / Social Inequality & Social Problems DOING NAR NARRATIVE RESEARCH KEY CONCEPTS IN DRUGS AND SOCIETY Second Edition Ross Coomber University of Plymouth, Karen McElrath Queen's University of Belfast, Fiona Measham and Karenza Moore University of Lancaster Edited by Molly Andrews University of East London, Corinne Squire and Maria Tamboukou University of East London Written by an international team of experts in the field, the Second Edition of this popular text considers both the theoretical underpinnings and practical applications of narrative research. The authors take the reader from initial decisions about forms of narrative analysis, through more complex issues of reflexivity, interpretation and the research context. Existing chapters have been updated to reflect changes in the literature and new chapters from eminent narrative scholars in Europe, Australia and the United States have been added on a variety of narrative modalities, including narratives and embodiment, visual narratives, narratives and storyworlds, new media narratives and Deleuzian perspectives in narrative analysis. CONTENTS Introduction: What is Narrative Research? / Narratives of Events: Labovian Narrative Analysis and its Limitations / Experience-Centred, SocioculturallyOriented Approaches to Narrative / Analysing Narrative Contexts / A Foucauldian Approach to Narratives / Practising a Rhizomatic Perspective in Narrative Research / Bodies, Embodiment and Stories / Seeing Narratives / Doing Research 'On and Through' New Media Narrative / Approaches to Narrative Worldmaking / Looking Back on Narrative Research: An Exchange / Never the Last Word: Revisiting Data / Narrating Sensitive Topics / The Public Life of Narratives: Ethics, Politics, Methods / Concluding Comments / Afterword: The Monkey Wrenches of Narrative 2013 • 288 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5265-9) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5266-6) • £27.99 MAKING SENSE OF THE SOCIAL WORLD Methods of Investigation Written by a leading team of experts, this book uses clear definitions, summaries and key words to introduce students to the central issues surrounding drugs in society. Intelligently ordered and carefully ll cross-referenced, it maps out the core themes and concepts needed to understand how drugs are situated in contemporary life. Each entry provides: • clear definitions • lucid accounts of key issues and examples • up-to-date suggestions for further reading • informative cross-referencing. CONTENTS PART ONE: TYPES OF DRUGS AND PATTERNS OF USE / What Is a Drug/ Medicine? / Prevalence and Trends in Illicit Drug Use / Why Do People Take Drugs? / Addiction / Legal Drugs: Alcohol and Tobacco / Polydrug Use/ Polysubstance Use / Common Illicit Drugs / Typologies of Drug Use: UseMisuse-Abuse-Problematic and Recreational / Binge-Drinking / Raves and Circuit Parties / Dance Drugs/Club Drugs / Cross-Cultural and Traditional Drug Use / Gender, Ethnicity and Social Class / Normalization / PART TWO: DRUG EFFECTS / Drug Effects: Drug, Set and Setting / Medical Marijuana and Other Therapeutic Uses of Illicit Drugs / Prescribed and Over-the-Counter (OTC) Drugs / New Psychoactive Substances/'Legal Highs' / The Gateway Hypothesis/Stepping Stone Theory / Drug Related Violence / Drugs and Crime / Drug Risks and Health Harms / HIV/AIDS and Other Blood-Born Viruses / Injecting Drug Use / PART THREE: DRUG POLICY, TREATMENT AND PERCEPTIONS OF THE DRUG PROBLEM / Drug Treatment and QuasiCompulsory Treatment (QCT) / Harm Reduction / Substitute Prescribing / The New Recovery Approach / Prevention: Primary/Secondary/Tertiary / International Drug Control History/Prohibition / Drugs in Sport / Drug Scares and Moral Panics / Drug Dealers / Drug Markets - Difference and Diversity / Drug Trafficking / Crop Eradication, Crop Substitution and Legal Cultivation / War on Drugs / Drug Testing in Schools and Workplaces / Drug Courts / Decriminalization, Legalization and Legal Regulation / Liberalization SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-484-9) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-485-6) • £20.99 Fourth Edition Daniel F Chambliss Hamilton College and Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts Boston This engaging introduction to social research is for students who need to o understand methodologies and results, but who may never conduct research themselves. It provides a balanced treatment of qualitative and quantitative methods, integrating substantive examples and research techniques throughout. Written in a less formal style than many comparable texts, it is complete with practical examples drawn from everyday experience. CONTENTS Science, Society, and Social Research / The Process and Problems of Social Research / Ethics in Research / Conceptualization and Measurement / Sampling / Causation and Experimental Design / Survey Research / Elementary Quantitative Data Analysis / Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening / Qualitative Data Analysis / Evaluation Research / Reviewing, Proposing, and Reporting Research / Appendix A: Finding Information / Appendix B: Table of Random Numbers / Appendix C: Secondary Data Sources / Appendix D: How to Use a Statistical Package THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS Edited by John Scott University of Plymouth and Peter J Carrington University of Waterloo, Canada Instead of consulting a variety of books and journal articles, this Handbook, edited by genuine leaders in the field, is a one-stop guide to social network analysis that will be used by readers for decades to come. 2011 • 640 pages Paperback (978-1-84787-395-8) • £95.00 2012 • 344 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-1771-0) • £49.99 19 Social Inequality & Social Problems POP POPULATION AND SOCIETY THE POPULATION POPUL N OF THE UK Clare Holdsworth Keele University, Nissa Finney, Alan Marshall University of Manchester and Paul Norman University of Leeds Second Edition An excellent introduction to the study of population and its significance for many of the key social, political, cultural and environmental issues facing the e world today... The authors do not shy away from areas of continuing debate, providing both sides of an argument and encouraging readers to follow up the original sources. Unusually for an introductory text, this is a book which draws the reader on and, once started, is quite difficult to put down – Tony Champion, Emeritus Professor of Population Geography, Vice President, British Society for Population Studies, 2011-2013 Population and Society provides a detailed and completely accessible overview that: • situates demographic aspects of population - births, deaths, migration, disease - within the context of broader social impacts, like work, health and wealth inequalities • uses illustrative examples from the developed and developing world, offering an international perspective • is illustrated throughout with pedagogic features. CONTENTS Transitions: Thinking about Population over Time / Population Projections and Data / Population Structures / Analyzing Fertility and Mortality / Migration / Living Arrangements / Family Formation and Fertility: Processes and Trends / Health Inequalities / Population Futures 2013 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-0064-5) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-0065-2) • £22.99 Danny Dorling University of Sheffield Did you know that where you ou were born may affect when en you die? The Population of the UK explains how geography hy makes a difference to life ife outcomes, explaining the he geographical differences s in key socio-economic variables bles - like education, health, and work - that illustrate the UK'ss stark social inequalities and d affect everyone's lives. Written for undergraduate e students students dents across so social i l science disciplines, this unique i text presents a social i l geography of the UK which: • Contains over 100 maps drawn in proportion to the numbers of people being depicted and so represent the human geography of the UK in a fair way • Visualises quantitative evidence. The very latest statistics from numerous sources - including the 2010 election - reveal the many aspects of the underlying geographical structure of society in the UK • Relates geographies of identity to geographies of inequality, mortality, work, and settlement, and shows how the UK's population fits in to the world picture of who has most of what, and where. Using the most advanced cartographic techniques of social mapping employed anywhere in the world, The Population of the UK explains the UK population in comparative context. CONTENTS Maps / Birth / Education / Identity / Politics / Inequality / Health / Work / Home / Abroad / Future / Fold-Out Map AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL POLICY Edited by Peter Dwyer and Sandra Shaw both at Salford University Exploring the essential topics, themes and issues that students study during their social policy or social work degree, the concise chapters define the key terms and outline the key debates.Chapter overviews and summaries guide readers through the e book, and questions for reflection conclude de each chapter to test readers' knowledge. CONTENTS PART ONE: KEY CONCEPTS / Welfare / Ideologies of Welfare / Social Justice / Social Inclusion/Exclusion / Difference and Diversity / Health and Well-Being / PART TWO: POLICY AND THE LIFE COURSE / Families and Children / Young People / Older People/Ageing / Death/End of Life / PART THREE: COMPARATIVE AND SUPRA NATIONAL DIMENSIONS OF POLICY / Devolution in the UK / Comparing National Welfare Regimes / The European Union / Globalization / Social Policy and the Environment 2013 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0758-1) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0759-8) • £20.99 20 2013 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5296-3) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5297-0) • £24.99 SOCIAL PROBLEMS PR Community, Policy, and Social Action Fourth Edition Anna Leon-Guerrero Pacific Lutheran University Popular undergraduate introduction to using sociology and social theory to address social problems. With a focus on community responses and with race, class and gender integrated throughout, students are encouraged to think critically about social problems and to apply theory to their own communities. 2013 • 560 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0543-4) • $110.00 Social Inequality & Social Problems SOCIAL INEQUALITY SOC SOCIOLOGISTS IN ACTION SOCIOLOGI A Student's Guide Sociology, Social Change, and Social Justice Louise Warwick-Booth Leeds Metropolitan University, UK Second Edition This engaging book not only introduces students to the key areas, definitions and debates within the field, but also encourages them to reflect upon social inequality in their own life and to critically analyse the power relations around them. With international examples and a clear, interdisciplinary approach throughout, the book encourages students to look at social inequality as a complex social phenomenon that needs to be understood in a global context. The book: • Looks at social divisions across societies • E x p l o r e s g l o b a l p r o c e s s e s a n d c h a n g e s t h a t a re affecting inequalities • Discusses social inequality in relation to class, gender and ethnicity • Examines current social policy approaches and their relation to inequality • Explores potential solutions to social inequality ABRIDGED CONTENTS What is Social Inequality? / Conceptualising Social Inequality / Measuring Social Inequality / The Global Context of Inequality / Patterns of Contemporary Inequality / Subjective Inequality / Historical Inequality / Why Does Inequality Matter? / Why Does Inequality Persist? / Social Divisions and Inequality: An Overview / Overview of Contemporary Inequality / Age / Social Exclusion / Area Effects / Explaining Area-Based Divisions / Disability / Explaining Disability as a Social Division / Health Inequalities / Explaining Health Inequalities / Sexuality / Explaining Sexuality as a Social Division / Social Divisions and Inequality: Social Class / What Is Social Class and Why Is It Important? / Measuring Social Class / Explaining Social Class Divisions / Social Status / Explaining Differences in Social Status / Inequalities and Stratification in Contemporary Society / Social Divisions and Inequality: Gender / What is Gender? / Gender Inequalities / How Can We Measure Gender Equality? / Women and Inequalities: The Evidence / Women, Equality and Development / Women and Socioeconomic Outcomes / Women and Power / Explaining Female Inequality / What About Men? / Social Divisions and Inequality: Ethnicity / What is Ethnicity? / Ethnic Inequalities / How Can We Measure Ethnic Inequalities? / Ethnicity and Inequalities: The Evidence / Migration / Explaining Ethnic Inequalities / Globalization and the Global Dimensions of Inequality / Defining Globalization / Theorizing Globalization / Globalization Debated: Is Globalization Positive or Negative? / Globalization and Economics / Global Politics: Global Governance / Ecological Unsustainability / Migration / Global Inequality / Why Is Globalization Disappointing in Development and Economic Terms? / What Is the Future of Global Inequality? / The Global Social Policy Arena and Inequality / What Is Global Governance? / Why Do We Need Global Governance? / Key Global Policy Makers / Positive Global Governance / Negative Global Governance / Global Resistance / How does Global Governance Relate to Inequality? / Social Policy and Its Relationship to Inequality: Facilitator or Potential Solution? / Introduction to Social Policy / Welfare Policy / How do Ideological and Political Values Impact Upon Inequalities? / Fiscal Policy / The Impact of the 2008 Recession / Debt Advice / Policy to Encourage People to Take Up Work / Increasing Social Mobility Through Policy / Poverty and State Approaches: Social Policy / Policy, Capitalism and Inequality / Fiscal Policy and Financial Regulation / Solutions to Inequality: How do we create a more equal global society? / What Is the Challenge? / Is Technology the Answer? / Is Social Policy the Answer? / Reform of Global Governance / An Alternative View of Poverty / Strategies to Tackle Poverty / What About More Development and Growth? / Creating Greater Equality / Ideological Change? / The Future of Social Inequality 2013 • 256 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-917-1) • £70.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-918-8) • £23.99 See the full listing of all our Sociology titles online at www.sagepub.in Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen William Paterson University, Jonathan M White Bridgewater State College and Shelley K White Boston College, USA Provides vivid examples of how sociologists are using sociological tools to make a positive impact on society. In each chapter, four or five public sociologists describe, in detail, how they have used sociology to understand and influence the world around them. 2013 • 320 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0311-9) • $35.00 THE ENGAGED ENGAG SOCIOLOGIST Connecting the Classroom to the Community Fourth Edition Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen William Paterson University and Jonathan M White Bridgewater State College Brings the 'public sociology' movement into the classroom, teaching students to use the tools of sociology to become effective participants in a democratic society. Through exercises and projects, students are encouraged to practice the application of these tools in order to get both hands-on training in sociology and experience with civic engagement in their communities. 2013 • 248 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9289-3) • $35.00 RET RETHINKING SOCIAL EXCLUSION Simon Winlow and Steve Hall Social Futures Institute, Teesside University Calling out for a rejuvenated account of the study of social exclusion, Simon Winlow and Steve Hall offer a crisp and refreshing discussion that goes beyond conventional pre-suppositions. Suggesting that, in many respects, 'the social' no longer exists, and that we are all increasingly excluded from the social, they argue that social exclusion is everywhere. The reality of social exclusion is not simply seen in the North American ghettos or the sink estates of Britain, but also in exclusive gated housing developments that are now a feature of many western cities, the vacuous non-places of the shopping mall, the deadening reality of low-level service work - and in the depressing uniformity of our political parties. Drawing upon various aspects of radical philosophy, bringing the changing nature of capitalism and its domestication of democratic politics to the forefront of the discussion, Social Exclusion succeeds in saying something new about a contemporary social, political and economic order that appears comfortable with the abandonment and vilification of the poorest. 2013 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-107-0) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-108-7) • £24.99 21 Social Inequality & Social Problems / Globalization, Development & Social Change SOC INEQUALITY SOCIAL & THE POLITICS OF REPRESENTATION A Global Landscape Edited by Celine-Marie Pascale American University, Washington DC Critically analyzing how cultures around the world construct, mobilize, transform and give meaning to the social categories of race, class, gender and sexuality, this book compels students to challenge their beliefs about inequality. CONTENTS SECTION ONE: CLASS / Class Invisibility and Stigmatization: Irish Media Coverage of a Public Housing Project in Limerick / Inequality and Representation: Critical Discourse Analysis of News Coverage about Homelessness / Poverty and the Survival of Discourses of Discrimination: Otomi Speakers in Mexico / Race-Class Intersections as Interactional Resources in Post-Apartheid South Africa / SECTION TWO: RACE / The Representation of Ehtnic-cultural Otherness: The Roma Minority in Serbian Press / You Are Trying to Make Race an Issue! Race-baiting and Social Categorizatino in US Immigrant Debates / Global Media and Cultural Identities: The Case of Indians in Post-Amin Uganda / Representing and Reconstructing Chinatown: A Social Semiotic Analysis of Place Names in Urban Planning Policies of Washington, DC / SECTION THREE: SEXUALITY / Sexual Citizenship and Suffering Subjects: Media Discourse about Teenage Homosexuality in South Korea / Hidden Sex: Behind the Veil and in the Forest / The Bad and the Good (Queer) Immigrant in Italian Mass Media / The Surplus of Paradoxes: Queering/Images of Sexuality and Economy / SECTION FOUR: GENDER / Positioning the Veiled Woman: An Analysis of Austrian Press Photographs in the Context of the European Headscarf Debates / Constructing the Other: Young Men's Talk on Ethnic and Racist Violence / Language as a Means of 'Civilizing' Kurdish Women in Turkey / Contested Identity: Transgendered People in Malaysia / SECTION FIVE: NATION / Language and Identity: Minority Language Policy, Turkish Soap Operas and Language in the Bulgarian Mediascape / Tiny Neitzen Mocking Great Firewall: Research on the Discourse of Power and Politics of Representation in China, 2005-2010 / Framing Extreme Violence: Collective Memory-Making in Argentina / The Changing Dynamics of Political Discourse About Orphans in Soviet and Post-Soviet Periods ENCHANTING A DISENCHANTED WORLD Continuity and Change in the Cathedrals of Consumption Third Edition George Ritzer University of Maryland Enchanting a Disenchanted World, Third Edition examines Disney, malls, cruise lines, Las Vegas, the world wide web, Planet Hollywood, credit cards, and all the other ways we now consume. Thoroughly updated to reflect the recent economic recession and the impact of the internet, bestselling author George Ritzer continues to explore this book’s central thesis: that our society has undergone fundamental change because of the way and the level at which we consume. New and Hallmark Features: • Offers a unique analysis of the world of consumption, especially the settings in which consumption takes place • Discusses the recent global economic recession throughout • Offers rich details on consuming in such places as Las Vegas, Disney World, on cruise ships, in Wal-Mart, at McDonald’s, and, new to this edition, on the Web • Includes a wide range of theoretical perspectives—Marxian, Weberian, critical theory, postmodern theory—as well as a number of concepts such as hyperconsumption, implosion, simulation, and time and space to show students how sociological theory can be applied to everyday phenomena 2010 • 272 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7581-0) • $59.00 REGIONALISM REG Four-Volume Set Edited by Philippe De Lombaerde and Fredrik Soderbaum 2013 • 368 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9221-3) • $48.00 This accessible, globally-focused Four-Volume Set has been created to capture and organise 60 years of research and policy discourse on regional integration and regionalism. THE POLITICS OF BELONGING SAGE LIBRARY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 2013 • 1520 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5718-0) • £675.00 Intersectional Contestations Nira Yuval-Davis University of East London This new approach to looking at nationalism, religion and issues of belonging from one of the leading academics in her field is a groundbreaking, multidisciplinary work. CONTENTS Introduction: Framing the Questions / The Citizenship Question: Of the State and Beyond / The National Question: From the Indigenous to the Diasporic / The Religious Question: The Sacred, the Cultural and the Political / The Cosmopolitan Question: Situating the Human and Human Rights / The Caring Question: The Emotional and the Political 2012 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2129-9) • $118.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2130-5) • $50.00 DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE A Global Perspective Fifth Edition Philip McMichael Cornell University This book examines the project of globalization and its instabilities (climate, energy, food, financial crises) through the lens of development and its origins in the e colonial project. It helps students make sense of a complex world in transition and explains how globalization became part of public discourse. CONTENTS Development: Theory and Reality / The Development Project (Late 1940s to Early 1970s) / Instituting the Development Project / The Development Project: International Framework / Globalizing Developments / The Globalization Project (1980s to 2000s) / Instituting the Globalization Project / The Globalization Project in Practice / Global Countermovements / Millennial Reckonings (2000s-Present) / The Globalization Project in Crisis / The Sustainability Project / Rethinking Development 2012 • 408 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9207-7) • $74.00 22 Globalization, Development & Social Change JUSTICE GLOBALISM JUS GLOBALIZATION GLO Ideology, Crises, Policy Prospects and Problems Manfred Steger RMIT University, James Goodman University of Technology Sydney and Erin K Wilson RMIT University JoAnn Chirico Pennsylvania State University, Beaver Drawing on dozens of interviews and rich textual analyses involving nearly 50 global justice organizations linked to the World Social Forum, the authors of this pioneering study challenge this prevailing view. They ey present a compelling case that the global justice movement has actually fashioned a new political ideology with global reach: 'justice globalism'. Far from being incoherent, justice globalism possesses a rich and nuanced set of core concepts and powerful ideological claims. The book investigates how justice globalists respond to global financial crises, to escalating climate change, and to the global food crisis. It finds justice globalism generating new political agendas and campaigns to address these pressing problems. CONTENTS Justice Globalism and Global Crises / Justice Globalism: Core Concepts / Justice Globalism: Core Ideological Claims / Responding to Global Crises: From Core Concepts to Policy Alternatives / Justice Globalism and the Global Financial Crisis / Justice Globalism and the Global Food Crisis / Climate Crisis and Justice Globalism 2013 • 184 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4090-8) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4091-5) • £24.99 HOW SOCIETIES CHANGE Second Edition Daniel Chirot University of Washington, Seattle An exploration of how societies have changed over the past five thousand years. The discussion focuses on the idea that industrial societies, despite their great success, have created a new set of recurring and unsolved problems which will serve as a major impetus for further her social change. SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2012 • 184 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9256-5) • $38.00 CONTEMPORARY CHINA STUDIES Collection: Sets 1 & 2 Eight-Volume Set Edited by Tak-Wing Ngo University of Macau, Macau, China Contemporary China Studies provides selected articles and book chapters focusing on the politics, economy and d society of China since 1949, bringing together the two four-volume reference works in these areas. 2011 • 3328 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-820-4) • £1100.00 This groundbreaking globalization text goes beyond just focusing on one theme, such as cultural, economic or political globalization, by covering the range of globalization issues and topics. Speaking to students with one voice and from one analytical framework, the author h presents a clear image of 'the big globalization picture' by providing, piece by piece, a myriad of globalization topics, debates, theories and empirical data. She makes a strong connection with students by encouraging them to relate their experiences as individuals to globalization processes. CONTENTS The World has Gone Global / Studying Globalization / Setting the Stage: Foundations of Globalization / Making the Global Economy / Forging a Global Civil Society / Who Gets What, When, and How: Global Governance / Globalizing Political Culture and State Governance / Trends and Transitions in Democracy / Globalizing Culture: Change and Continuity / Globalization and Everyday Life / Religion: Conflict and Compromise / Transborder Threats to Wellbeing: Inequality and Migration / Transborder Threats to Human Wellbeing: Violent Conflict and Crime / Transborder Threats to Human Wellbeing: Food and the Environment / Global Trajectories: The City 2013 • 552 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8797-4) • $40.00 MILITARY SOCIOLOGY Four-Volume Set Edited by David R Segal University of Maryland, USA and James Burk Texas A&M University, USA Militar y sociology is now a wellestablished and respected subfield within sociology. This collection surveys the field for academics, advanced students and researchers interested in war and peace and their relation to social development, and is organized around four major themes: the origins of military sociology; military organization; civil-military relations; and the experience of war. SAGE LIBRARY OF MILITARY AND STRATEGIC STUDIES 2012 • 1584 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-779-5) • £600.00 CONTEMPORARY CHINA STUDIES II Economy & Society Four-Volume Set Edited by Tak-Wing Ngo University of Macau, Macau, China Contemporary China Studies II provides selected articles and book chapters focusing on the economy and society of China since 1949, including the most important scholarly writings. 2011 • 1624 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-4883-8) • $995.00 23 Globalization, Development & Social Change GLOBAL SHIFT Mapping the Changing g Contours of the World Economy Making and Breaking Nations Sixth Edition John Coakley University College Dublin Peter Dicken University of Manchester This Sixth Edition of Global bal Shift has been completely ely ing revised and updated using the latest available sources. ces. Each chapter has been een extensively rewritten and new chapters introduced to take ake e account of recent empirical ical developments, new ideas s on production, distribution, and consumption in the global oba all economy and the implications tion ns of the global financial crisis. The now standard work on economic globalization provides: • the most comprehensive and up-to-date explanation of economic globalization available, examining the role of transnational corporations, states, labour, consumers, and organizations in civil society and the power relations between them • a clear guide to how the global economy is being transformed through the operation of global production networks involving transnational corporations, states and interest groups and technology • detailed discussion of different theories of economic globalization • a new chapter on the environmental impacts of globalizing processes • extended discussion of problems and institutions of global governance in the context of the global economic crisis and of the role of corporate social responsibility • broadened sectoral case studies including a new case study on resource-extractive industries, and an extended chapter on financial and advanced business services. The extensive use of graphics, lack of jargon and clear definition of terms, makes Global Shift the key resource on economic globalization in the social science literature. This exciting new textbook is the first to offer students a truly comprehensive and engaging account of the vibrant topic of nationalism. Packed with a series of rich, illustrative examples, the book examines this powerful and remarkable political force ce by exploring: • definitions of nationalism, including normative and descriptive approaches • the manifestation of nationalism through language • the relationship between religion and nationalism • discussions on the political uses of history as a social construct • the social roots of ideologies and the significance of class and gender • different kinds of nationalist movements, ranging from dominant majorities to peripheral minorities • explanations of nationalist mobilization, taking into account historical, socioeconomic and sociological approaches • state responses to nationalism • territorial and non-territorial devolutions of power and the relationship between nationalism and federalism. A magnificent achievement. Since the publication of the first edition of Global Shift in 1986, Peter Dicken has constructed in successive editions a phenomenal record of the changing geography of capital accumulation on a world scale. This wholly new Sixth Edition is an essential companion for anyone concerned to understand the rapid geographical shifts occurring in the world's economic power relations in these stressful and troubled times - David Harvey, Distinguished Professor, CUNY Graduate Center, New York ABRIDGED CONTENTS Introduction: Questioning Globalization / PART ONE: THE SHIFTING CONTOURS OF THE GLOBAL ECONOMY / Global Shift: Changing Geographies of the Global Economy / PART TWO: PROCESSES OF GLOBAL SHIFT / Tangled Webs: Unravelling Complexity in the Global Economy / Technological Change: 'Gales of Creative Destruction' / Transnational Corporations: The Primary 'Movers and Shapers' of the Global Economy / The State Really Does Matter / The Uneasy Relationship between TNCs and States: Dynamics of Conflict and Collaboration / PART THREE: THE PICTURE IN DIFFERENT ECONOMIC SECTORS / 'Making Holes in the Ground': The Extractive Industries / 'We Are What We Eat': The Agro-Food Industries / 'Fabric-ating Fashion': The Clothing Industries / 'Wheels of Change': The Automobile Industry / 'Making the World Go Round': Advanced Business Services - Especially Finance / 'Making the Connections, Moving the Goods': Logistics and Distribution Services / PART FOUR: WINNING AND LOSING IN THE GLOBAL ECONOMY / 'Capturing Value' within Global Production Networks / 'Destroying Value': Environmental Impacts of Global Production Networks / Winning and Losing: Where You Live Really Matters / Making the World a Better Place 2011 • 632 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-766-9) • £103.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-767-6) • £39.99 24 NAT NATIONALISM, ETHNICITY AND THE STATE ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: NATION AND SOCIET Y / PART T WO: NATIONALIST MOBILIZATION / CONCLUSION 2013 • 320 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4742-6) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4743-3) • £26.99 INTERNATIONAL MIGRATION Four-Volume Set Edited by Andrew Geddes University of Sheffield This collection brings together the best research examining the causes, modes, patterns and consequences of international migration. SAGE LIBRARY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 2011 • 1528 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-089-5) • £600.00 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL MOVEMENTS Four-Volume Set Edited by Cyrus Ernesto Zirakzadeh University of Connecticut This set on social and political movements includes articles from multiple perspectives and disciplines, and contributions from across the world. SAGE LIBRARY OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 2011 • 1640 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-091-8) • £600.00 Social Anthropology A VERY V PERSONAL METHOD THE THEORY IN SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Anthropological Essays Drawn From Life An Encyclopedia Mary Douglas Edited by Richard Fardon SOAS, University of London By bringing together writings in different genres that Mary Douglas composed over er the entirety of her career, this volume demonstrates her distinctive style of thought and expression. In her method and style, as much as in her explicit arguments, Mary Douglas constantly invited her readers to reflect on the inextricable intertwining of the personal and the theoretical in her thought. More than any previous collection of Mary Douglas’s work, A Very Personal Method reveals a mind restlessly reworking her enduring preoccupations and finding echoes of them in the new concerns she continued to draw from life. Mary Douglas is celebrated both as a literary stylist and an anthropological thinker who challenged common presuppositions and understandings of religion, economy and society. As a cornerstone of modernism in social anthropology, and a precursor of 21st Century interdisciplinarity, her work remains highly influential both within and outside the social sciences. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: FAMILIAR FEELINGS / PART TWO: THINKING ABOUT CATHOLICISM IN LELE RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE / PART THREE: TABOO AND RITUAL / PART FOUR: CONTEMPORARIES / PART FIVE: INCLUSION AS CONCLUSION 2013 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5468-4) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5469-1) • £29.99 Edited by R Jon McGee and Richard L Warms Texas State University, San Marcos 2013 • 1056 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9963-2) • $350.00 NOW IN PAPERBACK! HANDBOOK OF MATERIAL CULTURE Edited by Chris Tilley University College London, Webb Keane University of Michigan, Susanne Kuechler, Mike Rowlands University College London and Patricia Spyer Leiden University The study of material culture is concerned with the relationship between person and nd things in the past and in the present. The Handbook of Material Culture provides a critical survey of the theories, concepts, intellectual debates, substantive domains and traditions of study characterizing the analysis of things. This Handbook is not just a review of the field as it currently exists, it also sets out to chart the future of material culture studies. Expertly organized by a team of editors, the volume draws contributions from internationally renowned scholars to chart an interdisciplinary field of studies that makes a fundamental contribution to an understanding of what it means to be human. ABRIDGED CONTENTS CULTURES AND CRISES CUL Understanding Risk and Resolution THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES / THE BODY, MATERIALITY AND THE SENSES / SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS / PROCESS AND TRANSFORMATION / PRESENTATION AND POLITICS 2013 • 576 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-0039-3) • $150.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-7056-1) • $52.00 Mary Douglas Edited by Richard Fardon SOAS, University of London Written in the last two decades of her life, Cultures and Crises finds Mary Douglas developing analyses of critical conditions facing contemporary societies. The essays ys focus on the collaborative development of ‘cultural theory’ from the ‘grid and group’ analysis of the 1970s through to its application and elaboration in her later thought. The material covers questions of culture and institutions, the challenges to culture posed by climate change and the nature of risk in culture.What emerges is the most complete picture of Mary Douglas’s cultural theory that is currently available to us. Mary Douglas was one of the most widely read social anthropologists of the 20th Century. She is celebrated both as a literary stylist and an anthropological thinker who challenged common presuppositions and understandings of religion, economy and society. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: CULTURAL THEORY / PART TWO: CULTURE AND CLIMATE / PART THREE: INSTITUTIONALIZED RISKS 2013 • 344 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5466-0) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5467-7) • £29.99 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Two-Volume Set Edited by Richard Fardon SOAS, University of London, Oliva Harris LSE, University of London, Trevor H J Marchand SOAS, University of London, Cris Shore University of Auckland, Veronica Strang Durham University, Richard Wilson and Mark Nuttall University of Alberta In two volumes, The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology is the definitive overview of contemporary research in the discipline. With 80 authors, contributing more than 60 chapters, this is the most comprehensive and up-to-date statement of research available and the essential point of departure for future projects. Edited by leading figures in social anthropology, it includes a substantive introduction by Richard Fardon, a foreword by Jean and John Comaroff, and a concluding last word on futures by Marilyn Strathern. 2012 • 1184 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-547-1) • £275.00 25 Urban Sociology & Space ASSET BUILDING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CITIES IN A WORLD ECONOMY Third Edition Fourth Edition Gary Paul Green University of Wisconsin-Madison and Anna Haines University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point Saskia Sassen Columbia University, USA The book allows students to further comprehend the subject area through key concepts, questions, and various exercises to apply classroom knowledge with what has been read in each chapter. Good compliment to classroom lecturing. Dr Lason Hines School of Architecture, Prairie View A & M University Employing a broad definition of community development, this book shows how asset building can help increase the capacity of residents to improve their quality of life. It provides students and practitioners with theoretical and practical guidance on how to mobilize community capital (physical, human, social, financial, environmental, political, and cultural) to effect positive change. Authors Gary Paul Green and Anna Haines show that development controlled by community-based organizations provides a better match between these assets and the needs of the communities. CONTENTS Preface / Chapter 1: The Role of Assets in Community-Based Development / Chapter 2: A History of Community Development in America / Chapter 3: Community Sustainability / Chapter 4: The Community Development Process / Chapter 5: The Role of Community-Based Organizations / Chapter 6: Human Capital / Chapter 7: Social Capital / Chapter 8: Physical Capital / Chapter 9: Financial Capital / Chapter 10: Environmental Capital / Chapter 11: Political Capital / Chapter 12: Cultural Capital / Chapter 13: Food, Energy, and Community / Chapter 14: Natural Disasters and Climate Change: The Role of Community Assets / Chapter 15: The Future of Community Development / Index / About the Authors 2012 • 360 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8223-8) • $74.00 This bestselling book shows how certain characteristics of our turn-of-the millennium flows of money, information and people have led to the emergence of a new social formation: global cities. These se developments give new meaning to such fixtures of urban sociology as the centrality of place and the importance of geography in our social world. Key features of this volume include: • a multidisciplinary approach to urban sociology, supported by global examples • an examination of the impact of global processes on the social structure of cities • the ideal balance between maintaining academic rigour and employing new and innovative concepts • the discussion of a unique perspective on the highly gendered and unequal nature of the global city and how it forces the underprivileged to live a dangerous and unpredictable life on global survival circuits • a new chapter analyzing the challenges and vulnerabilities facing major cities in terms of the environment, the global financial crisis and asymmetric war • a new section on global migrations. CONTENTS Place and Production in the Global Economy / The Urban Impact of Economic Globalization / National and Transnational Urban Systems / The New Urban Economy: The Intersection of Global Processes and Place / Issues and Case Studies in the New Urban Economy / The New Inequalities Within Cities / Global Cities and Global Survival Circuits / The Urbanizing of Global Governance Challenges / A New Geography of Centers and Margins SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES SPATIAL QUESTIONS SPA 2012 • 424 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8803-2) • $38.00 Cultural Topologies and Social Spatialisation Rob Shields Sociology, Art and Design, University of Alberta, Canada Our understanding of space is crucial to the way in which we understand major social problems and issues and the way we develop and maintain our worldviews. d Building from a history of philosopher's and geographer's theories of space, Shields presents the importance of spatialisation and cultural topology in social theory and the possibilities that lay within these theoretical tools. Innovative and thought-provoking, this book goes beyond traditional ideas of spatiality and temporality, seeking to understand the multiplicity of spatialisations and relate them to the everyday life. CONTENTS Overtures / Spatialisations / History of Spaces / Socialness of Space / Topologies / Cultural Topology 2013 • 216 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-664-7) • £80.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-665-4) • £26.99 26 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF HOUSING STUDIES Edited by David F Clapham Cardiff University, William A V Clark University of California, Los Angeles, USA and Kenneth Gibb University of Glasgow The comprehensive volume we have long been waiting for. Chapters by leading scholars from many disciplines offer students, housing professionals and policy analysts an insightful examination of the complex aspects of the housing sector – Andrejs Skaburskis, Professor and North American Editor of Housing Studies , Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario 2012 • 528 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-430-6) • £95.00 Urban Sociology & Space CULTURES AND GLOBALIZATION RESEARCHING THE CITY RES Cities, Cultural Policy and Governance Edited by Kevin Ward University of Manchester Edited by Helmut K Anheier Hertie School of Governance, University of Heidelberg and Yudhishthir Raj Isar The American University of Paris This practical guide for students focuses on both the city, and the different ways academics research it. Essential reading for any student carrying out fieldwork in urban geography, urban studies and urban sociology courses, Researching the City explains how research h is done, from the original idea, to design and implementation, through to writing up and representation. Each of the nine chapters focuses on a different method from archival to discourse analysis and questionnaires, and includes a number of aids to help students think about the content and how it relates to their own fieldwork, including real-world evidence that is used illustratively and comparatively, as well as key questions and suggestions for further reading. The fifth volume in the cutting edge Cultures and Globalization series, this book ok explores a city's cultural dynamics and its impact on policy including alternative economies, creativity, migration, diversity, sustainability, education and urban planning. THE CULTURES AND GLOBALIZATION SERIES 2012 • 472 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0122-0) • £100.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0123-7) • £39.99 A Guide for Students CONTENTS THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF ARCHITECTURAL THEORY Edited by C Greig Crysler University of California, Berkeley, Stephen Cairns University of Edinburgh and Hilde Heynen Catholic University of Leuven A unique collection of articles mapping out the contemporar y landscape of architectural theory. Its focus on interdisciplinarity and cross-cultural ties ensures the discipline's relationship with the th social sciences is fully explored. 2012 • 776 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-4613-1) • $150.00 Preface / Designing an Urban Research Project / Archival research / Interviews / Ethnographic Research / Working in the Shadow Zones of Urban Economies: Using Questionnaires to Research Hidden Populations / Discourse and Linguistic Analysis / Using Diaries to Study Urban Worlds / GIS: A Method and Practice / Worlds Through Glass: Photography and Video as Geographic Method / Writing Up 2014 • 184 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0210-4) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0211-1) • £20.99 KEY THINKERS ON SPACE AND PLACE Second Edition Edited by Phil Hubbard Loughborough University and Rob Kitchin National University of Ireland CITY LIFE Adrian Franklin University of Tasmania A sweeping treatment of cities from Roman to contemporary times, this book highlights the powerful forces that shape cities - transforming them from traditional cities of culture and commerce, to modernist cities of industry and work, to today's post-modern cities of spectacle and consumerism and just on the horizon - to cities of ecological integrity and human-animal coexistence for which we all long A unique exploration of the spatial turn. Critically acclaimed and widely used across the social sciences, this Second Edition includes 14 new chapters, adds non on Anglo-American theorists and widens the disciplinary base to include more sociologists and anthropologists, as well as more female thinkers. 2011 • 528 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-101-8) • £96.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-102-5) • £31.99 Jennifer Wolch University of California, Berkeley In this book City Life Adrian Franklin takes the reader on a tour of contemporary western cities exploring their historical development and arguing that it is the transformative, ritual and performative qualities of successful cities that makes a difference. Adopting dynamic narrative structures and stories to develop its critical position this book creates a vibrant synthesis of city life from its key components: • leisure and tourism • nature and environment • recreation and play • architecture and public space • arts and culture FOR SPACE Doreen Massey The Open University Dore en Mas sey's acclaime d and impassioned argument for revitalising our imagination of space. 2005 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-0361-5) • $103.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-0362-2) • $74.00 CONTENTS Introduction / PART ONE: BECOMING CITIES / The Traditional City / The Machinic City / The Solid Modern City I / The Solid Modern City II / The Dysfunctional City? / PART TWO: MAKING CITY LIFE / The Ecological City / City Lifestyle / Cities of Spectacle and Carnival / City Natures / Rites de Renaissance 2010 • 256 pages Hardback (978-0-7619-4475-1) • £87.00 Paperback (978-0-7619-4476-8) • £27.99 27 Environmental Sociology CONSUMER SOCIETY COMPLETE GREEN SERIES BUNDLE Critical Issues & Environmental Consequences Collection: Toward a Sustainable Future Barry Smart University of Plymouth, UK Edited by Paul Robbins University of Arizona Barry Smart's Consumer Society is the best study I have seen of contemporary features of the current stage of capitalism organized around consumption and commodities. The book's range is broad and synoptic and its research is highly impressive. The text is engaging and accessible and should be of interest to a wide range of readers. Douglas Kellner UCLA, author of Media Spectacle and the Crisis of Democracy Adept in handling a complex range of classical and contemporary theoretical sources, the book draws on an impressive range of comparative material and provides a variety of contemporary examples to inform and enhance understanding of our consuming way of life. Smart writes with verve and feeling and has produced a stimulating book that enlarges our understanding of consumer culture and provides a timely critical analysis of its consequences. 2010 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-049-0) • £83.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-050-6) • £26.99 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE Volume 1: Approaches, Evidences and Causes Volume 2: Human Impacts and Responses This Collection provides a vital and broad-ranging resource on environmental sociology in a 12-volume reference series of nearly 1,700 entries available in both print and electronic formats. THE SAGE REFERENCE SERIES ON GREEN SOCIETY: TOWARD A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE-SERIES EDITOR: PAUL ROBBINS 2011 • 6736 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-6273-5) • $1155.00 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CONSUMPTION AND WASTE The Social Science of Garbage Edited by Carl A Zimring Roosevelt University and William L Rathje Consulting Editor University of Arizona The Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste explores this important topic acrosss multiple disciplines within the social sciences and ranges further to include business, consumerism, environmentalism and marketing to comprise an outstanding reference for academic and public libraries. 2012 • 1224 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-8819-3) • $350.00 Two-Volume Set Edited by John A Matthews Swansea University In more than 40 chapters, this new twoovolume work examines the historic importance and future development of the field of environmental change, including its relationship to theory, research and practice. 2012 • 1056 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-360-5) • £275.00 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF GLOBAL WARMING AND CLIMATE CHANGE, SECOND EDITION Second Edition Edited by S. George Philander Princeton University This Second Edition of an academic yett non-technical resource examines the effects, history and ongoing research in the important field of global warming and climate change. 2012 • 1720 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9261-9) • $375.00 28 UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Edited by Susan Buckingham and Mike Turner Brunel University T h i s u n i q u e b o o k ex p l a i n s t h e environmental science behind environmental problems, alongside the economic, political, social and cultural factors which produce and reproduce them. It's a wonderful teaching text that weaves together often disparate fields. CONTENTS PART ONE: FRAMEWORKS / Approaching Environmental Issues / The Rise of Environmental Politics and the Environmental Movement / Valuing the Environment / Geo-Information Technology and the Environment / PART TWO: CASE STUDIES / Food / Waste / Global Climate Change / Natural Hazards / Mexico City 2008 • 288 pages Hardback (978-0-76194-235-1) • £90.00 Paperback (978-0-76194-236-8) • £28.99 Creative Industries INT INTRODUCING THE CREATIVE INDUSTRIES From Theory to Practice Rosamund Davies and Gauti Sigthorsson University of Greenwich A much needed textbook taking students through both the theory and practice of the creative industries. It not only grounds students in the key concepts of cultural economy, but introduces them to the realities es of working - and succeeding - in the creative industries. 2013 • 280 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-572-6) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-573-3) • £22.99 THE CULTURAL CULTU INDUSTRIES Third Edition David Hesmondhalgh Institute of Communications Studies, University of Leeds The Third Edition of this essential media studies text scrutinizes the new and ongoing changes to the contemporary landscape of creative economy and cultural al production. This book: • provides an all-new online reading guide to springboard students into their own research • includes brand new examples covering social media, digital publishing, reality TV and talent shows • traces the growth of the cultural industries in emerging markets in China, India, Asia and Africa • analyzes the economic crisis and its impact • examines new products and the influence on consumer electronics and IT companies, including Apple, Facebook and Google. As one of the most read, most studied and most cited media studies texts, this new Third Edition is a must for any student of media and communication studies, cultural studies and sociology. CONTENTS Introduction: Change and Continuity, Power and Creativity / PART ONE: ANALYTICAL FRAMEWORKS / Theories of Culture, Theories of Cultural Production / Cultural Industries in the Twentieth Century: The Key Features / Why the Cultural Industries Began to Change in the 1980s / PART TWO: POLICY CHANGE / Marketization in Telecommunications and Broadcasting / Further Changes in Policy: Copyright and the Cult of Creativity / PART THREE: CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE CULTURAL INDUSTRIES, 1980 TO 2012 / Ownership, Structure and Size / Creativity and Commerce, Organization and Labour / Internationalism: Neither Globalisation Nor Cultural Imperialism / Digitalisation and the Internet / The Impact of the Internet and Digitalisation on Existing Cultural Industries / Texts: Diversity, Quality and Social Justice / Conclusions: A New Era in Cultural Production? 2013 • 480 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0925-7) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0926-4) • £25.99 KEY CONCEPTS IN CREATIVE INDUSTRIES John Hartley Curtin University, Australia, and Cardiff University, Wales, Jason Potts RMIT University, Australia, Stuart Cunningham, Terry Flew, Michael Keane and John Banks Queensland University of Technology, Australia There could be no better guides to the conceptual map of the creative industries i than John Hartley and his colleagues, pioneers in the field. This book is a clear, comprehensive and accessible tool-kit of ideas, concepts, questions and discussions which will be invaluable to students and practitioners alike. Key Concepts in Creative Industries is set to become the corner stone of an expanding and exciting field of study – Chris Barker, University of Wollongong, Australia CONTENTS Aesthetics, Art / Agent/Agency / Attention / Audience / Cluster / Co-Creation (User-Created Content; User-Generated Content) / Competition / Complex Systems / Consumer / Convergence / Creative Arts / Creative Cities / Creative Class / Creative Destruction / Creative Economy / Creative Industries / Creative Labour / Creativity / Cultural Policy / Culture (History of Concept) / Culture Industry/Cultural Industries / Design / Digital Literacy / Entertainment / Entrepreneur/ship / Evolution / Expert / Globalization / Information Economy / Innovation / Institution / Intellectual Property / Internationalization (of Creative Industries) / Knowledge (Growth of) / Markets / Media / Networks / Power / Productivity / Public Culture / Representation / Technology SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0288-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0289-0) • £21.99 THE CREATIVE INDUSTRIES Culture and Policy Terry Flew Queensland University of Technology, Australia This book sets the agenda for debates about the rise of the creative industries, providing a richer understanding of the dynamics of cultural markets, creative labour, finance and risk, and how culture is distributed, marketed and creatively re-used through new media technologies. International in coverage, The Creative Industries traces the historical and contemporary ideas that make the cultural economy more relevant that it has ever been. CONTENTS Origins of Creative Industries Policy / International Models of Creative Industries Policy / From Culture Industries to Cultural Economy / Products, Services, Production and Creative Work / Consumption, Markets, Technology and Cultural Trade / Globalization, Cities and Creative Spaces / Creative Industries and Public Policy 2012 • 248 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-575-4) • £67.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-576-1) • £23.99 29 Media & Cultural Studies MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY UNDERSTA UNDERSTANDING THE MEDIA An Introduction Third Edition Paul Hodkinson University of Surrey Eoin Devereux University of Limerick In his beautifully balanced, clear and broad-ranging account of a fast-changing field, Paul Hodkinson has successfully brought together myriad perspectives with which to o critically analyse today's media culture and media society – Sonia Livingstone, Professor of Media and Communication, London School of Economics and Political Science A cutting-edge and engaging introduction to the relationship between media, culture and society. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: ELEMENTS OF MEDIA / PART TWO: MEDIA, POWER AND CONTROL / PART THREE: MEDIA, IDENTITY AND CULTURE 2011 • 336 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2052-0) • $117.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2053-7) • $60.00 KEY CONCEPTS IN MEDIA AND COMMUNICATIONS Paul Jones University of New South Wales and David Holmes Monash University This book covers the key concepts central to understanding recent developments in media and communication studies. Wideranging in scope and accessible in style, it sets out a useful, clear map of the important theories, methods and debates. How much of our media experience is shaped by the profit motive of media conglomerates? How much do we have freedom and power as members of an increasingly fragmented media audience? How do music, television and social media influence what we understand about friendship, fun, political events, democracy, globalization and even our own selves? This book teaches students how to ask critical questions of the media, and gives them the analytical tools to answer those questions. Students will gain a rich understanding of how the media play a role in society, both in giving pleasures and creating power relationships. Equipping students to become critical thinkers, Understanding the Media: • teaches the theoretical foundations and key concepts students need to get started on their own media studies • shows the 'how to' of media studies with guided exercises and reflections • improves essay writing with a guide to the research literature • helps students take learning further with guided free online readings • brings concepts to life with examples and case studies on everything from Harry Potter and Big Brother to the Occupy movement. This is an essential guide to the how and why of understanding the media. CONTENTS Understanding the Media / Media Histories and Approaches / Media Globalization / Media Ownership / Media Production and Media Professionals / Media and the Economy / Media Regulation and Policy / Media Ideology and Discourse / Media Content and Representation / Audiences and Reception / New Media and Social Media / Future Directions 2014 • 336 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4879-9) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4880-5) • £23.99 CONTENTS Articulation / Audience / Broadcasting / Capitalism / Communication(s) / Convergence / Criticism/Critique / Cultural Form / Culture / Culture Industry / Cyberculture / Deconstruction / Digital / Discourse / Embodiment / Encoding/ Decoding / Freedom of Communication / Genre / Globalization / Hegemony / Ideology / Identity / Image / Influence / Information Society / Interactivity / Mass / Media Effects / Media/Medium / Mobile Privatization / Modern / Moral Panic / Network (Society) / News Values / Popular/Populist / Postmodernism / Public Sphere / Regulation / Ritual / Sign / Simulacra / Tabloidization / Technoculture / Technological Determinism / Time/Space Compression SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2011 • 272 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2821-2) • $112.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2822-9) • $43.00 MEDIA/SOCIETY Industries, Images, and Audiences Fourth Edition David Croteau Virginia Commonwealth University, USA, William Hoynes Vassar College and Stefania Milan Introducing students to a sociologically informed analysis of the media process, this Fourth Edition includes new material all on students as producers, new examples from the independent media sector and updated discussions of media policy, online media and independent media. ABRIDGED CONTENTS ,_WSHUH[PVUVM:`TIVSZ ;P[SLKPZWSH`PUN[OPZZ`TIVSHYL HJJVTWHUPLKI`HWHZZ^VYK WYV[LJ[LKPUZ[Y\J[VY[LHJOPUNZP[LHUKVYHUVWLU HJJLZZZ[\KLU[Z[\K`ZP[L;OLZLZP[LZVMMLYH ]HYPL[`VMHKKP[PVUHSSLHYUPUNYLZV\YJLZH]HPSHISL [V`V\HUK`V\YZ[\KLU[Z TH CD! WI 30 ;P[SLKPZWSH`PUN*+Z`TIVSJVU[HPUZMYLL *+ÔPJOJHUOLSW`V\HUK`V\YZ[\KLU[ HKKP[PVUHSSLHYUPUNTH[[LY PART ONE. MEDIA/SOCIETY / PART TWO. PRODUCTION: THE MEDIA INDUSTRY AND THE SOCIAL WORLD / PART THREE. CONTENT MEDIA REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOCIAL WORLD / PART FOUR. AUDIENCES: MEANING AND INFLUENCE / PART FIVE. GLOBALIZATION AND THE FUTURE 2012 • 416 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7420-2) • $72.00 Media & Cultural Studies YOUTH AND MEDIA YOU Andy Ruddock Monash University, Australia A fascinating exploration of how media define the identities and social imaginations of young people. Student focused, full of international case studies, and covering core topics across media studies, cultural studies and sociology, such as violence, consumption, celebrity, sport, reality TV, social media, mobile media and questions of identity. 2013 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-091-1) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-092-8) • £22.99 HOW TO DO MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES Second Edition Jane Stokes University of East London Takes students step-by-step through the theories, processes and methods of each stage of research. From creating a research question, to designing the project, to writing it up. This book enables students to have a clear sense of how their eir own work relates to broader scholarship, and inspires understanding of why studying the media matters. 2013 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-785-0) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-786-7) • £24.99 UN UNDERSTANDING CELEBRITY CULTURAL STUDIES Second Edition Theory and Practice Graeme Turner University of Queensland Fourth Edition Never before have celebrities been able to connect so directly and intimately with their fans. Through personal websites, blogs, YouTube, Facebook and Twitter feeds, we are offered a curious insight into to 'the persona' of the celebrity. Not only this, but social media also allows fans to contribute their own user-generated material and engage in both the production and consumption of this persona. Reflecting on these fascinating changes and developments in celebrity studies, Graeme Turner provides an illuminating account of the shifting relationship between celebrities and their fans. This new Second Edition now includes: • a section on the role of social media and the construction of an online presence • an examination of the changing nature of fan culture within the online environment • fully updated account of the history of celebrity • an extended section on reality TV • coverage of recent contributions from feminist scholars to the field. Fully updated throughout with new examples drawn from popular culture, this is a contemporary and incisive look at celebrity culture. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE / Celebrity Today / What is Celebrity? / Personalities, Stars, Celebrities and the Persona / The Spread of Celebrity Culture / Taxonomies of Fame / The Social Functions of Celebrity / Celebrities and the Publicity Industries / PART TWO: PRODUCTION / The Economy of Celebrity / Globalisation, Media Convergence and Market Fragmentation / The Celebrity-Commodity / The Celebrity Industries / Publicity, News and Power / Manufacturing Celebrity / Ordinary Talent / Celebrity and Reality TV / Celebrities Online and Mobile / Celebrity, the Tabloid and the Democratic Public Sphere / Celebrity, Mass Market Magazines and the Tabloids / Tabloidisation Debates / Democratainment / The Demotic Turn / PART THREE: CONSUMPTION / Celebrity 'From Below' / The Para-social Relationship / Royal Celebrity / The Mourning of Diana / Reality TV and the Construction of Cultural Identities / Consuming Celebrity / Celebrity Watchers / Gossip: The Extended Family, Melodrama and Revenge / Histories of Consumption: Star Gazing / Fan Cultures and 'Producing' Celebrity / Celebrity Flesh and the Gendering of Celebrity / Celebrity and Public Culture Today / Celebrity, Politics and Spin / The Celebritization of Mediated Life / Fame Attack and the Consequences of Celebrity Culture 2013 • 160 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5320-5) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5321-2) • £24.99 Chris Barker University of Wollongong, Australia Has been, for many years, one of the best guides to and overviews of a broad range of the issues and theories that constitute cultural studies.... For those who want to be prepped to play the game of cultural studies, this is the book to read – Douglas Kellner, UCLA Building upon the scope and authority of previous editions, this book represents a definitive benchmark in understanding and applying the foundations of cultural studies. It provides those new to the field with an authoritative introduction to everything they need to know. An indispensable resource for any student or lecturer, it is packed with concise, accessible definitions, clear chapter summaries, inspiring student activities, biographical snapshots of key figures and a full glossary. There is also a companion Website providing new student exercises, global case studies, essay questions and links to relevant SAGE journal articles. Visit www.sagepub.co.uk/barker. CONTENTS PART ONE: CULTURE AND CULTURAL STUDIES / An Introduction to Cultural Studies / Questions of Culture and Ideology / Culture, Meaning, Knowledge: The Linguistic Turn in Cultural Studies / Biology, the Body and Culture / PART TWO: THE CHANGING CONTEXT OF CULTURAL STUDIES / A New World Disorder? / Enter Postmodernism / PART THREE: SITES OF CULTURAL STUDIES / Issues of Subjectivity and Identity / Ethnicity, Race and Nation / Sex, Subjectivity and Representation / Television, Texts and Audiences / Digital Media Culture / Cultural Space and Urban Place / Youth, Style and Resistance / Cultural Politics and Cultural Policy / Glossary: The LanguageGame of Cultural Studies 2012 • 584 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-479-4) • £77.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-480-0) • £27.99 31 Media & Cultural Studies DOING CUL CULTURAL STUDIES REPRESENTATION REPRESENT The Story of the Sony Walkman Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices Second Edition Second Edition Paul du Gay Copenhagen Business School, Stuart Hall The Open University and Goldsmiths College, University of London, Linda Janes The Open University, Anders Koed Madsen Copenhagen Business School, Hugh Mackay The Open University and Keith Negus Goldsmiths College, University of London Edited by Stuart Hall The Open University and Goldsmiths College, University of London, Sean Nixon University of Essex and Jessica Evans The Open University What does the Walkman have to do with the 21st century? The longawaited Second Edition of this classic textbook takes students on a journey to the past and back again, giving them the skills to do cultural analysis along the way. Through the 'circuit of culture', this book teaches students to critically examine what culture means, and how and why it is enmeshed with the media texts and objects in their lives. Students will: • gain practical experience with the historical-comparative method • learn to think about some of the cultural conundrums of the present • unpack the key concepts of contemporary culture, such as mobility and materiality • look with fresh eyes at the media world and their practice within it • practice their critical skills with up-to-date exercises and activities. This book remains the perfect 'how to' for cultural studies. ABRIDGED CONTENTS MAKING SENSE OF THE WALKMAN / THE PRODUCTION OF THE SONY WALKMAN / DESIGNING THE WALKMAN: ARTICULATING PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION / SONY AS A GLOBAL FIRM / CONSUMING THE WALKMAN / REGULATING THE WALKMAN / SELECTED READINGS Since 1997, Representation has been the textbook for students learning the tools to question and critically analyze institutional and media texts and images. This long-awaited Second Edition: • updates and refreshes the approaches to representation, signalling key developments in the field • addresses the emergence of new technologies, media formats, politics and theories • includes an entirely new chapter on celebrity culture and reality TV • offers new exercises, readings, images and examples for a new generation of students. ABRIDGED CONTENTS THE WORK OF REPRESENTATION / RECORDING REALITY: DOCUMENTARY FILM AND TELEVISION / THE SPECTACLE OF THE 'OTHER' / EXHIBITING MASCULINITY / GENRE AND GENDER: THE CASE OF SOAP OPERA CULTURE, MEDIA AND IDENTITIES SERIES 2013 • 440 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-547-4) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-563-4) • £26.99 CULTURE, MEDIA AND IDENTITIES SERIES 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-549-8) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-550-4) • £23.99 UNDERSTANDING FOUCAULT A Critical Introduction DOING CULTURAL THEORY David Walton University of Murcia This critical textbook/toolkit teaches the basics of cultural theory, unpacking its complexities with real-life examples and student-focused pedagogy. As well as showing how others have analyzed and interpreted the world, David Walton shows readers how to really do cultural theory by clearly linking theory and practice. 2012 • 352 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-484-8) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-485-5) • £24.99 Second Edition Tony Schirato Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Geoff Danaher Central Queensland University and Jen Webb University of Canberra, Australia This perfect introduction to a thinker many students can find challenging includes an exploration of recently published lectures and minor works. CONTENTS Questions of Method / Power and Knowledge / Governmentality / Liberalism and Neo-Liberalism / Subjectivity and Technologies of the Self / Critique and Ethics UNDERSTANDING CONTEMPORARY CULTURE SERIES 2012 • 208 pages Paperback (978-1-4462-5235-2) • £25.99 For assistance in ordering! Write today to THYRL[PUN'ZHNLW\IPU 32 Mutiny at the Margins: Series Edited by Ishwar Modi President, Indian Sociological Society READINGS IN INDIAN SOCIOLOGY New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin Bates both at University of Edinburgh Series edited by Crispin Bates VOLUME 1:Volume TOWARDS SOCIOLOGY OF DALITS 1: Anticipations and Volume edited by Paramjit S Judge Centre for the Experiences in the Locality Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy, Guru Edited by Crispin Bates University of Nanak Dev University, Amritsar Edinburgh supported by This volume consists of comprehensive introductory chapters Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality which provides a panoramic outline of the content of Dalit centres on unrest and disorder in the long history studies in India over time and space. The location of Dalits of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) has been inseparably linked with the caste and economy of prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in Indian society giving rise to the practice of untouchability duly diverse localities within India. the tradition and religious ideology. CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin/ Preface Bates // ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of Tables / Series Note / Foreword Bureaucrats andDalits Bahadur Zafar:/ Introduction / I: STATE OF DALIT STUDIESBandits, IN SOCIOLOGY / Situating in IndianShah Sociology Articulating and Seeing the State Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and the Nation / II: Sovereignty CASTE, UNTOUCHABILITY ANDModern EXCLUSION / Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Untouchability as a Social Problem: Theory and Research / Untouchability: A Myth or Reality: A Study of Interaction between Scheduled Castes and Brahmins a WesternofU.the P. Village / Scheduled Castes Tom Lloyd /inRumours Company’s Collapse: The and Urbanization in Punjab: An ExplanationMood / TheofKhatiks of 1824 Kanpur andPunjab the Bristle Trade: Towards Dasahra in the and Hindustan Dirk an Anthropology of Man and Beast / III: MAPPING CONFLICT / Dalit Struggle, Nude Worship, andfears the H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British ‘Chandragutti Incident’ / Psychological Conflict between Harijans and Upper Middle Class Caste Hindus: of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the A Study in Andhra Pradesh (India) / IV: INTERROGATING CHANGE: THEORY AND PRACTICE / Reservations Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in Castes: the Making 1857 William R /Pinch / The Roots of Peasant and the Sanskritisation of Scheduled SomeofTheoretical Aspects Purity, Impurity, Untouchability: Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857Reservation Amaresh Misra / TheEducation Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Then and Now / Stigma Goes Backstage: in Jobs and Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising ōSDJHVWHQW3DSHUEDFN`WHQWō Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the Allaha AAll lll ahabad llahabad aha h badd Uprising Uprissing Up in in Kama K Kam Allahabad Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional 92/80(62&,2/2*,&$/352%,1*6,1 Dynamic Dyn Dy D yynnami ynami aam mi miicc Veena Vee Ve V eeena na Naregal / Nar N Na a eegaa What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and SOCIETY the thhee Representation th Reppre Re reesen seenntat se ttaation ation at ion of io of Power: P RURAL The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence Ind In ndeepe nd eppe pende nddeenc nd nnce ce 1857, ce 118857, 7 and an a Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, VolumeCarol edited by K L Sharma Jaipur National Traces Tra Tr rraaces cess and and Silences an Sile ilence nces inn Ethnography E E Henderson / Index University, Jaipur 22013 ō 28 284 8 4 ppages ages ō H Hardback: Ha r ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) This volume focuses mainly on the changing face of ruralurban relations. The chapters included in the volume have been arranged in five sections, taking a note ofand rural-urban relations, Volume II: Britain the Indian rural social stratification, rural profiles, religion and rituals and Uprising social change in villages India. ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY Global widens the geographical remit The Series brings to fore such writings/essays to the notice of the sociological community in India and elsewhere. The Series, whichPerspectives also marks completion of 60 years of the of the series and and examines the in global dissemination The Mutiny at theSociety Margins series takes the Revolt 1857 Indian Sociological (ISS), is third by athefresh ISS. look Theiratearlier series of were: “Studies in Indian Sociology”, a 7-volume set published in 2012, “Themes Indian Sociology”, and portrayal of the events of the uprising in the from a variety original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular a 7–volume seriesofpublished during 2001-05. international press and literature. It also examines on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have The present series focuses on such so far untouched themes in the previous two series as Sociological Theory; Untouchability, Conflict and Change: Towards Sociology of Dalits; Rural the socio-economic aftermath of the events of 1857 hitherto tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in Society in India; Sociology of Science & Technology in India; Sociology of Childhood and Youth; Sociology of Health; Sociology of Environment in India; Society and Politics in India; and the experiences of displaced mutineers in the British imperial and Indian historiography. Cultural Dimensions of Society in India; and Founding Fathers of Sociology in India. broader colonial world. CONTENTS / Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian 92/80(62&,2/2*<2)&+,/'+22' Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: AND YOUTH W. W. H. H. Rus R Ru Russell us u sel ellll and The Times and the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / ‘O’er ‘O O’er eerr the the Cruel th Crru Cru C ruueeell Roll Roollll of R of War Waa Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction W Volume edited by Bula Bhadra Department of Pro P roojjit it Bihari it Biih iha hharii Muk uk khhar arrjij / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Projit Mukharji / of Financial Calcutta Deep Dee D De eeeep Kanta Kan Ka K a ta Lahiri Chaudhury / Chaa Sociology, C Fenians,University Sepoys and the Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Hall // Bowld Hall Bowl w d IIrish rish SSepoy epppoyy R This J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in Mutinywhich Elena Karatchkova / volume is truly the firsttheofIndian its kind provides the General Genera eera rraal al d’Orgoni d’O dd’ ’Orgo ’O rggoni and anndd French an F Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against sociological articulations on the Indian child and young along with Eng ngllaannd! ndd! d!’:’: H Her He errma mann nn Goedsche Goee G England!’: Hermann and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the accompanying multi-faceted discourses on childhood and Southh AAsian sian D sian iaasspppoo Marina the South Diaspora Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: situating in the Index historical experience of India. Maulana M ulana lana Jafer Thanesri Than a eesssri srri as youth a Convict SeemaitAlavi / ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of Tables / Series Note / 2013 ō 252Preface / pages ōIntroduction / Hardback: Ì:850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) Foreword / CHILD AND CHILDHOOD / Social Class and Educational Aspirations in an Indian Metropolis and / Education and the Emerging Patterns of Political Orientations: A Sociological Analysis Ehsanul Haq / Adolescent Thieves and Differential Association K S Shukla / Culture and Fertility: Son Preference and Reproductive Behaviour / Sex Preference and Contraceptive Use Volume IV:of Military Aspects in Manipur / Disappearing Daughters and Intensification Gender Bias: Evidence from of Two the Village Studies in South India and / II: YOUNG AND YOUTH /Uprising The Attitudes to English and the Use of It by Indian Students of Three Different Mother Tongues: Hindi, Kannada and Tamil / Perception of the Female Edited by Gavin Rand of University of Youth Role by Indian College Students / Social Class and Occupational Aspirations College Students / Aspirations vis-a-vis National Development: Participate Emigrate? / TheBates Use Psychotropic Drugs Greenwich orand Crispin University Among College Youth in India: An Appraisal / Problems of the Youth of North-East India: A Sociological of Edinburgh Inquiry / Youth in Techno Global World: Predicament and Choices Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising deals and lost and how the army re-organised after the revolt. It also touches thorny issue ofOF how to define the events VOLUMEon4:the SOCIOLOGY HEALTH of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or Volume edited bywar Madhu D University, a small of theNagla kind M experienced in many Rohtak, Haryana colonial states. 6RFLRORJ\RI+HDOWK concerned issues of CONTENTShas been more / Introduction: Thewith ‘Subaltern at Arms’ Gavin and Rand and Crispin Bates / health The Sepoy power between doctors patients, and between and Speaks: Discerning Significance the Vellore the state. The importance of thisthe seemingly trivialofdistinction is Mutiny Combat, Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: Muti uttiin uti innyy James Jam JJa aam mes W Fr FFrey rree /understood, is in fact a pantheon of subject matters; it includesA Case ase se SStudy tud tu udy dy Kau K Ka sshi sh hhiiikk Roy / R Kaushik Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates far-reaching conceptual issues that relate social phenomena to andd Marina Mariina Carter Cartterr William Dalrymple / health and illness Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in thematters. Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW with how battles were won Reconstructing the Imperial Military the /Rebellion Gavin / Rand / Finding those Men ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of after Sources Series Note Foreword / Preface and Edited byTables Andrea University of / Acknowledgements ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of / SeriesMajor Note / Foreword / Preface / Introduction / SociologicalofInroads Medicine: A Tribute A. with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription Martialinto Identities in India after to theAneeta Uprising Introduction / I: RURAL SOCIETY AND RURAL-URBAN RELATIONS / RuralBates Sociology: It’s Need in India / Minocha / Food: Immanent Cause fromanOutside - Medical LoreChakravarty / on Food and Gajendra(1943-2007) Singh / Mutiny, War The or Small War? Revisiting Old Debate Gautam Leeds and Crispin University of A Research Focus for Rural Sociology / Symposium on Rural Urban-Relations: The Industrialization Health Index in Village Tamil Nadu / State Sponsored Health Care in Rural Uttar Pradesh: Grassroots Edinburgh and Urbanization of Rural Areas / The Rural-Urban Continuum: A Critical Evaluation / Modernization Encounters of a Survey Researcher / Gram Panchayat and Health Care Delivery in Himachal 2013 ō 260Occupational pages ō Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) and the Urban-Rural Gap In India: An Analysis / ‘Fringe’ and theUprising Folk-Urbanlooks Continuum Pradesh / Attitudes` of Physicians Dr A Ramanamma and / The System of Hope: The Britain and Society the Indian at the/ Rural Family Patterns: A Study In Urban-Rural Relations / Industrial in Rural India / II:colonial SOCIAL Constitution of Identity in Medical Institutions / Voice of Illness and Voice of Medicine in Doctorvaried responses of Workers British missionaries, STRATIFICATION IN RURAL INDIA / Measurement of Rigidity – Fluidity Dimension of Social Stratification Patient Interaction / Narratives of Sickness and Suffering: A Study of Malaria in South Gujarat / leaders and Area working-class voices they in Six Indian Villages / Bhadralok and Chhotolok in a Rural of West Bengal and / and Castehow System in Caste Variations in Reproductive Health Status of Women: A Study of Three Eastern States / Informal reveal the /multiplicity ofRural British reactions to the Social Netwroks, Sonography and FemaleVolume Contemporary Rural Bihar: A Study of Selected Villages Power Elite in India: Some Questions Foeticide in India / Perception and Work and Ethos of Medical V: Muslim, Dalit and Clarifications / Social Stratification and revolt. Institutional Change in a Gujarat Village and / III: VILLAGE Experts Dealing with Infertile Couples: A Study in Medical Sociology / ‘Correcting’ the Reproductive Subaltern PROFILES / Chokhala – An Intervillage Organization of a Caste in Rajasthan / Modernization and ‘Impairment’: Infertility Treatment Seeking Experiences ofNarratives Low Income Group Women in Mumbai CONTENTS / Introduction: Changing Fertility Behaviour: A Study in a Rajasthan Village / Ideology, Power and Resistance Fractured in a South Slums / Risk Culture, Propertied Classes,Edited and Dynamics of a Region: A Study ofand HIV/AIDS in East by Marcus Daechsel Crispin and Marginal Andrea Major Indian Village / Voices from the Earth: WorkNarratives and Food Production in a Experiences Punjabi Village / IV: RELIGION Godavari District (Andhra Pradesh) / Addressing the Rights of HIV-Positive Women: A Comparative Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions AND RITUALS / Public Shrines and Private Interests: The Symbolism of the Village Temple /ofA 1857: Study Study of Civil Society Activism in Karnataka and West Bengal / Prison Inmate Awareness of HIV of Customs in Rural Mysore / Ritual Circles in Village / V: SOCIALPress CHANGE IN RURAL to INDIA / and AIDS in Durban, South Africa / Medicalisation Shifting Epistemologies and Ana Mysore Overview of British Responses the Muslim,of Mental Dalit Disorder: and Subaltern Narratives, Study of Social Change in Independent Rural India: Uprising Critical Issues for Analyses in the Fourth Decade Beyond / Freedom in the Imperial Imagination: Mental Asylums Ideology and Political Economy in Indian Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses role Versus of marginal and Muslim groups/ of Independence / Indian Rural :Society the Impact of PlannedMalik / Development – ABattlefields’: Sociological Colonial India / A Sociology for Happiness: Beyond the Western non-Western Perspectives Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ Politicsunder and Polemics Salahuddin ‘Spiritual minority perceptions of the Analysis / Downward Mobility: SomeofObservations Dimensions Society of Agrarian Structure and/ Social Change in The Caste Hindu Family respectively. and its PossibleExploring Impact on Personality and Mental Health / Evangelical DiscourseSocial and the Writings the London /Missionary Andrea Major Change: Issues in Theory ‘Indigenisation’ not ‘Indianisation’ of Psychiatry: An Anthropological Uprising, including dalitPerspective narratives and the use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of 1857 in their invented histories. The second ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half of the volume looks into the response and Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different Muslim social groups, of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers eers rs and logicians log logic to 92/80(&2175,%87,2167262&,2/2*,&$/7+(25< Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, as well as exploring oori rriingg the he ex he experience xper pperience pe iennce ien ie c Volume edited by Vinay Kumar Srivastava University of Delhi, Delhi Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants in their heirir ow ow own wnn wo w words. ords rdds rds. ds . Making of an aims Imperial Jillpopular Bender /belief Indexthat sociologists and their journals are shy of making a contribution to theory — they are mere empiricists The volume to Career quell the CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel (data-reporters). volumeìntroduces the dimensions and trajectories of the multiplicity of of1857 theory in its sumptuous 2013 ō 264 pages ōThe Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) Badri Narayan Tiwari Introduction. of 1857 AND Charu Gupta Newness in Sociological Enquiry André Béteille / ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of Tables / Series Note / Preface / Introduction / I: ON CONCEPTS METHODS / Nupur Relevance Chaudhuriofand Kanta Ray to the Study of Indian Paradigms and Discourses: New Frontiers in the Sociology of Knowledge / On Reality: Its Perception andMouths Construction / theRajat Marxist Approach of Rebellion in 1857–1858 ClareTheories: Anderson Society / Altruistic Suicide: A Subjective Approach Lung-Chang Young / Rational Social Action as a Basis forSpaces Creative Comparison / Feminist Social Theme and Variations / accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable nabble le LLoyalties: oyaal oy altltltie ies eess: Mus M Muslim uslim us usl im Outsiders as Insiders: The Phenomenon of Sandwich Culture / Social Structure / II: ON SOCIOLOGICAL THINKERS / Vidyas: A Homage to AugusteinComte / Max Weber’s Theory of Social Government Servants andTheory Rebellion AvrilExplanation A Powell *RXWDP%LVZDV / Stratification: Controversies, Contexts and Correctives / Malinowski on Freedom and Civilization / Some Reflections on Karl Popper’s of Social of North IndiaRobert Mushirul Hasan Computer Simulation and Mannheim’s Concept of Perspectivism / Outsider Bias and Ethnocentricity: TheIntelligentsia Case of Gunnar Myrdal / Merton’s Formulations in Sociology of – lı Scholars in the Events Science / Bourdieu’s Theory of the Symbolic and the Shah Bano Case of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 1A SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY 92/80(62&,2/2*<2)6&,(1&($1' TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA 92/80(32/,7,&$/62&,2/2*<2) INDIA Volume edited by Binay Kumar Pattnaik Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, India Volume edited by Anand Kumar Study of Social System, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi This volume throws light on the major themes of SST, such as, role of science (theoretical), scientific community in India, productivity patterns in Indian S&T research, S&T unleashing social change in India. This volume provides a holistic view of the major concerns and perspectives of eminent post-colonial sociologists as well as the range of diversities in conceptualizing and analyzing the complexities of Indian social formation. ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of Tables / Series Note / Foreward / Preface / Introduction / I: ROLE OF SCIENCE (THEORETICAL) / Role of Science in Modern Society / Robert Merton’s Formulations in Sociology of Science / II: SCIENTIFIC COMMUNITY / The Emergence of the Indian Scientific Community / A Large Community but Few Peers: A study of Scientific Community in India / III: SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTIVITY / Scientific Productivity: Sociological Explorations in Indian Academic Science / Scientific Goods & Their Markets / Scientific Knowledge in India: From Basic Resource to Intellectual Property / IV: SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIAL CHANGE / (i) Modern S&T / Science and Social Change: Emergence of Dual Society in India / Is Kerala Becoming a Knowledge Society? Evidence from the Scientific Community / Green Revolution Technologies & Dry Land Agriculture / (ii) Traditional S&T and Involvement of Civil Society / Traditional Potters & Technical Change in North Indian town / People’s Science: A perspective from Voluntary Sector CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / Series Note / Preface / Introduction / Hierarchical and Competitive Inequality / Caste and Class: Some Aspects of Continuity and change / Sociological Issues in the Analysis of Social Movements in Independent India / Tribe, Region and Nation in the Context of the Indian State / Movements of Protest, Construction of Centres and State Formation in India and Europe / Organizational Affliation and Political Behaviour: Indian Data and Comparative Theory / I: ESSAYS RELATED TO INSTITUTIONS / The Panchayati Raj and the Democratic Policy / The Politics of Survival: Peasant Orga¬nizations and the Left-Wing in India, 1925-46 / Trade Unions in India—A Sociological Approach / Democracy and Leadership: The Gendered Voice in Politics / Communism through the Ballot Box: Over a Quarter Century of Uninterrupted Rule in West Bengal / Civil Society, State and Democracy: Lessons for India / II: ESSAYS ON PROCESSES / Landholding Pattern and Power-Relations in a Mysore Village / Meaning and Process of Tribal Integration in a Democratic Society / The Mid-Term Poll in a Village in Outer Delhi Constituency / The Indian State in Crisis? Nationalism and Nation-Building / Nation-State and Open Systems of Stratification: Making Room for the ‘Politics of Commitment’ / Understanding the Modern Dalit Movement / Assertive Identities, Indigeneity, and the Politics of Recognition as a Tribe: The Bhutias, the Lepchas and the Limbus of Sikkim / III: METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES / Relevance of the Marxist Approach to the Study of Indian Society / Caste, Agrarian Relations and Agrarian Conflicts G. Omvedt/ Co-operatives and Castes in Maharashtra: A Case Study / Power Elite in Rural India: Some Questions and Clarifications / Students’ Unrest—A Sociological Hypothesis / Education and the Emerging Patterns of Political Orientations: A Sociological Analysis Ehsanul Haq / Studying Communal Riots in India: Some Methodological Issues Vinod K. Jairath / About the Editor and Contributors ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW 92/80(62&,2/2*<2)(19,5210(17 Volume edited by Sukant K Chaudhury University of Lucknow The environment or the eco system is endangered because of the population pressure, migration, technological changes, changes in land use for livelihood practices and depletion and destruction of resources due to mega projects, hence sustainable development has become essential these days. The present volume addresses to these issues and will be of interest to both researchers and activists in their area. ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / List of Tables / Series Note / Preface / Introduction / I: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES / Demographic Approach To The Study Of Urban Ecology-A Bopegamage / Bombay: A study in Urban Demography and Ecology / The Political uses of Sociology, Ecology and Development in India: A field and its Future / Towards a More Meaningful Study of Ecology, Society and Culture / ‘Environment’ in Sociological Theory / Need for a Paradigm Shift: Environmental Perspective in Sociological Study / II: ENVIRONMENT AND DISPLACEMENT / Parks, People and Protest: The Mediating Role of Environmental Action Groups / Displacement, Rehabilitation & Resettlement: The case of Maldhari Families of Gir Forest / Coping with Development Pathologies: Resistance to Displacement / They are All Set to Dam(n) Our Future’: Contested Development through Hydel Power in Democratic Sikkim / Revisiting the Baliraja Dam Struggle: A Study of an Environmental Movement in Maharashtra / III: FOREST AND WATER ISSUES / Social and Ecological Drift of a Planned Centre: A study of Rourkela, Orissa Rajkishor Meher / How Effective are ‘pani panchayats?: A Field Work from Maharastra and / Vasaad: The Sociocultural Force of Water : A Study from Goa Bernadetter / Forest Legislations And Livelihood Strategies: Khasi Women in Rural Meghalaya ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW VOLUME 9: CULTURE AND SOCIETY Volume edited by Susan Visvanathan Centre for the Study of Social Systems, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi This volumes shows us that the questions of the nation state must have precise emblems, or facts, by which it is studied. ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / Series Note / Preface / Introduction / G.S. Ghurye on Culture and Nation-Building / Cultural Pluralism and National Cohesion: Issues and Prospects / Outsiders as Insiders: The Phenomenon of Sandwich Culture / Interrogating Tibetan Exilic Culture: Issues and Concerns / The Significance of Culture in the Understanding of Social Change in Contemporary India / Cultural Integration and Changing Values / Towards a More Meaningful Study of Ecology, Society and Culture / Vosaad: The Socio-Cultural Force of Water (A Study from Goa) / Traditional Institutions and Cultural Practices vis-à-vis Agrarian Mobilisation: The Case of Bharatiya Kisan Union / A Sociology for Happiness: Beyond Western versus Non-Western Perspectives / Leisure and Social Transformation / Cultural Nationalism in a Multi-National Context: The Case of India / Education, Social Structure and Culture Asoke Basu / Towards a Cultural Policy in India: A Socio-cultural Perspective Victor S D’Souza / Understanding Popular Culture: The Satya-shodhak and Ganesh Mela in Maharashtra Sharmila Rege / Sociological Research on Films / The Return Migrant in Cinema: The Idealist and the Sceptic / Cultural Invasion from the Sky: Hinduisation of Indian Television? Binod C / The Cartoon of a Bengali Lady Clerk: A Repertoire of Sociological Data Dalia Chakrabarti ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW 92/80(3,21((562)62&,2/2*<,1,1',$ Volume edited by Ishwar Modi Centre for the Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy, Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar It is through the contributions of the pioneering scholars that a particular discipline not only derives its name but also the foundations on which a particular discipline is built and grows. As in case of the founding fathers of a particular discipline at the international level, it is the founding fathers and pioneers of that discipline at the national level who create and nurture a distinct identity of the discipline at the national level. While Auguste Comte, Herbert Spencer, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, and Karl Marx are acknowledged as the founding fathers of sociology internationally, G.S. Ghurye (1893-1983), Radhakamal Mukerjee (1889–1968), D. P. Mukerji (1894-1961), and M.N. Srinivas (1916–1999) are in the same vein acknowledged as the pioneers of sociology in India. A few other stalwarts of sociology in India also deserve this honour but it is mainly the above mentioned scholars on whom and on whose contributions the contemporary sociologists in India have extensively published in the issues of Sociological Bulletin. As such this volume contains a selection of papers that have been published since 1977 on these Pioneers of Sociology in India. ABRIDGED CONTENTS Appendix of Sources / Series Note / Foreword / Introduction / Historical Evolutionary Approach in the Sociology of G. S. Ghurye Swapan / G.S. Ghurye on Culture and NationBuilding / The Hindu Nationalist Sociology of G.S. Ghurye / Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and the Nation: Situating G. S. Ghurye / Radha Kamal Mukerjee—A Note / Radhakamal Mukerjee and His Contemporaries: Founding Fathers of Sociology in India / Radhakamal Mukerjee and the Quest for an Indian Sociology/ Lucknow School of Economics and Sociology and its Relevance To-day: Some Reflections / Dialectic of Tradition and Modernity in the Sociology of D. P. Mukerji / D. P. Mukerji 1894-1961: A Centenary Tribute / D.P. Mukerji and the Middle Class in India / On Srinivas’s ‘Sociology’ / M.N. Srinivas, Max Weber, and Functionalism / Disjunctions between Field, Method and Concept: An Appraisal of M.N. Srinivas / On M.N. Srinivas and Indian Sociology: The Challenge of Understanding Indian Society: Critique, Generosity, and Transformations ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN`WHQW 2A 3+,/2623+<$66$09$'$1'6:$5$-Dialogical Meditations on Daya Krishna and Ramchandra VolumeGandhi III: Global Perspectives Mutiny at the Margins: Edited by Shail Mayaram Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Edited by Marina Carter arter arte ar terr and te a Crispin an p ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY Bates both athow University eersity of Edinburgh 3KLORVRSK\DV6DPYDGDQG6ZDUDM discusses Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi’s respective intellectual contributions and speculates Series by Crispin one might edited take forward the workBates of two persons who are among the most brilliant minds of our times. Global Perspectives widens ddens nss the geographical geeo eog ooggrap aph aph phic iccaal remit ica thesamvad, series and examines ees tth the he he ggl global loob oba ba bal ddissemination issseem emi m miinattioon TheDaya Mutiny at theand Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revoltand of 1857 Both Krishna Ramachandra Gandhi emphasized freedom autonomy of thought and upheld the importanceof of quite and portrayal of the eents of of the thhee upr th uuprising pprris iisi s ng ng iinn th tthee from a variety original and unusual perspectives, particular inadequate in its of English translation as dialogue. The wayfocusing in whichinthese two thinkers deployed the term samvad took it beyond the binary of events international iterature. It alsoo exa examines min mines i s on neglected socially marginal groupsparticipation and geographic areas which have in which the effort was to understand different dialogue and debate. Instead, it intimated in an exercise of thought positions. press and lliterature. the on socio-economic aftermath math th of of th tthe hhee eve ev events veents nts ts of of 1185 1857 8 7 be unrepresented in Introduction studies of 6KDLO0D\DUDP / this cataclysmicI: OF event in LIBERATION AND LILA / Figure and Ground: Reflections hitherto tended CONTENTS Forewordto3HWHU5RQDOGGH6RX]D / LOVE, Two Exemplary the experiences ddispla l cedd m mut mu mutineers u ine i erss iinn th tthe he imperial and IndianRamlila: historiography. British Indian thinkers )UHG'DOOPD\U / A Metaphysics of the Everyday $QXUDGKD9HHUDYDOOL / Falling in Love with a Civilization...: A Tributeand to Daya Krishna, the of displaced broader colonial world. Thinker %HWWLQD%ÃXPHU / II: THE IDEA OF SWARAJ: ASYMMETRIES OF POWER, KNOWLEDGE AND ALTERNATIVE/ETHICAL POLITICS / Gandhi and the Stoics: Squaring Emotional Detachment with Universal Love and Political Action 5LFKDUG6RUDEML / A Still, Small Voice 7ULGLS6XKUXG / Learning to Converse 0LFKDHO0F*KHH / CONTENTS Towards / Introduction: duuct dduct ction iioon on: Gl G Glo Global lobba lo bal aall Networks Net etwoork etw rkks andd a New Hermeneutic of Self-inquiry 'HYDVLD0$QWRQ\ / On Philosophy as Samvada: Thinking with Daya Krishna 'DQLHO5DYHK / III: MODES OF SAMVAD / The Dialogue Ind ndia iaann Uprising ian Uprriissiing Up ingg M Ma Mar arina ar iinnaa Carter Caarrte Car Ca ter Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina Must Continue 0XVWDID.KZDMD / The Virtue of Being a Self %LMR\%DUXDK / Daya Krishna’s ‘Presuppositionless Philosophy’: Sublimity as theand Source of Value and/ International nnattion i al Pre PPress Pr ress s and and the the Indian th Indian Ind Crisping Bates 1: AAnticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / Cannott Go C Govern Govern Gov rnn by by Force For orce ce Al AAlone’: lon one’ ne : Knowledge 3UDVHQMLW%LVZDV / The Moral Volume and the Spiritual: Study of the Self and the Not Self in Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi 5DPHVK&3UDGKDQ / IV: ‘You Cannot W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aat Rebellion Rebell Chandrika Cha Kaul / Kaul / LANGUAGE, SELFHOOD AND PHILOSOPHY /Experiences On Missing and Seeming Miss:Locality Some Philosophical Ramblings on the Subjective/Objective Distinction in Memory of Daya in tothe ‘O’er the Cruel Roll War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction ti Krishna $ULQGDP&KDNUDEDUWL / Dialogical Meditations on Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi 3UREDO'DVJXSWD / V:ofRE-THINKING ISSUES IN THE ARTS/ETHICS/ Crispin Bates Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS / The ApplicabilityEdited of Indianby Aesthetic Theory of RasaUniversity to the Visual of Arts: A Rejoinder 1HHOLPD9DVKLVWKD / The Harmony Principle &.5DMX / Deepand Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and6KDQNDU the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh VI: ON LIFE AND DEATH AND DYING / Matricide On Mathematics and the Physical World 6/RNDQDWKDQ / Martyrdom: Cancer and Karm in the Kalyug Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / 5DPDVZDPL / Afterword / Index Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in diverse localities within India. CIVILIZATIONS: Nostalgia and Utopia CONTENTS 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) / Introduction Crispin Bates / The late Daya Krishna ZDVRQHSUROLoF3KLORVRSKHUDQGFRQWULEXWRUWR6RXWK$VLDQ6WXGLHV Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and out Seeing the Modern State and investigation by Daya Krishna, one of the foremost &LYLOL]DWLRQV is a tome of rich philosophical discourse borne of years of reflection Volume IV: Military rryy EffectThe in the Margins Colonial and India,thought-provoking c. 1757–1858 philosophers of twentieth-century India. book is an of engaging philosophical account that demonstrates that critical Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The inquiry is an ongoing process with strains of continuity and evolution. Aspects A pe As pect pect c s of of the the he Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Unniver U Univ iveerrsi iv sity ty of ty of Krishna’s discourses in this volume span range of inquiries—parallels between H A aKolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British Indian fears and Western civilizations; interconnection between action Greenwich and Crispin pin pi p n Bates Baate B es University Univ Un ivver iver ersi siityy andRebellion knowledge; anatomies of theSite profound and1829–1857 the profane, the ideal andProstituting the actual; questioning. of and Sati as a Potential of Conflict, Andrea Major / theand other such intriguing lines of philosophical The author asks the to the riseMaking up to the challenges the now,The asRoots the present consists not merely of past achievementsof butEdinburgh also of the yetMutiny: Sex-Slavery andreaders Crime in of 1857 William of R Pinch / of Peasant Turbulence: Tenuregoals Structures 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood to-be-achieved of theand future. Military Aspects of the he Indian Inddia Ind Indi ian Uprising ian Upprrisi Upr Uprisi issiing is ising ng deal dde dea deals eals ea Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising CONTENTS Preface 3HWHU5RQDOG'HVRX]D / Introduction 'DQLHO5DYHK / A Note from the Author / I: SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY: PAST AND FUTURE / The Concept Society / with how of battles were w lost won wo on aand nd los nd ost aand os nd how w the Truth: Deconstructing Poet Khazan Singh’s Account ofonthe War of The Delhi, 1857forChhanda The Two Predicaments /the Reflection on Action / Perspectives Freedom / Search a Measuring Rod / Society: Reality and Utopia / II: CIVILIZATIONS: PAST ANDafter the army re-organised the revolt. re olt rev olt. lt. Itt also allso touches tooucch che hes he Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the FUTURE / Civilizations: Past and Future / Understanding Civilizations: Two Case Studies, Indian and Western / Civilizations: Nostalgia and Utopia /on Index the thorny issue of how to define the events ts Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at 7+(32/,7,&62)7+(,03266,%/(Utopia and Dystopia Reconsidered Arms’ Gavin Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Constructio Construction of Identities: A onstruc onstructio This volume brings together articles on utopia and dystopia in a breadth of disciplines-history, literature, gender studies, political science, sociology, dus Ope dus du Op peera rand nddii Cr Crispin Cri C rriisp sppiin B spi Bates Ba Bat ates Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Volume II:and Britain the Indian anthropology, and Native American Studies. Utopia dystopiaand are modes and resonances present in all parts of the world, not just Europe and and Marina Carter William Wi Wil W iillllia iam Da ia Dalrymple / D Dal alr yym al ymp m mp ple le / white North America. Equally, utopianUprising and dystopian thought and practice are and have always been Utopia, memory temporality Durgadas andgendered. Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in and the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi iing nngg S Sa Sab abyaasa ab assa sach chhii Dasgupta / Daassggup Das Da Dasgup gu uup pttaa / often intersect in strange and surprising ways. Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Ran Ran Ra and / Finding Find ndiing ngg tho th those hose ho se Men Meenn Edited by Andrea Major University of es in in India India ndia nd ia after aft aaf fterr the ft tthhe Uprising Upr prissin siiinng with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities Three dimensions are thus central to the enterprise undertaken in this volume: eba battee Gau Ga G auttam au taam m Cha C ha haakr kraav kra avar artty / art Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Index 1. The relationship between utopia/dystopia and time/memory Edinburgh 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Edited by Barnita Bagchi Utrecht University, The Netherlands 2. The focus on Europe and areas outside Europe at the same time 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the 3. The gendered analysis of utopia/dystopia varied responses of British missionaries, colonial Contributors to this volume include prominent experts in fields as varied Development leaders and working-class voicesasand how they Studies, Cultural Studies, Women’s Studies and Literature.. CONTENTS Introduction %DUQLWD%DJFKL /reveal I: UTOPIA DYSTOPIA: AND RESONANCES / an the AND multiplicity of DEBATES British reactions to the Utopia: Future and/or Alterity? 0LJXHO$EHQVRXU / VolumeEcho V: ofMuslim, m, Dalit Daalilit D Impossible Return: An Essay Concerning Fredric revolt.Jameson’s Utopian Thought and Gathering and Hunting Social Relations 3HWHU.XOFK\VNL / Radicalism in Early Modern and and an Subaltern Narratives tiv ives es England: Innovation or Reformation? 5DFKHO)R[OH\ / Dystopia, Utopia, and Akhtaruzzaman Elias’s Novel Khowabnama 6XEKRUDQMDQ'DVJXSWD / Palestine: Land of CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Utopias 6RQLD'D\DQ+HU]EUXQ / II: ENGENDERING UTOPIA AND DYSTOPIA / ‘One Darling Though Terrific Theme’: Anna Wheeler and the Rights of Women 7KHUHVD Edited by Marcus Daechsel aech ae aechs a e cchse ch hse sel aand nd n d Cris CCrispin Cr rispi iissp piin Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major 0RULDUW\ / A Parliament of Women: Dystopia in Nineteenth-century Bengali Imagination 6DPLWD6HQ / ‘Empire Builder’: A Utopian Alternative to Citizenship for EarlyBates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: twentieth-century British ‘Ladies’ 0DUWLQH6SHQVN\ / Ladylands and Sacrificial Holes: Utopias and Dystopias in Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain’s Writings %DUQLWD%DJFKL / An Overview of British Press Responses to the Dalit Utopia in the Subjunctive Mood: Bessie Head’s When Rain Clouds Gather 0RGKXPLWD5R\ / III: CONCLUSION / Globalization, Development, andMuslim, Resistance of Utopianand Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Dreams to the Praxis of / Dystopian Utopia 0DULH&ODLUH&DOR]7VFKRSS / Index Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Uprising, including dalit narratives and the use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of 1857 in their invented histories. The second Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half of the volume looks into the response and Lewis Projit SOCIOLOGICAL and Perspectives the Sociology of India Bihari Mukharji / Being TRADITIONS: Indian in Britain duringMethods 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised in Victims involvement of different nt Muslim M slim Mu l m social social soci a groups, groups gro ups, of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the GreatUniversity, Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers oso oso sopphe hers r and ndd logicians logic lo g ian gic ianss to to TN Madan Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi New Delhi Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, as well ass eexploring xxpl xp ppllor oorirriing ng th thhee eex the experience xppe per eerriie ien eennccee W om outstanding 1 Women in 1857 Irabook Bhattacharya / George journey Grey andthrough Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking This utsta records TNSir Madan’s the sociology of Indianand sociology. Over the years, he has redrawnofthe contemporary indigenous participants ttss in tthe th their hheeir ir oow own w wnn wo w words. ords rdds. rd M Making akii cape ak g of aanofImperial Career Jill Index landscape land the discipline. It isBender / only appropriate that he now looks back at it with a mix of intimacy and professional detachment. And he do does es so CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel ell unfailing sensitivity to the ways (978-81-321-1051-4) in which cultures of knowledge and individual lifecycles interact. 2with ōunfail 2013 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari Ashis Nandy, Emeritus Senior Fellow,ofCentre for the Study of Developing Societies, ties Delh ties, Delhi 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare 6RFLRORJLFDO7UDGLWLRQV looks at the sociology of India from two perspectives: first, understanding the cultural traditions of Anderson India with special accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable uestionable Loyalties: Muslim reference to religious and ethical values; and second, exploring the growth of the sociological traditions of India. Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell CONTENTS Preface / CULTURAL TRADITIONS, SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES / Indian Secularism in Intelligentsia a Post-secularof Age / Hinduism: The Book View and the Field North India Mushirul Hasan –lı-ı SSc View / Islam: The Universal and the Particular / Sikhism: The Sacred and the Secular / Gandhi and Weber: The Work Ethic, Capitalism, and Conscience / SOCIOLOGICAL Scholars chol chol hoolaars ho arrrss inn tth the he EEvents vven ve en e ts ts TRADITIONS: EXEMPLARS, INTERPRETERS / Towards a Historical Sociology / Empiricism and Imagination / Dumont: The Man and His Work / Contributions to Indian of Louis 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Sociology: Towards Methodological Pluralism / Epilogue: Engagements and Passages—An Exercise in Reflexivity / References / Index Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhatt Nasreen Nasr Na N asr srreeen sre en Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ 326702'(51,60,1$*/2%$/3(563(&7,9( SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY Edited by Samir Dasgupta University of Kalyani, West Bengal and Peter Kivisto Richard A Swanson Professor of Social Thought and Director, Center for the Study of Pluralism and the Civil Sphere Augustana College and Finland Distinguished Professor, University of Turku 3RVWPRGHUQLVP LQ D *OREDO 3HUVSHFWLYH contains essays assembled with a conviction that both postmodernism and globalization have the potential to be valuable tools for social analysts, this despite the uncertainties and ambiguities that persist. The editors and the contributors make no claim to have found a solution that would overcome the uncertainties and ambiguities. Rather, it is assumed that at some level both the concepts will remain contested. The task at hand is twofold. First, all the essays are expressions of efforts to employ one or both of the concepts in terms of empirically-grounded topics, and second, to add further precision or clarity to the concepts themselves in order to assist in the task of enhancing their utility in making sense of the dynamics of social change. This volume attempts to develop and clarify the theoretical understanding of both postmodernism and globalization in a variety of ways. It stresses and seeks to indicate the necessity of locating postmodernism in a global framework. Finally, as some of the chapters have illustrated, there is a payoff for sociological research in taking up the challenges presented by these new developments in theory in a critical and constructive way. The relation of sociology to postmodernism and the narrative as well as problem specific-oriented issues will also be evaluated to assess the respective relevance of real sociology versus hyper real sociology. The volume also provides both a guide to the arguments about sociology and postmodernism and a critical view of sociology’s future, which can be recommended to students interested in exploring the nature of sociological knowledge. CONTENTS Introduction: Postmodernism in Global Perspective 6DPLU'DVJXSWD and 3HWHU.LYLVWR / I: FRAMING POSTMODERNISM IN GLOBAL TERMS / Dialectics of Globalization: From Theory to Practice 'RXJODV .HOOQHU / After Developmentalism and Globalization, What? ,PPDQXHO:DOOHUVWHLQ / 21st Century Globalization: Sociological Perspectives -DQ 1HGHUYHHQ 3LHWHUVH / II: EXPLICATING POSTMODERNISM / The Emergence of Postmodern Theory in Sociology $QG\ 6FHUUL / Postmodernity as an Internal Critique of Modernity 3HWHU.LYLVWR / Modernity and Postmodernity 1LFR6WHKU and -DVRQ/0DVW / Sociology and Postmodern Risk 6DPLU 'DVJXSWD / Postmodernism and Sociology: Can Solidarity Be a Substitute for Objectivity? 0XUUD\0LOQHU-U. / III: MANY FACES OF POSTMODERNISM: GENDER, MARKET RELIGIONS, MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY, AND CULTURE / Feminism, Postmodern Contentions, and Emancipatory Politics 5RVDOLQG$6\GLH / Julia Kristeva: Toward a Postmodern Philosophy of Feminism 0DKEXED1DVUHHQ / “Market Religions” and Postmodern Globalization Theory *DEULHO ,JQDWRZ and /LQGVH\$-RKQVRQ / Critical Management Studies and Postmodernist Movements $QDQGD'DVJXSWD / Globalization, Postmodernism, and Literary Criticism ,PUH6]HPDQ / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFNWHQW $6+,61$1'<$1'7+(&8/785$/32/,7,&62)6(/)+22' Christine Deftereos Social Theorist $VK 1DQ $VKLV1DQG\DQGWKH&XOWXUDO3ROLWLFVRI6HOIKRRG is a great starting point for those grappling with Nandy’s vast corpus for the first time… [the author] utho has certainly done a commendable job …by arriving at a balanced and, most importantly, an intuitively agreeable assessment of the intellectual intel ectua works of a purportedly anti-intellectual public thinker…. Deftereos handles them beautifully, pinning and unpinning each of the threads from and within the larger spool of the ungovernable ‘Nandyisms’….[The book] attempts only to understand, and not classify, the unclassifiable class able Ashis Nandy. The Millennium nium Pos Post $VKLV1DQG\DQGWKH&XOWXUDO3ROLWLFVRI6HOIKRRG gives the reader an insight into a novel aspect of Nandy. The author insists that Ashis Nandy is not merely a self-described political psychologist; he is also an intellectual street fighter who comes face to face with the psychology of politics and the politics of psychology, thus affirming why this intellectual is one of the most original and confronting Indian thinkers of his generation. The main features of this book are its original reading and the authentic use of the psychoanalytic theory to characterise and demonstrate the importance of psychoanalysis in Nandy’s work. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction: Intellectual Streetfighting-From the Symptomatic to the Psychotherapeutic / THE PATHOLOGIES OF SECULARISM / The Pathologies of Secularism / Containing Indianness: Secularism versus Hindutva? / SYMPTOMATIC RESPONSES: READING THE POLITICS OF BLAME / The Conceptual Battleground of AntiSecularism and Culturalism / Critique at the Threshold of Politics / Revolt and the Role of the Critic / CRITICAL INTERVENTIONS: TOWARDS THE PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC / The Psychotherapeutic as a Mode of Social Criticism / Conclusion: Re-imaginings in the Cultural Politics of Selfhood / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 7+(2&($1,1$'523Inside-Out Youth Leadership Ashraf Patel and Meenu Venkateswaran both at )RXQGHUPHPEHU3UDYDKDQG&RPPXWLQ\7KH<RXWK&ROOHFWLYH New Delhi, Kamini Prakash Director, Research Function, Pravah, New Delhi and Arjun Shekhar )RXQGHU0HPEHU 3UDYDKDQG&RPPXWLQ\7KH<RXWK&ROOHFWLYH1HZ'HOKL The book ook m makes a convincing case for citizens to participate in national issues, especially in today’s troubled times…well written book.. The Hindustan tan Times mes 7KH2FHDQLQD'URS explores how young people have contributed significantly to society in the past, and suggests ways in which they can take centre stage again. Traditionally, society has legitimized four spaces for young people: the family, friends, education/careers, and leisure. The book introduces the concept of the 5th Space—a space that goes beyond the commonly used terms of volunteerism and Active Citizenship and focuses on three critical aspects of youth development: understanding the Self, building meaningful relationships, and impacting Society. CONTENTS Foreword 5DVKPL%DQVDO / Prologue: The Classroom Is My World / Is Society Hanging on to an Archaic Concept of the Classroom? Can Adults Really “Teach” Young People? / If You Approach the Ocean with a Spoon, Won’t It Look Like a Drop? / What Are the Different Lenses for Viewing Youth? / Why Are Youth-Centric Spaces So Critical? / What Design Principles Can Help to Cocreate a Vibrant 5th Space? / Epilogue: The World Is My Classroom / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` 4A Mutiny at the Margins: STUDIES IN INDIAN SOCIOLOGY Volume III: Global Perspectives SEVEN VOLUME SET! New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 6WXGLHVLQ,QGLDQ6RFLRORJ\is an invaluable collection of scholarly works. The seven volumes in this series bring The Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 together the perspectives and research of some of the best-known academics and practitioners from the discipline from a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular of Sociology. on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have The first six volumes the series are in a collection theme-based that have been published in the ISS’s tended to bein unrepresented studies ofofthis cataclysmicarticles event in hitherto biannual The seventh volume, Indian Sociology over the Years, is a collection of select ISS imperialSociological and IndianBulletin. historiography. British journal presidential addresses, edited by Jacob John Kattakayam. Global Perspectives widens the geographical remit of the series and examines the global dissemination and portrayal of the events of the uprising in the international press and literature. It also examines the socio-economic aftermath of the events of 1857 and the experiences of displaced mutineers in the broader colonial world. ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY Series Edited by Jacob John KattakayamIndian Sociological Society, New Delhi Series edited by Crispin Bates Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin Bates both at University of Edinburgh Some of the articles that will appear in this series are several decades old and hence have fallen out of our immediate reach increases their value immeasurably. The publication of this series is also an attempt to commemorate the contributions and contributors of ISS to both the discipline of Sociology andand society. Volume 1: Anticipations Experiences in the Locality ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` VOLUME I Edited by Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality ,QGLDQ6RFLRORJ\,VVXHVDQG&KDOOHQJHV centres on unrest and disorder in the long history Edited by L Thara Bhai of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) CONTENTS / Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857,the andchallenges the impactfaced of theby revolt itself in This volume includes 15 chapters and highlights the present-day sociologists in the context diverseinlocalities withinThe India. of development and growth of knowledge other sectors. selected articles discuss the of theō Hardback: sociology ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) 2013growth ō 252 pages CONTENTS / Introductionof Crispin Bates discipline over the past 75 years so that one can get a cross-section the thinking of /sociologists towards the growth, Bandits, issues and challenges faced from time to time.Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk &KDQJLQJ&DVWH,GHRORJ\,GHQWLW\DQG0RELOLW\ H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears Edited by Surinder S Jodhka of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the This volume has a range of select different dimensions theRoots casteofsystem Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in thechapters Making ofon1857 William R Pinch / of The Peasant Turbulence: Tenure Structures andbeen 1857divided Amaresh Misra / Police Delhipart in 1857 in India. These chapters have into threeThe parts. Theinfirst dealsMahmood broadly Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with conceptual and theoretical issues. The second part has empirical accounts of Truth: Deconstructing Singh’s Account the War of of Delhi, Chhanda different dimensionsthe of Poet casteKhazan and the related daily ofexperiences the 1857 changes and Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the continuities, with most of the chapters looking at the patterns of social mobility among Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional individual communities and sections of population. The third part focuses on different Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and dimensions of theofpolitical sociology of caste and identity the Representation Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhanpolitics. Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index VOLUME II VOLUME III 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) $JUDULDQ&KDQJHDQG0RELOLVDWLRQ Edited by B B Mohanty II:view Britain the Indian The chapters in this volume composeVolume a panoramic of the and kinds of changes that Uprising have been taking place in agrarian structures and their underlying effects on the other aspects of rural life. They discuss theEdited themes by of changes, and challenges Andreacontinuities Major University of in the theoretical perspectives and Leeds methodological approaches in critical agrarian and Crispin Bates University of change. Edinburgh Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the VOLUME IV varied responses of British missionaries, colonial leaders and working-class voices and how they 2Q7KH0DUJLQV7ULEHV&DVWHVDQG2WKHU6RFLDO reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the &DWHJRULHV revolt. Edited by Abhijit Dasgupta CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Narratives andaspects MarginalofExperiences Andreaamong Major The 11 essays in this volume explore different marginalization Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: the scheduled castes, the scheduledand tribes, the backward classes, women, workers, An Overview of British Press Responses to the refugees, minorities, physically challenged persons and so on. They show how from Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British the margins of Indian society they mobilized themselves to take an active part in Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: social protests and raised voice against discrimination different spheres of/ Evangelical Discourse and the aWritings of the London MissionaryinSociety Andrea Major social Scottishlife. Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising 7KHPHVLQ6RFLRORJ\RI(GXFDWLRQ Edited by Gavin Rand University of VOLUME V Edited by R Indira Greenwich and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh This volume contains 12 chapters which present a mix of both theoretical perspectives and empirical studies in the area ofMilitary sociology of education. volume is divided Aspects of the This Indian Uprising deals into four sections: section one dealswith withhow education a social system; section battles as were won and lost and howtwo the focuses on issues and concerns of thearmy education of minorities three re-organised after and the women; revolt. Itsection also touches focuses on the key issues that needon to be in formation anddefine implementation theaddressed thorny issue of how to the events of educational policies, and the last section examines certain key issues related to theor of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising adoption of vernacular language as medium instruction, and the critical insights into a small ofwar of the kind experienced in many the role of intellectuals. The essence colonial of this volume is that education is basically a social states. institution that must be responsive to social change. CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at Arms’ Gavin Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore VOLUME VI W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: A Mutiny James Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates 6RFLRORJ\RI6RFLDO0RYHPHQW and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Edited R Sahu Durgadasby andDSitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand / Finding those Men The volume is a collection of chapters on both conventional and new social movements with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising ofGajendra India andSingh / the subcontinent in the Sociological the Chakravarty / 1970s to the Mutiny, War published or Small War? Revisiting an OldBulletin Debate from Gautam present. Index The essays have been divided into four sections. The first section deals with the conceptual and theoretical issues of social movements. The second section articulates 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) the issues of agrarian unrest, mobilisation and movements in India. The third section focuses on movements of dalits, adivasis and minorities of India and the subcontinent. The fourth section relates to empirical accounts of contemporary environmental Volume V: Muslim, Dalit and movements in India. Subaltern Narratives Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Bates, University of Edinburgh ,QGLDQ6RFLRORJ\2YHUWKH<HDUV6HOHFWHG3UHVLGHQWLDO VOLUME VII Muslim, Dalit $GGUHVVHVRI$,6&ŋ and Subaltern Narratives, addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Edited by Jacob John Kattakayam respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the including dalit of narratives the use This volume is a collection of selectUprising, presidential addresses All India and Sociological 1857It in their invented histories.reader The second Conferences held between 1967 andof2010. is the sole comprehensive on the half of the volume looks into the response and changing themes in Indian Sociology. involvement of different Muslim social groups, from civil servants, philosophers and logicians to the Mujahidin, as well as exploring the experience of indigenous participants in their own words. CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ 32/,7,&62)3267&,9,/62&,(7<Contemporary History of Political Movements in India Ajay Gudavarthy Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY The author utho critically unpacks the concept of ‘political society’, which was formulated as a response to the idea of civil society in the post-colonial st-co onial context cont xt an and reframes issues of democracy and agency in India within a wider scope than has ever been published before. The New Indian n Ex Express ress 3ROLWLFV RI 3RVW&LYLO 6RFLHW\ is an attempt to map the discourse and politics of contemporary political movements in India that have been negotiating with the hegemonic effects born out of the insidious co-habitation of political principles and practices in the domain referred to as the civil society. In course of constructing the political landscape of these movements, the book foregrounds the various strategies through which they are pushing and nudging towards a new politics of post-civil society. CONTENTS Preface and Acknowledgements / I: WHY BEYOND CIVIL SOCIETY? / Ambiguities and Intersection / Autonomy and Convergence / II: HUMAN RIGHTS MOVEMENTS IN INDIA: STATE, CIVIL SOCIETY AND BEYOND / State-Civil Society Complementarity / State versus Civil Society / Civil Society versus Political Society / The Contemporary Moment: Beyond the Political? / III: DALIT AND NAXALITE STRUGGLES: POLITICAL IDENTITIES BEYOND IDENTITY POLITICS / Karamchedu: Foray Into or Out of Civil Society? / Chundur: Identity Politics and a Disciplining Civil Society / Vempentta: Civil Society versus ‘Dalit Society’ / IV: FEMINIST POLITICS AND LEGAL SUBJECTIVITY: NEGOTIATING TRANSFORMATIVE DILEMMAS / ‘Law as a Catalyst’: Civilizing Law or Legitimizing Civil Society? / One Act Play: Privatization of the Public or Publicizing the Private? / Feminizing the State: Economizing Culture and Politicizing the Civil / V: COLLECTIVES AGAINST POLLUTION AND ‘POLITICAL SOCIETY’: IMPLICATIONS OF UNCIVIL DEVELOPMENT / Understanding New Industrialization: Capital-izing Un-civility / Introducing ‘Development’: Pollution and Social Cost / Political Society: Interest-Group Politics or Collectives for Justice? / Political Society: Of Middle Men and Processes of Fragmentation / VI: TOWARDS A POLITICS OF POST-CIVIL SOCIETY / Politics in the Waiting Lounge: Dithering Movements and Moments / Post and Beyond: ‘Dialectics of Struggle’ / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 7+(32/,7,&62)329(57<Planning India’s Development Late D K Rangnekar Economist, Author and Futurologist Dr D. K. Rangnekar was a leading public intellectual who marked his presence as the editor of the Economic Times and later the Business Standard. This collection brings together a discerning selection of his writings that are organized across four themes: social and political dimensions of development; international context to India’s experiment; planning and budgets; and industrial and economic policy. The writings begin in the early 1960s and end in 1984—at the cusp of radical transformation of India’s economic policies and political fabric—thus providing an important handbook of the times. The collection includes reflections on PL480 and the accompanying devaluation; the 1970s call for a New International Economic Order and the problems of development in an unequal world; and G77 solidarity and the Uruguay Round of negotiations of GATT. Drawing on Dr Rangnekar’s expertise in planning, budgets, and black money, the collection includes his commentaries on the transition from Nehruism and planned development to the difficult foundations of India’s contemporary economic performance. CONTENTS Foreword 711LQDQ / Preface and Acknowledgements 'ZLMHQ5DQJQHNDUb/ Introduction and Overview: Humanist Economics as Public Reason 3UDWDS %KDQX0HKWD / I: THE POLITICS OF POVERTY—THE SOCIAL CRISIS OF DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA / Crisis Today: The Dimming of Hope / Politics of Poverty—I: The Deepening Social Crisis / Politics of Poverty—II: A Quiet Burial of Ideology / The Ritual of Remembering Gandhi / Farmers’ Stir—I: Writing on the Nasik Wall / Farmers’ Stir—II: Changes in Inter-sectoral Price Parity / Will the Rains Fill Our Bowls? / II: DEPENDENCIES’ INDEPENDENCE—THE INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT TO INDIA’S EXPERIMENT / Economic Co-operation / North–South Divide: An Economic Analysis / Today’s Controversies—I: Delhi’s Attitude to Aid / Today’s Controversies—II: Fertilizer and Foreign Capital / Trade Prospects / III: ROPE TRICKS—PLANNING INDIA’S DEVELOPMENT / The Annual Indian Rope Trick / Nehruism and the Second Phase / Second Thoughts on Indian Planning / To earn or Not to Spend—The Taxing Question / IV: INDUSTRIALISING INDIA—FOLLIES AND POLICIES / India: The Emerging Industrial Power / Crisis Today—I: Failure to Stem Structural Deterioration / Crisis Today—II: Anti-inflation Follies / Crisis Today—III: IMF Borrowals—Perils of Economic Chaos / Industrial Policy / Conclusion and Afterword 6DQMD\D%DUX / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 72:$5'6$1(:329(57<$*(1'$,1$6,$Social Policies and Economic Transformation Arjan De Haan International Development Research Centre, Canada A no noteworthy wor publication and a timely need …. This book is rich in data and comprehensive analysis, and should be of interest to academics, policy-makers, researchers, students and anyone interested in social policies and economic transformation in Asia. While providing deep analyses polic -mak the subj subject areas, the book also provides a good basis for those who are new to the subject, giving them the required background information of th on the role of social policy in enhancing well-being and social inclusion, and in shaping the conditions for market forces and economic growth growth in this modernizing and globalizing world.This is an excellent publication which should be read by all interested in the subject. South Asia Economic Journal ic Jo urna CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / SOCIAL POLICY IN AN AGE OF GLOBALIZATION / Why Social Policy Matters / Globalization: All Boats Rising or Growing Divides? / Demise of the State? / International Development and Social Policy / SOCIAL POLICY REGIMES / Latin America: From Corporatism to Liberalism / The Short Era of the Developmental State in Africa / East Asia: Social Policy’s Role in Economic Success / South Asian Welfarism / CONCLUSION / A Normative Framework for Social Policy / Annexure: Selected Data on Well-being and Government Spending / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` (0(5*(1&(2)7+(32/,7,&$/68%-(&7 Ranabir Samaddar 'LUHFWRU0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK*URXS.RONDWD (PHUJHQFHRIWKH3ROLWLFDO6XEMHFW discusses substantial philosophical interventions to demonstrate why we need less of western political theories and philosophies to understand colonial and post-colonial political life. Instead, we need appreciation of political actions and a different way of analysing them. As against power, it is resistance; against domination, it is desire; against rule, it is friendship; against sovereign authority, it is bare body; against the ‘culture of self’ it is subject-hood—one can find in the story of the emergence of the political subject the overturning of the established world of knowledge. The work contains some fascinating accounts of the dialogic practices which it weaves into a critical theory of politics.This book is on the political subject, the conditions of its emergence, and the theoretical implications of this emergence, particularly those for our history. CONTENTS Introduction / SITUATIONS / Death and Dialogue / The Impossibility of Settled Rule / The Singular Subject / Terror, Politics, and the Subject / What is Resistance? / A Rebel’s Vision / POSITIONS / The Labour of Memory / Towards a Theory of the Constituent Power / Possibilities of Our Trans-national Citizenship / Empire, Globalisation, and the Subject / Epilogue / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $ Mutiny at the Margins: Ranjana Padhi Independent Writer and Activist THOSE WHO DID NOT DIE: Impact of the Agrarian Crisis on Women in Punjab New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter arter arte ar ter and Crispin te Bates both at University ersiityy ooff Ed EEdinburgh din inbbuurg rgh ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY Poig Poignant of survival…Padhi’s work is a saga of survival and highlights the invisible work done by the women and howPerspectives theyp battle widens Seriies SSeries Se esst ttale edited by Crispin Bates Global dens enns the tthhhee geographical geo eooggrap eog aph aph phica icaal rrem re remit emit em situations situa ions when they don on the mantle of the provider. An eye-opener, the book fills the vacuum that exists in charting the life oofd the of the series iies es aand exa examines eess the thhhee ggl global loba lob obbaal ob al ddissemination isseemi is em miinatio m ttiion ion The Th he Mut Mutiny M ttiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 survivors surv vors of suicide. and portrayal yyal of the events ents ts of of the thhhee upri up uupr uprising prisi pr issiing is ng inn th tthe he from ffro m a vvariety i t off original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular The he Tribune bune international na Tr nal press esss and literature. es iitte teerratu tuurre. IItt aal tur also lso so eex exa examines xxaaam min m in ines on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have the socio-economic aftermath mathh ooff tth the hhee eeve ev events vennts ve ntts ts ooff 18 1185 1857 857 85 hitherto tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in 7KRVH:KR'LG1RW'LH outlines the distress borne by the family, including women, the children and the elderly in the aftermath of peasant and the experiences of displaced ddiispla pllaced pl ceeedd mu mut m mutineers uuttine ine in neers e s inn tth the he British imperial and Indian historiography. suicides. By doing so, it interrogates the split between public and private; production and social reproduction; work and family. It highlights the broader colonial world. determining character of capitalist-intensive agriculture in today’s crisis times by focusing on women’s reality and renewed hardships in a caste, CONTENTS / Introduction: duct ddu ccttio ion oonn: Glo Gl G Global loba lo baall Networks bal Net etwork etw oorrk rks an and and class and patriarchal society. ndian nd ndi ian an Uprising Uprriissiing Up ng M Ma Mar aarriin ina naa Carter Car Ca C arrtteer er Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina CONTENTS Foreword 8PD&KDNUDYDUWK\ / Introduction / An Outline of the Crisis in Punjab / Dynamics of Women’s Labour / Dowry in Dire Times / Ill-Health in An Ailing/ International nnat at atiioon onaall Pre PPress ressss and and nd the the Indian th Innd ndi d aann and Crisping Bates Volume 1:Voicing Anticipations and Economy / Fragmentation of the Family / Taking Decisions, Expectations / In Lieu of a Conclusion / References / Index Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caann Can C nnott G nnot Go Gov Govern oovernn by by Force Foorrce ce Al AAlone’: lon onee’’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aatt R Rebellion ebbe eebe belllli lliion on Chandrika on Chan Ch Cha hand ndrika ka Kaul / ka Kau aauul / Experiences in the Locality ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction d ttitio duction ioon Edited by Crispin Bates University of Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / DEBT AND DEATH IN RURAL INDIA: The Punjab Story Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centresSingh on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and The late Aman Sidhu with Inderjit Jaijee y Deportation y, Deport Dep ortaat and the Nation: ion: the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) Analysing Anal ing Punjab’s historical and geographical framework, the book probes theitself maininfactors responsible for rural [It]Alavi / includes Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a suicides… Convict Seema Indexdetails prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt aabout bou qua quantification process of the suicides and the figures which made the state government and media take the case of farmers’ suicides diverse localities within India. 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 sseriously… eriously… The efforts of the writers need to be lauded in highlighting the increasing debt2013 and ōpenury among the farmers. This(978-81-321-1052-1) book has broken CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / the silence surrounding farmers death. 'HEWDQG'HDWKLQ5XUDO,QGLD is an excellent study about the plight of peasants and brings too light lig t the Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: apathetic attitude of the government.Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Volume eheIV IV: Mil Mi Military rryy The Tribune bu Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Aspects Aspectts of of the thhee Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Punjab’s Rivers 1824 and Climate / Cultural Profile of Dirk Moonak Subdivision / Dispute over Punjab’s River Waters / History of MoodLand, of Dasahra in the Punjab and Hindustan Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Univ Un iver ersi sittyy of of Southeast Punjab / The Demand for Federalism / Punjab versus the Central Government Steamroller / H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears Quantification of Suicides / A Problem does not Exist if You Don’t Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates p Baatte B es University Univerrssiity Un ty Look at It / Rehabilitation Compensation / Survival1829–1857 Strategies /Andrea Afterword / Appendices / Index of Rebellion and Sati as aand Potential Site of Conflict, Major / Prostituting the of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects of the he Indian Inndian In Ind iaan Uprising Upr Up prris isi isin ssiing ng dea de deals eals eal Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were w lost won wo on and and nd llos osst and n ho hhow ow th tthe he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda army re-organised after the revolt. It also l touches t ches chh s che AGRARIAN CRISIS FARMER SUICIDES Chatterjee / Situating the RoleAND of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on the thorny issue of how to define the events Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional Edited by R S Deshpande Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore and Saroj Arora Centre offor1857—as Rural a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and Studies, Lal Bahadur National Academy Administration, Mussoorie a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power:Shastri The Insurrection of 1857 in KolhanofGautam Bhadra / The War of Independence depp enn 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Deshpande Desh and and Saroj Arora, editors of the volume, discuss the pros and cons of various options and suggest what needs to be done for ending the Traces TTrac and Trace Tra and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS S / Introduction: rod ooduction: duct du ctition on:: The on T ‘Subaltern Subaltern at pres nt ag present agrarian crisis. Overall, this well-edited and well-organised volume has plenty of material relating to agriculture in general and thee ag agrarian aria arian Arms’ Gavin Rand Crispin Bates vin i R andd aand C Crispi spi sp ppiin B Bat attess / The Sepoy ates 2013 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) crisisōin284 crisi pa particular. Researchers and policymakers are sure to find it immensely useful. Speaks: Discerning the ssce ce ing ng the SSignificance off th he Vel VVellore e lore The Hindu indu Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation vvaat aand the Construction an C off IIdentities: denttititititiie de ies eess: A dus Operandi C Cri Cr rriisp sspi ppiin B Ba Bat aattes Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Crispin Bates Britain$VKLVK9DFKKDQL / and the Indian CONTENTS Foreword 3DGDPYLU6LQJK / AVolume Note from theII: Co-ordinator Editors’ Introduction 56'HVKSDQGH and 6DURM$URUD / Economic Reforms, and Marina Carter William Willia am Da Dalrymple / Dal D aallr yymp ym mppllee / m Small Farmer Economy and Agrarian CrisisUprising '1DUDVLPKD5HGG\ and 6ULMLW0LVKUD / Contextualizing the Agrarianand Suicides $59DVDYL / Poor Indian PlightUprising Durgadas Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in theFarmers’ Great Indian iing Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Daasssgup Das Da guuuppttaa / ggup and Liberalisation: An Overview $.6LQJKDO / Path of Development and Politics in Karnataka 0X]DIIDU$VVDGL / Globalisation, Agrarian Crisis and Suicides: Reconstructing the Imperial Military afterFarmers’ the Rebellion Gavin Rand Rannd / Findingg tth tho those hossee Men ho Meeenn M Edited byGlobalisation Andrea Major Illusion and Reality 56'HVKSDQGH and .KDOLO6KDK / vis-a-vis University Agrarian Crisisof in India 066LGKX / Growers: Experience from Vidarbha 1HHOLPD es in India Innddia i after the thhe Uprising Upri prissin siiinng with ‘Guts’:Cotton The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities ebatee G Ga Gau aauutaam mC Cha Ch hhaakkra rraav avaart arrrtty / Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War Pradesh or Small*6UHHGKDU / War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / 'HVKPXNK / Economic Reforms and Regional Disparities (5HYDWKL and 6KDLN*DODE / The Drought Anantapur District of Andhra Distress Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Prone Index and Farmers’ Suicides .*RSDO,\HU and 6DURM$URUD / and Deceased in Andhra Pradesh: An Analysis of Causes of Farmers’ Suicide 73UDEKDNDU5HGG\ / Indebtedness Edinburgh Punjab Peasantry: A Question of Life and Debt $QLWD*LOO / Agrarian Crisis in Punjab and Policy Options *6.DONDW / Credit through Participatory Management: The 2013 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Britain andShort-Term the Indian Uprising Measures looks at for theSustainableō Agriculture Way for Rural Smile 5DYLNHVK6ULYDVWDYD / Way Out: and Long-Term 6ULQLYDVDQ6DQWKDQDP / Farmers Suicide: varied responses British missionaries, Behavioural and Social Dimensions *\DQPXGUDb/ Providing a of Level Playing Field for thecolonial Small Farmer 0HHWD5DMLYORFKDQ and 05DMLYORFKDQ / Way Forward R S leaders and working-class voices and how they 'HVKSDQGH and 6DURM$URUD / Index reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the /DQG5HIRUPVLQ,QGLD9ROXPHōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` revolt. Volume V: Muslim, m m, Dalit and a d an Subaltern Narratives CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major 9$5,(7,(62)$&7,9,67(;3(5,(1&(Civil Society in South Asia Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Edited by David N Gellner Institute of Social and Cultural Anthropology, University of Oxford, UK Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Subalte Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal arginal argi ginal gi ginal naal and and Muslim Musl Musl uslim us uslim s im m groups ggrroups gro oups up ter ter ati ati Interpretations ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: The book ook is aofmust-read for those who maintain a profound interest in civil society issues and, yes, it should be sought outrespectively. by young men and m Exploring min minority innor ooririty ty per ppe perceptions ercep cepptio ceptio ce titio i nss of ions of tthe hee E Eva elica elic li Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / women desirous of becoming activists themselves…the book offers rare insight and a definitive sense of the road we can Uprising, take for ener energising wom en de sing dalitt nnarratives inclu including c uding arrrat arr aatittiives ives vees es and the use S ott Sc Scott t shh Pr PPresbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / Scottish social activism. socia of 1857 in th their eir in invented tted hhistories. istories. The second is Captt eactiv Cap Woo W Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Dawn aume half of the he vvolume umn looks kks into innto t the response and Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different nntt Mu M Mus Muslim ussli sllliim ssocial ooccia oci cciial al ggr gro groups, rrooup uups ppss, CONTENTS Preface / Introduction: Making Society South Asia 'DYLG1*HOOQHU / POLITICS / Creating philosophers of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / MarginalCivil Whites andinthe Great Uprising: A Case Study of the The Biography of a Magar Communist $QQH'H6DOHV / from civil servants, osoophe oso heers rs and annd logicians loggic lo giiiccians iiaan ian ans to to ‘Civilized’ Communists: A Quarter of Besieged a CenturyinofCommon: Politicization in Rural Nepal 6DUD6KQHLGHUPDQ / 6LULSDOD+HWWLJH / Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Shared Narratives of British Men and Youth and Political Engagement in Sri Lanka the Mujahidin, as well ass eexploring xpl xp p ori oorring ring ng the the th he eex experience xpper peeerrien eennce nce ce Can Women be Mobilized to Participate in Indian Local Politics? 6WHIDQLH6WUXOLN / Surveying Activists in Nepal 'DYLG1*HOOQHU and 0ULJHQGUD%DKDGXU.DUNL / Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants ttss in tthe th their hheeiirr ow oown wnn wo w w words. ords rddss. rd DEVELOPMENT / Disciplined Activists, Unruly Brokers? Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index Exploring the Boundaries between Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs), Donors, and the State in Bangladesh CONTENTS Middle-class / Introduction Marcus Daechsel 'DYLG/HZLV / Activists and Development in Nepal &HOD\QH+HDWRQ 6KUHVWKD / From Big Game to Biodiversity: Environmental Activists and Wildlife / 2013 ō 264 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri NarayanName TiwariIndex / Subject Index Conservation in SriōLanka $UMXQ*XQHUDWQH / Civil Society and its Fragments :LOOLDP))LVKHU / Glossary and Abbreviations / of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray *RYHUQDQFH&RQĠLFWDQG&LYLF$FWLRQ9ROXPHōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim li Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ THE SECOND HOMELAND: Polish Refugees in India Anuradha Bhattacharjee Centre for Culture, Media and Governance, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi SOCIOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY A he heartwarming twa story about orphaned children welcomed by a loving Maharaja…Anuradha Bhattacharjee has written a marvelous book, rich with detail from archival sources, oral history, and letters and memoirs of the time. The Second Homeland is a must read…It’s a fascinating, deta g, exciting, exc ting, moving mov ng bu but virtually unknown story from World War II. Highly recommended! Cosmopolitan an R Review view The Second World War presents the backdrop for this riveting account of displacement, migration and resettlement. Once the Soviet forces marched into Poland, thousands of Polish citizens were deported to slave-labour camps in the USSR. As news of their inhuman condition and ordeal spread, Jam Saheb Digvijaysinghji of Nawanagar, a Princely State in British India, opened the doors of his state and welcomed the orphaned Polish children. 7KH6HFRQG+RPHODQGchronicles the passage and sojourn of these young refugees. CONTENTS Foreword $QLO:DGKZD / Introduction: A Brief Historical Background / ARRIVAL / Franek’s Odyssey / Arrival in India / INDIA YEARS / Franek and Tadek in Balachadi / Home for the Next Few Years / The Transit Camps and War-duration Domicile / Franek in Valivade / A Polish Village on an Indian Riverbank / REMINISCENCES AND REFLECTIONS / Franek’s Epilogue / Looking Back / Voices from the Past / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` HUMAN BONDAGE: Tracing its Roots in India Lakshmidhar Mishra National Human Rights Commission, India The book ook provides thoughtful insights into many dimensions of the social evil of bonded labour. [It] is a great eye-opener for economists, leaders and policy-makers olicy who have become complacent because of their satisfaction with India’s growth story…The author has done a brilliant work by agitating agita ing the t consciousness of all sensitive human beings in our society…this book draws the attention of those who matter and acts as a ray ay of hope for economically exploited helpless and weaker sections of society. The he Tr Tribune bune +XPDQ%RQGDJH is an in-depth study of bonded labour with special focus on how the system exists in India. The book provides us with a detailed analysis of the historical, social and cultural context in which bondage has developed. CONTENTS Foreword -XVWLFH 6KUL 0 1 9HQNDWDFKDOLDK / AN OVERVIEW / Introduction / Historical / Perspective / Concept and Definition / Unemployment, Underemployment, and Income / Insecurity / Poverty, Population Explosion, Hunger, and Malnutrition / Minimum Wage / Migration / Caste Hierarchy / ISSUES / Land Tenurial System / Tribal Land Alienation / Illiteracy / Child Labor and Trafficking / Devadasis and Yoginis / Credit and Indebtedness / Globalization, State, and Market / POLICY INITIATIVES / Constitutional and Legal Provisions / National Policy and / Implementation of the Program at the State Level / International Instruments and Initiatives / Public Interest Litigation and Judicial Activism / Role of Voluntary Organizations / Role of Trade Unions of Workers and Employer’s Organizations / Role of Media and Communication Agencies / In Retrospect and Prospect / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` LOST YEARS OF THE RSS Sanjeev Kelkar Ex-Medical Director, Novo Nordisk Education Foundation Wha ver tthe future, given the RSS’ multi-layered history, this was a story waiting to be told. Mr Kelkar’s intention may be to analyse the history of Whatever the R RSS SS as a believer as well as an opponent. But objectivism is easier said than achieved. In Mr Kelkar’s case, the opponent’s viewpoint resembles that off a mother, m bitterly disappointed in her child but unrelenting in her support and affection nonetheless. So expect a historical account coun of a “misunderstood” organization and a loyalist’s take on the way forward. Business Sta Standard dard /RVW<HDUVRIWKH566 is a historical analysis of the events that have shaped the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) in its 85 years of existence. Written from an insider’s perspective, this in-depth work critically analyses the major turning points in the history of RSS from the viewpoint of both a follower and an opponent, while digging deep into its sociopolitical history. CONTENTS Foreword .XPDU.HWNDU / Introduction / Original Design of the RSS: An Analysis / Political Ethnography of the RSS / Dominant Tendencies of the Golwalkar Era / Withdrawal, Return and Ascent of Deoras / The Emergency and Post-Emergency / The BJP, the Parivar and Deoras: 1980–85 / Catapulting the Hindu to the Centre Stage / Road to Political Power and Its Aftermath / The Unipolar World and the RSS’ Response / The Future, If Any / The New Hindutva (Violent) Forces / Epilogue: The Problem of Ideologies / Postscript: Ayodhya Judgement and Bihar Assembly Elections / Appendix 1: The ‘Dashera’ of Dalits and the Dashera of RSS / Appendix 2: The RSS Constitution / Glossary / References / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` SUSTAINABILITY OF RIGHTS AFTER GLOBALISATION Edited by Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury 5DELQGUD%KDUDWL8QLYHUVLW\.RONDWDDQG0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK Group and Ishita Dey 0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK*URXS The book ook tthrows up pertinent questions like how equal is a commoner and how local hold over common property resources have transformed rmed after priva isatio and enactment of liberal laws. privatisation The he Tr Tribune bune 6XVWDLQDELOLW\RI5LJKWVDIWHU*OREDOLVDWLRQ is the result of the Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR)-supported research programme, ‘Globalisation and Sustainability of Rights’. The thrust of this volume is on various concerns of globalisation and its interface with rights. The book talks about the interconnectedness of globalisation with social and economic systems and how links develop with reference to both polity and common people’s movements. CONTENTS Introduction ,VKLWD'H\ / I: ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE AND RIGHTS / How Equal Is Common? Common Property Resources and Local Institutions 6XKD 3UL\DGDUVKLQL&KDNUDYRUW\ / Forest Rights Act and Polemics of Correcting Historical Injustices 0DGKXUHVK.XPDU / II: LAW AND INFORMATION IN A GLOBALISING WORLD / Globalisation and Justice: Fait Accompli or Choice $VKRN$JUZDDO / Right to Information as a Means of Mass Persuasion 6DE\DVDFKL%DVX5D\&KDXGKXU\ / Globalisation and Right to Information 6LEDML3UDWLP%DVX / III: GLOBALISATION AND LABOURING LIVES / Labour Out-flow and Labour Rights 6ZDWL*KRVK / Negotiating Rights: The Case of a Special Economic Zone ,VKLWD'H\ / Globalisation, Rights and Economics: Jean Dreze in Conversation with Ranabir Samaddar Postscript -HDQ 'UH]H and 5DQDELU6DPDGGDU / Rights after Globalisation 5DQDELU6DPDGGDU / Bibliography / Index $ ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin SOCIOLOGYANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIAL THEORY / SOCIAL CHANGE Mutiny at the Margins: Rakhahari Chatterji UGC Emeritus Fellow in Political Science, Calcutta University, Kolkata GANDHI AND THE ALI BROTHERS: Biography of a Friendship Bates Movements, both at University ersity rrsity sity of of Edinburgh Edinnb g Ed This book is a study of the relationship between Gandhi and the Ali brothers mainly in the context of the Non-Cooperation and Khilafat Series on edited by Crispin Bates focusing the period 1919-1931. His involvement in the Khilafat agitation was Gandhi’s first direct intervention in an exclusively Muslims widens Global Perspectives eennss the ens the th he geographical geog eooggraph eo aph ap phiica icccaal rrem remit emit question, translating into a national Gandhi’s way of of bringing theseries mainstream of the and examines eess the the th h gl gglobal globa looba obba bal al ddissemination isseem is emi minattio mi ioon The Mutiny at theitMargins seriesquestion. takes a This freshwas look at the Revolt 1857 the Muslims out of their community cocoons into of from India’s nationalofpolitics. as his relationship focusing with the in brothers broke down, this turned out to be also his lastand such intervention. portrayal of the events ents ts of of the tthhhee upr uuprising up pprriisi issi siing ngg inn th thee a variety originalHowever, and unusual perspectives, particular Consequently, issue ofmarginal Muslim participation unsettled till Partition. international press and literature. itter eraattur tuur ure. ItIt aal also lssoo ex eexamines exa xxaamin am min mi in ine nes on neglectedthesocially groups and remained geographic areas which have thethe socio-economic matthh ooff the thee eeve th ev events vveents nttss ooff 18 nt 1185 1857 88557 in story studies of this cataclysmic in struggle and the parting of ways of Gandhi and hitherto tended to be unrepresented *DQGKLDQGWKH$OL%URWKHUV narrates the of the coming together, event the joint Ali brothers. Itaftermath the experiences ddisspla placed ed mutin m mutineers uttine in er ers rs in in th tthe he Indian historiography. British imperial documents a lucid and micro-history of the momentous developments in the personal relations of these political figures, with the and dynamics of Hindu- of displaced broader colonial world. Muslim interface as the backdrop. / Introduction: dduuccttio ioonn: G ion Glo Gl Global loba lo oba bal al Networks al Neettwoor ork rk rks aan and nd CONTENTS Preface / The Theory: Communitarianism, Multiculturalism and Gandhi / The History The Characters: The Ali Brothers / ‘Love at CONTENTS First Sight’ / Troubled ndian nd aann Uprising Upprriiissi U singg Ma Mar M aarrina innaa Carter in Caart C Car aarrtteer Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina Alliance / Journey Downhill / End of the Road / Conclusion: Multiculturalism in Retreat (Multiculturalism before Its Time) / Index nnat attio ation ion onal Pre PPress Pr rreessss and and nd the tthhe he Indian Indi ndi nd dian an and Crisping Bates / International Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caannnnot C not ot Go Gov Govern oovver ern ern rn by by Force Foorrce ce Alo AAlone’: loonne’ e’: ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aatt R Rebellion ebe ebe eb belli llllion on Chandrika Chandr Ch Cha haandr ndrikkaa Kaul / nd Kaauul / Kau Ka Experiences in the Locality ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Ag Age ge off Mech ge Mec M Me Mechanical ecchha hanniical cal Re ca Rep Reproduction produc rooducti duc u tio ttiio tion ion Edited by Crispin Bates University of d i 1857 185 857 577 Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during ATLANTIC GANDHI: The Mahatma Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan EdinburghOverseas Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Nalini Natarajan English University of Puerto US in the Locality General Anticipations and Rico, Experiences d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest andthe disorder in the long r / The Uprising, M g England!’: Hermann anda the Indian A Wagner / Migration and This book attempts to bring Gandhi into conversation with great Atlantic storyhistory of resistance to slavery andGoedsche indenture, story notUprising usuallyKim spoken yy, Deportationn and andd the he Nation: Natio Na Natio tioon: South Asian Diaspora Marina Carterthinker and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, resistance to as colonial ruleof(the belli Britannica) about in India, where the emphasis isofalways on him a leader nationalism. Gandhi, thethebook argues, was a transnational and activist, MaulanaofJafer ThanesriItasalso a Convict Seema Alavi /were Index a few prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in context the blueprint for whose nationalist campaign was developed in South Africa in the global indenture. argues that there within India.– 1. The empowering of the ‘coolie’ as exploited precursor of the ‘kisan 2. The things he first tried out in South Africadiverse beforelocalities doing them in India 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) Transvaal March as precursor of the Salt March and 3. S/African IndianCrispin womenBates as the/first satyagrahis. CONTENTS Introduction Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Plotting Zafar: a Diasporic Nation / Local cosmopolitan and modern anti-modern: CONTENTS Preface / From Kathiawar / Sailing the High Seas / Deconstructing the Coolie / Articulating Seeing the Modern State Modernity / “Prophet in homespun”: Deenabandhu &)$QGUHZV / Hind Swaraj and Satyagraha in South Africa / The Tamil Sovereignty women of theand Transvaal / Gandhi and Atlantic Volume IV: Military ry Aspects Aspe As peecctts of of the the he Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Conclusion: Diasporic Gandhi / Bibliography / Index Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Edited by Gavin Rand n nd University Unniv ivers ersity ittyy of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates p Bate Ba tes University Univ Un niv iverrsi sityy of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant .+$',*$1'+,ł60(*$6<0%2/2)68%9(56,21 Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects of the he Indian Inndddiia In Ind ian Uprising Upr Up U pprriis isi ssiiing ng dde ng dea deals ea eals Peter FarooquiGonsalves 6DOHVLDQ3RQWLoFDO8QLYHUVLW\5RPH Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were won won and and nd lost loosst and lo los anndd how an hhoow th tthe he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda army The he nifi / Situating of khadi hasofalready a number of scholars from different angles. Peter Gonsalves has made his re-organised foray into thisafter the revolt. It also touches Cha Chat hat significance rjee Chatterjee the Role Religionbeen in theexplored Rebellion:byThe Case of the Prayagwals in the the thorny area, are writing wr Uprising fromMaclean a communication first in book Clothing for Liberation (SAGE, 2010), and now in thisonsequel, whichissue lays of how to define the events Allah bad U largely Allahabad Kama / The Mutinyperspective, in Western India: Thehis‘Marginal’ as Regional 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or out e his historical foundation the theoretical on Gandhian sartorial communication published in his previous work. It of covers new ground Dynamic Dyna y tthe mic Veena Ve Naregal / What for Constitutes a Marginclaims or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war of the kind experienced in many the highlighting Representationthe of ‘subversive’ Power: The Insurrection 1857 in sartorial Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / Thea War of of disciplines, and has brought Gandhian by nature of ofGandhi’s choices through range communication Independence and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. tates through attire1857, to centre stage. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index Editor, Gandhi Marg, Quarterly Journal of the Gandhi Peace Foundation, John S Moolakkattu, New Delh / Introduction: CONTENTS S ew Delhi roduct cttion oonn: TThe h ‘Su ‘Subaltern S baltern at 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Gavin Rand Crispin Bates R and d and C Crispi ppiin Ba Bat B ates at es / The Sepoy and Professor, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, IITArms’ Madras, s,vinCh Chennai nna Speaks: Discerning the SSi Significance the gni nific ni nifica fifica ca canccee ooff tth he VVellore eelllor lllor oorre James transform W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction onnnssttru trru ructtio iion of of IIdentities: dentit de titities ties es: A es .KDGL *DQGKLłV 0HJD 6\PERO RI 6XEYHUVLRQ investigates the power of a symbol to Mutiny qualitatively society by studying Mahatma dus Op du O Ope ppeer era rand an i Cri C Cr rispi pin Bate B Bat attes Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Gandhi’s use of clothing as a metaphor for unity, andthe liberation from imperial subjugation. The book brings together historical Volume II:empowerment Britain and Indian and Marina Carter William W Wil Wi i liam Dal Dalrymple / alrr ymp y le / evidence of Gandhi’s search for a semiotics of attire in his quest for personal integrityDurgadas and socio-political From ainmultidisciplinary and Sitaram:change. Tales of Loyalty the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi iinng ng Sab S Sa byas a chi Dasgupta / asa Daas D Das asggu gup upta up t / Uprising perspective, it closely examines the subversion underlying his sartorial communication. Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Raand / Finding R Find nding inng ttho th those hoossee Men Meen M e Edited by Andrea Major University of es in in India Ind ndia ia after afterr the aft tthhe Uprising Upprrissin siiinng with Ascription(1869–1891) / and Re-ascription of Martial Identities CONTENTS Foreword -RKQ60RRODNNDWWX / Introduction / I : SUBVERTING THE SELF / The Passion to Be an‘Guts’: ‘EnglishThe Gentleman’ In Search of Sartorial eba bate te G Gau aauta tam am Cha am Ch C ha hakkra krrraavaart arrt rty / Gajendra War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Gautam Chakravarty / and Crispin Bates University ofSUBVERSION Significance (1892–1913) / ‘Unclothing’ ofLeeds the Mahatma (1914–1948) / II: ECO-POLITICAL / The Singh / Rape of Mutiny, India / Gandhi’s Eco-political Subversion / Debate Index Edinburgh Controversy / III: PSYCHO-CULTURAL SUBVERSION / Inferiorisation of the People / Gandhi’s Psycho-cultural Subversion / Controversy / IV: SOCIO-RELIGIOUS 2013 ō /260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) SUBVERSION—UNTOUCHABILITY / India’sBritain Shame and / Gandhi’s Socio-religious Subversion—Untouchability Controversy / V: SOCIO-RELIGIOUS SUBVERSION— the Indian Uprising looks at the MILITANCY / India’s Schism / Gandhi’s Socio-religious Subversion—Militancy / Controversy / VI: THE PHILOSOPHY OF GANDHIAN SUBVERSION THROUGH KHADI / varied responses of British missionaries, colonial Foundational Principles of Gandhian Subversion / The Metaphysics of Khadi / Conclusion / Photographs and Images / Appendix / Glossary of Sanskrit and Indian leaders and working-class voices and how they Vocabulary/ Timeline of Gandhi and the Swadeshi Movement / Select Bibliography / Index reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the revolt. ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Volume V: Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Bates, University of Edinburgh g Crispin Bates Public Perceptions with of 1857: UNDERSTANDING GANDHI:andGandhians in/ Conversation Fred J Blum An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Sub S ub b altern Narratives, N rrat Na rati tiv tti i es es, s Usha Thakkar Institute of Research on Gandhian Rural Development and Jayshree Mehta Sumandeep Indian Uprising RebeccaThought Merritt / and Popular British addresses the role of marginal a r rgi rg g gi i nal na n al a l an a and n d M Muslim Musl u usl us sl s lim im m gr gro g groups r ro o ups u s Vidyapeeth University, Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ :Vadodara Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring m min minority innori or tyy pper pe perceptions eerrcce cep eepptitio tionnss ooff the tthhhee Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Uprising, including nnarratives arrati arr rrrati aattitives veess aan and nd tthe he uuse he usse se This xcel volumeMissionaries fills a gap in extensive literature on Gandhi. provides valuable information and insights and assists a balanced and dalitt narr Sccott excellent h Pr Scottish Presbyterian andthePublic Opinion in Scotland Esther ItBreitenbach / 1857 in th ttheir eir invented ted hhistories. istori ist sttori oriies. eesss.. The The sseco Th second e ond ec eco nd Capt critical Cap e Women Woo assessment W Captive and ManlyofMissionaries: of Women Missionaries in India Caroline him. As theNarratives editors show, Gandhi still has much to offer to contemporary India’s struggle to create of a just society and a just ritica ciety nd in half of the he vo volume ume looks kkss in into too the thhee re th respo response espo sspppoonse nnsssee aan and nd Lewis Lew hyy an Lewi Projit healthy and self-critical political culture. heal Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement ent nt ofnst f dif di different nntt Mu Musli Muslim s m ssocial occiaall gro ooci ggroups, gr r up ups, ups Prof Lord Bhikhu Parekh, University of Westminster stm of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers oso o ophe p rrss and and logicians looggic giic iciian anns to to Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and theaMujahidin, as of well ass eexploring xxpl xp pplloori orriring ng tth the hhee eex experience xper pe ien ennce ce 8QGHUVWDQGLQJ *DQGKL provides glimpses of Gandhi’s ideas and working relationship with his colleagues who came from wide range Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous ttss in in tthe th their heir he ir oow own wnn w w wo words. oords rd . rds rd backgrounds, professions and geographical regions. It also brings out the thoughts of Gandhi and his followers on several important issuesparticipants such Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS Daechselhindsight as Satyagraha, non-violence, Brahmacharya, spirituality, and fasting. This blend of an intimate knowledge of/ Introduction Gandhi andMarcus the reflective 2013 264book pagesa ōunique Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) 1857 Badri Tiwari givesōthe vantage point that promotes a holistic understanding of Gandhian ofthought andNarayan philosophy. of 1857 Charu Gupta CONTENTS Foreword by Profeesor /RUG%KLNKX3DUHNK / Introduction / Fred J Blum (1914-1990) / JMouths B Kripalani / Raihana Tyabji / Dada Kanta Dharmadhikari / Sushila Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Ray Nayar / Jhaver Patel / Sucheta Kripalani / Glossary / Bibliography / Index Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 9A ,16,'(2876,'(Two Views of Social Change in Rural India Late B S Baviskar University of Delhi and D W Attwood McGill University, Montreal, Cananda ,QVLGH2XWVLGH provides personal accounts of how some villagers – contrary to expectations – have improved their lives. Poverty remains a big problem, yet many people have found or created opportunities to rise above limited resources. This book is about villagers who have done remarkable things with their lives, people who have broken the constraints of poverty and inequality to become innovative and mobile, in some cases building new institutions – such as schools – to changes the lives of others. SOCIAL CHANGE CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / I: PILKHOD AND BEYOND / Inside the Family (Pilkhod) / Inside the Village (Pilkhod) / High School (Chalisgaon) / College and University (Pune and Delhi) / II: OAK PARK AND BEYOND / Early Days (Oak Park) / Attwoods and Allied Families (USA) / Leaving Home (Deep Springs, Berkeley, Chicago) / Outsider in India (Bichpuri) / III: INSIDE OUT AND BACK AGAIN / Marriage Out (Chalisgaon, Pune, Delhi) / Discovering Sociology (Delhi) / Fieldwork Back Home (Kopargaon Sugar Factory) / IV: FROM OUTSIDE IN / How I Returned to India (Pune District) / I Was Misinformed (Malegaon Village) / Villagers as Agents of History (Nira Valley) / V: INSIDE AND OUT / Outsider in Sanjaya Village (Gujarat) / Outside and Inside the Family (Pilkhod) / VI: THOUGHTS ON COOPERATION, INEQUALITY, AND POINTS OF VIEW / Cooperation and Controversy / Villager Sociology, Economic Inequality, and Poverty / Caste Barriers to Initiative and Innovation / Points of View / Notes / Glossary / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW CLOTHING FOR LIBERATION: A Communication Analysis of Gandhi’s Swadeshi Revolution Peter Gonsalves 6DOHVLDQ3RQWLoFDO8QLYHUVLW\5RPH Gons lves makes you see Gandhi in an academic light that permits you to both name some of the characteristics of Gandhi and see them Gonsalves in th the larg larger perspectives of communication and revolution for liberation. This exercise, that at first might appear an indulgence in scholarly rationalizations, ratio aliza in fact gives a solid foundation to the conviction experienced at the end of Chapter 1 as to the greatness of Mahatma Gandhi. At the end of the book, that conviction is no longer superficial....After reading this book, I, for one, can only say: Looking afresh at Gandhiji,, I know kn w in the depth of my being what he means: “another world is possible.” Gaston Roberge, Educationist and Media edia Critic CONTENTS Foreword .HYDO-.XPDU / Introduction / Gandhi the Communicator / Barthes: A Gandhian Fashion System / Turner: Social Drama in Gandhi’s Swadeshi Revolution / Goffman: Gandhi as Performance Manager of a Nation / A Gandhian Approach to Symbolisation / Photographs and Images / Appendix / Glossary / Select Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` %5,'*,1*7+(*$3Essays on Inclusive Development and Education Edited by Latha Pillai National Assessment and Accreditation Council, Bangalore and Babu P Remesh, School of Interdisciplinary and Transdisciplinary Studies at the Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi, India The debate ebate on a development issues gains a new perspective in %ULGJLQJWKH*DS. Insightful and succinct, the book lists a slew of problems ems w which hich the ccountry ountr faces — from Dalit marginalisation to financial inequality — in an incredibly simplistic way. Businessworld nessworld Organized around two broad themes—“inclusion of the excluded” and “education for the marginalized” %ULGJLQJWKH*DS offer an exposition to the range of inequalities and challenges in different fields of social engagement, and open up possible ways of addressing these concerns. The contributors discuss inclusiveness and marginalization in the contemporary social contexts, their diverse dimensions, and interlinkages with various sources of social inequalities including caste-, class-, and gender-related factors. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Aphasia, Amnesia, and Inequalities: Narratives of Marginalization *1'HY\b/ Internal Security in Jammu and Kashmir: Historical Perspective and Emerging Scenario 0XNHVK6DEKDUZDOb/ Welfare and Preventive Policing: The Gandhian Way .LUDQ%HGLb/ Identity and the Notion of the “Other” 1DQGLWD'DVb/ Inclusive Education and Sustainable Growth .6DQNDUDQDUD\DQDQb/ Mass Media—But Where Are the Masses? 36DLQDWKb/ Bringing Them into the Fold: Using the Arts to Bridge the Gap 0DOOLND6DUDEKDLb/ Dalit Contribution to Indian Literature 85$QDQWKDPXUWK\b/ Nation within Nations: Living Dialogues on Governance and Culture $EUDKDP/RWKDb/ Prosperity Will Spread, but Happiness Will Not until We Fix the Governance *XUFKDUDQ'DVb/ Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` '5$0$)25'(9(/230(17Cultural Translation and Social Change Edited by Andrew Skuse University of Adelaide, Marie Gillespie Open University, Milton Keynes, UK and Gerry Power InterMedia, London Stud nts, lecturers and practitioners alike should find this and other contrasts in the volume to be useful triggers to debate and comparison as the Students, continues to change and rising nations…. 'UDPDIRU'HYHORSPHQW is a powerful reminder that we should not overlook radio or television field contin our fascination with the newer technologies, for both ‘old’ media remains as central to the lives and aspirations of billions of people across in ou fasc across the global South – and indeed the North – as they were in pre-Facebook times. Journal of the Royal Anthropologicall Ins Institute itute 'UDPDIRU'HYHORSPHQW offers unprecedented insights into the production and consumption of a range of popular radio and television drama serials, broadcast in places as diverse as Afghanistan, Burma, Cambodia, Nepal, Pakistan, India, Nigeria and Rwanda. It brings into dialogue the perspectives of the creative teams who make ‘dramas for development’, the donors who pay for them, and the audiences who consume them. CONTENTS Introduction: Drama for Development—Cultural Translation and Social Change $QGUHZ6NXVH0DULH*LOOHVSLH and *HUU\3RZHU / Re-framing Drama for Development $QGUHZ 6NXVH / Great Expectations and Creative Evolution: The History of Drama for Development at the BBC World Service Trust &DUROLQH6XJJ and *HUU\3RZHU / Audience Research in Drama for Development: A Contact Zone of Translation and Transnational Knowledge Production *HUU\3RZHU / Creative Tensions: Audience Research and the Representational Challenge of Dramatising Opium Substitution in Afghanistan $QGUHZ6NXVH / Considering Men, Masculinity and Drama &KDUORWWH/DSVDQVN\and-R\HH6&KDWWHUMHH / Telling Other People’s Stories: Cultural Translation in Drama for Development (PLO\/H5RX[5XWOHGJH*HUU\ 3RZHUand&DURO0RUJDQ / Broadcasting ‘The State’: Tribe, Citizenship and the Politics of Radio Drama Production in Afghanistan $QGUHZ6NXVH and 0DULH*LOOHVSLH / Dramatising ‘New Nepal’ $QGUHZ6NXVH and 0LFKDHO:LOPRUH / A Dynamic Encoding Process: Making the Cambodian ‘Taste of Life’ Drama /L]] )URVW<RFXP / Jasoos Vijay: Self-efficacy, Collective Action and Social Norms in the Context of an HIV and AIDS Television Drama /DXUHQ%)UDQN6RQDO7LFNRR&KDXGKXUL$QXUXGUD%KDQRW and6KHLOD70XUSK\ / ‘Passport to Love’: Dramatising Forced Marriage between Pakistan and the Pakistani Diaspora 6DGDI5L]YL / Urunana Audiences at Home and Away: Together ‘Hand in Hand’? +HOHQ0+LQWMHQV and )RUWXQHH%D\LVHQJH / Gossiping for Change: Dramatising ‘Blood Debt’ in Afghanistan $QGUHZ6NXVH and 0DULH *LOOHVSLH / Appendix 1: Serial Dramas Produced by the BBC World Service Trust 1999–2010 / Appendix 2: Models of Narrative Structure / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 10A Mutiny at the Margins: Rohitashya Chattopadhyay VISUALISING INDIA: Cultural Influences on Indian Television Commercials New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY 62&,$/&+$1*($17+5232/2*< both at University of Edinburgh This book presents the findings of an ethnographic study on television commercial production in India. The basic goal of Bates this ethnography is by Crispin Bates to Series describeedited and discuss how Indian television commercials are produced. The larger goal is to understand the socio-cultural identity that is widens the geographical remit Global Perspectives constructed as at well reflectedseries by the takes visual alanguage of the television commercials being produced. of the series and examines the global dissemination The Mutiny theasMargins fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 of the the events of the uprising in the a variety of original and unusual in particular A from key feature of this ethnography is that, inperspectives, its attempt tofocusing understand the cinematic or visual aspect of a marketing exercise,and it is portrayal situated at international press and literature. It also examines on neglected sociallyinmarginal groups and geographic areas whichand have intersection of interests advertising, marketing, socio-cultural identity visual culture. The interest in advertising and marketing is probably socio-economic tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in culture, similarly, is clearly connected to thethe hithertosince obvious, the object of analysis is television commercials. The interest in visual concern regardingaftermath of the events of 1857 and the theBritish visualimperial languageand of Indian Indian historiography. television commercials. The interest in socio-cultural identity derives from the focus on making the experiences connection of displaced mutineers in the broader colonial between the visual language of the television commercials being analyzed and the socio-cultural identity of the consumers being catered to. world. Many of the television commercials discussed in this book have a vision of Indian-ness embedded within them. This bookCONTENTS is concerned with/ Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter a particular aspect of these visions of India, as observed within television commercials that can be seen as the visual representation of a new and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian consumer culture emerging due to economic liberalization. This aspect is the new Indian Volume 1: Anticipations anddialectic between an old Indian identity and a Uprising Peteridentity, Putnis / ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: as it emerged through the images of Experiences the television commercials produced for a newW.economically is a study of Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / H. Russell liberalized India. Since and this The Times and the in thebeing Locality ‘O’ercommercial the Cruel Roll producers of War Drums’: Thedirectors, Politicisation Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction television commercial production, this issue was observed through the eyes of the television and as ofthey made byvisual Crispin Batesthat University Projit strategic use of production techniquesEdited to create narratives reflected aof certain kind ofBihari IndianMukharji / identity. ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh CONTENTS Preface / I: GOING HOME / Introduction / Scope of the Study / Television Commercial Production Process / Role Images / Hall / Bowld Irish The Sepoy R JofMorris / TheTelevision ‘Russian Commercials Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / as Cinema / The National Context / OutlineAnticipations of the Book / II: INDIA Introduction / Liberalization and the Public Sphere / Consumer Mutual and CHANGING / Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French MilitarySocialization / Conspiracies SBI in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against Fund: Creating the Small Town Investor / SBI Mutual On and the Road / TheinFour ConsumerEngland!’: Socialization Revisited / Conclusion / III: VISUALIZING INDIA / centres onFund: unrest disorder the Scripts / long history Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and Introduction / Choosing the Director / The of SBIresistance Mutual Fund Framing / ThetheSBISouth Mutual Fund Appearance: of Referencing / The SBIMutiny, Deportation p Asian Diaspora MarinaRole Carter and Crispin Bates / and the Nation: to Appearance: colonial ruleSimulation (the belliand Britannica) Mutual Fund Appearance: Visualizing India /prior The Tata Indicom Appearance: Mass Appeal as Difference / The Tata Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / IndexIndicom to 1857, andAppearance: the impactIndian of theVisuals / revolt The itselfTata in Indicom Appearance: The Script and Animation / The Tata Indicom Appearance: Visualizing India / Conclusion / IV: INDIA BATTING / Introduction / Two Forms of Cricket / Reebok– diverse localities within India. Pedagogical and Performative Citizenship / Reebok: Imagery of the Male Body / Reebok: The Body as2013 In-Between / Conclusion / V: FEMININE Introduction / ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 INDIA / (978-81-321-1052-1) IntroductionVI:Crispin Bates / The Alpha Female / The Female Assistant /CONTENTS The Female Model / /Conclusion / CONSUMING INDIA / Introduction / Visual Representation and Culture / Mediation of Bureaucrats Bahadur Zafar: Glossary of Terms / Selected Bibliography / About the Author / Index Consumerism / Creating the Spectacle / TheBandits, Role of the Filmmaker / and Consuming India /Shah Conclusion / Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Volume IV: Military ry Aspects Asspe A Aspe pect pect cts ts of of the thhee Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQWō Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Unniv U iver erssiity ersi er ty of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears 7+,1.,1*'(6,*1 Greenwich and Crispin pin Bates Baate B ate tes University Unniivveerrsi sityy of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the of Edinburgh SMutiny: Balaram '-$FDGHP\RI'HVLJQ&RLPEDWRUH Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects In Ind nddia iann Uprising Up U Upr prrisi issinngg deal dea deals als This his isqui book of the author’s reflections and insights, inRakshanda particularJalil / aboutContextualising the practice, learning and teaching of industrial design for India’s ruralof thee Indian Farooqui Faro Faroo aro uia b howseba battles were the batt tt ees won and nd los nd llost lo oosst andd hhow ow tth he he poor. po fluid, the style informal. is thought-provoking, as any good book should be. It would serve with its purpose well we lsifw it w Truth: Truth The Deconstructing Decolanguage isthe Poetand Khazan Singh’s AccountThe of book the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda army re-organised organ sedd aafter the revolt. revolt olt ItIt also alsso al so touches touuche to chhes ches inspires insp es gr greater interest in, and debate in onthe industrial design in India. C Chat erjee Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on Current the thorny orny rny n enc issue sssue su of how to define the events Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional ntor S Science of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war ofThe the kind experienced in many the Representation of *DVWRQ5REHUJH / Power: The Insurrection of 1857 DESIGN: in KolhanNATURE GautamAND Bhadra / TheThe War of That Is: The Context of Designing / Modern CONTENTS Foreword Introduction / POWER / Wonder Indian Design: Independence 1857, Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial of Warthe in Man 1857:toMemories, colonial states. AND Roots / The Power of and Representation: Semiotics for MassMemorialising Movement / Fitting the Task: The Design Training Paradox / DESIGN: HUMAN PERSPECTIVES Traces and Silences Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONCERNS / Design inand Rule: Design Colonisation / Politics is not a Four-letter Word: The Impact of State Policies and Politics on Design / ToolsCONTENTS for Change: Learning/ Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at from Artisans / the People, By the(978-81-321-0970-9) People: Design without Designers / The Barefoot Designer: Design as Service to Rural People / DESIGN: NEWGavin DIMENSIONS Arms’ Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy 2013 the ō 284 pages ōFor Hardback: ` 850.00 AND THE FUTURE / QWER: Freedom in Design / Leave Well Enough Alone: The Need for Restraint in Designing / Invisible Design: The AlternativeSpeaks: Approaches / DESIGN the Significance of the Vellore Discerning REALISATIONS: CASE STUDIES : The Case Studies / Design Pedagogy in India: A Perspective / References / NotesJames on Select Figures / Index Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: A Mutiny W Frey / Combat, Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume II: Britain and the Indian ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Dasgupta / ing ng S ng Sabyasachi Sab abyasachi a as Dasguptaa / Uprising Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Rand / Finding ingg tho those ossee Men Edited by Andrea Major University of Inddiiaa after aft fftteerr the the Uprising th Upprrisin s g with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identitiess in India SETTLED STRANGERS: Asian Business Elites in East Africa (1800-2000) bate Gau Ga autam autam au ttaam am Ch Cha C hakkr ha kra ravaar ra art rrtty / Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of IndexCommunication, Rotterdam, Netherlands Gijsbert Oonk Department of History, Erasmus School of History, Culture and Edinburgh 2013 ō 260 pages ōmigrant Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) 6HWWOHG6WUDQJHUV aims at understanding theand social, and political evolution transnational community of Gujarati traders Britain theeconomic Indian Uprising looks at the of the and merchants in East Africa. The history South Asians in Eastmissionaries, Africa is neither part of the mainstream national Indian history nor that of East variedofresponses of British colonial African history writing. This is surprising because South Asiansvoices in Eastand Africa the Europeans ten-to-one. Moreover, their overall leaders and working-class howoutnumbered they economic contribution and political significance may be more than thetohistory reveal the multiplicity of important British reactions the of the colonisers. Volume V: Muslim, m, Dalit Daalliit D and and an revolt. This book is an attempt to provide some balance in the form of a history of the South Asians in East Africa through the lens of theSubaltern actors themselves. Narratives iivveess It studies the kind of social, economic CONTENTS and political adjustments the emigrant Gujaratis / Introduction: Fracturedhad to make in the course of this migration. By using insights Edited by Marcus Daechsel aechsel a and Crispin from the social sciences, including concepts likeand cultural capital, family firm, transnationality, middleman minorities and cultural change, this book Narratives Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Bates, University of Ed Edinburgh din inbbuurg rgh and of Crispin Bates / that Public Perceptions 1857: yet are part of national states. aims to achieve a broader understanding communities do not belong toofnations, An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Narrative Narra ves, Narrativ e CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Settled Strangers: From Middleman Minorities to World Citizens / Asians in Africa 1880-1920: Settling as an Economic Dalit Process /and Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British Asians in Africa 1880-1960: Settling as a Cultural Process / Asians in Africa 1880-2000: Settling and Unsettling as a Political Process / A Quest addresses for an Interdisciplinary the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: History from Below in Explaining Social Change / Appendix / Bibliography / Index respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Uprising, including dalit narratives and the use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` of 1857 in their invented histories. The second Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half of the volume looks into the response and Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different Muslim social groups, of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers and logicians to Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, as well as exploring the experience Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants in their own words. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 11A 217+(('*(2)(03,5(Four British Plans for North East India, 1941–1947 Edited by David R Syiemlieh Formerly at North-Eastern Hill University, Shillong $17+5232/2*< Studies on British colonialism remain a dominant theme in the history of North East India. In the closing years of British rule a secret plan was conceived and discussed at the highest circles for a crown colony to comprise of the hill areas of the North East India and the tribal areas of Burma. The plan could not be implemented largely because it came up for discussion in the closing years of British rule over India. The plan has been referred to in many publications. What was of concern was that scholars have made reference to the Crown Colony Plan/ Protectorate without reading the actual texts. For too long secondary references have been used in writing about these plans as the original documents were not easily available for research. This book compiles together the four of the British plans for the hill people of the region, into a single volume. There is a connection between the four plans of Reid, Clow, Mills and Adams. All four were members of the ICS, all four served in various capacities in the region and all officers left their accounts/notes perhaps not mindful that even if these were not implemented the notes would come up for discussion many years after their departure. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / A Note on the Future of the Present Excluded, Partially Excluded and Tribal Areas of Assam 5REHUW5HLG / A Note on the Future of the Hill Tribes of Assam and the Adjoining Hills in a Self-Governing India -30LOOV / The Future Government of the Assam Tribal Peoples $QGUHZ&ORZ / Some Notes on a Policy for the Hill Tribes of Assam 3)$GDPV ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW FACING GLOBALIZATION IN THE HIMALAYAS: Belonging and the Politics of the Self Edited by *ÑUDUG7RIoQ 'LUHFWRURI5HVHDUFK1DWLRQDO&HQWHUIRU6FLHQWLoF5HVHDUFK)UDQFH and Joanna PfaffCzarnecka Faculty of Sociology, Bielefeld University This volume is the second of two closely interrelated volumes, both focused on the concept of belonging in the Himalayas, and more broadly in South Asia. The first volume, The Politics of Belonging: Local Attachments and Boundary-Dynamics (2011), presents the proceedings of the conference held at the International Center (Delhi); it dealt with the various patterns and parameters of belonging and social attachments. This second volume analyses the complex relationships between belonging and globalization in the contemporary world, from a Himalayan perspective. This Volume aims at developing an appropriate analysis of these interactions in historical and present contexts, and thus at supplementing our previous collection on the Politics of Belonging in the Himalayas. The main objective which this volume explores is to study the reconfigurations of local Himalayan societies instigated by the recent intensification of connections and flows within and across national borders, as well as the new patterns of exchange and movements of population. The dialectics between the global and the local, universalization and particularization, is a key issue for a better understanding of this region. The volume also aims at analyzing the changing politics of the self in this new social and cultural environment, that is, the re-construction of personal identities, positioning and belonging in response to the globalization. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction: Globalization and Belonging in the Himalayas and in Trans-Himalayan Social Spaces *ÒUDUG7RIğQ and -RDQQD3IDII&]DUQHFND / I: SHIFTING HORIZONS OF BELONGING / Improbable Globalization: Individualization and Christianization among the Tamangs %ODQGLQH 5LSHUW / Circular Lives: Histories and Economies of Belonging in the Transnational Thangmi Village 6DUD6KQHLGHUPDQ / Being a Ladakhi, Playing the Nomad 3DVFDOH'ROOIXV / II: MIGRANT EXPERIENCES IN SOUTH ASIA AND BEYOND / Migration, Marginality, and Modernity: Hill Men’s Journey to Mumbai -HHYDQ56KDUPD / Rights and a Sense of Belonging: Two Contrasting Nepali Diaspora Communites 0LWUD3DUL\DU%DO*RSDO6KUHVWKD and 'DYLG1*HOOQHU / Geographical, Cultural, and Professional Belonging of Nepalese Migrants in India and Qatar 7ULVWDQ%UXVOÒ / III: CREATING TRANSNATIONAL BELONGING / Belonging and Solitude among Nepali Nurses in Great Britain 6RQGUD/ +DXVQHU / Culture on Display: Metropolitan Multiculturalism and the Manchester Nepal Festival %HQ&DPSEHOO / Being and Belonging: Mapping the Experiences of Nepali Immigrants in the United States %DQGLWD6LMDSDWL / Global Gurungs: Ethnic Organizing Abroad 6XVDQ +DQJHQ / IV: GLOBALITY AND ACTIVIST EXPERIENCE / Buddhist Activism, New Sanghas, and the Politics of Belonging among Some Tharu and Magar Communities of Southern Nepal &KLDUD/HWL]LD / Power Projects, Protests, and Problematiques of Belonging in Dzongu 7DQND6XEED / Weepingsikkim.blogspot.com: Reconfiguring Lepcha Belonging with Cyber-belonging 9LEKD$URUD / V: NATIONAL RECONFIGURATIONS / Mother Tongues and Language Competence: The Shifting Politics of Linguistic Belonging in the Himalayas 0DUN7XULQ / Who Belongs to Tibet? Governemental Narratives of State in the Ganden Podrang 0DUWLQ$0LOOV / The Last Himalayan Monarchies 0LFKDHO+XWW / Glossary / Index *RYHUQDQFH&RQĠLFWDQG&LYLF$FWLRQōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW 7+(32/,7,&62)%(/21*,1*,17+(+,0$/$<$6Local Attachments and Boundary Dynamics Edited by Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka Bielefeld University, Germany and *ÑUDUG7RIoQ 1DWLRQDO&HQWHUIRU6FLHQWLoF Research (CNRS), Villejuif, France The book ook explores various forms of bonds and attachments by which individuals in Himalayan region of India and Nepal are bound to their groups…The grou s…T book, which is a part of series on Governance, Conflict, and Civil Action, explores various societal formations throughout history and captures question capt res the t ongoing changes within them. This collaborative publication goes beyond and beneath, identity constructions and calls intoo que stion the idea of permanence implied by the term. Development Alternatives tern tives CONTENTS Preface / Introduction: Belonging and Multiple Attachments in Contemporary Himalayan Societies -RDQQD 3IDII&]DUQHFND and *HUDUG 7RIğQ / I: TERRITORIALITY AND INDIGENEITY / Hamro Gaon: Practices of Belonging in Rural Nepal $QQH'H6DOHV / Fluid Belongings: The Weight of Places in a Valley of Western Nepal *LVHOH.UDXVNRSII / Belonging, Indigeneity, Rites, and Rights: The Newar Case 'DYLG1*HOOQHU / Belonging to the Borders: Uncertain Identities in Northeast India 3KLOLSSH5DPLUH] / Politics of Belonging: Identity and State-formation in Nagaland 6DQMD\.XPDU3DQGH\ / II: SOCIO-RELIGIOUS BONDING / To Whom does the Pashupatinath Temple of Nepal Belong? $[HO 0LFKDHOV / Brotherhood and Divine Bonding in the Krishna Pranami Sect *HUDUG 7RIğQ / Religion, Rituals, and Symbols of Belonging: The Case of Uttarakhand :LOOLDP6D[ / The Politics of Encounter: Hindu Belonging in a Multi-faith Pilgrimage Site in Nepal -HVVDPLQH'DQD / III: COMMITMENTS AND CONFLICTS / Emergent Nationalism, Citizenship, and Belonging among Nepalis in Banaras: The Case of Kashi Bahadur Shrestha 0DUWLQ *DHQV]OH / Pathways of Place Relation: Moving Contours of Belonging in Central Nepal %HQ&DPSEHOO / Belonging, Protected Areas, and Participatory Management: The Case of Kaziranga National Park (Assam) and of the Misings’ Shifting Territory -RÕOOH 6PDGMD / Geocultural Identities and Belonging in the Ethnohistory of Central Himalaya, Uttarakhand, India 0DKHVKZDU3-RVKL / Trials, Witnesses, and Local Stakes in a District Court of Himachal Pradesh 'DQLHOD%HUWL / Glossary and Abbreviations / Name Index / Subject Index *RYHUQDQFH&RQĠLFWDQG&LYLF$FWLRQ9ROXPHōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 12A Mutiny at the Margins: New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Series edited by Crispin Bates Volume 1: Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality Edited by Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality centres on unrest and disorder in the long history of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in diverse localities within India. CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Volume II: Britain and the Indian Uprising Edited by Andrea Major University of Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the varied responses of British missionaries, colonial leaders and working-class voices and how they reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the revolt. CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin Bates both at University of Edinburgh Global Perspectives widens the geographical remit of the series and examines the global dissemination and portrayal of the events of the uprising in the international press and literature. It also examines the socio-economic aftermath of the events of 1857 and the experiences of displaced mutineers in the broader colonial world. ANTHROPOLOGY The Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 from a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have hitherto tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in British imperial and Indian historiography. Volume III: Global Perspectives CONTENTS / Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising Edited by Gavin Rand University of Greenwich and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising deals with how battles were won and lost and how the army re-organised after the revolt. It also touches on the thorny issue of how to define the events of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or a small war of the kind experienced in many colonial states. CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at Arms’ Gavin Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: A Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand / Finding those Men with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Index 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Volume V: Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Bates, University of Edinburgh Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Uprising, including dalit narratives and the use of 1857 in their invented histories. The second half of the volume looks into the response and involvement of different Muslim social groups, from civil servants, philosophers and logicians to the Mujahidin, as well as exploring the experience of indigenous participants in their own words. CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A RECASTING CASTE: From the Sacred to the Profane Hira Singh 'HSDUWPHQWRI6RFLRORJ\<RUN8QLYHUVLW\7RURQWR This book examines the intersection of economic, political, and ideological components of the caste system in historical perspective, demonstrating that the caste system is actually grounded in a hierarchy of land rights and political power supported by religious and secular ideology. Accordingly, as mainstream sociologists contend, the caste system is characterized by exploitation and coercion, not interdependence and consensus. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION The volume also shows that mainstream sociologists focus on ritual homogeneity and draw attention away from intra-caste inequality, thus portraying castes as internally undifferentiated. Singh illuminates intra-caste differentiation by locating the roots of caste in economic and political hierarchy. A significant finding of this book is that members of a caste fail to unite for collective mobilization if their class interests diverge, while members of different castes or sub-caste groups unite politically if their class interests converge. Such patterns of action dispel the misconception that, in India, caste consciousness trumps class consciousness. Finally, using archival and ethnographic data on indentured Indians and their descendants in colonies - South Africa and the Caribbean Islands – the author shows that Hinduism among Indians in colonies has survived without caste, contrary to the most persistent myth that caste is the creation of Hinduism and that caste is essential to the survival of Hinduism held by many eminent sociologists and political thinkers with divergent views on caste, the latter including Mahatma Gandhi and Babasaheb Ambedkar. CONTENTS Preface: Growing up in Caste, Studying Caste: A Personal and Professional Story / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Studying Caste: Ideas, Material Conditions and History / Priest and Prince: Status–Power Muddle / Varna to Caste: Religious and Economic-Political / Caste and Subaltern Studies: Elite Ideology and Revisionist Historiography / Inequalities between and within Castes: Kin, Caste and Land / Changing Land Relations and Caste: View from a Village / Indenture, Religion and Caste: The Twin Myths about Hinduism and Caste / Appendices / Glossary / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW /,9,1*7+(485ł$1,12857,0(6 Jamal Khwaja former Dean, Faculty of Arts, Aligarh Muslim University View g cu Viewing current-day concerns through the lens of creative fidelity, Khwaja has refreshing perspectives to offer…to all those interested sted in the subject subj ct of Islam and modernity, Khwaja has much to offer. The Asia Asian Age /LYLQJWKH4XUłDQLQ2XU7LPHV combines theological insight and philosophical erudition to delve into the semantics of the Qur’an and its vision. This work explains why traditional religion has failed to respond adequately to challenges posed by modernity. It strives to recognize the intimate connection between a Muslim’s struggle to live the Qur’an authentically and the many ethical and moral dilemmas one faces daily in one’s life. Enlightening for all those who are unfamiliar with Islamic history and the Qur’an, this book explores foundational Islamic principles that emphasize mutual respect and cooperation among all people, thus helping cultivate a vibrant Islamic identity in today’s interdependent, multicultural global environment.. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / PERENNIAL ISLAM: A QUR’AN BASED PARADIGM / Introductory Remarks / Regard and Reverence for the Prophet / The Theory of Conceptual Evolution / Religion and Human Life / What Is Perennial Islam? / THE QUR’AN AS A REVEALED BOOK: SOME ISSUES / Introductory Remarks / The Nature and Process of Revelation / The Structure of the Qur’an / The Collection of the Qur’an /THE SEMANTICS OF THE QUR’AN: SOME BASIC ASPECTS / Introductory Remarks / Different Functions of Qur’anic Verses / Different Styles of Expression of Qur’anic Verses / Mystique of the Qur’an / Conclusion / THE VISION OF THE QUR’AN: SELECTED TEXTS / Introductory Remarks / Core of the Qur’anic Vision / Selected Qur’anic Texts / The Piety of the Qur’an: Selected Texts / Introductory Remarks / Core of the Qur’anic Piety / Selected Texts from the Qur’an / THE INJUNCTIONS OF THE QUR’AN / Introductory Remarks / The Distinction between Intrinsic Values and Instrumental Rules / The Qur’anic Approach to Gender Justice / Candid Reflections on Some Practical Issues / THE PERENNIAL MESSAGE OF THE QUR’AN AND THE HUMAN SITUATION / Introductory Remarks / The Qur’anic Message in Capsule Form / A Believer’s Response to the Message / Concluding Reflections / Afterword / Notes / Annotated Glossary of Key Concepts / Resources / Index of Names / Index of Subjects ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` %(,1*086/,0$1':25.,1*)253($&(Ambivalence and Ambiguity in Gujarat Raphael Susewind University of Bielefeld and University of Oxford The author uthor adds to the academic discourse by focusing on the Muslim peace workers and the activists in the state of Gujarat…. This book is a rare colle tion of brave accounts of the people, asserting different identities…the author definitely takes the subject beyond the contour of religion eligio and collection makess a ssociological contribution of great significance. mak The State Statesman man %HLQJ0XVOLPDQG:RUNLQJIRU3HDFH explores various ways in which religious beliefs, ritual practices and dynamics of belonging impact the politics of Muslim peace activists in Gujarat, and how their activism in turn transforms their sense of being. It challenges popular notions about Muslims in India and questions ill-conceived research designs in the sociology of religion. More than a decade after the 2002 riots in Gujarat, this empirical typology sheds light on diversity of Muslim civil society and Muslims in civil society. CONTENTS Religion in Conflict / Why Individuals Matter / Faith-based Actors / Secular Technocrats / Emancipating Women / Doubting Professionals / Ambivalence and Ambiguity / Epilogue: An Activist’s Comments / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 9$/8(6$1',1)/8(1&(2)5(/,*,21,138%/,&$'0,1,675$7,21 L Shanthakumari Sunder formerly Additional Chief Secretary and Development Commissioner, Karnataka 9DOXHVDQG,QĠXHQFHRI5HOLJLRQLQ3XEOLF$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ is a study of the influence of religion on the values and ethics of the ‘steel frame of India’—the Indian Civil Service (ICS) and its successor, the Indian Administrative Service (IAS). Examining pertinent subjects like the historical origins of IAS, colonial ethics, codes of conduct and Hindu ethics, the book presents a socio-religious analysis of corruption in India. The book deals primarily with the issue of administrative corruption in the IAS, the premier civil service of India, and also in the Indian society, of which the IAS is an integral component. It is the result of a thorough survey and in-depth interviews of serving IAS officers of the Karnataka cadre. CONTENTS Introduction / Historical Origins of the IAS: Historical Review of the Origin and Evolution of ICS under British Rule / Colonial Ethics: The Influence of Christian and Secular Moral Thought on Social Change in Britain and the ICS / The Code of Conduct for the IAS: Conduct Rules, Constitutional Provisions, Recuitment, and Training / Survey to Assess the Values of the IAS: Elucidation of Opinions / Hindu Ethics: Influence on the Values of the Society and the IAS / The Remedy / Appendix / Bibliography / Index 14A bōSDJHVbō+DUGEDFN` Mutiny at the Margins: Vasanthi Srinivasan, 'HSDUWPHQWRI3ROLWLFDO6FLHQFH8QLYHUVLW\RI+\GHUDEDG$QGKUD3UDGHVK +,1'863,5,78$/,7<$1'9,578(32/,7,&6 New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin Bates both at University of Edinburgh ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION +LQGX6SULULWXDOLW\DQG9LUWXH3ROLWLFV analyzes the writings of four thinkers—S. Radhakrishnan, Vinoba Bhave, C. Rajagopalachari and A.K. Series editedIt by Crispin Global Perspectives Coomaraswamy. highlights theirBates notions of Hindu spirituality and its relationship to politics. The author argues that there are two different visions widens the geographical remit of thetoward series and examines the global dissemination at the Margins series takes aliberal fresh politics. look at the of 1857 of The howMutiny Hindu spirituality is linked to modern The Revolt first, more popular vision draws from Vedanta ideals and moves a tight and portrayal the events of the uprising in the a variety of original and unusual perspectives, in particular fitfrom between spirituality and politics. The goal is a union offocusing the two spheres or at least subordination of the political to the spiritual realm. Toofthis international press and literature. It also examines on there neglected socially marginal groups geographic areas whichhuman have nature and realize genuine swaraj or self rule. end, are exhortations to anchor politicsand in first principles, transform Coomaraswamy, socio-economic be unrepresented studies of this cataclysmic hitherto tended Radhakrishnan andtoVinoba suggest that inHindu spirituality must absorb event politicsin and lead to a state of genuine freedom and the democracy. Usuallyaftermath of the events of 1857 the experiences of displaced mutineers in the imperial andtoward Indianconservative historiography. British such spirituality leads politics which decries modern ideals of universal freedom and equality. For instance,and Coomaraswamy’s broader colonial world. apologetics about caste or women’s subordination might seem as if spiritual politics was nostalgic and patriarchal. Or Vinoba’s appeal to nonpossession and non-violence makes spiritual politics seem saintly and utopian. But this need not be all there is to Hindu spirituality. CONTENTS / Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter The volume examines the alternative vision that is present in all these writers. Drawing upon myths, symbols and epics rather than the abstract and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian theology of Vedanta, it explores a subtler and realistic fit between spirituality the famous myth ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: Volume 1: Anticipations andand politics. For example, when Vinoba invokesUprising Peter Putnis / of Vamana and Bali during his bhoodan tours to elicit land suggests a more realistic the and desire W. H.‘spiritual Russell politics’; one that appeals and The to Times the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / Experiences in gifts, the heLocality ‘O’er the Cruel of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction for honour and glory in the rich and the mighty. He attempts to unleash generosity to moderate the Roll acquisitive passions in the people. When Edited byheCrispin Bates University of tolerance Projit Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, Telegraph, and Information and Censorship during 1857 Rajagopalachari renders the epics into English, tries to highlight the virtues of andBihari friendship to invigorate modernthe citizenship Deepcivic Kanta Lahirisuch Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys the and Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh statesmanship. Vinoba and Rajaji understood the value of Hindu spiritual traditions in fostering virtues as liberality, trust, hardand work Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / friendship. With Coomaraswamy, the book shows thatand spirituality goes beyond morality to metaphysics in a manner that can deepen contemporary Anticipations Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against critiques of politics. centres on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter andVisions Crispinand Bates / of resistance to Monistic colonial Vedanta rule (theandbelli Britannica) CONTENTS Preface and Acknowledgements / Introduction / Cosmic Evolution: S.the Radhakrishnan’s Integral Approach / Saintly KinglyMutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Maulana JaferApproach Thanesri as a Convict Seema Index Models: Vinoba Bhave’s Ethical Approach prior / Devotional Hinduism MoralofVirtues: C. Rajagopalachari’s Prudent / Cosmogonic MythsAlavi / and the Perils of to 1857, and theand impact the revolt itself in Contemplation: Ananda Kentish Coomaraswamy’s Approach / diverseMetaphysical localities within India.Conclusion / Glossary / Bibliography / Index 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 38%/,&+,1'8,606 Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Mood Dasahra 1824 inUK, the Punjab and Hindustan DirkSchool of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru Edited by John Zavos University ofofManchester, Pralay Kanungo, Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Un U niivver ver ersi sityy of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears University, New Delhi, India, Deepa S Reddy 8QLYHUVLW\RI+RXVWRQ&OHDU/DNH86$DQG'LUHFWRU,QGLD2XWUHDFK Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates pin p Baate B atte es University Univ Un iver iver ersi rsiity ty of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the Programs, University of inHouston System, Maya Warrier University of Wales, Trinity Saint David, Lampeter, UK and of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Raymond Brady Williams :DEDVK&ROOHJH86$ Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects of the hhee Indian IInnnddiiaan Uprising Ind Up Upr U priis pr isi ssiing ng ddea de deals eaal als Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were w won lost how the wo on aand nndd los osst and ost anndd hho an ow tth ow he [The h book] k is such the a welcome contribution to the offield…The in this collection make for a long but surprisingly readable Truth: Truth Deconstructing Deco Poet Khazan Singh’s Account the War ofthirty-two Delhi, 1857pieces Chhanda army re-organised afterr the thh revolt. revvoolt olltlt. ItIt also aallso lssoo touches tou to ouche ch s ch C Chat erjee erje rj ee Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the book… 3XEOLF+LQGXLVPV 3X is a thoughtful, well-crafted, and important set of essays that demonstrates forcefully that Christianity, Islam, and on the thorny issue of ho hhow ow to to de define efinnee tth the hhee ev eeve events vveents Allah bad bsmd a U not the Allahabad Uprising Kama / The Mutiny India:that Theare ‘Marginal’ Judaism Juda are onlyMaclean public religions nor intheWestern only ones fightingasforRegional their place in the public sphere and for their particular universal of 1857—as rebellion, as a reb onn, a na oon, nnational natio attio tiiioonaall up uuprising upr pprisi issi sing oorr Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and truths. Reading this book…is a good corrective and lights the way to a better, more nuanced, and inevitably contested approach too reli religions ions a small war off th the h kind nnd experien experienced nced ed iinn ma m many annyy the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of in general. Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. tate ta ate te Anthropology Review Dat Database base Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: rroductionn: The TThhhee ‘Su ‘‘Subaltern ‘S SSuubaaltlltteer ern rrnn at ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW Gavin Rand Bates C ispi ispi sp n Bates Bat es / The Sep Sepoyy 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) 3XEOLF +LQGXLVPV critically` analyses the way in which Hinduism is produced and represented as an established featureArms’ of modern publicand Crispin Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore landscapes. It examines the mediation, representation and construction of multiple forms of Hinduism in a variety of social and political contexts, Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: A and in the process establishes it as a dynamic and developing modern concept. Taking a critical approach to the idea Hinduism and the it Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Case Study Kaushik Roy / HolyofWarriors: Religion as way Military Volume II: Britain and the Indian becomes public, the book provides an interesting read on contemporary Hinduism. and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty the Mango Great Indian UprisingPUBLIC HINDUISMS -RKQ=DYRV /Public Hinduisms: CONTENTS List of Plates / Preface / I: RESEARCHING An Introduction -RKQ=DYRV / Will theinReal PleaseUprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Stand Up? Reflections on Defending Dharma and Historicising Hinduism 6KDQD 6LSS\ / Engaging the ‘Practitioner’: Boundary Politics in the Academic Study ofGavin Rand / Finding those Men Edited by Andrea Major University of with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising Hinduism0D\D:DUULHU / Snapshot: Scholars and Practitioners, A Personal Reflection 5D\PRQG%UDG\:LOOLDPV / II: ECUMENICAL CONSTRUCTIONS 5D\PRQG%UDG\ Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of :LOOLDPV / Ecumenical Constructions: An Introduction 5D\PRQG%UDG\:LOOLDPV / Hindu Organisation and the Negotiation of Public Space in Contemporary Britain Index Edinburgh -RKQ=DYRV / What Is American about American Hinduism? Hindu Umbrella Organisations in the United States in Comparative Perspective 3UHPD.XULHQ / Snapshot: 2013 ō 260 ō Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Devotional Fandom: The Madhuri Dixit Temple of Pappu Sardar 6KDOLQL.DNDU / Fusing the Ideals of the Math withpages the Ideology of the` Sangh? Vivekananda Kendra, Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the Ecumenical Hinduism and Hindu Nationalism 3UDOD\.DQXQJR / Sathya Sai Baba: At Home Abroad in Midwestern America &KDG %DXPDQQ / Snapshot: ‘Practising varied responses of British missionaries, colonial Hindus’, Hindutva and Multiculturalism %DOPXUOL1DWUDMDQ / III: TRADITIONS AND TRANSFORMATIONS 0D\D:DUULHU / Traditions and Transformations: An Introduction leaders and working-class voices and how they 0D\D:DUULHU / Representations of Swaminarayan Hinduism 5D\PRQG%UDG\:LOOLDPV / Praying for Peace and Amity: The Shri Shirdi Sai Heritage Foundation Trust reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the Volume Muslim, Dalit and .DUOLQH0F/DLQ / Who Are the Ma–dhvas? A Controversy Over the Public Representation of the Ma–dhva Samprada–ya.L\RND]X2NLWD / Snapshot: The California V: Textbook revolt. Controversy 'HHSD65HGG\ / The Power of Boundaries: Transnational Links among Krishna Pranamis of India and Nepal *ÒUDUG7RIğQ / Snapshot: Rethinking Social Subaltern Narratives CONTENTS IV: COMMUNITY / Introduction: Movements/Rethinking Hindu Nationalism $PULWD%DVX / MOBILISATION Fractured 3UDOD\.DQXQJR / Community Mobilisation: An Introduction 3UDOD\.DQXQJR / Edited and by Marcus Marginal Andrea Major and the Reconfiguring of ‘History’ 1DPUDWD*DQQHUL Hindutva’s Hinduism 7DQLND6DUNDU / FromNarratives Jauhar to and Jijabai: Samiti Experiences and Sena Women in Mumbai, $WUH\HH Daechsel and Crispin Bates, University andSwaminarayan Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: 6HQ / Snapshot: Work-in-Progress: The BAPS Sanstha on the Web +DQQD.LP / Hindu Trans-nationalisms: Organizations, Ideologies, Networks 'HHSD of Edinburgh An Politics Overview of British Press Responses to the 65HGG\ / American Hindu Activism and the of Anxiety $UXQ&KDXGKXUL / ‘Does This Offend You?’ Hindu Visuality in the United States 5LWX.KDQGXUL / Muslim, Dalit V:and Subaltern Narratives, Uprising Rebecca Merritt / 'HHSD65HGG\ / Popular British Modern Guru and Old Sampradaya: How a Nath Yogi Anniversary MEDIATING HINDUISMS 'HHSD65HGG\ / Indian Mediating Hinduisms: An Introduction addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations Mutiny’ : on Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Snapshot: Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: Festival Becameofa ‘the Performance Hinduism 9HURQLTXH%RXLOOLHU / The Sangh Parivar and Bhutanese Refugees: Constructing a Hindu Diaspora in the United respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and theSavvy Writings of the London Society Andrea Major States 6DQMHHY.XPDU / Media or Media Averse? TheMissionary Ramakrishna Math and Mission’s Use/ of the Media in Representing Itself and a Religion Called ‘Hinduism’ Uprising, including Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Temple OpinionOrganisation in Scotlandand Esther Breitenbach / The Perfect World of BAPS: Media and Urban *ZLO\P%HFNHUOHJJH / The BAPS Swaminarayan its Publics +DQQD.LP / Dramaturgies in a dalit narratives and the use of 1857 in their invented histories. The second Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of WomenHinduism Missionaries in India Caroline Globalised Context &KULVWLDQH%URVLXV / Krishna Consciousness, and Religious Education in Britain 0D\D:DUULHU / Index half of the volume looks into the response and Lewis Projit ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different Muslim social groups, of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers and logicians to Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, as well as exploring the experience Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants in their own words. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ LIFE AS A DALIT: Views from the Bottom on Caste in India Edited by Subhadra Mitra Channa Scholar-in-Residence, University of South Carolina, USA and Joan P Mencher Chair, The Second Chance Foundation (TSCF) DALIT SOCIOLOGY /LIHDVD'DOLW looks at caste society from the subject position of the Dalits, focusing on their worldview, emotions, and critical appraisal of their own position and of the higher groups. It is a volume based on the critical points of view provided by scholars who have turned around the more acclaimed and accepted theories of caste society privileging the Brahmanical and textual interpretations of caste. It shows that those at the bottom have their own interpretations and follow a rationality that is tutored by their own life conditions and not what is fed to them from the top. These views from the bottom are indicative of the way in which the oppressed live their lives, make critical judgments, and also stage protests, both symbolic and based on real violence against the oppressive system. The focus is more experiential and based on ground-level data-based chapters. It foregrounds the fact that history is created from the bottom of society as well as from the top and those at the bottom are their own agents and well aware of their subject positions. CONTENTS Introduction: Looking Up at Caste: Discrimination in Everyday Life in India 6XEKDGUD 0LWUD&KDQQD / I: THEORIZING MARGINALITY / The Caste System Upside Down -RDQ30HQFKHU / Atrocities and Segregation in an Urban Social Structure 1DQGX5DP / Continuity and Change in ‘Ex - Untouchable’ Community of South India -RDQ30HQFKHUb/ A reading of “Untouchable: The Autobiography of an Indian Outcaste” 6XEKDGUD0LWUD&KDQQD / On Being an Untouchable in India: A Materialist Perspective -RDQ30HQFKHU / Conversion of Upper Castes into Lower Castes: A Process of Asprashyeekaran 6K\DPODO / Dalits to Benefit from Globalisation Lessons from the Past for the Present $5DPDLDK / II: DOING FIELDWORK AMONG THE DALITS / Viewing Hierarchy from the Bottom Up-RDQ30HQFKHU / Becoming a Dhobi 6XEKDGUD0LWUD&KDQQD / III: RELIGION AND GENDER / Dancing the Goddess: Possession and Caste .DULQ.DSDGLD / The Bible and Dalits -DPHV0DVVH\ / Rediscovering God Iyothee Thassar and Emancipatory Buddhism *$OR\VLXV / Religion, Social Space and Identity 36DQDO0RKDQ / Dalit Women / Part 1: Dalit Women in Struggle: Transforming Pain Into Power 5XWK 0DQRUDPD / Part 2: Dalit Women: A Critical Appraisal / Part 3: Dalit Women’s Lives / Caste and Gender: Understanding Dynamics of Power and Violence .DOSDQD.DQQDELUDQ9DVDQWK.DQQDELUDQ/ IV: FIGHTING THE SYSTEM: DALIT RESPONSES TO OPRESSION / Climax! The Encounter of Dalits and Hindus 9DVDQW0RRQ / Theyyam Myth: An Embodiment of Protest --3DOODWK / Documenting Dissent %DGUL1DUD\DQ / The Satnamis of Chhattisgarh 6DXUDEK'XEH / Dissenting the Hegemony by Scheduled Castes in South India *..DUDQWKb/ Reservations and New Caste Alliances in India :DOWHU)HUQDQGHV / Conclusions -RDQ30HQFKHU ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` %5,'*,1*7+(62&,$/*$3Perspectives on Dalit Empowerment Edited by Sukhadeo Thorat Chairman, Indian Council of Social Science Research, Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal Director, Indian Institute of Dalit Studies and Martin Macwan Founding Director and Executive Secretary of Navsarjan Trust, and Dalit Shakti Kendra; and the Chairman of Indian Institute of Dalit Studies %ULGJLQJWKH6RFLDO*DS3HUVSHFWLYHVRQ'DOLW(PSRZHUPHQW focuses on issues of inter-social group inequalities in human development and exclusion-linked human deprivation of socially disadvantaged groups in Indian society which otherwise have been overlooked in the National Human Development Reports and the State Human Development Reports. The book attempts to address four pertinent interrelated issues. These are: first, the book conceptualises exclusion-linked deprivation of socially disadvantaged groups in Indian society and also elaborates the concept and meaning of social exclusion in general, and of caste-, untouchabilityand ethnicity-based exclusion in particular. Secondly, it presents the status of disadvantaged groups of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and captures inter-social group inequalities with respect to attainment in human development and human poverty by constructing human development index and human poverty index and analysing individual indicators of well-being. Thirdly, it analyses economic factors associated with high deprivation of socially disadvantaged groups in terms of lower access to resources, employment, education and social needs. Fourthly, it examines the role of caste discrimination in economic, civil and political spheres which involve denial or selective restrictions on right to development or equal opportunities to socially disadvantaged groups. CONTENTS Introduction / Exclusion, Deprivation and Human Development: Conceptual Framework of the Study 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW$UMDQGH+DDQ and 1LGKL6DGDQD 6DEKDUZDO / Government Policy against Discrimination and for Empowerment 1LGKL6DGDQD6DEKDUZDO / Exclusion and Discrimination: The Contemporary Scenario 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW and 3UDVKDQW1HJL / Human Development and Human Poverty by Social Groups 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW and 69HQNDWHVDQb/ Levels and Patterns of Consumption Expenditure of Social Groups $VKZLQL'HVKSDQGH / Levels and Disparities in Poverty $UMDQGH+DDQ and $PDUHVK 'XEH\ / Literacy and Educational Levels 6DFKLGDQDQG6LQKD / Housing and Household Amenities 6DFKLGDQDQG 6LQKD / Health and Nutritional Status 9LMD\.XPDU%DUDLN and 30.XONDUQL / Occupational Pattern 17KDQJDUDM / Access to Agricultural Land and Capital Assets 56'HVKSDQGH and 0RWLODO0DKDPDOOLN / Employment and Unemployment Situation: Rural and Urban 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW and &KLWWDUDQMDQ6HQDSDWL / Reservation and Share in Public Employment 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW and &KLWWDUDQMDQ6HQDSDWL / The Road ahead: Dalits in the New Millennium 6XNKDGHR7KRUDW and 0DUWLQ0DFZDQ / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW CIVILITY AGAINST CASTE: Dalit Politics and Citizenship in Western India Suryakant Waghmore 7DWD,QVWLWXWHRI6RFLDO6FLHQFHV7,660XPEDL Civil society as an analytical concept is increasingly treated with suspicion in the study of politics in postcolonial societies. While engaging with Dalit struggles for civility, this book offers a critique of normative liberal assumptions of civil society and also counters the scholarship that rejects the idea and possibility of civil society in postcolonial societies. Based on an ethnography of Dalit movements in Maharashtra, this book highlights the centrality of caste in constructing localized forms and processes of civil society. The study marks a shift from perspectives that either emphasize the role of the state in shaping civil society or totally ignore the role of caste in its formation. As one of the first books on the post-Panther phase of Dalit politics in Maharashtra, this book makes an important contribution. It reopens the debate on the nature and forms of Dalit assertion in the 1990s and looks beyond the ‘impasse’ in Dalit politics. CONTENTS Foreword &KULVWRSKH-DIIUHORW / Preface / Introduction / Caste and Dalit Politics in the Making of Civil Society / Dalit Movements in the Post Panther Period: Contextualising the BSP and MHA in Marathwada / Of Peasant Kings and Untouchable Citizens: Caste Violence and Democratisation of Public Spaces in Rural Maharashtra / Jameen aamchya hakkachi: Politics of Land rights and Advocacy NGOs in Marathwada / The Imagined “Bahujan”: Caste and Cultural Repertoires of BSP / Beyond Mahar Dominance: The Making of Phule-Ambedkarite Mangs in MHA / Electoral Politics and Dalit Freedoms / Between High Democracy and Low Civility: Why Dalits need a civil society? / Glossary / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $ New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter arter arrte terr and and Crispin an Cris Cris Cr ispi pin n Bates both at University of Edinburgh e ANTHROPOLOGY DALIT SOCIOLOGY / SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER Mutiny at the Margins: Raj Sekhar Basu University of Calcutta, Kolkata 1$1'$1$5ł6&+,/'5(1The Paraiyans’ Tryst with Destiny, Tamil Nadu 1850–1956 This 400-page 00-p book, based on intensive research and fieldwork in Tamil Nadu, has used lot of archives materials and government reports and Series Seri SSe ies ess edited by Crispin Bates Global erspe tivess widens tive ddens the tthhe he geographical geog eeoog ograp aaph ph phiica icccaal re rem remit eem mit documents docu ments to substantiate its argument… This book will be a useful guide not only to social scientists and researchers but also to Perspectives laymen ymen who of the series ies aandd exa examines ees the he gl gglobal oobaal ddissemination isseem is emi miinattio m tiio ion The hiinterested he Mutiny M Mut ttiny ti in attunderstanding the th Margins M i series t k a fre takes fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 areTh teres Daliti movements. and ayyal al of f the th events eents of of the tthhhee uupr up uprising pprriisi isssiing ng in in tth the he from a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular Theportrayal Sunday nday India ndi international press and llitera literature. attur uurre. ItIt aal also lso so eex exa examines xxaami min m in ines on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have the socio-economic rmath off tthe thhhee eeve ev events vents ooff 118 185 1857 88557 tended to book be unrepresented studies of this cataclysmic event in hitherto The narrative of this is built aroundinthe historical experiences of the Paraiyans of Tamil Nadu. The author traces the transformation of theaftermath and the experiences d ceed ced ed mut mu m mutineers uuttin ine neers e rrss in in th tthe he Indian historiography. British imperial Paraiyans from an and ‘untouchable’ and socially despised community to one that came to acquire prominence in the political scene of Tamil Nadu, of displaced broader colonial world. especially in early twentieth century. Using this framework, the book studies a number of issues: subaltern history, colonial ethnography, agrarian systems, agrarian bondage, land legislations, and the interventions by missionaries and social and political organizations. CONTENTS / Introduction: dductionn: G Glo Global lobba lo lobal bal aall Networks Neettwoor ork rrkks an aand nd I Uprriissiing Up ng M Mar a iin ina na na Carter Caaarrte Car C ter on the Indian Uprising Marina CONTENTS Series Editors’ Preface / Preface / Introduction / Elusive Freedom: The Paraiyans and Agrarian Servitude in Nineteenth Century Tamil Global Nadu /Perspectives The Missionary rnation onnall PPre rreess ss and and nd the the Indian th Ind nddiiaann ndi and Crisping Bates / International Press Involvement with the ‘Pariah’ Issue in SouthVolume India / Search for Fresh Pastures: Overseas and Internal Migration Patterns of the Tamil / Paraiyans in the Nineteenth and 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Cannnot C ot G Go Gov Govern oovvern errnn by er by Force For orccee Al AAlone’: loonne’ e’: Twentieth Centuries / The Paraiyans: From Socio-economic Upliftment to Entry into Politics / The Making of ‘Adi Dravida’ Politics in Tamil Nadu / Political Groupism and W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great att Rebellion Chandrika Chand Cha Chandri h nd ndr ddrrika ka Kaul / Kaaauul / Kau K Experiences in theIndex Locality Fractured ‘Adi Dravida’ Politics in Tamil Nadu / Conclusion / Bibliography / ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Edited by Crispin Bates University of Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 6WXGLHVLQ0RGHUQ,QGLDQ+LVWRU\9ROXPHōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest and disorderin in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and MARGINS OF FAITH: Dalit and Tribal Christianity India the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) Edited by Rowena Robinson Indian Institute of Technology, Guwahati, Assam and Kujur Maulana JaferJoseph Thanesri asMarianus a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in Georgetown University, Washington DC diverse localities within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates and / Joseph Marianus Kujur. In a very useful way, it puts the The book ook begins with the detailed and insightful introduction by Rowena Robinson Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: iindividual ndiv dual contributions in a proper perspective. It successfully points out to the generalities running through the articles. The chapters in the book Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State aare re llargely rgely based on the original fieldwork and are sort of ethnographic accounts combining the perspectives of anthropology,Volume history andIV: political Military Aspects of Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 sociology…. this research study is a Tom useful contribution of social science response toisin the th Indian Uprising Up Lloyd / Rumours to of the the field Company’s Collapse: Thewritings… It is a much-needed significant struggles and challenges presently facing tribal and the country. Mood the of Dasahra 1824Dalit in theChristians Punjab andinHindustan Dirk Edited yG Gavin avin vin Rand nd nd University Unn U of E-Socialby l Sc Sciences nce H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears the Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates p Baate Bate tes University tes Univ Un Uni iveerrsi iver sity ityy of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the CONTENTS Introduction -RVHSK0DULDQXV.XMXUb/ Tribal Church in the Margins: Oraons of Central India -RVHSK0DULDQXV.XMXUb/ of Edinburgh Dalit Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and 5RZHQD5RELQVRQand Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Encounter Christianity: Change and Amaresh ContinuityMisra / 600LFKDHOb/ Margins and Tribal Christians in Eastern India -RVH.DODSXUDb/ Varieties of Dalit Turbulence:with Tenure Structures and 1857 The Police in DelhiofinFaith: 1857Dalits Mahmood Military Aspects of the hhee Indian Innddian Ind In ian Uprising ia Up Upr U pprris issiing isi ng de dea deals eeaaalls Christianity in North India -RKQ&%:HEVWHUb/ Christian Piety and the Emergence Hindu Nationalism in Central India 3HJJ\)URHUHUb/ Legally Hindu: Dalit Lutheran Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil /of Contextualising withThe how battles were w won wo on aand nndd lo llost los ost aan os and nd ho nd how th how tthe he Christians of Coastal Andhra Pradesh $VKRN.XPDU0and 5RZHQD5RELQVRQb/ and Change in the Mizo Church /DNVKPL%KDWLDb/ Broken Mirror: Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, Contradiction 1857 Chhanda army/DQF\/RERb/ re-organised thhhee revolt. rev re rev evooltltlt. Itt also a ssoo touches al touche to che ch hes John Masih’s/ Situating Journey from Isai toofDalit 0DWKHZ16FKPDO]b/ Indigenous Revivalism among the Tribals of Gujarat Theafterr the Chatterjee the Role Religion in the Rebellion: Christianization, The Case of theHinduization Prayagwals and in the thornyRiots issue ho how oow w to to de ddefine efine ne th the the he eeve ev events vveents nts nt Catholic andKama Dalit Christian Activism in Contemporary Nadu Identity, Conversion and Violence: Dalits, Adivasis, andonthethe 2007-08 in of h AllahabadChurch Uprising Maclean / The Mutiny in WesternTamil India: The'DYLG0RVVHb/ ‘Marginal’ as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, uprising oonn, a na nnational atio ttiio ion onal al uupr up priisi pr isssiiinng oorr Orissa &KDG0%DXPDQ / Dynamic Veena Naregal /Index What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war of the kind nndd eexp experienced xpeerriennceedd iinn m xp ma many anyy any the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: rodu duct duct ction ioonn: TThe Thhhee ‘S ‘Su ‘Subaltern Suubalt S altltern tern ern at at Arms’ Gavin Rand and C Crispin Bates Sepoy Cri Crispi Cr rriisspi spppiin Bat aattes es / The Thee SSep Th Se eppooy oy Speaks: Discerning the SSi Significance the igni ggnnifica nniifican fifica fic ca canccee ooff th he VVellore eelllo llor ore James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction onstru on ons tru tr rucctitio tio ion of of IIdentities: denttit de tiitties ess: A Edited by Elaine Enarson Independent Scholar and P G Dhar ChakrabartiMutiny National Institute of Disaster Management Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume II: Britain and the Indian and SAARC Disaster Management Centre and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Uprising :RPHQ*HQGHUDQG'LVDVWHU :RP HQ * provides a comprehensive overview of the role gender plays in variousthe disaster situations…[The bringsGavin Rand / Finding those Men Reconstructing Imperial Military after thebook] Rebellion by Andrea University of examining with ‘Guts’: Ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising ttogether oge her ccross-cultural and grassrootsEdited perspectives on bothMajor response and reduction, what The is being done and nowRe-ascription and what could be done isitin isit is itin in mics O Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Mutiny, field, War orpolicy Smallmakers, War? Revisiting an Old Leeds Crispin Bates for University of in theGajendra iinn th the futu future…The book gives important caseand studies and examples those working disasterSingh / management acade academics Index Edinburgh 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) :20(1*(1'(5$1'',6$67(5Global Issues and Initiatives and students alike. 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) 321-1 1 vie 53-8 3 8 st21Review Feminist Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the varied responses of British missionaries, colonial CONTENTS Foreword 6DOYDQR%ULFHòR, Director, Preface (ODLQH(QDUVRQ / GENDER RELATIONS IN DISASTER / Sex, Gender and Gender leadersUNISDR / and working-class voices and UNDERSTANDING how they Relations in Disasters 0DGKDYL0DODOJRGD $UL\DEDQGX / A Gender Perspective on Disaster Risk Reduction +HOHQD0ROLQ9DOGHV / Let’s Share the Stage: Involving reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the VolumeGENDERED V: Muslim, Dalit Men in Gender Equality and Disaster Risk Reduction 3UDIXOOD0LVKUD / Organising for Risk Reduction: The Honolulu Call to Action &KHU\O/$QGHUVRQ / revolt. CHALLENGES AND RESPONSES IN DISASTERS / Reducing Disaster Risk through Community Resilience in the Himalayas 0DQMDUL 0HKWD / Gender Perspectives and Subaltern Narratives / Relations? Introduction: on Disaster Reconstruction in Nicaragua: CONTENTS Reconstructing Roles and 6DUDK Fractured %UDGVKDZ and %ULDQ /LQQHNHU / Environmental Management and Disaster Marcus Narratives and Marginal“Everything ExperiencesBecame Andrea Major Absolute Struggle”: Post-flood Increases inEdited Mitigation: Middle Eastern Gender Perspective 6DPLD*DODO6DDG / a Struggle, Domesticby Violence in Daechsel and Crispin Bates, University Edinnbu Edin Ed buurg rg rg and inCrispin / Public Perceptions of Respond 1857: to Hurricane Katrina /RUL3HHN and $OLFH)RWKHUJLOO / New Zealand 5RVDOLQG+RXJKWRQ / Parenting the WakeBates of Disaster: Mothers and Fathers Women in off Edinburgh An /LVD.X]XQLVKL Overview of British Press Responses the Great Hanshin Earthquake 5HLNR0DVDL, and 7DPL\R.RQGR / Victimstoof the Earthquake and Patriarchy: The 2005 Pakistan Earthquake Muslim, $]UDb7DODW Dalit and Subaltern S altern Narratives, Sub ess Uprising Rebecca Merritt Popular Stress British6LPRQH5HLQVFK / Supporting Women and Men on the Front Lines of 6D\HHG / ‘A Part of Me Had Left’: Learning Indian from Women Farmers in Canada about/ Disaster addresses the role of marginal arginal and Muslim groups Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and and &DURO$$PDUDWXQJD / Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: Biological Disaster 7UDFH\/2łVXOOLYDQ WOMEN’S ORGANISED INITIATIVES / ‘We Can Make Things Better for Each Other’: Women and Girls respectively. Exploring m min minority nori orriity ority ty per pe perceptions e ccep cee tions of the Evangelical Discourse and the WritingsAmerica of the 0DXUHHQ)RUGKDP / London Missionary Women’s Society Andrea Major Organise to Reduce Disasters in Central Participation in /Disaster Relief and Recovery $\VH<RQGHU with 6HQJđO$NÍDU and Uprising, including dalit t n narratives arr a ar rr r r rati at ati a ti t i ve ves e s aand an nd tthe he use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / 3UHPDb*RSDODQ / Work-focused Responses to Disasters: India’s Self Employed Women’s Association )UDQFLH/XQG and 7RQ\9DX[ / A Climate for Change: Humanitarian of 1857 in their ‘Ainvented ttedd hhistories. ist iis ssttori toori orririees. esss.. TTh The he ssecond econd eco nd Captive Women and Manly for Missionaries: Narratives Women Missionaries in India Caroline Disaster and the Movement the Commons in Kenya of /HLJK%URZQKLOO / Sri Lankan Women’s Organisations Responding to Post-tsunami Violence 6DUDKb)LVKHU / half of the GENDERvolume looks kks in into nto to tthe thhe he re rresponse esspo sppponse se an se aand ndd Lewis Projit We Run Tings’: Women Rebuilding Montserrat -XGLWK6RDUHV and $XGUH\<0XOOLQJV / Women Responding to Drought in Brazil $GHOLDb'H0HOR%UDQFR / Bihari Mukharji / Being in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / involvement of different nnt Musli M Mu Muslim uslililim ssocial occiial oc oci al gr ggroups, gro rrooups rou uupps ps, ps, SENSITIVE DISASTER RISKIndian REDUCTION / Balancing Gender Vulnerabilities andMarginalised Capacities inVictims the Framework of Comprehensive Disaster Risk Management: The Case of of 1857&HFLOLD&DVWUR*DUFLD Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study the Change Policy: Challenges and Perspectives Mexico and /XLVD(PLOLD5H\HV=XòLJD / Towards Gender Equality in of Climate for the Future 8OULNH philosophers from civil servants, osophe o ers and nd logicians nd logic lo gician i ian ians to to Bengal0LQX+HPPDWL Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged Engendering in Common: Tsunami Shared Narratives of Sri British Men and 5ùKU, and <LDQQD/DPEURX / Recovery in Lanka: The Role of UNIFEM and its Partners &KDQGQL-RVKL 0LKLU5%KDWW / theand Mujahidin, as well ass expl eexploring xpl p ori oring ngg the thhe ex experience xper p riien ence Women in Disaster 1857 IraRisk Bhattacharya / George Indian(ODLQH(QDUVRQ / Rebellion: The Unmaking Gendering Reduction: 57 Sir Steps from Grey Wordsand to Action Toolkit forand Mainstreaming Gender in Emergency Response 3*'KDU&KDNUDEDUWL of indigenous participants ts in in th the their eiirr ow ow own wnn wo w words. ords. rds d . ds Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index and $MLQGHU:DOLD / Index CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ WOMEN AND LAW: Critical Feminist Perspectives Edited by Kalpana Kannabiran 'LUHFWRU&RXQFLOIRU6RFLDO'HYHORSPHQW+\GHUDEDG,QGLD SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER How should we approach the problem of ‘women and law’? Should the focus be on women-centred laws and their efficacy? Or should the focus be, instead, on the ways in which the law imagines women and the ways in which women have engaged with the law—spilling beyond fields traditionally associated with the phrase ‘women and law’? And how does violence figure in all these? :RPHQDQG/DZ, a compilation of 11 insightful essays, examines these questions and a range of concerns—domestic violence, employment and labour, anti-discrimination jurisprudence, family laws, access to forest and land rights, the right to health, the complexities in the intersection of women’s rights with disability rights and women’s experiences of repressive legislation such as TADA. This volume attempts at a fresh mapping of the field of women and law from an interdisciplinary perspective and presents the work of activists, lawyers and scholars in conversation. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Bringing Rights Home: Review of the Campaign for a Law on Domestic Violence ,QGLUD-DLVLQJ / Conjugality, Property, Morality and Maintenace )ODYLD$JQHV / Women, Forestspaces and the Law: Transgressing the Boundaries 6DJDUL55DPGDV / Women’s Rights and Entitlements to Land in South Asia: Changing Forms of Engagements 0HHUD9HOD\XGKDQ / Outside the Realm of Protective Legislation: The Saga of Unpaid Work in India 3DGPLQL6ZDPLQDWKDQ / Gender Equality at Work Place: A Frozen Agenda '1DJDVDLOD / Judicial Meanderings in Patriarchal Hickets: Litigating Sex Discrimination in India .DOSDQD.DQQDELUDQ / Women’s Health and Law in India: Trends of Hope and Despair 6KUXWL3DQGH\ / Prenatal Diagnosis: Where Do We Draw the Line? $QLWD*KDL and 5DFKDQD -RKUL / Religion, Feminist Politics and Muslim Women’s Rights in India =R\D+DVDQb/ Women and State Violence: Where Is Justice $QLWD7LSKDJQH / Index 6$*(/DZōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 6(3$5$7('$1'',925&(':20(1,1,1',$Economic Rights and Entitlements Kirti Singh lawyer 6HSDUDWHGDQG'LYRUFHG:RPHQLQ,QGLD examines the economic rights and entitlements of separated/deserted women in law and practice in India, and explores all the support laws and policies for a wife or child that come into play once a separation or divorce has taken place. Based on a survey of more than 400 women in four different regions across the country, this seminal work lays bare the lengthy procedural obstacles that women have to contend with to get any justice. It interrogates the absence of any laws that would give Indian women ownership rights in the property and assets that they have helped to acquire in the marital home, and suggests that community of property should be made part of Indian law for all communities. CONTENTS Foreword 3UDEKD6ULGHYDQ / Introduction / Main Findings / General Information about the Surveyees / Work Status and Earning Capacity / Family Status and Lifestyle / Spousal and Child Support and the Dowry System / Social Status, Mobility, Skills and Decision-Making / Findings from Different Cities / Conclusion and Recommendations / Appendix 6$*(/DZōōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $3(23/(67521*(5The Collectivization of MSM and TG Groups in India Suneeta Singh CEO of Amaltas, DelhiSangita Dasgupta Amaltas, Delhi, Pallav Patankar +XPVDIDU7UXVW0XPEDL and Minati Sinha Amaltas, Delhi $3HRSOH6WURQJHU provides a comprehensive analysis of the collectivization efforts of these groups in India. The book describes the journey of a marginalized closeted community and its gradual assumption of a place within society, providing compelling examples of social action. Further, through its description of the ‘coming out’ of the insular society of hijras, it provides useful insights into real-world acculturation. The book is also a riveting history of these communities in India from pre-Vedic times to the present. The fundamental principle guiding this work is that sexual minority groups must get acceptance within the framework of India’s constitution of their existence as citizens of the country, equal in dignity and in rights, having the same sovereignty as other citizens and of the same realization of their social identities. CONTENTS Foreword -953UDVDGD5DR / Preface / A Document of and for the Communities/ Gender, Sexual Identity and Societal Organization / Behaviour, Orientation and Identity / The Historical Underpinnings of Homosexual Identity / The Context of Parallel Events / Coming Together: MSM Networks / From Traditional to Modern: TG Communities / A Vulnerability to HIV / Needs and Responses / Glossary / A Timeline of Key Events (1995–2010) / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` WOMEN WRITING VIOLENCE: The Novel and Radical Feminist Imaginaries Shreerekha Subramanian University of Houston-Clear Lake, USA :RPHQ:ULWLQJ9LROHQFH engages with select contemporary novels in which women characters resist violence and redefine notions of community by imagining bonds with the exiled and the disempowered. The author interweaves the literary landscapes of African American writer Toni Morrison with the oeuvre of South Asian writers Mridula Garg, Tahmina Durrani, Amrita Pritam, Bapsi Sidhwa, and Mahasweta Devi. This results in the opening of a new gateway into thinking about violence and survival through a feminist, transnational lens. CONTENTS Introduction: Questions of Community in the Contemporary Literary Context / Specters of Public Massacre: Violence and the Collective in Toni Morrison’s Paradise / Imagining Community in Edwidge Danticat’s The Farming of Bones / Partition and the Women’s Body in Bapsi Sidhwa’s Cracking India / Beyond Cloisters of Domesticity: Tahmina Durrani’s Kufr, Mridula Garg’s Kathgulab, and Mahasweta Devi’s Hazaar Chaurasi Ki Maa / The Cracking of India in Amrita Pritam’s Pinjar and Mohandas Naimishrai’s Aaj Bazaar Band Hai / Conclusion: Notes from the Trenches of Patriarchy / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $ Volume III: Global al a Perspectives Mutiny at the Margins: Kiron Wadhera Consultant, Government of Delhi, India and George Koreth Advisor, Government of Delhi, India Edited by Marina CCarter arte ar ter and aan nd Crispin CCrris isp piin (032:(5,1*585$/:20(1Micro-enterprise through Achievement Motivation New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Bates both at University Edinburgh errsi eersi sity ty ooff EEd din inbu burg rgh ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER (PS (PSRZHULQJ5XUDO:RPHQ outcome of doctoral work of Kiron Wadhera, is a painstaking effort on poor, rural women micro-entrepreneurs, Seriies SSeries Se esHU s edited byy Crispin Crispi p anBates Global Perspectives widens dens eennnss the the th he geographical geog eooggr eo graaph appphhic iccaal rem ica rremit re eem mit whosee ach who achievement motivation based on TAT, has been vigorously measured. The results are startling as it establishes a clear relationship between of the series ies es aandd exa examines x neess th tthe he ggl global looba obbbal ddissemination i semi is minatio mi ttiio tion ion The Th he Mut Mutiny M Mu ttiny tin at the Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revolt Re olt of 1857 presence/ pres nce/ absence of achievement motivation and success/failure in sustaining the enterprise….The conclusions emerging from the study tudy and portrayal ayall off the events vveenttss of of the the th he uupr up uprising pprris isi ssiing ng in in thee ffrom fro om m a vvariety ariet of original and unusual n s al perspecti perspectives, es foc focusing sing in partic particular lar deserve kudos. international al press p ess ss aand liter lliterature. lit iti era eratur er tur tu ure. IItt aal ure also lssoo exa eexamines ex xxaamines on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have The he Tr Tribune bune the socio-economic ec m aftermath erm rma math of of the tthhhee eve events vents ntts ts ooff 1185 1857 88557 hitherto tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in and the experiences of displaced diispl ppla laace cced eedd mut mutine mutineers ine in neers errrss inn the the th andthere Indian In British the pastimperial 60 years, hashistoriography. been sufficient research on male, urban entrepreneurs, their “achievement-motivation”, and their entrepreneurial broader colonial world. success. However, no significant study of this kind has been undertaken for women entrepreneurs (whether urban or rural). This book intends to fill CONTENTSmeasured. / Introduction: odduuct ction on: G on: on Glo Global looba oba baall Networks Neettwoork rk rks an and and this lacuna through original research on poor, rural women micro-entrepreneurs, whose achievement-motivation has been rigorously Ind In nnddian iaaann Uprising Uprriissiing Up ng Ma M Mar aarriina in na na Carter Car Ca C aarrte ter Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina This pioneering study establishes a clear relationship between presence/absence of achievement-motivation and the success/failure of these erna naattion nat iioon onal al PPre reess ss and anndd the the Indian th Inndi Indi ndddiia iaann and Crisping Bates / International Press women in sustaining their enterprises.Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot C nnnoott Govern Gov G ove veer ern rn by by Force Forc rce ce AAlo Alone’: loonnee’’: W. H.TheRussell and The Timesfor and the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / CONTENTS Foreword 1&6D[HQD / Preface / Rural Women Entrepreneurs and Achievement Motivation / Setting: ACORD’s Micro-enterprise Project Rural Experiences in the Locality ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’:Stories The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Women / Poor Rural Women as Entrepreneurs / Measuring Achievement Motivation in Rural Women Micro-entrepreneurs / Personal of Achievers and NonEditedConclusion, by Crispin Bates University of Organisations Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, achievers / Patterns of Male Response / Summary, and the Way Forward / Appendix: Supporting Micro-enterprise / Bibliography / Index Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and y, Deportatio Deporta the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) +$59(67,1*)(0,1,67.12:/('*()2538%/,&32/,&<Rebuilding Progress Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in Edited by Devaki Jain Founderdiverse and former Institute of Social Studies Trust, New Delhi, India and localitiesDirector, within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) Diane Elson University of Essex, UK CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: The volume olum has much to offer in terms of feminist knowledge macrothe policy spaces the papers p pers Articulating Sovereignty andtoSeeing Modern Stateand rethinking, consequent to economic crises…the Volumee IV IV: Mil Military ry aare re aanalytically nalyti strong and backed byEffect evidence. in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 IndianThe Uprising Up isi isin sin Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The Hindu Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk Aspects Asppeect As cts of of the thhee Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Uni Un niv iver ersi sity ty of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British +DUYHVWLQJ)HPLQLVW.QRZOHGJHIRU3XEOLF3ROLF\ brings together 14 essays by fears feminist thinkers from different parts of the world, reflecting on Greenwich and Crispin pin pi p n Bates Baate B attees University Uniivver Un erssiity ty of Rebellion as a patterns Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the flaws inand theSati current of development and arguing for political, economic, the and social changes to promote equality and sustainability. The of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant essays are written in the context of the “triple crises” of food, fuel, and finance, and the underlying deep-seated problems of growing inequality, Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood he Indian Ind In nndddian Uprising deals squeeze on time to provide unpaid care to family and friends, and environmentally unsustainable patterns of economic growth.Military Aspects of the Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles for were w won lost the on aand nd lo nd llos o t and ho hhow ow tth he CONTENTS Foreword 1DYL3LOOD\ / Preface :LQQLH%\DQ\LPD and War 5DZZLGD%DNVK / Introduction 'HYDNL-DLQ and 'LDQH(OVRQ / Economics Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the of Delhi, 1857Acknowledgments / Chhanda army re-organised after the revolt. revolt olt It also touches to che to touch touche hes he aChatterjee Post-crisis/ World: Putting First NotPrayagwals an Option: Toward Situating the Social Role ofJustice Religion in 'LDQH(OVRQ / the Rebellion:“Rebooting” The Case ofisthe in the Equitable Social and Economic Development 6WHSKDQLH6HJXLQR / on the thorny QUESTIONING ECONOMIC THE in LENS OF HUNGER'HYDNL-DLQ / LABOUR, AND WOMEN’S Work: Critical Challenges for a issue Post- of how to define the events Allahabad Uprising Kama SUCCESS Maclean THROUGH / The Mutiny Western India: The ‘Marginal’ GLOBALIZATION, as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or neoliberal World Naregal / /RXUGHV%HQHULD / Removing the Cloak of Invisibility: Unpaid Household Services in the Philippines’ Economic Accounts 6ROLWD&ROODV Dynamic Veena What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Integrating Politics of Perception and 0RQVRG / Poor Women Organizing Economic of Justice of the World of Work in a Globalized Economy 1DRNR2WREH a small war/ Gender, of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The for Insurrection 1857 5HQDQD-KDEYDOD / in Kolhan Gautam Gender Bhadra Dimensions / The War of Global Crises, and Climate Change ,W]D&DVWDòHGD and 6DUDK*DPPDJH / Thein Cost the Commoditization of Food and Water for Women <DVVLQH)DOO / Modernity, Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War 1857:ofMemories, colonial states. Technology, and the Progress of Women in EJapan: Problems and Prospects +LURNR+DUD / Equity in Post-crisis China: A Feminist Political Economy Perspective /DQ\DQ Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at &KHQ / Cuban Development Alternatives to Market-driven Economies: A Gendered Case Study on Women’s Employment 0DUWD1XòH]6DUPLHQWR / Challenges for Arms’ Gavin Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) African Feminism in the Contemporary Moment 3DWULFLD0FIDGGHQ / “Progressive Masculinities”: Oxymoron or Achievable? -DHO6LOOLPDQ / Index Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Cons Construction C onnsstru t ucctio tru t n off IIdentities: denntiti ies de es:: A duus Op O Ope ppeera r nnddi C Cri Cr rriisspi ppiin Bat B Ba es Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume II: Britain and the Indian Case and Marina Carter William Wi Wil W iilllilia liiaam D Dalrymple / Da Dal aallr yymp ym mppple m le / le Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi iingg Sa Sab aabbyas aasa ssaachi chi ch hi Dasgupta / Daas Das D asggup gu upttaa / up Uprising Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Raan Ran and nd / Finding Find ndin ing ing ng tth tho those hhoossee Men Meenn INDIGENOUS ROOTS OF FEMINISM: Culture, Subjectivity and Agency Edited by Andrea Major University of es inn India Ind n iiaa after aft aaf fftter er the the Uprising th Upr prissin iinnngg with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities Jasbir Jain Institute for Research in and Interdisciplinary Studies, Jaipur eba bate te G Ga Gau auttam au taaam m Ch C Cha Chakra ha h krav kraavaart arrtty / Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds Crispin Bates University of Index Edinburgh ,QGLJHQRXV5RRWVRI)HPLQLVP QGLJHQRX analyses the feminist movement in India in a historical perspective, free from the hangover of western concerns… 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) 321 321-1 53-8) Colour C olo r pho photos, a filmography on the representation of women films and looks a comprehensive bibliography make the book`complete and all-inclusive l inc1 usive Britain and the Indianin Uprising at the iinn its explo exploration of the native ancestry of Indian feminism. varied responses of British missionaries, colonial The Hindu indu leaders and working-class voices and how they reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the Volume V: Muslim, m, Dalit Dalliit and Da aan nd ,QGLJHQRXV5RRWVRI)HPLQLVP is an exploration of the historical sources across India’s composite culture that has shaped the female self. revolt. Subaltern veess Beginning with the Upanisads, it works with several foundational texts such as the epics and their retellings, Manusmriti, Natyasastra andNarratives the tiv CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured literature of the Bhakti Movement in order to trace the histories of feminist questionings. Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin i i Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major CONTENTS Preface / A People without a History? / The Body and/ the Soul Perceptions Epics—The Living Tradition / Working Through Space: Patriarchy and Resistance / Getting Bates, University and Crispin Bates Public of 1857: Back at Men Through God / The NineteenthAnCentury and After / Articulating Self / Tracingtothethe Difference / Notes / Bibliography / Index Overview of British PresstheResponses of Edinburgh Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Uprising, including dalit narratives and the use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of 1857 in their invented tteed e histories. The sse second (1*(1'(5,1*3(5)250$1&(Indian Women Performers in Search of an Identity Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half of the volume looks kks into the response andd Lewis Projit Bishnupriya Dutt and Urmimala Sarkar Munsi both at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different nntt M Mu Muslim usli ssllliim soci ssocial occial ooci al gro ggroups, ups, of 1857 18 8 Ro Rosie o Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whitesofand the Great Uprising: A Casetheatre Study ofand the dance of colonial and post-colonial periods. from civil servants, philosophers oso osoopphe phhheerrss an aand nndd logicians loggic lo giiiccians ian ian a s to to The book ook is a comprehensive critical history women artistes in Indian Its underlying Ben B Be Bengall Pr Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and thethe Mujahidin, as well ass eexploring xxpppllori xplor xpl oorrriing ng the thhee ex th eexperience xppe per eerrie ieennce ien ce premise course taken prem sePPre is that one cannot evaluate such performances in the Indian context without looking at dance and theatre together, unlike Wom W om m n in 1857 1 Women Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and indigenous nous participants artic tts inn th the their h irir own wn wo w words. ords ds . ds traditional account by tr ditio scholarship. The author weaves together issues of sexuality and colonialism, and culture and society to provide aofholistic acco nt of Maki M Making akii g off aan Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index ak CONTENTS el women performers in India. Archival photographs-some of which have never been published before-make it /aIntroduction collector’sMarcus item. Daechsel 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari The Pioneer he P Pi neer of 1857 Charu Gupta Nupur Space: Chaudhuri andActresses Rajat Kanta Ray(1789-1842) / CONTENTS Foreword 6DPLN%DQGRSDGK\D\ / Introduction / THE STORY OF THE ACTRESS / Actresses Mouths of the Colonial English in India Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Locating a New Space and Identity: Coming of the Indian Actresses (1872-1910) / The People’s Actress: A Journey to Modernity / Actresses in Anderson the Jatra Space / OF accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable ues uue es estio sttio io ionab nnaab abllee LLoyalties: oyaaltllttiieeess: M oy Muslim uusl us ssllim im THE WOMAN DANCER / Natyasastra: Emerging (Gender) Codes and the Woman Dancer / The Body and the Woman Dancer: What She is, or What She is Expected to Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell be / Emergence of the Contemporary Woman Dancer: Contribution of Tagore, Shankar and IPTA / Tale of the Professional Woman Dancer in Folk Traditions in India: Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan Commodification of Dance and the Traditional Dancing Women Conclusion: In Conversation with Samik Bandyopadhyay / Bibliography / Index –lıl-ı SSc Scholars chho hol olars aarrs rs inn th tthe he EEvents vven enttss en ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 19A WOMEN IN INDIAN BORDERLANDS Edited by Paula Banerjee University of Calcutta, Kolkata DQG0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK*URXS,QGLD and Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury 0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK*URXS,QGLD :RPHQLQ,QGLDQ%RUGHUODQGV is an ethnographic compilation on the complex interrelationship between gender and political borders in South Asia. The book focuses on the border regions of West Bengal, Jammu and Kashmir and Northeast India. SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER The book examine the stories of women whose lives are intertwined with borders, and who resist everyday violence in all its myriad forms. They show how most of the traditional efforts to make geopolitical regions more secure end up privileging a masculine definition of security that only results in feminine insecurities. CONTENTS Introduction: Resistance in the Borderlands 3DXOD %DQHUMHH and $QDVXD%DVX5D\&KDXGKXU\ / I: WEST BENGAL / Bengal—Bangladesh Borderland: Chronicles from Nadia, Murshidabad and Malda 3DXOD%DQHUMHH / Narrated Time and Constructed Space: Remembering the Communal Violence of 1950 in Hooghly $QDVXD%DVX5D\&KDXGKXU\ / II: JAMMU AND KASHMIR / Women’s Voices: From Jammu and Kashmir $QXUDGKD%KDVLQ-DPZDO and 6XFKLVPLWD / Renegotiating Internal Boundaries by Women of Jammu and Kashmir 6XPRQD'DV*XSWD / III: NORTHEAST / Sanitized Society and Dangerous Interlopers: Law and the Chins in Mizoram6DKDQD %DVDYDSDWQD / Engendered Lives: Women in the West Garo Hills $QMXPDQ $UD%HJXP / IV: VOICES / Voices of Women in the Borderlands $GLWL %KDGXUL / Voices of Women in a Border Town Called Moreh &KLWUD$KDQWKHP / Consolidated Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` %25'(56+,6725,(6(;,67(1&(6Gender and Beyond Paula Banerjee 8QLYHUVLW\RI&DOFXWWD.RONDWDDQG0DKDQLUEDQ&DOFXWWD5HVHDUFK*URXS,QGLD %RUG UV+ %RUGHUV+LVWRULHV([LVWHQFHV*HQGHUDQG%H\RQG by Paula Banerjee is a gripping enquiry into the nature of South Asian borders… Banerjee’s brilliant brilli nt an analysis delves deep into the recent developments in border studies while at the same time going back to different histories only to give them a ne new rendering with the help of the contemporary concept of borders… %RUGHUV+LVWRULHV([LVWHQFHV is a distinctive and broadening contribution to Asian studies. Students of politics, history and gender will find it very beneficial to their respective fields… The most attractive feature of %RUGHUV+LVWRULHV([LVWHQFHV is its emphasis on borderlands as a unique form of existence instead of going for the notorious defense and strategic studies. Despite the large academic scope of the work it is quite accessible and can be used as an introduction by thosee wh whoo are interested in border studies. Dawn awn CONTENTS Introduction: Histories and Historians of Borders / BORDERS AND THEIR PASTS / Aliens in the Colonial World / Borders as Unsettled Markers: The Sino-Indian Border / The Line of Control: Kashmir / LIFE ON THE BORDER / Circles of Insecurity: The Border People / Negotiating Differences: The Indian State and its Women in the Borderlands / Mobile Diseases and the Border / LAW AND THE BORDER / Border Laws and Conflicts in North-east India / Epilogue / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` IN CONFLICT AND CUSTODY: Therapeutic Counselling for Women Rani Dhavan Shankardass Secretary General, Penal Reform and Justice Association, India and Honorary President, Penal Reform International, London, UK Rani Dhavan hav Shankardass has given a wonderfully practical treatise on women counselling in all its facets… The author’s efforts in this field are com menda indeed and the book gives a hands-on, systematic review and practice of such areas related to women…. the strength of the book commendable lies in its ssimplicity and its many easy, proven methods and therapeutic interventions conducted in the most empathetic manner to enable nabl and empower distressed women to take charge of their lives. Current nt Sc Science ence ,Q&RQĠLFWDQG&XVWRG\ recommends fine-tuned agenda-free professional counselling as the most constructive method of addressing the mental health issues of women in two problematic contexts in the Indian society—conflict and custody. The book imparts theoretical and practical guidance for trainers and would-be counsellors to equip them for therapeutic counselling of women faced with a range of personal, social, and legal problems. It demonstrates how professionally conducted therapeutic intervention can be the most empathetic way of enabling and empowering distressed women to take charge of their lives. CONTENTS Preface / Introductory Insights / Theoretical and Experiential Fundamentals Relating to Women and Mental Health / Definitions, Aims and Approaches / Structuring and Getting Started / Conflict Resolution and Mediation / Women in Prisons / Selecting and Training Counsellors / Conclusion / Annexures / References / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` %52.(10,55256The ‘Dowry Problem’ in India Robin Wyatt Freelance Social Research Consultant with Nazia Masood This book ook seeks to open up certain widely prevalent yet poorly understood features of the construction of dowry related cases brought before the criminal justice system in India through analyses of personal narratives of women and men who are directly implicated in a selection of such cases crim nal ju ases have knowledge of them… The book is a significant contribution to the literature on dowry related litigation and the dowry discoursee in India. or ha ve kn I dia. e-Social al Science Sc ence CONTENTS Foreword )ODYLD$JQHV / Author’s note / Introduction / Shalini—Shattered Dreams / Akhil—Of Dogs and Chains / 0RKLQLDQG1DUHVK—Together Yet Alone / 1HHWL—When Power Games End in Burning / *DJDQ—The Tyranny of Perceived Optionlessness / Jasmeet and Tarampal / When Inadequacy Kills / Conclusions / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` 20A Mutiny at the Margins: Robyn Andrews Massey University, New Zealand CHRISTMAS IN CALCUTTA: Anglo-Indian Stories and Essays New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY CULTURAL STUDIES Bates at University ersity ersi ersity ity ty off Edinburgh EEdddin innbuurg rghh &KULVWPDVLQ&DOFXWWD goes beyond the stereotype and delves deep in this study of the Anglo-Indian community in Calcutta. The bookboth comprises Crispin lifeSeries stories,edited memoirbypieces and Bates essays on issues of contemporary interest. It is organised into four sections: ‘Identity’ focuses onPerspectives the origins, widens Global ddens the thh geographical geog eog ograph aph phhiica ccaal al re rrem remit emit em characteristics andthe theMargins constitutional of thelook community; ‘Faith’, specifically the practice of Christianity, is the subject studyand in the of theofseries examines eess tth the hhee ggl global loba o al ddissemination iisssemi eem miinattio m iioon The Mutiny at seriesdefinition takes a fresh at the Revolt of or 1857 second out some of the failings of the education system for the community; and the final section,and ‘Community portrayal Care’, of the events enttss of of the tthhhee up uuprising upr pprris isi sinngg iinn tth si the he from asection; variety‘Education’ of originalpoints and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular talks Anglo-Indian and the consolidation of their community through international press and lliter literature. eerratu tuurre. IItt al tur aalso lssoo exa eexamines ex xxaam miin min ines on about neglected socially care marginal groups and geographic areas which havethis care. socio-economic rmath m of th the hhee ev eevents eve v nts of 1857 to belives unrepresented in studies of thishopes cataclysmic event Byhitherto drawingtended on the vital of real individuals, the author that there is a in change to the lens through which these people the of India are viewed.aftermath and the experiences of displaced ddispla laace cced eedd m mu mut mutineers uuttiin ine nneeers eers eerrs rs inn tth the he Indian historiography. British imperial CONTENTS Preface /and Introduction / I: IDENTITY / Angeline: Typically Anglo-Indian / Essay: Culture and Identity / Irene: Questions of Identity / II: FAITH / Dulcie: The broader colonial world. Kindness of Strangers and an Everyday Faith / Essay: A Christian Community in Changing Times / Jane: God-given Opportunities / III: EDUCATION / Peter: The Less the / Introduction: dduct uct ctiion iooonn: Glo G Global loba bal Networks Neettwoork orrk rks aand nd Education the Fewer the Opportunities / Michael Robertson: Education and the Community / Essay: Reflections on Dilemmas in Education / Philip: CONTENTS With Education Comes IInnnddiian iaan an Uprising Uprriisi Up sing ng M Ma Mar arin iina na na Carter Carter Perspectives on the Indian Marina Success / IV: COMMUNITY CARE / Philomena Eaton: Social Service Convenor Extraordinaire / Essay: Community Care and Consolidation / BarryGlobal O’Brien: Charismatic rna nat atiion iooonnal al Pre PPress ressss and re and nd the the th he Indian Indian In and Crisping Bates / International Politician / Meryl: Life, Last Days and Care / Final Words: Reflections on Research and the Community / Bibliography / Index Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Cann C nnnot ot Go Gov G Govern oovveern err by by Force For orccee AAlone’: lone’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aat Rebe Rebellion beelllliion on Chandrika Chhaandri Ch Cha ndr nnd drika dr k Kaul / Kaul / ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW Experiences in the Locality ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the AAge gee of o Mechanic Mechanical Me Mechani ech chaani nical c lR ca Rep Reproduction eproduction pro Edited by Crispin Bates University of Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan ON INDIA: Self-image and Edinburgh Counter-image Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against Edited by Anindita N Balslev Philosopher, India and Denmark centres on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and pin i Bates / B IIndian Ba es /M y, Deport the South Asian Diaspora Marina and into, Crispin Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: resistance toargued colonial rule (the belli Britannica) This anthology ntho of well-informed andofconvincingly essays…provide valuable reference material regarding andCarter insights the dian Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index priorwith to 1857, the impact of the revolt itself in ccivilization’s ivili ation essence, even as it engages otherand socio-cultural-political entities. diverse localities within India. The Financial cial World 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) 32 321 52 CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / 2Q,QGLD looks at the philosophical and religious as well as the sociopolitical forces that are at work in the Indian cultural soil shaping multiple Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: aspects of the lives of millions. The principal focus is on some Articulating Sovereignty andimages Seeing construed the Modernboth Stateby insiders and outsiders reflecting various aspects that are Volume Military rry Aspects Assppeect cts of cts of the relevant for comprehending India. TheEffect essays address twoofmajor concerns: is about how cross-cultural conversation on India shouldIV: proceed in the Margins Colonial India, c. one 1757–1858 today, noting some of the primary issues concerns; is with regard to whether India has a core cultural image identifiable the Indianamong Uprising Tom and Lloyd / Rumoursthe of other the Company’s Collapse: The range of competing images, and if so,Mood howoftoDasahra conceptualize its Punjab counter-image. 1824 in the and Hindustan Dirk Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Unnivver U Univ ersit ssiittyy of of H A Kolff / Thea Hazards of Interference’: fears CONTENTS Foreword .DUDQ 6LQJKb / Preface / Is There Core Cultural Self-Image British of India? $QLQGLWD 1 %DOVOHYb / Two Indias: Gandhiji and Modern India -RKDQ Greenwich and Crispin pin Bates p Baate B tes University Univ Un iveerrsi sity ty of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the *DOWXQJb/ Time, Space and Self-Image in Indian Culture /RNHVK&KDQGUDb/ Vedic Tradition and Civilization 1.D]DQDVb/ On Three Images of India %DOPLNL3UDVDG of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery Crime in the of 1857 William R Pinch / Roots of Peasant 6LQJKb/ Cross-culturaland Conversation andMaking Diplomacy 6K\DP6DUDQb/ Politics The of Democracy and the Politics of Religion in a Post-secular Age $VKLV1DQG\b/ Bridging Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 0DGKX3XUQLPD.LVKZDUb/ 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in India—The 1857 Mahmood Divide: The Triumph of Bollywood Conceptualising Given and the Borrowed .DSLO.DSRRUb/ India asMilitary the Other Aspects in Partitionof the hhe Indian Uprising Up Upr U pprrisi isssiing ng dea ddeals eeaals Farooqui 6XNULWD3DXO.XPDUb/ Ensuring Harmony in a Pluralistic Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising Literature Society—Role of Government '5.DDUWKLNH\DQb/ Negotiating Compromises Cross-cultural with in how battles were w won and lost and nd ho nd hhow ow th tthe he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda Conversations 'LHWPDU5RWKHUPXQGb/ India’s Image through the Lens of Italian Travellers, from First Century AD to Twentieth Century 8JR$VWXWRb/ armyIndex re-organised afterr the th revolt. revolt It also touches tooucch tou che hhees Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on the thorny issue of how to define the events Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. 5(86(ŋ7+($57$1'32/,7,&62),17(*5$7,21$1'$1;,(7< Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at Edited bypages Julia A B Hegewald Institute for Oriental and Asian Studies, University of Bonn, Germany and Arms’ Gavin Rand 2013 ō 284 ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Speaks: Discerning Subrata K Mitra 6RXWK$VLD,QVWLWXWH+HLGHOEHUJ8QLYHUVLW\*HUPDQ\ and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy rispin Ba the Signi Significance gni gn nniificaanccee of th thee Vel VVellore e lor oree Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction onsstru on trrruuctio tion of tion o Identities: A 5H8VHŋ7KH$UWDQG3ROLWLFVRI,QWHJUDWLRQDQG$Q[LHW\ applies the concept of re-use to different aspects of cultural, political and material life— odu dus Opera Ope ppera rand annddi Cri C spin Bates Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin II: Britain and theByIndian from art, architecture and jewellery toVolume religion, statesmen and legislatures. not treating artistic, political, and Marina Carterreligious and cultural developments as William Willia Wi Wil llia iaam Da Dalrymple / D Dal aallr yym ymp mple / linear evolutions, this book encourages readers to understand them as a continuous modification of the and Tales a periodic return forms.Uprising Durgadas and past Sitaram: of Loyalty in to theearlier Great Indian Sabyasachi singg Sab Sa S a yasa sachi chi hi Dasgupta / Das D aassggu gup upta t / Uprising Reconstructing the ImperialTowards Militarya Theory after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Rand / Finding Find ndin ing ing ng th ttho those hhoose se Men M CONTENTS Preface / Art and Politics: The Dialectics of Duality, Affinity and Confluence -XOLD$%+HJHZDOG and 6XEUDWD.0LWUD / of Re-use: Ruin, Edited by Andrea Major University of ees in India after aft fter ft eerr the the Uprising th U Upr prissin pr pri siing with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities Retro and Fake Versus Improvement, Innovation and Integration -XOLD$%+HJHZDOG / The Past in the Present: Temple Conversions in Karnataka and Appropriation and eebate Gautam mC Cha Ch hhaakr kkra rraavaart arrt rty ty / Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Re-use in Orissa -XOLD$%+HJHZDOG and 6XEUDWD.0LWUD / Chola and Neo-Chola Temple Architecture in and around Kumbakonam, Tamil Nadu *HRUJH0LFKHOO / Index Edinburgh Indian Jewellery and Nineteenth-century Britain: Evolving Patterns of Re-use 1LFN%DUQDUG / Re-use in the Yakshagana Theatre of Coastal Karnataka .DWULQ%LQGHU / ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 Indian Painting at the Beginning of the Twentieth Modernism and Re-uselooks of Ancient Pictorial2013 Traditions 7L]LDQD/RUHQ]HWWL / Politics (978-81-321-1053-8) of Art and the Art of Britain Century: and the Indian Uprising at the Politics: Re-use of ‘Tribal’ Arts and Artefactsvaried in Modern Orissa 3UDVDQQD.1D\DN / Anothercolonial Form of Re-use? Institutional Continuity and ‘Indigenisation’ of Westminster responses of British missionaries, Parliamentarianismsm and Western Party Politics in Post-colonial India &OHPHQV6SLHVV / Myth, Idea, Dream and Vision: Nehru’s Discovery of India -LYDQWD6FKùWWOL / leaders and working-class voices and how they Use and Re-use of ‘Pakistan’ in the Indian Muslim Press (1932—1947) 7KLHUU\'LFRVWDQ]R / Buddhism and Collective Emancipation in Modern India: B R Ambedkar’s reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the Muslim, m, m Dalit Dallilit Da lit and a d an Re-use of Buddha’s Dharma in the Dalit Movement (GZDUG$5RGULJXHV / ‘The Jain Way of Life’: Modern Re-use and Reinterpretation of AncientVolume Jain ConceptsV: 6DELQH revolt. 6FKRO] / Icons, Nations and Re-use: Marianne, France, and Bharat Mata, India 6XEUDWD.0LWUD and /LRQ.ùQLJ / Glossary / Index Subaltern Narratives ttives CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, IndianofUprising 3(5)250,1*+(5,7$*(Art ExhibitRebecca WalksMerritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Navina Heritage Consultant, Government of Delhi, India EvangelicalJafa Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Uprising, including dalitt narratives narr arrrati rrat rr aatititive ves ves es and aannd the thhee use usse us ott ttt Pr r Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / A pio pioneering eeri work on the technique and art of cultural representation through the medium of heritage walks! of 1857 in their invented tted hhistories. isst ist stoor orirriiees es. ss.. TTh The he ssecond he eeco ec ccoond nd Captt e Women Cap Wo Captive and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half of the volume looks kks in into ntoo th tthe hhee rre response essp spo ppoonnse nsse se aan and nd Lewis Lewi Projit Biha Bihari Muk Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different nntt M Mu Muslim usl slilm ssocial occiiaall ggr oc oci gro groups, rroouup ups ppss, The Hindu of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers oso oso sopphe sophe hhers rs an rs anndd logicians and loggic logic lo giic ician ian ia ans to to Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, as well ass expl eexploring xpplori xpl or nngg th or th eex the experience xper peer eriie ien eencee ence AWomen wordyinread interesting Sir perspectives taken from the city’s and historical sites. 1857but Irawith Bhattacharya / George Greyand andexamples Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking of indigenous nous participants artic ttss in in the ttheir th hheeirir ow own wn w wn wo words. ords rrdds ds. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel el 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari Timeout Ti Tim eou of 1857 Charu Gupta Nupur and Rajat Kanta Ray Centred in academic theory in the area of exhibiting culture, 3HUIRUPLQJ+HULWDJH seeks toMouths explore the Chaudhuri art and politics of cultural representation. Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 While thus far this discussion has been restricted to the closed spaces of museums, exhibitions, cultural festivals and theClare like,Anderson here, this densely accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Que uues estio stio tiioonable nab nab a lee LLoyalties: oyyaltl ies iess: M Muslim usl us s im im interdisciplinary problematic is approached through the unique and increasingly popular medium of Heritage Walks. Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell CONTENTS Foreword 5LFKDUG.XULQ / Preface / Introduction / Debating and Speculating Heritage / Functionality, Designing, Executing Walking Tours / Making of a Intelligentsia of Northand India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events Study Leader / Walking Tours: Aspects of Economics and Culture / Walking Exhibits as Brokering Culture / Conclusion / Glossary / Bibliography / Index of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 21A ,17(5',6&,3/,1$5<$/7(51$7,9(6,1&203$5$7,9(/,7(5$785( Edited by E V Ramakrishnan Dean, School of Language, Literature and Culture Studies, Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar, Harish Trivedi Formerly with University of Delhi, Delhi and Chandra Mohan Comparative Literature Association of India CULTURAL STUDIES ,QWHUGLVFLSOLQDU\$OWHUQDWLYHVLQ&RPSDUDWLYH/LWHUDWXUH examines the directions taken by Comparative Literature in recent years and maps the shifts in paradigms that are in process. Alternative discourses of Comparative Literature are explored in the volume with reference to the ongoing debates on World Literature, contemporary interpretations of the canon, the dialectic of resistance embodied in cultural productions of the region and the contestations implicit in the oral and performative traditions. The nineteen essays in the five sections of the volume also discuss the challenges and opportunities provided by the emergence of areas like Culture Studies, Postcolonial Studies, Gender Studies, Translation Studies, etc. The essays emphasize the need to transform Comparative Literature into a discipline capable of coping with the crisis in humanities in the twenty-first century, based on the multilingual, multicultural experiences of countries like India. CONTENTS I: INTRODUCTION / Comparative Literature: Changing Paradigms ( 9 5DPDNULVKQDQ / Comparative Literature, World Literature and Indian Literature: Concepts and Models +DULVK7ULYHGL / II: WORLD LITERATURE AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE: A DIALOGUE / Literary History in a Global Age: The Legacy of Sisir Kumar Das 'DYLG'DPURVFK / Literature as Supermarket: Mapping World Literature Today 33 5DYHHQGUDQ / World Literature in the Context of Indian Literatures T S 6DW\DQDWK / A New Ethics of Comparative Literature: Methodological Considerations 6LHJKLOG%RJXPLO / The Subaltern Can Speak: Letters from the Trenches and Across the Black Waters 'RURWK\)LJXHULD / III: RABINDRANATH TAGORE: CANON AND/AS CONTEMPORARY / Tagore as World Literature $PL\D'HY / Letters of Tagore and His Notions of the Feminine ,QGUD 1DWK&KRXGKXUL / « True, No One has the Plan of the Edifice»: Rabindranath Tagore’s Concept of World Literature 6XEKD &KDNUDERUW\ 'DVJXSWD / Rabindranath Tagore’s Reception in Gujarati Literature $QLOD 'DODO / IV: CREATIVE RESPONSES TO REGION AND RESISTANCE / Indian Literature and Universalism %KDOFKDQGUD1HPDGH / Theorizing Resistance and Creativity -DVELU-DLQ / The Interface of the Progressive/Romantic and the Modernist in Urdu Poetry $QLVXU 5DKPDQ / The New Middle Class, Caste and Post-1975 Marathi Fiction +DULVKFKDQGUD7KRUDW / V: REORIENTATIONS: BEYOND COLONIAL FRAMES / The Gita Govinda and the Problems of Orientalistic Representation %DODML5DQJDQDWKDQ / Problematizing Androgyny: Female Impersonation in Indian Theatre %DUOHHQ.DXU / Mapping the Dark One: Krishna in the Mahabharat Stories 6DNVKL6RQL / Manuscriptology in Modern India: Perspectives on the Manusamhita 3L\DOL6HQ*KRVK / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 62&,(7<5(35(6(17$7,21$1'7(;78$/,7<The Critical Interface Edited by Sukalpa Bhattacharjee North Eastern Hill University Shillong, India and C Joshua Thomas Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR) North Eastern Regional Centre, Shillong 6RFLHW\5HSUHVHQWDWLRQVDQG7H[WXDOLW\ (a) takes stock of the recent developments in critical theory and cultural studies; (b) studies the impact of these developments on the understanding of social reality and the human predicament in India; and (c) brings together scholars from North East India who are engaged in the project of understanding society and communities in their chosen intellectual practice. The book is the first-ever attempt to establish a dialogic encounter between critical practices in Humanities and Social sciences, hitherto considered to be autonomous in their own disciplinary boundaries. Further, the volume addresses issues of identity and autonomy of a multicultural India, particularly with reference to the interface between hegemonic cultures and politically and culturally persistent smaller communities. CONTENTS Foreword 0ULQDO0LUL / Introduction / I: TEXTUALIZING SOCIAL DISCOURSE / Science and Literature: A Study of Rabindranath Tagore’s Music 3DUWKD6 *KRVH / Rabindranath Tagore’s Philosophy of Art and Literature *RXWDP%LVZDV / The New Comparative Literature ‘To Come’ as a Critique of Cosmopolitanism 6RXUDY .DUJXSWD / Islam and Theodicy: A Critique of Ruqaiyyah Waris Maqsood’s Theological Approach to Evil 0RKDPPDG 0DURRI 6KDK / Suturing of Selves Past: The Body in Revolution $QLUEDQ'DV / Literature, Society and the Calling of Creative Public Spheres: Beyond Adaptation and Meditative Verbs of Transformations $QDQWD .XPDU*LUL / II: TEXTUALITY AND REPRESENTATIONS / Enugula Veeraswamy’s Journal: A Study 0RKDQ* 5DPDQDQ / Kafka: Literature, Law and Language )UDQVRQ 'DYLV0DQMDOL / Understanding Tribal World View: A Painter’s Perspective 6XMDWD0LUL / Reiterating Stereotypes: Assessing the Role of Women in Contemporary Jatra 6RPGDWWD0DQGDO / The Reinterpretation of Historical Trauma: Three Films about Partition 0.5DJKDYHQGUD / Identity and Politics in the Songs of Contemporary African American Women (OOHULQH'LHQJGRK / III: SOCIETIES, LITERATURE AND THE ETHNIC LIFE-WORLD / Transcribing Orality: A Study of Ki Jingsneng Tymmen (VWKHU 6\LHP / The Interface of Mizo Society and Literature 0DUJDUHW&K=DPD / Folklore and Folk Traditions as a Cohesive in Nepali Community in India 8WSDOD*KDOH\ 6HZDb/ Singing The Nation: Pratima Barua Pandey, The Princess of the Lost Lores -\RWLUPR\3URGKDQL / The Revenant in Some Urban Legends of Shillong 'HVPRQG /.KDUPDZSKODQJ / Inter-Community Relations in Medieval Bengal As Reflected in Contemporary Bengali Vernacular Literature 0XKDPPDG6KDK1RRUXU5DKPDQ / Select Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` TRANSLATION AS A TOUCHSTONE Raji Narasimhan Writer, Translator and Journalist Raji Narasimhan’s aras reading is a thorough one like a microscope moving systematically over semantic and stylistic details…Close-examining word by w rd an nd voice, vo ce, a word and line by line, she stitches together her observations to aid the interested reader. Each translation according to her is a second com leme complementing voice. After all, translation is a creative act in itself. The Hindu indu 7UDQVODWLRQDVD7RXFKVWRQH focuses on translation as a creative process, where Narasimhan proposes that translation is an art of highlighting the complex relationship that arises between two languages, their cultures and sensibilities when they are positioned as a main language and a target language. The implications of this proposition are far-reaching, as Narasimhan argues in this book. The place of English in translation exercises in India is an implicit theme, where translation is an act which consolidates the terrain between two linguo-cultures. English, as argued, is a touchstone language, and in a multi-cultural country like India, this hold of English adds weight to the case for transliteration. With the examples of Vijay Tendulkar’s plays and Arundhati Roy’s The God of Small Things, Narasimhan argues that transliteration not only can but also should extend to wholesale incorporations of Indian language interludes into English translations. Through a comparative study of original passages and phrases in literary texts along with their translated equivalents, she has followed a multi-pronged strategy and has used, as methodology, the comparative analysis method. CONTENTS Introduction: Some Possible Approaches to Translation / Chemmeen: Its Passage through Three Languages / Negotiating the Language Divide / A Misleading Simplicity / The Implications of Bilingualism / The Road to Rebirth / The God of Small Things: A Wrong Book to Translate / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 22A Volume III: Global Perspectives Mutiny at the Margins: Sanjukta Dasgupta Former Head, Dept of English and Former Dean, Faculty of Arts, University of Calcutta,Edited Kolkata, by India Marina Carter and Crispin TAGORE—AT HOME IN THE WORLD New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 and Chinmoy Guha Department of English and Chair, UG Board of English Studies, Calcutta University, Kolkata Bates both at University Edinburgh rsityy off Edi Series edited by Crispin Bates dens the geographical geographical og l remi remitiitt This volume of 22 essays spans a wide trajectory, foregrounding the texts of Tagore and Tagore as text. Tagore’s travels to Global variousPerspectives parts of the widens ANTHROPOLOGY CULTURAL STUDIES series andthat examines ees the hee gl gglobal loba oba ob bal ddissemination isseem is emi minattio m tiion world, his reception response to diverse his atscepticism the rigid parameters of nationalism all establish of thetheperception The Mutiny at theand Margins series takes acultures, fresh look the Revoltabout of 1857 andand portrayal of the events eents off the thhe he upr uuprising up pprriis isi ssing ng inn th tthe he Tagore remarkably at home the world. This volumefocusing analysesinhow the constrictions of the specificities of place, location geographies from was a variety of original and inunusual perspectives, particular international press and literature. ititerrattur tuur ure. Itt aal also lssoo exa eexamines ex examin xxaamin min ines have beensocially interrogated by Tagore whom space wasareas a defining on always neglected marginal groupsforand geographic whichtrope. have the socio-economic ma math th of of th tthe he eve he eevents ev v nts n s of 185 118577 tendedwas to be unrepresented studies of this cataclysmic eventasinwell as the eternal. It is this strain of unacknowledged hithertoconcern Tagore’s with life, play and in contingency—with the momentary modernismaftermath andhis thewords experiences ddisspla place placed cced ed mutine mut m mutineers utin iine neeers ers in i the imperialvision and Indian historiography. British and life-affirming that make his work powerful. A believer in freedom of the individual, creative freedom and freedom of all, are as of displaced broader colonial pertinent in today’s context as they were in his time. The Tagorean spirit that makes the bard so relevant in the 21st century forms the basis of world. this CONTENTSand peace. / Introduction: dductiooonn: G Gl Glo Global loobal bbaaall Networks Neettwork or s and compilation. With some leading Tagore experts’ contributions, this volume enables us to re-read Tagore as a messenger of world harmony nddiiann Uprising Uppririsi singg Mar Ma arrina ina Carter C ter Car Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina CONTENTS Introduction / I: TAGORE AND THE LANGUAGE OF RELATIONSHIP / Tagore Redrawing the Boundaries: In Other Words, Crossing the Limits of Language 8GD\D nnattio ion onal al PPre ress ss and and nd the the Indian Indian and Crisping Bates / International Press 1DUD\DQD6LQJK / II: EUROPE AND TAGORE /Volume Rabindranath1: Tagore and Germany: An Overview 0DUWLQ.ÃPSFKHQ / Tagore’s Reception and Tagore Translations in Hungary Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Cann C nnot Gov Gover Govern ern by ern by Force For o ce Alon Alone’: ne’ e’: ,PUH%DQJKD / ‘ In Silece We Recline’: Tagore and Anna De Noailles &KLQPR\*XKD / III: DISCOVERING W. THE H. UNKNOWN / Russell Rabindranath Tagore and andthe The8QFDQQ\7XWXQ Times and the Great aat Rebe Rebellion ellllion o Chandrika Chhanddri Cha Chandr ddrrikaa Kaul / Kau K aauul / Experiences in the Locality 0XNKHUMHH / Re-reading Rabindranath’s Iran Travelogues 5DPNULVKQD%KDWWDFKDU\D / Tagore, Travel and $PULW6HQ / NATION, BEYOND ‘O’erTirtha the Cruel Roll of WarIV: Drums’: The‘NO-NATION’ PoliticisationAND of Legends in the AAge ge of Me Mechanical echa chaniicaal R Reproduction epro rodductio t onn ’ of NATIONALISM / Tagore’s Critique of Nationalism 6XEKRUDQMDQ'DVJXSWD / The University Other and the Self: Concept of Mukharji / Universalism ,QGUDQDWK&KRXGKXUL / ‘Bhinnata–Information Edited by Crispin Bates of Tagore’sProjit oon and Censorship Cennsor Censors orsh rsshhipp during 1857 185 8577 Bihari ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, –ratavarşıya Sama–j’, and Beyond $PDUW\D0XNKRSDGK\D\ / Rabindranath and the Bengal Partition of 1905: Community, ‘Nations’: Tagore’s Search in Nationalism, ‘Bha Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh Class and Gender 6XGHVKQD&KDNUDYDUWL / V: TEXT, CONTEXT, SUB-TEXT / Bengali at Home, English in the World: Bi-lingual Tagore Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J6DQMXNWD'DVJXSWD / Morris / The ‘RussianHome Factor’and in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality Civilian Space in Tagore’s Book of Consecration 3UREDO'DVJXSWD / Tagore and the ‘Feminine’: Impossible General Loves and Possibleand Ideals 0DODVKUL/DO / Studying Rabindranath d’Orgoni French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrestˇ DSNRYÀ / and disorder theShillong: long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Uprising TAGORE / Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and Thakur within the Czech–Bengali Studies %ODQND.QRWNRYÀ& Tagoreinand Between the Lines 0RRQ0RRQ0D]XPGDU / VI:Indian PERFORMING South Film AsianMusic Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Cultures: Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Universalism and Ethnicity in Tagore’s Songsofand Dance $PLWD'XWW0RRNHUMHH / of Tagorethe on Indian 6KRPD$&KDWWHUML / Connecting resistance to colonial rule (the The belliInfluence Britannica) Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index 8PD Translating Tagore’s Songs 5HED6RP / VII: Tagore the World / Rabindranath’s Experiments withinEducation, Community, and Nation at his Santiniketan Institutions prior toand 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself 'DVJXSWD / Tagore’s Universalist Sparks: A Creative diverseApproach localities$QD-HOQLNDU / within India.Tagore, Environment and Ecology: A Place/Space Dynamics 'HEDUDWL%DQG\RSDGK\D\ / Index 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 TAGORE AND CHINA Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The of Dasahra 1824 inof theChinese Punjab andStudies, Hindustan Dirk Edited by Tan Chung EmeritusMood Fellow, Institute New Delhi and Academic Associate, Edited University by Gavin Rand University of H AUniversity, Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British Wang fears Bangwei and Wei Liming both at of Chicago, Amiya Dev Jadavpur Kolkata, West Bengal, Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates Universityy pin of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the Peking University, Beijing, China of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Turbulence: u : Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military hhee Indian Ind nddiiaan Uprising Upr U pr prisi isi is sing sing si ng dde dea deals eeaals [The The qui book] ook ok is an extraordinary, perhaps unique collection (perceptive scholarly) that provides penetrating original insights intoAspects Tagore’sof the Farooqui Faro Faroo ui Rakshanda Jalil / and Contextualising how battles were w won aand ndd los llost ost an and nd ho hhow ow tthe he significant sig towards “social obligations”…Erudite, lively, wide-ranging, this assemblage brings together a mosaicwith of forward-looking Truth: Truth ca Deconstructing Deco contributions the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda army re-organised after the revolt. rev rev e olt ollt. t. ItIt also aallso so touches toouch che hhees ideas idea as well as perspectives china’sinpast “civilisational sagacity” its intellectual Chat erjee j w Chatterjee / Situating the Role ofonReligion the Rebellion: The Case of the and Prayagwals in the circles’ sensitivity against “western cultural poison”, and on thereading thornyfor issue w ttoo de ddefine efine ne the th ev th eve events vent ve ent nts Allahabad Uprising Maclean Thecritical, Mutiny knowledge in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional offers precise andKama informative, if /not of Tagore’s cosmology of ideas…An extremely rich book, it is an essential all of hhow of 1857—as rebellion, uprising as a and reb n, a nnational ation tioonaall up uupr pprissing oorr Dynamic Naregal / Constitutes a Margincultural or Margins? The Politics of secular Perception and of Tagore in regard to a deeper understanding who are Veena interested in theWhat history of Sino-Indian concord or in the ideas of—as India Indian a small war off th the kind nnd ex eexperienced xper xp eriieennced ed in ma many annyy the Representation of Power: Theeducated Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Chinese civilisations, and the public in general. Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonialThe states. state taate te he TTribune bune Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: roduct cttion: iion onn: The hee ‘S ‘‘Subaltern SSuubaallterrrnn at at Arms’ Gavin Rand and C Crispin Bates Sepoy Cri ispi sppin Bat B attes es / The The Th he Sep eppoy oy CONTENTS Foreword to the Chinese Edition by 1LUXSDPD5DR / Foreword / Preface :DQJ%DQJZHL / Introduction I by 7DQ&KXQJ / Introduction II by $PL\D'HY / 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Significance the gniifica cannce ca ce off th he VVellore ellor el lore lo ON GURUDEVA FROM HIS SANTINIKETAN SUCCESSOR / Tagore and China $PDUW\D6HQ / TAGORE’S 1924 CHINA VISIT / Historical Significance ofSpeaks: Tagore’sDiscerning 1924 China the SSigni Mutiny James TAGORE’S W Frey / IDEAL Combat, Combat Motivation and the Cons Construction C onsstru rucctio ru tioon of tion o IIdentities: deenttitititiies den ess:: A Visit :HL/LPLQJ / In Search of a Forgotten Dialogue: Chinese and Indian Artists Since 1924 $PLWDYD%KDWWDFKDU\D / WORLD / Sino-Indian Studies dus Operandi Ope i Cri Crispinn Bates Batt CaseinStudy Kaushik Roy / ofHoly Warriors: Religion as Military Modus at Visva-Bharati University: Story of Cheena-Bhavana, 8PD'DV*XSWD / Looking East: China Tagore’s Cosmology Thoughts 6ZDSDQ0DMXPGDU / Volume1921–1937 II: Britain and the Indian Marina CarterRubidadda and Susima: A Geo-civilizational William Dalrymple Dalrymple / D l ymple l / Tagore and China: A Brief Personal Note .DO\DQ.XPDU6DUNDU / TAGORE AND HIS CHINESE FRIENDS / and Telepathy between Durgadas Tales ofVision Loyalty in the Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Uprising Perspective 7DQ&KXQJ / Sino-Indian Fraternity between Tagore and Tan Yun-shan +XDQJ,6KX / TAGORE, CHINAand ANDSitaram: ASIA / Tagore’s of the EastGreat $PL\D'HY / Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand / Finding those Men Towards an In-depth Understanding of Tagore, China by and Andrea Asia 7DQ&KXQJ / TAGORE THE CREATIVE Power of Tagore’s Words $PL\D'HY / The Musical Journey Edited Major University of GENIUS / with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising of Rabindranath Tagore 5HED6RP / A Clean Slate? 5LPOL%KDWWDFKDU\D / Tagore Our Contemporary 0RKLW.5D\ / TAGORE AND CHINESE LITERATURE / Tagore’s Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Influence on the Chinese Writer %LQJ;LQ =HQJ4LRQJ / Influence of Classical Chinese Poetry on Tagore’s Works: A Tentative Discourse 7DQ&KXQJ / Tagore and Classical Index Edinburgh Chinese Poetry $PL\D'HY / The Songster’s a Mango-bird,SVKLWD&KDQGD / TAGORE AND SOCIETY / Tagore and Bengal’s Social Modernity: Bringing Women to the 2013 ō 260RELEVANCE / pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Cultural Mainstream 6DEDUHH0LWUD / Civil Britain Society, ‘Civility’ and Tagore 5DMDVUL%DVX / TAGORE’S CONTEMPORARY Community, Nation and Sustainability: and the Indian Uprising looks at the The Contemporary Relevance of Tagore 3UDVHQMLW'XDUD / Indexof British missionaries, colonial varied responses leaders and working-class voices and how they reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the revolt. ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Volume V: Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives CONTENTS / Introduction: THE ALTERNATE NATION OF ABANINDRANATH TAGOREFractured Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Debashish Banerji Pasadena City CollegeBates and University of Philosophical and Crispin / Public Perceptions of 1857: Research, Los Angeles Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Bates, University of Edinburgh An Overview of British Press Responses to the Su Sub ubalt ub aallttern alt altern ern r Narratives, Narraativ tives, This iss a passionate, wide-ranging and serious reassessment of one of the most influential painters of modern India. ButMuslim, Banerji’s Dalit study ofand Subaltern Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses sation the role ole oof marginal argi ginal n an andd Musl M Muslim uslim usl im gro group groups roupss Abanindranath Aban ndr Tagore is also of great significance far beyond South Asian studies, for theorizing a challenging new model of artistic nationalism lism IInter nter ret retati ati Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. ely. EExploring xplori m minority innoriity ity ty pper pe perceptions ercep er ce tio ce tions ns of o th the the that esists the fossilization artworks signsMissionary of the nation-state. EEvan van resists elical elic el ical al Discourse Evangelical and theofWritings of into the the London Society Andrea Major / Uprising, inc incl including nclIrvine ding ng dalitt nnarratives ar ati arr aattitive ativ ves an ves and nd tthe hhee uuse see Winther-Tamaki Associate California, nia vin Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Bert Scotland Esther Breitenbach / Professor, Art History, University of of 1857 in their invented tted hhistories. issstttori iist orriies or ori ees. s. TTh The he ssecond eeco conndd co Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline half ofof the volume looks kks iin into nto to the the th he re rresponse eespo sspo ppoonnsssee and and an Lewis 7KH$OWHUQDWH1DWLRQRI$EDQLQGUDQDWK7DJRUH provides a revisionary critiqueProjit of the art of Abanindranath Tagore, the founder a ‘national’ Bihari Mukharji / Indian in Britainknown during 1857 Fisher / of Marginalised Victims argues that the art of Abanindranath, involvement of different nnt M Muslim usl slim soc sli ssocial oci oc ciial al ggro gr groups, roups ro upppss, school of Indian Being painting, popularly as theMichael BengalH School Art. It categorically which developed of 1857 Llewellyn-Jones / Whites and the Great A Case Study of the was not merely a normalization of nationalist from civil servants, philosophers oso osoopph phe hheers rs aan and nndd logicians loggic lo giccia ian ans to an to as part Rosie of what has been calledMarginal the Bengal Renaissance inUprising: the 19th–20th centuries, or orientalist Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives British Men and the nation, Mujahidin, as well ass eexploring xxppl xpl plori ooring ng tth the hhee ex eexperience xper erien er ience ence en ce principles, but was a hermeneutic negotiation between modernity andofcommunity, geared toward the fashioning of an alternate resistant Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants tts inn the tth their heirir own he ownn wo ow w words words. ords rdddss. s. to the stereotyping identity formation of the nation-state. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS Daechsel CONTENTS List of Plates / Foreword 3DUWKD0LWWHU / Introduction / Modernity, Nation and Community—A Point of Departure // Introduction Orientalism,Marcus Nationalism and the Politics 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari of Narration / Regional Subalternity / Intersubjective Narration / Practices of Community and the Alternate Nation / Bibliography / Index of 1857 Charu Gupta Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ THE SOUTHASIAN SENSIBILITY: A Himal Reader Edited by Kanak Mani Dixit Write, Activist and Founding Editor, Himal Southasian This is a book b that should find a place on the shelf of anyone interested in South Asia as a region…The essays in this collection are part repo reportage tage and part art oopinions and reflections on various aspects of the South Asian identity….it is a good reader to dip into. Fro Frontline tline CULTURAL STUDIES 7KH6RXWK$VLDQ6HQVLELOLW\ is a collection of essays which are fine examples of long-form journalism, a form that Himal has pioneered in South Asia. Intended to mark the 25th anniversary of the magazine, the book argues for a regional sensibility when looking at issues in the subcontinent. The effort, throughout, is to look at issues from a humanist and progressive viewpoint with a strong emphasis on human rights. CONTENTS Introduction .DQDN0DQL'L[LW / The Dragon Bites its Tail .DQDN0DQL'L[LW / Axing Chipko 0DQLVKD $U\DO / Far Eastern Himalaya—The Search for Distance and Dignity 6DQMR\+D]DULND / A Bangladeshi Looks for his Country $IVDQ&KRZGKXU\ / A Kashmiri Solution for Kashmir (TEDO$KPDG / The Fractured Image of Muhammad Ali Jinnah .KDOHG$KPHG / Generals as Governors: The Parallel Political Systems of Northeast India 6DQMLE%DUXDK / Eating with our Fingers, Watching Hindi Cinema and Consuming Cricket 6$QDQG / The Dark White Shroud Shruti Debi / Between Despair and Hope: Interrogating ‘Terrorism’ 'LOLS6LPHRQ / SAARC and the Sovereignty Bargain 3UDWDS%KDQX0HKWD / Relevance of the Middle Path: Rediscovering Gandhi for all Southasia &./DO / Two Chairmen and a People .DQDN 0DQL'L[LW / Gujarat as Another Country: The Making and Reality of a Fascist Realm 3UDVKDQW-KD / Reframing the ‘Burma Question’ 7KDQW0\LQW8 / The Beauty of Compromise 5DPDFKDQGUD*XKDb/ Understanding the Nepali Mandate 3UDVKDQW-KD / A People on the Run 5DMDQ +RROH / God and the Gospel of Globalisation 0HHUD 1DQGD / Why Pakistan is not a Nation 3HUYH] +RRGEKR\ / A Tibet of the Mind 7HQ]LQJ6RQDP / Subsumed by History and Nation $IVDQ&KRZGKXU\ ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 0(',$*(1'(5$1'3238/$5&8/785(,1,1',$Tracking Change and Continuity Sanjukta Dasgupta, Dipankar Sinha and Sudeshna Chakravarti all at University of Calcutta, Kolkata, India The book ook has in detail captured trends in print, films and advertising. These are supported with fairly rich referencing from articles and journals throughout. throu ghou 0HGLD*HQGHUDQG3RSXODU&XOWXUH in India will be of more interest and use to students, especially those studying artss or mass communication. com munic Outlook Bus Business ness 0HGLD*HQGHUDQG3RSXODU&XOWXUHLQ,QGLDtalks about media representations of popular culture and gender since the 1950s and tracks the changes that have taken place in Indian society. The authors give us a candid portrait of transformations in Indian culture, represented through the lens of the camera in films, television, advertisements and in a wide array of magazines, all of which focus on gender and familial representations and patriarchal norms in Indian society. CONTENTS Introduction: Media and Mediations—Representing Change and Continuity in Indian Popular / Culture and Gender / Indian Media in Transition: Recent Past and Present / Filming Change, Securing Tradition: A Hobson’s Choice or a Dynamic Duality / Television: Images and the Imaginary / Advertising: Encoding Seduction / Print Media and Popular Culture: Agents with a Difference / Conclusion: Media Responsibility—The Winding Road Ahead / Index bSDJHVb+DUGEDFN` LOCATING CULTURAL CHANGE: Theory, Method, Process Edited by Partha Pratim Basu and Ipshita Chanda both at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India The work, ork, a collection of well-researched case-studies, analyses the contemporary values in Indian society… the book brings in the element elem nt of “local”” wh “loca which is an idea rather than a “location”. The Hoo Hoot /RFDWLQJ&XOWXUDO&KDQJH7KHRU\0HWKRG3URFHVV is concerned with defining the local through case studies of specific cultural processes. The thrust is on the institutionalization of ‘local’ concerns where the ‘local’ is the site of ideas and issues, and how these in turn influence us. The central premise of this collection is that in order to understand the common man’s perspective, one has to demystify cultural processes. CONTENTS Introduction: Locating Cultural Change: Process and Method / Jassi Jaissi Koi Nahin and Makeover of Indian Soaps $EKLMLW5R\b/ Foreign Babies/Indian Make: Outsourcing Reproduction in the Age of Globalization 0RGKXPLWD5R\b/ Nationalism, Television and Indian Cricket in Global Mediascape: Where Has the Local Gone? 0DQDV*KRVKb/ Bollywood and the Mumbai Underworld: Reading Satya in Retrospect 5DMGHHS5R\b/ Translating India Today: Local Cultures, Global Ambitions and Colonial Hangovers 6D\DQWDQ'DVJXSWDb/ Kya Hum Pehle Kabhi Yahan Aye Hain: Re-turning to Look at the ‘Indian’ in Indian Cinema through Farah Khan’s Om Shanti Om ,SVKLWD&KDQGDb/ Minority Rights in India: A View from the Regional Press 3DUWKD3UDWLP%DVXb/ Medical Advertisement: An Embodiment of Culture 'DOLD &KDNUDERUW\ / Just for Fun: Changing Notions of Social Forms of Leisure 1LODQMDQD*XSWD and 'HYOLQD*RSDODQ / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 0&'21$/',6$7,210$6$/$0&*263(/$1'20(&2120,&6Televangelism in Contemporary India Jonathan D James Edith Cowan University, Perth 0F' QDOG 0F'RQDOGLVDWLRQ0DVDOD0F*RVSHODQG2P(FRQRPLFV provides clear illustrations of general stereotypes associated with Christianity as a Wes ern re Western religion and a tool for cultural imperialism in India, and makes it clear that televangelists and their Charismatic preaching on television fuel such uch iideas. The book also gives numerous directions in relation to further research on a topic to which little attention has generally been paid in the past… this is a well-organised book that has something interesting to say at the threshold of religious hybridity in India. Literature & The Theology logy CONTENTS Foreword by Prof 6WHZDUW0+RRYHU / Introduction / McDonaldisation, Masala McGospel and Om Economics / Charismatic Televangelism: The Global, Evolving Spirit / Televangelism in India’s Context: Historical and Cultural Issues / The Construction of Charismatic Televangelism in India / Hindu Televangelism: The Economics of Orthopraxy / Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Pastors and the Divided Church / Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Hindu Leaders and the Contested Nation / The Mediation of Charismatic Televangelism / Faith’s Flows, Fragments and Futures / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 24A Mutiny at the Margins: Edited by Nita Mathur Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi &21680(5&8/785(02'(51,7<$1','(17,7< Volume III: Global Perspectives CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY STUDIES / ETHNIC/MINORITY RIGHTS Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 of Edinburgh &RQVXPHU&XOWXUH0RGHUQLW\DQG,GHQWLW\ offers analysis of articulation of consumer culture and modernity in everyday Bates lives of both peopleatin University a Series edited by Crispin Bates transnational framework. It pursues three broad themes: lifestyle and construction of modern identity; fashion and identity; andGlobal subaltern concerns widens Perspectives ens n the ns th geographical th g g rem remit and subjectivities. It juxtaposes empirical studies with traditions in addressing questions such as: How ofdothe people seriesimagine and examines ees the globa global al ddissemination iisssem eemi m nation Themoral Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at thetheoretical Revolt of 1857 modernity and identity in consumer culture? What does modernity ‘being modern’ mean to people in different societies?and Are portrayal modernityofand the events eents of the t e uupr up uprising p isiinngg in the from a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing inorparticular tradition antithetical to or develop interface with each other? The chapters in the book trace manifestations and trajectories of consumer culture international press and literature. iteraatur ttuurre. IItt al aalso lso so eex exa examines xxaamin miinnes m on neglected socially marginalangroups and geographic areas which have and modernity as they to developinastudies sense ofofrenewed identity. event in the socio-economic aftermath math m th th of the he eevents vents ntts ts ooff 185 1857 8557 tended to beconnect unrepresented this cataclysmic hitherto and the experiences ddispla plaaced pla cceeedd mut mu m mutineers uutttine innneeeer iine ers rrss iinn the thh and Indian historiography. British imperial CONTENTS Introduction / I: LIFESTYLE CHOICES AND CONSTRUCTION OF MODERNIST IDENTITIES / The Rich and the Super-Rich: Mobility, Consumption and Luxury of displaced broader colonial world. Lifestyles 0LNH )HDWKHUVWRQH / Shop Talk: Shopping Malls and their Publics 6DQMD\ 6ULYDVWDYD / Consumer Agency of Urban Women in India 6KHOO\ 3DQGH\ / Modernity, Consumer Culture and Construction of Urban Youth Identity in India: A Disembedding Perspective 1LWD0DWKXU / Imagining Identity in the Age of Internet and CONTENTS / Introduction: dducttion oonn: G Gl Glo Global lloobal oba bbal aall Networks Neettwoork rks aand nd Communication Technologies 5REHUW5DWWOH / II: GLOBAL MARKETS, LOCAL NEEDS: FASHION AND ADVERTISING / Structural Changes Rather than Global the Influence of Media: ndian aann Uprising Uprriiisi Up ssiing ng M Ma Mar aarriina in nnaa Carter Carrter C Perspectives on the Indian Marina People’s Encounter with Economic Liberalization in India 6WHYH'HUQÒ0HHQX6KDUPD and 1DUHQGUD6HWKL / Fashion, Advertising and Identity inand the Consumer Society/ International nnat attio iion onal al PPre Pr ressss and re anndd the the th he Indian Innd ndi d an Crisping Bates Press Volume 1:‘KamaSutra’ Anticipations and 'RXJODV.HOOQHU / Cultural Politics of Branding: Promoting in India :LOOLDP0D]]DUHOOD / Shopping for Fashions in Post-Socialist Uprising Russia 2OJD*XURYD / Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caannnnot C nott Gov G Go Govern overn e by by Force For o ccee AAl Alone’: loonne’:: lo Sales Tours, or How Czech Seniors Learned to Love Capitalism 0DUNHWD5XOLNRYD / III:SUBALTERN CONCERNS MORAL SUBJECTIVITIES / Politics Consumption, W. H. AND Russell and TheofTimes and the Great aat R Rebellion eebe bbeellllilioonn Chandrika Cha C Ch hhaandr ndr nd d ika Kaul / Kauul / Experiences in the Locality Politics of Justice: The Political Investment of the Consumer 5REHUWD6DVVDWHOOL / Ethical Consumption in‘O’er the the Global Age: PromiseThe of Politicisation a Better World Cruel RollCoffee’s of War Drums’: of 1LFNL/LVD Legends in the Ag Age gee of of Me M Mechanical echa chani ch nica cal R Re Reproduction epro ep rodu duction duc ttitio ion by Crispin University of 0HOLNH Projit oon and and nd Censorship C sor Cen orsh orsh ship ip during dur uring iinng ing ng 1857 188557 Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information &ROH / Consumer Culture and Turkish Poor Edited Youth’s Identity: Issues of Bates Vulnerability and Exclusion $NWDVĹ<DPDQRJ ı OX / Index Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panicc of of 1857 188557 Ma Mark Mark rk S Sul Sullivan u lilivan ivvan vaan an Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova // ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: of resistanceSociological to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) 086/,0%$&.:$5'&/$66(6A Perspective Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in Azra Khanam Dr K R Narayanan Centre for Dalit and Minorities Studies, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi diverse localities within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) This book presents the sociological perspectives OBCs as aCrispin category determined by the Indian State. Although Muslims constitute an CONTENTS on Muslim / Introduction Bates / important part of the population and are the second largest and religious community the world, as well as in India, social scientists rarely undertake Bandits, Bureaucrats Bahadur Shah inZafar: Articulating and Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State this community to analyze their socioeconomic educational development. 0XVOLP%DFNZDUG&ODVVHV provides a comprehensive explanation Volume IV: Military ry in the Margins of Colonialwith India, 1757–1858 of the origin and meaning of the termEffect “backward class,” followed thec.historical perspectives of Muslim backwardness in India. Aspects Aspe As sppeect c s of of thee Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The The volume fills the gap in the literature and a broad-based of theDirk problems of Muslim OBCs, highlighting the questions of justice Mood of presents Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab picture and Hindustan Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Univ Un iver erssiity ty of of and equal opportunity to all groups irrespective H A Kolff / of Thereligion. Hazards of Interference’: British fears Greenwich and Crispin pin pi p in Bates Bates Ba tes University te Univ Un iver erssiityy of Rebellion Preface / and Sati as a Potential An SiteOverview of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the CONTENTS Introduction / of Muslims in India / Origin of “Backward Classes” / Muslim Backwardness in India / Stratification among Muslims of Edinburgh Mutiny: and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Internal Roots ofDynamics Peasant among Muslim OBCs: An Interpretation / Millennium in India: Sex-Slavery A Caste, Class Debate / Sociological Dimensions among Muslim OBCs / Development Turbulence: TenureOBCs / Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Goals and Muslim Conclusion / Appendices / Bibliography / Index Military Aspects of the he Indian Ind ndia nd ian Uprising Upr U ppriisi siing ing ng dea deals als Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were w the wonn aand nndd lost loosst and los anndd ho an hhow ow tth he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` army re-organised after thee revolt. rev rre eevvol ooltltt. ItIt also also al so touches touches to Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on the thorny issue of hhow w to to de ddefine efine ne the thhee eeve th ev events vveents Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, a nationall uprising ising i or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and MINORITIES AND THE STATE: Changing Social and Political Landscape of Bengal a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of Edited by Abhijit Delhi School of Economics, of Delhi, India Masahiko Togawa Hiroshima Independence 1857, and Dasgupta Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War University in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Traces and Silences in Ethnography E Henderson / University, Japan and AbulCarol Barkat DhakaIndex University, Bangladesh CONTENTS / Introduction: du The ‘Subaltern at Arms’ Gavin inRand Bates Crispin ispin spi pin Ba Bates Bat es / The SSep Sepoy eppoy 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) 0LQRULWLHVDQGWKH6WDWH discusses the plight of two numerically significant religious minority groups: Hindus in Bangladesh and Muslims Westand CCri Discerning the SSign Significance gni nifican ni ficanccee off the fica the Vel th VVellore e lo el lor ore re Bengal, India. The political vicissitudes in India and Bangladesh have stirred up questions relating to citizenship, nationality, Speaks: and identity. In this Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Con Construction C nstruuctio ioon of of IIdentities: denttititititiies de ess:: A volume, academics from India, Bangladesh, and Japan examine the formation of minority Case identity at the time of partition of India in 1947 and in duss Op Ope peera rand ndi C Cri riissp spi pin B pi Ba Bat ates at Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume Britain andstrategies, the Indian subsequent decades. The articles emphasize the II: crises and coping migration, and local-level politics affecting minorities. and stateMarinaand Carter William Wil Wi W iilllia liliam iiaam Da Dalrymple / Dal D aallr ymp yym m mpple le / and Sitaram: of Loyalty in the Great 6HNKDU Indian Uprising Sabyasachi iingg Sab S abbyas aasa ssaacch chi hhii Dasgupta / Das D assggu gup u ta ta / Uprising CONTENTS Introduction $EKLMLW 'DVJXSWD, 0DVDKLNR 7RJDZD, and $EXO %DUNDW / The MinoritiesDurgadas in Post-Partition West Tales Bengal: The Riots of 1950 Reconstructing Military after in theContemporary Rebellion Gavin Rand Rannd / Finding Finndding Fi nng th ttho those hhoossee Men Meeenn M %DQG\RSDGK\D\ / On the Margins: Muslims in West Bengal $EKLMLW'DVJXSWD / ‘Wrestling with My Shadow’: The Statethe andImperial the Immigrant Muslims Edited by Andrea Major University of es inn India Innddiaa after afftterr the af aft tthhe Uprising Upr prissin sii g with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial West Bengal 6DPLU.XPDU'DV / Partition Refugees on Borders: Assimilation in West Bengal 7HWVX\D1DNDWDQL / Political Economy of Deprivation of Hindu MinorityIdentities in ebaatee Gau Ga autam au aam m Ch C Cha ha h kra kraavarty artty / art Gajendra Mutiny, War orduring Smallthe War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin University of Violence Bangladesh: Living with the Vested Property Act $EXO%DUNDW / Role Bates of Civil Society in Combating againstSingh / Religious Minorities Post-2001 General Index Edinburgh Elections of Bangladesh 5DQJDODO6HQ / Hindu Minority in Bangladesh: Migration, Marginalization, and Minority Politics in Bengal 0DVDKLNR7RJDZD / Status of Hindu 2013 as ō 260 pagesinō the Hardback: (978-81-321-1053-8) Women: Spheres of Human Rights Violation in Bangladesh 6DGHND+DOLP / The Crises of Hindu Minority Depicted Fictionsòf850.00 Contemporary Bangladesh Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the $EX'D\HQ / Index varied responses of British missionaries, colonial leaders and working-class voices and how they reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the revolt. ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Volume V: Muslim, m, m, Dalit Dali Da alilitt and an nd Subaltern Narratives / Introduction: Fractured STATES IN CONFLICT WITHCONTENTS THEIR MINORITIES: Challenges to Minority Rights in South Asia Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Edited by Rita Manchanda General Secretary, Forum offor1857: Human Rights, Delhi and Crispin Bates South / PublicAsia Perceptions Bates, University of Edinburgh An Overview of British Press Responses to the Dalit The book ook ddescribes South Asia as a land of minorities, indicating towards a peculiar observation that the majority in one countryMuslim, happens to be theand Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the roleaof marginal arginal arg rgi g na nal al and and Muslim an Musl uusssl slim liim m groups ggro roups ro ups p minority mino ityatin theofother. It points to theand factPolemics that pluralism has been intrinsic characteristic of all South Asia states…The book goes beyond just Inter ret retati Interpretations ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics Salahuddin Malik /the ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: ely EExploring ely. xplori plor mi min minority nor oririty tyy per pe perceptions ercep ccep ep eptions eptio titio tio ionnss of of tth the he he map ing uildin and m mapping ofDiscourse minority situation in SouthofAsia, identifies the modern problematique in processes of state formation,respectively. nation building Evan el elic ical alo Evangelical and the Writings the and London Missionary Society minority Andrea Major / Uprising, iinclu including l di ding dalitt nnarr narratives arrat arr rrrat attiives ati vess an ve and nd tthe hhee us uuse sse Scottish Presbyterian MissionariesThe andbook Public Opinion ina Scotland Esther Breitenbach / knowledge and scholarship… practice of liberal democracy… is definitely positive addition to the existing of 1857 inn C tth their eirr in iinvented ted hhistories. ist ist is stori orir es es. s Th TThe he ssecond eco eec ccondd Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Social al Change ang half of the h volume looks kkss iin into nto to the th re th response esp sspo ppoonse nssee aan ns and nd Lewis Projit Bihari Mukharji / Being 5LWD Indian0DQFKDQGDb in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / and Marginalised Victims of different nntt Mu M Muslim ussl slilil m ssocial ociial al gr ggroups, gro rrooups uupps, CONTENTS Introduction / Violence, Cultural Diversities the Fantasies of a Monolithic Nation-State $VKLV 1DQG\ / Ainvolvement Long- term View of of 1857 Rosie Muslim Llewellyn-Jones / Whites and/ the GreatModernity Uprising:and A Case Study of6XNXPDU the civilEnvironment: servants, philosophers oso oos ssoophe phers rs an and nndd logicians loogic iccia iian an a s to Contemporary Situation in Marginal India -DYHHG $ODP Media, Minorities 0XUDOLGKDUDQ / Hindus in a Polarized from Political Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: of British MenDenied and $PHQD 0RKVLQ / Discrimination in Pakistan Bangladesh’s Minority $IVDQ &KRZGKXU\ / Chittagong HillShared Tracts Narratives of Bangladesh: Justice against Religious the Mujahidin, as well ass eexploring xpl xp p oriing ng the thhee eex th experience xper pe iennce ce Women in Constitutional 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian in Rebellion: Unmaking and Baluchistan ,VKWLDT+XVVDLQ / Strangers in the Minorities: Aspects 6KDKOD=LD / Religious Minorities Pakistan:The Mapping Sind and Minorities in of House: indigenous participants ttss in in th ttheir the heir ir oown ow wn w wn wo words. ords ords d . ds Making ofTextbooks an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index Pakistani 5XELQD6DLJRO / Sri Lanka: Recent Shifts in the Minority Rights Debate -D\DGHYD8\DQJRGD / Muslims in Sri Lanka: Political Choices of a Minority CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel )DU]DQD+DQLIID / andÀccountability in a ‘New’ Democratic Nepal 0DKHQGUD/DZRWL / Index of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari 2013 ō 264 pages ōInclusion Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Charu Gupta ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable Loyalties: ies: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ /()7:,1*(;75(0,60$1'+80$15,*+76The Role of Civil Liberties Groups in Andhra Pradesh K V Thomas 3($&(&21)/,&7678',(6 The book unfolds a mosaic of issues such as Left Wing Extremism (LWE), human-civil rights issues, especially of the weaker and marginalized section, closely intertwined with internal security. The issues have been interpreted in the broader terms in the book, covering political, civil, economic, social and cultural rights of the people, as enunciated by Vienna Declaration and Action Plan (1993) on Human Rights. Based on an empirical study of the LWE movement in Andhra Pradesh, once the citadel of LWE, it offers a deeper analysis of the growth and consolidation of LWE in India. It brings out their support base among Tribals and the marginalized, the organizational structure, violence that produced conditions for the spread of Naxalism, the militarization and human rights violations. It also tries to study the profiles and role of NGOs in promoting rights, particularly of tribals, dalits, women, rural poor and children for which specific case studies have been undertaken. The study manifests that LWE and subsequent human rights violation is an offshoot of various socio–economic and developmental issues and thus the social reform role of Maoists/Naxalite activism in the neo-colonial set up cannot be ignored. The book furnishes new insights into the role of NGOs in such a highly complex socio-economic milieu and offers a number of bold, unbiased and constructive recommendations/suggestions to resolve vexed issues like LWE. As LWE and counter-extremist operations have become the major sources of serious human rights violations in the country, the Pan-Indian scenario of the movement bringing out its genesis, organizational structure, ideological moorings and the differential demographic and geographic spread, etc. have been elaborately dealt with in the book. CONTENTS Preface / Human Rights: Historical Background and Constitutional Framework / Human Rights Scenario in Andhra Pradesh : A Ground-level Study / LeftWing Extremism: A Pan-Indian Scenario / Left-Wing Extremism and Human Rights in Andhra Pradesh / Human and Civil Rights of Marginalized Sections / How to Tackle Left-Wing Extremism? / Human Rights NGOs and Their Increasing Role / Andhra Pradesh: A Role Model for Civil Liberties Groups and NGOs / A Way Ahead / Conclusion / Appendix / Notes / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW THE SOLDIER AND THE STATE IN INDIA: Nuclear Weapons, Counterinsurgency, and the Transformation of Indian Civil–Military Relations Ayesha Ray King’s College,Pennsylvania, USA 7KH6ROGLHUDQGWKH6WDWHLQ,QGLD is one of the first attempts at offering a theoretical perspective for examining some of the most critical issues that have emerged in Indian civil-military relations. It specifically examines issues pertaining to military expertise and military professionalism that emerged whenever there was a contestation in civil-military functions, thereby allowing the military greater influence in policy-making. It includes a serious focus on the role of the Indian military in counterinsurgency operations and the impact of Indian nuclear strategy on the relationship between civilians and the military in India. Most books on the subject have failed to address issues that emerge when there is a contestation in civil-military functions; this book seeks to fill that gap. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / The Evolution of India’s Higher Defense Organization / Nuclear Weapons Development in a Strategic Vacuum / The Effects of Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons on Civil–Military Relations in India / The Indian Military’s Role in Unconventional Operations / Conclusion / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 3($&(,6(9(5<%2'<ł6%86,1(66A Strategy for Conflict Prevention Lt Gen (Retd) Arjun Ray India’s Deputy Military Advisor in London 3HDFHLV(YHU\ERG\łV%XVLQHVVis about conflict prevention, hope and peace for the oppressed and alienated, and the imaginative use of softpower to win back estranged communities into the social and political mainstream. Past strategies in managing alienated societies have been derived from two extreme ideological positions—imprisoning those who take up arms against the stage, or ultra-liberalism, which is denounced as impractical. The author suggests an alternative strategy to reconcile these two extreme positions—a three-pronged strategy to achieve success by preventing conflict by addressing human security through human development, pursuing a policy of atonement and forgiveness, and eliminating trust deficit between the State and the marginalized. The central focus of this strategy, which the author in his capacity as a General successfully executed in Operation Sadhbhavna, is the people. The author believes that killing is counterproductive and the army must change its role from ‘winning wars’ to ‘preventing wars’. CONTENTS Preface / The Signposts: Hope, Modernization and Non-Violence / Alienation: Poverty, Land, Culture and Politics / Muslim Alienation and National Mainstream / Conflict Prevention / Human Security / Centre of Gravity—The People / Winning the Hearts of Alienated Societies / Culture of Silence and Critical Consciousness / Women’s Empowerment / Changing Role of the Military—Preventing Wars and Not Winning Wars / Re-education of the Security Forces / Media’s Public Interest Role? / Technology for Peace / Leading through Chaos and Uncertainty / Epilogue: The Unfinished Jasmine Revolutions and the Virtual Revolution—Lessons in Conflict Prevention / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` DEFRAGMENTING INDIA: Riding a Bullet through the Gathering Storm Harish Nambiar Columnist, Sunday Economic Times An ooften en re remarkable, deeply felt travelogue through the fragmenting and defragmenting images and impulses of contemporary India…The highly ambitious amb ious book maps the urban consciousness of India by juxtaposing sever aspects of lives thrown into a vortex of situations...The narrative draws heavilyy on the oral tradition, lot more, and seeks to remain within the ambit of objectivity to the extent possible. It provides a chilling backdrop to heav the Gujarat riots…The great value of the effort lies in its descriptive panache. It often resorts to poetic and philosophical allusion about ut a highly ghly divided ethos… Sahara hara Time 'HIUDJPHQWLQJ,QGLD is an account of the various fault lines of Indian society quivering in the temblors that the 2002 Hindu–Muslim communal riots of Gujarat sent across the nation. The riots form the dramatic backdrop to the travelogue narrative of a motorbike trip of the author and his friend. CONTENTS Intimacies Remapped / The Covered Trucks / Manto Strikes / An Iranian Exile in Sambhalpur / Sense and Sensibility / The Moor in the Idol Junkyard / Destinies, Dynasties and Upstart Pickpockets / The Soldier Who Annexed Three States for Three Daughters / ‘Our Shiv Sena’ / ‘Dangerous Like My English Teacher’ / The Open Circle / Do Children Smell Fear in Sweat? / Cardamom Cloud over Coffee / The Instinct to Upgrade / A Moses on His Harley Davidson / Arabs, Jains, Mammon and Osama / A Drunken RSS Man in Jassema / Invisible Migrations, Furtive Bleedings / Epilogue ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` $ Mutiny at the Margins: S Murari formerly Associate Editor, Deccan Herald, India 7+(35$%+$.$5$16$*$The Rise and Fall of an Eelam Warrior New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY 3($&(&21)/,&7678',(6 Batesandboth University of Edinburgh 7KH3UDEKDNDUDQ6DJD is the story of the man who defined the armed struggle for an independent Eelam for over three decades who at lived Bates Prabhakaran. A home-grown guerilla who built the LTTE into a ruthless war machine bySeries the gunedited and diedbybyCrispin the gun–Velupillai and controlled its widens the geographical remit Global Perspectives world-wide network his hideout ruled territories control with an iron fist; who defied the world and eliminated whoever in of the seriescame and examines the global dissemination The Mutiny at thefrom Margins seriesand takes a fresh lookunder at thehis Revolt of 1857 hisfrom way,aincluding Indian Minister Rajiv Gandhi; who had fighters ready to kill and die in thousands for him … yet failed, leaving andheportrayal of the events nts of the uprising p g in the variety offormer original andPrime unusual perspectives, focusing in particular theonfuture of Sri Lankan a biggroups question mark. international press and literature. iterature. It al aalso lso exa examines xaamin minees neglected sociallyTamils marginal and geographic areas which have socio-economic ma mathh ooff tthe thhhee ev eevents eve vveent nttss of nts of 18 11857 185 857 to be unrepresented studies of this cataclysmic hitherto The book istended a first-person account by the in author based on his innumerableevent visitsinto Sri Lanka during its turbulent years. He looksthe at the Prabhakaranaftermath and the experiences of displaced ddiisplaced plllaacced pla ceeedd mut mu m mutin mutineers uuttin iine ne neers eerrrss in in th tthe he imperial Indian historiography. British era, a critical phaseand in the country’s history, objectively, without being judgemental. broader colonial world. CONTENTS Foreword 96XU\DQDUD\DQ / Preface / THE ACCORD THAT FAILED / When Colombo Was in Flames / Uneasy Peace in Jaffna / The Deep Ethnic Divide / CONTENTS / Introduction: dduction onn: G Glo Global lloobal obal baall Networks ba Net e work or s and Sympathy for Tamils, Not for Their Cause / Delhi Cracks the Whip on Prabhakaran / Battle for Jaffna and Operation Food Drop / India’s Vietnam / IPKF’s Strategy / Jaffna nddian an Uprising Upririsi Up sing ng M Mar Ma a ina naa Carter Caaarrte Car C rte ter er Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina under IPKF Rule / Progress to North-east Provincial Council / Enters Premadasa … and IPKF Is Caught in a Bind / IPKF Gets Quit Notice / Jaffna—A Town in Transition / nat nna attio ion oonnaall Pr PPre rreess essss and and nd the thhe Indian Innd ndi ddiian an and Crisping Bates / International Press Murder, Most Foul / Thondaman Averts a Crisis / Uneasy Peace in North, Reign of Terror in South / End of a Misadventure / EELAM WAR II / Thirteen-month Honeymoon Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising PeterIsolated / Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caann C nnoott G Go Gov Govern oveer ov ern rn by rn by Force Forrcee AAl Alone’: loonne’ nee’’: Ends / The VIP Treatment / Pathmanabha Murder / Dismissal of Karunanidhi Government / The Turning Point / The Impeachment Drama / India Hits Back, Gets W. H.From Russell and The Times and the aat R Rebellion ebbe ebe bellllioonn Chandrika Cha C Ch ha hanndr nd drikaa Kaul / d Kaaauul / Kau Experiences in the ERA / Locality Assassination of Premadasa / Wijetunga’s Uninspiring Tenure / CHANDRIKA Short-lived Hope of Peace / PM to President / Short-lived Truce / The Battle for Great ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the AAge ge off Me M Mechanical ecchhani niccaal R Re Reproduction eprodu rodu ro dduc uucctio cttio i n Jaffna / The Bloody Aftermath in Colombo / The Peace Package Diluted / The Mullaitivu Attack / Unceasing Battles / Chandrika Gets a Fresh Lease of Life / The Siege of Edited by Crispin Bates University of oon and Censorship Cen ensoorrsh en rsshhip ip during during i 1857 185 857 Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information Jaffna / Devolution Package Falls Through / Short-lived PA Government / THE LONG AND UNEASY TRUCE / United National Party Wins on Peace Plank / Prabhakaran in Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic off 1857 185 857 Ma Mark M arrk k Sul S Sullivan livan the Dock / Prabhakaran Puts a Cat among Edinburgh Pigeons / Peace Talks Begin / Ups and Downs in Talks / LTTE Opts Out, but Ranil Does Not Give Up / A Missed Opportunity / Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indiann Muti M Mutiny ut ny Elena K Kar Karatchkova / aratc attchkova / tc tc Chandrika Steps In, Norway Steps Out / Karuna Splits LTTE /and Yet Another Split Verdict / When Tsunami United Lanka / Post-tsunami Unity Crumbles / THE LAST PHASE / Anticipations Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marinaa Carter Car Ca aarrtte ter er / ‘Vengeance er ‘VVe Ven e geaanc n e Against Agains Ag ins inst nsst Mahinda Wins, with a Little Help from the LTTE / Undeclared War / Geneva II / MahindaGoedsche Strengthens His Indian Hands /Uprising Goodbye Bala! / centres on unrest andOperation disorderWatershed / in the longAccord historyEludesEngland!’: U i ing Migration aan and nd Hermann and the Kim A Wagner // The Uprising Uprising, LTTE Takes to Wings / Tit-for-tat Air Raids / of Echo in Tamil Nadu / Lanka Ends Truce / Tentative Moves for Solution / Truce, Colombo Spurns Prabhakaran’s the South LTTE AsianOffers Diaspora Marina Carter andIt / Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) Last Hurrah / LTTE Citadels Fall / The Final Battle / The Bitter End / Epilogue / Index Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in diverse localities within India. ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty WOMEN IN TERRORISM: Case of the LTTE and Seeing the Modern State Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Tamara Herath Central JusticeTom Manager for a Policing Organisation, Central London Indian Uprising Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The of Dasahra 1824 the Punjab and Hindustan :RPHQLQ7HUURULVP examines the Mood growing number of inwomen actively engagedDirk in terrorist activity and considers the significance of Gavin this for Rand Edited by nd nd University Unnivver U erss y off A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears theorising gender, conflict and socialHpolitics. With that aim, the book studies Tamil women combatants of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil EelamCrispin Greenwich and pin pi p n Bates Bate Ba tes University tes Unniv U niver iveerrssiityy iv of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the (LTTE), an armed resistance group which is identified as one of the deadliest terrorist groups globally. of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Drawing narrative life histories, book canvasses ethno-nationalist war in Sri Lanka contributing to a major social changeof the Turbulence:onTenure Structures and 1857the Amaresh Misra / The three Police decades in Delhi inof1857 Mahmood Military Aspects hhe Indian Ind In India nd an Uprising Upr U Up pprrisi iisssiing ng ddea de deals ea eals Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising for Tamil women in Jaffna. It identifies the LTTE as providing an ‘alternative’ familial kinship founded upon friendship, which transcends with how caste battlesand were w woon aand won ndd los losst and lost annndd ho hhow ow the tthhe Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda religion. The book reveals that the LTTE combatant woman’s paradoxical equality may differ from Western feminist notions ofarmy emancipation, butafter the re-organised he revolt. he reevvolt re rev oolltlt. t. ItIt also aallso lso so touches ttoouch cche hhees Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the represents a profound change within its own patriarchal society. on the thorny issue of hhow hoow to de define efine ne tthe thhhee eeve ev events ve ven ents nts nt Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional This original presents argument that engagement in armed has transformed combatant women’s understanding of themselves of 1857—as a rebellion, uprising n, a na nnational attio ioonal al upr pprris issiing oorr isi Dynamic Veenabook Naregal / Whatthe Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politicsconflict of Perception and into female slayersof of injustice and protectors of the Tamil nation, a (re)constructed a small war of the kind nndd exp experienced per erien eri enceedd iinn m ma many annyy any the Representation Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautamwith Bhadra / The War of gender identity and sense of empowerment IndependenceNotes 1857, Sultan-I-Rome / Memorialising of War 1857:and Memories, colonial CONTENTS onand the Swat Language Conventions /Spatial Entering a Tiger’s Lair / TheinLions The Tigers: A Historical Overview of the Sri Lankan Conflict andstates. the Role of Traces andDisplacement Silences in Ethnography CarolFactors E Henderson / Women / and Contributing to JoiningIndex the LTTE / The Tiger Family: Kin Identity amongst Women Combatants of the LTTE / CONTENTS Death and the Suicide/ Introduction: rodu duct ctiion oonn: TThe Thhhee ‘S ‘Su ‘Subaltern Subalt Su a ern att al Bomber / Ah-lu-mai: Equality and` Empowerment of the New Woman, Puthumai Pen / Ending a Journey: Final Reflections / Bibliography / Index Arms’ Gavin Rand and C Crispin Bates Cri Cr risp ri spi ppiin Bat Ba B ateess / Th at TThe hhee Sep Sepoy oyy 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) Speaks: Discerning the SSi Significance the ggnnnifica gni ficannce ce of tth he VVellore ellor el lor lo ore ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction oonns ons onstru n tr trruc tru uctio tioon off Ide IIdentities: dentittitiittiiees de es: A Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume II: Britain and the Indian Case and Marina Carter William Dalrymple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi Dasgupta / Uprising THE TIGER VANQUISHED: LTTE’s Story Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand / Finding those Men Edited AndreaNew Major University of with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising M R Narayan Swamy Indo-Asian NewsbyService, Delhi Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Itt is ann es essential read for anyone trying to get his intellectual keel on extremist philosophy. IndexAt a time when even the most pacifist of thinkers Edinburgh ccannot annot im imagine a world without a war between ‘good’ and ‘evil’ , and ‘civilization’ and 2013 ‘medievalism’ is good to read about a group that ō 260 pages, ōitHardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) 321 1 53-8) 321-1 53 8) Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the sstarted tart d it all. a varied responses of British missionaries, colonial The Book ok R Review view leaders and working-class voices and how they 7KH7LJHU9DQTXLVKHG/77(łV6WRU\reveal provides a detailed account the critical peace V: process the multiplicity of Britishofreactions to years the when Sri Lanka’s internationally backed Volume Muslim, m, Dalit Daalilit and D aannd slowly led to a vicious war that the LTTE revolt.decisively lost. The introduction provides previously unpublished information, including India’s covert Subaltern Narratives tiv iveess involvement in the Norwegian-sponsored peace process and/ theIntroduction: silent war thatFractured the Indian intelligence waged against the LTTTE. Also, among other CONTENTS Edited by Marcus Daechsel ae a ecch hse sel aand nd n d CCr Crispin riissp piin things, an inside account of what went wrong with TigersExperiences is given by Andrea two young women who served in the LTTE. Narratives and the Marginal Major Bates, EEdinburgh din inbbuurg rgh Bates May / Public 1857: CONTENTS Key years in LTTE history / theand finalCrispin conversation: 2009 /Perceptions Introduction /ofTestimonials of LTTE Cadres / TESTAMENT I—Saroja’s Story / University TESTAMENT off Ed Overview of British PressTurmoil Responses the “Only a Snake Understands a Snake”/ Can Tsunami II—Vani’s Story / I: 2003-2005 / why doesAn LTTE Make Pro-India Noises? / in Tiger to Land / bringDalit Peace toand Subaltern Muslim, Sub ubal ub aalt lltter eern rn Narratives, rn Narra Na arr rrativ tii es, ess Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular Britishwill Kill Peace Process / Norway has to Recalibrate Sri Lanka Peace Sri Lanka? / The Tsunami, and Prabhakaran / Tribute: Shankar Rajee / Kadirgamar Assassination addresses the role of marginal argi ginal gi nal nna al al and aannd M Muslim usliim usl us m ggro groups rouup ups ppss Interpretations ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics Polemics Malik / Battlefields’: Process / 2006 /ofSwitzerland taking Deepand Interest in SriSalahuddin Lanka / Solheim not ‘Spiritual to Quit Peace Process / India Clawing back to Sri Lanka’s Northeast /respectively. A Book is a Window to Exploring min m minority innor oriririttyy pper orit pe perceptions erceptio er cceep cep eptio ttiio tions ionnss of of tthe thhe Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Knowledge / Indian PM Urges Rajapakse to Save Tamils in Trincomalee / Suicide Bomber Blows up Sri Lanka’s Peace Process / Prabhakaran’s Pride: Or Why he Refused including dalitt nnarratives aarr rraati rr atttiives ves ve es an aand nd tthe he use Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / two Missing in Sri Lanka / Pro-LTTE WebsiteUprising, to Meet Akashi / Co-chairs’ forthright Sri Lanka EdictOpinion will Please India / Indian Trader Brutally Killed, Attacks Karunanidhi / of 1857 in their invented tteed hist hhistories. isssttori ist orriies or ees. ss.. Th TThe he ssecond eccond Captivewith Women andTamil ManlyGirl Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Armed Parrots, Flees to India / In War Torn Sri Lanka, a Widow Remembers / Be Patient Please, Sri Lanka to Tell India / Faltering Sri Lankan Peace half ofLove—hate the volume kkss in into to the thh re respo response spoonns nse sse aand nd Lewis Solheim calls Karuna Allegations “Complete Lies” / Experts Suggest “Genuine Power Projit Process / Sharing” in Sri Lanka / Balasingham Epitomized LTTE’s ties looks Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / of different nntt Muslim social groups groups, ps, s, with India / Sri Lanka Needs NewinTruce Agreement / 2007 / Why George BushMarginalised Cannot MatchVictims Sonia Gandhi? / Misery, Epidemic go Hand in Hand involvement in Troubled Sri Lanka / of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites theWar Great Uprising: A Case Study the for Guerrilla War / LTTE cannot be Defeated from civil US servants, ophers h andd logicians llogician gician ians to to Sri Lanka’s Abduction Industry has top Academic in itsand Grip / Material Seizure Signal LTTEofBracing Militarily, tells Sri philosophers Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De /Explosives BesiegedSmuggling / in Common:Husband Shared Narratives British wants Men and Lanka / India Concerned over LTTE Dead, TamilofWoman to return to Sri Lanka / A Historic Accord Few Remember Today / as On well to as exploring the experience the Mujahidin, Women in 1857 Bhattacharya / George Grey and IndianSri Rebellion: TheHow Unmaking and they don’t Belong to Sri Lanka? / Action above Tamil Eelam: FromIraBicycle to Aircraft / Sir Amid war, India’s Emerging Lanka Tilt / to tell Tamils Ideology forparticipants Black of indigenous in their own words. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Sea Tigers / Use dignified Language, BhagwatiIndex tells Sri Lanka / Two Decades Later, LTTE Suicide Bombers Live on / “Why no Memorial for the IPKF in India?” / India—Sri CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel LankaōAccord: Doesō ItHardback: Still Flicker? / Britain(978-81-321-1051-4) Favours “Regime Change” in Sri Lanka / Thamilchelvan’s killing a Disaster LTTE—and Sri Lanka / Sri Lanka Gained Upper 2013 264 pages ` 850.00 of 1857 Badri to Narayan Tiwari Hand over LTTE in 2007 / 2008 / LTTE Man’s Arrest for Abduction Plan First since 1991 / India’s Covert Role in Sri Charu Lanka’sGupta Ceasefire / India Meddling in Sri Lanka Affairs, of 1857 says JVP / I want to bring Peace to Sri Lanka: Sri Sri Ravi Shankar / India’s Sri Lanka Power Project runsMouths into Tamil Storm / Sri Lanka with LTTE, says Nupur Chaudhuri andcannot RajatNegotiate Kanta Ray Diplomat / In Sri Lanka, LTTE Territory Shrinks and Shrinks / We have Failed to Convince the World: Sri Lanka Defence Secretary / Norway–LTTE Sour over Theft of Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 ClareTies Anderson NGO Vehicles / India under Attack in pro-LTTE media / Tamil Nadu Ferment Stuns Rajapaksa but War will go on / India to send ‘Conspiracy’ 2,000 tonnesinof1857–1859 Relief GoodsAlex to SriPadamsee/ Lanka / Questionable Loyalties: Muslim accounts of Muslim 2009 / Kilinochchi’s Fall a Major Setback to LTTE / Prabhakaran cannot Escape from Sri Lanka, says Former Aide / After 25 years, Deathly Crisis / Government Servants andCornered RebellionLTTE AvrilFaces A Powell Tamil Man Recounts tales of Horror in Sri Lanka war / Vaiko has been an Undisguised Supporter of the LTTE / Has LTTEofExecuted its Military Spokesman? / LTTE Media Intelligentsia North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events Targets Sonia over War Debacle / Playing Politics with Tamil lives in Sri Lanka / Is LTTE in Secret, Indirect talks with US to Surrender? / Prabhakaran: From Catapult Killer Hartung to Ruthless Insurgent / Prabhakaran was with / 18 men when he was Killed: Karuna / Displaced Tamils of to 1857-1858 be ResettledJan-Peter by 2009-end: Rajapaksa / Swat the Fly, Kill the Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Foe / So, the Tamil Tigers were Mortals after all… / How the Tide Turned / Postscript: A New Dawn Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ COUNTERING TERRORISM: Psychosocial Strategies 3($&(&21)/,&7678',(6 Edited by Updesh Kumar Scientist F and Head, Mental Health Division Defence Institute of Psychological Research, Research and Development Organization, Ministry of Defense, New Delhi and Manas K Mandal Director of the Defence Institute of Psychological Research, Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO), Ministry of Defence, Government of India, New Delhi The multi-disciplinary ultischolarship contained in this highly relevant book could be said to have resolved the decades-long conundrum of how terro sm should be defined and understood…This publication could be recommended as a comprehensive exploration of the subject of terrorism ‘terr rism’ ‘terrorism’…&RXQWHULQJ7HUURULVP is a book which ought to get into the hands of governments and other relevant quarters which are deeply concerned about ‘terror’, its causes and containment. [The book] explore numerous dimensions of this troubling political phenomenon, which could prove highly revelatory to the researcher and a lay reader. The book’s editors have met a crying need in the discipline of Political Science ored by bringing out this book. It would also be of immense help in raising public awareness about ‘terror’ and it’s hitherto numerous unexp unexplored dimensions. The Island land The book contextualizes the issues related to terrorism and places the discourse within the gambit of socio-cultural theories. The book goes beyond the obvious and commonsensical notions of terror and counter-terror and discusses the relevant issues from inter-disciplinary perspectives, informed by theoretical stances of not only psychological sciences, but other social sciences like political science, criminology, military and sociology as well. It includes articles by experts from the developed as well as developing parts of the world, and in a manner covers the multiplicity of perceptions and interpretations on the issue. CONTENTS Foreword 9.6DUDVZDW / Preface / UNDERSTANDING TERRORIST: PSYCHOSOCIAL PROFILE / Terrorism: A Conceptual Framework ,VKWLDT$KPDG / Terrorism: Psychological Issues $EGROKRVVHLQ$EGROODKLbSociocultural Aspects of Terrorism 8SGHVK.XPDU, 6ZDWL0XNKHUMHH, and 9LMD\3DUNDVKbThe Sociopsychological Impact of Terrorism: Key Concepts, Research, and Theory 0DUN 'HFKHVQHb The Behavioral Profile of a Terrorist: Theoretical and Empirical Observations 'DQLHO $QWRQLXV, 0DQGL/:KLWH$MPDQL and -RVHSK&KDUDSbUnderstanding Terrorist Groups 6DP0XOOLQVbThe Leadership Puzzle in Terrorism Study 'LSDN.*XSWDb Bioterrorism: Psychological Implications of Biological Weapons Agents and Mass Contagion 'DUYLV)UD]LHU, +DUULVRQ:HLQVWHLQ and %UXFH%RQJDUbThe Role of the Media in Propagating Terrorism *DEULHO:HLPDQQbCOUNTERING TERRORISM: PSYCHOSOCIAL STRATEGIES / Terrorist Motives: A Reassessment of the Conventional Wisdom 0D[$EUDKPVbRational Choice and Terrorist Target Selection *UDHPH51HZPDQ and +HQGD<+VXbImpact of Virtual World in Creation and Sustenance of Terrorists %ULJDGLHU'XVK\DQW6LQJKbRisk Assessment in Counterterrorism 9LFWRULD+HUULQJWRQ and .DUO5REHUWVbStrategic Interrogation: Interviewing Terrorist Suspects .DUO5REHUWVbEducating People to Counterterrorism: “Cognitive Immunization” against Violent Extremism in Indonesia .XPDU5DPDNULVKQDbHow Policies Impacting Intergroup Relations May Escalate or De-escalate Political Aggression -HII9LFWRURII, -DQLFH5$GHOPDQ and 0DULMD6SDQRYLFbThe Role of Strategic Information Operations in Countering Terrorism -HUUROG03RVW and $SRVWRORV3LWWDVbPsychospiritual Basis of Understanding, Prevention, and Control of Violence and Terrorism $NEDU+XVDLQbIndex ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` ENDGAME IN AFGHANISTAN: For Whom the Dice Rolls Hiranmay Karlekar Consulting Editor, The Pioneer (QGJDPHLQ$IJKDQLVWDQ covers a wide territory related to the war in Afghanistan, the stakes the whole world—and not just the United States— has in it, and its possible outcome. It shows that it is not merely a war for the future of Afghanistan, but a conflict between the regressive worldview of the Taliban and al Qaeda and modernity. The book examines the consequences of an American exit from Afghanistan under circumstances indicating a defeat; the ability of the Karzai government or its successor to hold its own thereafter; and the regional and global geo-strategic consequences, including those on Pakistan, of a Taliban–al Qaeda takeover of Afghanistan. It also explores the possibility of the United States arriving at a peace settlement with the Taliban as well as that (the possibility) of the Americans winning the Afghan war. Taking an analytical multi-disciplinary approach, coupled with meticulous research, this book focuses on areas hitherto neglected. Linking known but scattered information in entirely new and cohesive analyses, the author presents the kind of comprehensive picture of the Afghan war and its consequences that no other book has done. CONTENTS Preface/ The spectacular episodes syndrome / A war for the world / Wooing the ‘good Taliban’ / Poor progress and its causes / Patron of choice / The shadow of jihadis / Chapter Seven: (Pending) / Glossary / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` RIOTS AND AFTER IN MUMBAI: Chronicles of Truth and Reconciliation Meena Menon 'HSXW\(GLWRU7KH+LQGX0XPEDL The utho delved deep into the archives and came up with vivid accounts of how Bombay suffered periodic communal tensions and riots The author since the 19th century…The author deserves credit for her original work…. Recounting history is often absorbing but here it is more sinc agonizing. agon zing The State Statesman man 5LRWVDQGDIWHULQ0XPEDL provides a synoptic record of events in Mumbai, focusing essentially on the history of riots in the city. Using this framework, it attempts to understand the socio-political and cultural realities of present-day Mumbai through a collection of narratives of the people affected by the communal riots of 1992-93. The book uses a novel approach combining historical records from the pre-independence era (1893–1945) and personal interviews of both Muslims and Hindus living in the city. It also looks into the political manipulations that ordinary people of both communities alike are subjected to by the ruling powers and political parties. CONTENTS Areas Covered / Period of Research / Methodology / Sources Of Information / Preface / Introduction / The City of Gold / Cow–Temple–Mosque Dispute: 100 Years of Hindu–Muslim Animosity in Bombay City / Jogeshwari Riots: Old Wounds, New Ghettos / Extended Ghettoes: Naya Nagar / Displacement and Polarisation / Loss of Livelihood / Perceptions of Justice / Conclusion / Appendix / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` $ New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY 6$*(678',(621,1',$ł61257+($67 Mutiny at the Margins: Meeta Deka Department of History, Gauhati University, Assam :20(1ł6$*(1&<$1'62&,$/&+$1*(Assam and Beyond both inatthe University of Edinburgh :RPHQłV $JHQF\ DQG 6RFLDO &KDQJH $VVDP DQG %H\RQG focuses on varied oppression, power relations and ideologiesBates embedded Seriesyet edited by Crispin Bates complex interdependent social, political, economic and legal structures, and women’s subordination therein. Global Perspectives widens dens de enss the th geographical geog ogrraph og aphica hiical cal remit rem em m mit the factors series and examines ees the global dissemination The Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look the Revolt of on 1857 British intervention, 1826–1947, by itself did not impact theatagency aspect women directly, but the emergence of new forcesofand sowed and perpetuated portrayal of the the events eents of the uprising in the a variety of original unusualsocial perspectives, focusing in particular thefrom seeds of women’s agencyand to impact change, even if minimal. In the post-Independence period, British colonial legacy international press literature. itter erattur era tuuurre. ItIt aal also lso so eex exa examines xxaam miiinnes min on neglected marginal groups and geographic subordination of socially women through caste and class hierarchy atareas severalwhich levels,have but an undercurrent of a feminist struggle persisted, not merely as aand llilit the socio-economic aftermath ma matthh ooff th tthe he he eev eve events vents ve nts ts ooff 1185 18 1857 88557 57 unrepresented hitherto tended movement but alsotoatbe individual levels. in studies of this cataclysmic event in and the experiences of displaced diisppla ddis plla laced ced ce ed mu mut m mutineers uuttiin ine ne neeer ers rrss in in tth the he British imperial and Indian historiography. The book is written with the hope of encouraging future research on women’s experiences in the Northeastern region of India, and elsewhere, broader colonial world. based on the belief that knowledge production is, in itself, the praxis against oppressive structures and the need to understand the historical CONTENTS / Introduction: dduucttion on:: G Glo Global loobbal loba baaall Networks Net etwoork orrk rks ks an andd processes that slowly transformed women to become catalysts of social transformation. IInd nddian ian Uprising ia Upprriiisi ssiing ng Mar Ma M aarriina innaa Carter Caar Car C arter ter te Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina CONTENTS Foreword *HUDOGLQH)RUEHV / Preface / Introduction / Women and Society / Women and Law / Women and Economy: Marginalization, Alienation and/ International rnat natio na ion oonnall Pr PPre reess ss and and nd the the Indian th IIndi nddiaaann ndi and Crisping Bates Press 1: Anticipations Agency / Changing Patriarchy and Women’sVolume Space in Politics / Conclusion / Glossary /and Bibliography / Index Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caannnnot C ot G Go Gov Govern vern rnn by by Force Force orrce ce Alon AAl Alone’: loonne’ e: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aatt R Rebellion ebbe eebe b lllioonn Chandrika Cha handr nnddrika ka Kaul / Kaaul Kau aauul / Experiences in the Locality ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the AAge ggee of of Me M Mech Mechanical ech chaniica cal Re cal R Reproduction eprrooducctitio ioon Edited by Crispin Bates University of on and and nd Censorship Ceeennsoorrsshhip C Cen ip during dur uriing uring ngg 1857 1857 857 85 Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic i off 1857 1857 857 Mark 85 Maark M rk Sullivan Sul Sul Su ullilliv ivva iv van ann Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / 7+(1(//,(0$66$&5(2)Agency of Rioters Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and Makiko Kimura Tsuda College,centres Tokyo,onJapan the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: of resistance to 2,000 colonial rule (the belli Britannica) The Nellie incident, involving the massacre of about Muslim villagers, took place during the antiforeigner movement in Assam, in order to Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi / Index prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in drive out illegal Bangladeshi and Nepali immigrants. Unlike the communal “riots” in the other parts of India from the 1980s to 2000s, this was an diverse localities within India. incident which took place in rural areas. The attackers were part of the indigenous tribal population, Assamese Hindus of lower strata. 2013 ō 252 and pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin Bates / 7KH1HOOLH0DVVDFUHRI is an attempt to search for clues from the narratives of attackers and survivors of the incident, which are fragmented Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: and sometimes contradictory to eachArticulating other. The Sovereignty key focus of book the is on the local andthe Seeing Modern Statedecision-making processes of the riot agents in deciding to Volume IV: Military ry use collective violence against another group/community/ethnicity in the context of rural India. Effect in the Margins of Colonial especially India, c. 1757–1858 Aspects Asppeect As cts of of the the he Indian Uprising Tom on Lloyd / Rumours of the Collapse: Thein Contemporary South Asia / Locating the Antiforeigners CONTENTS How to Interpret “Riots”: Theories Collective Violence andCompany’s the Question of Agency Movement Mood ofBoycott Dasahra 1824 the Punjab andAgency Hindustan Dirk in the Context of Assamese Nationalism / Election and the in Nellie Incident / of the Rioters: A Study of Decision Making in the Nellie Massacre / Memories Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Univer Un iivveerrsi sityy of of H AIndex Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears of the Massacre / Conclusion / Bibliography / Greenwich and Crispin pin Bates p Bate Ba tes University te tes Unniivver U veerrrssi sity ty of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects of the hhee Indian Inddia Ind In Indi ian Uprising Uppris Upr U isi siing ng de ddeals dea eals Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were w won lost how wo on aand nd los nd st and ndd ho ow th tthe he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda EMERGING LITERATURES FROM NORTHEAST INDIA: The Dynamics of Culture, Society andarmy Identity re-organised afterr the the revolt. rrev e olt o . It also ol also s touches touche hess Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on the thorny issue of ho hhow ow to to de ddefine efine ne the th eve even events nts nt nts Edited Margaret Ch Zama Mizoram University Allahabad by Uprising Kama Maclean / TheEnglish Mutiny inDepartment, Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, a national ti al tional al uprising upri uupr ris iisi ssiing or or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and (PHUJLQJ/LWHUDWXUHVIURP1RUWKHDVW,QGLD is an amalgam of critical perceptions on writings emanating from the region on issues of identity a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of construct, on hidden colonial burdens that refuse to leave and on the key role that oral traditions continue to play and will do so for some time in Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. any study of the region. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at Within the ambit of ‘emerging’ literatures, this book takes into consideration not only the new writings in English and the vernacular beingand Crispin Bates / The Sepoy Arms’ Gavin Rand 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) generated from the region, but also the already existing works in the form of translations, thereby making such works accessible for the first time the SSi Speaks: Discerning Significance iggn gni niififific ni fica caanccee ooff th tthe he VVellore ellor loorre Mutinyliteratures James WofFrey Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction oons nsstru sttru trru ructtitio iioon ooff IIdentities: ddeenttitititties den ies ie es: A to the rest of the world. Moreover, the book, in critiquing and calling attention to the emerging the /region, is also playing the larger odu dus Ope O peraand ndi C Cr Cri ri risp sspi pin B pi Ba Bat aattes Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates role of providing access to and facilitating the opening up of theand regionthe through the academia. Volume II: Britain Indian and Marina Carter William Wil W Wi ili lia liaam Da Dalrymple / Dal D aallr yymp ym mpple m le / CONTENTS Introduction 0DUJDUHW&K=DPD / I: BUILDING LITERARY PARADIGMS FOR NORTHEAST DISCOURSE / Articulating Emerging Literatures fromUprising Durgadas and Sitaram:Marginality: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Sabyasachi siing inng ng Sa S Sab aabbyas aasa ssaach cchi hi Dasgupta / Daassggu Da Das gup upta up ta / Uprising Northeast India .DLODVK&%DUDO / Speaking, Writing and Coming of the Print Culture in Northeast IndiaReconstructing 7LORWWRPD0LVUD / Emerging Genreafter of ‘Political’ LiteratureGavin Rand the An Imperial Military the Rebellion Raaannd / Finding R Ran FFiind ndiing innngg th tho those hhoos ossee Men Meeenn M in India’s Frontier 0DQMHHW%DUXDK / Towards an Appreciative Paradigm Literatures ofof the Northeast Sign and Forces of Culture: Reflections on Edited by Andrea MajorforUniversity es in in India Innddia ia after affftter aaft er the tthhe Uprising Upprrisi ssin inng with3DUDJ06DUPD / ‘Guts’: The Ascription Re-ascription of Martial Identities Mnemopraxial Responsibility '9HQNDW5DR / II: SPECIFICS OF LITERARY PARADIGMS OF THE Locating Trauma in Mizo TheRevisiting Beloved Bullet ebbaattee G Ga Gau auttam au taam am Cha Ch C hhak ha akkra krrraavart arrtty / ar arty Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War orLiterature: Small War? an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of NORTHEAST / 0DUJDUHW&K=DPD / Selected Oral Poetry of Northeast India and the Ecological Space 6DUDQJDGKDU%DUDO / The Phawar in Context: The Politics of Tradition and Index Edinburgh Continuity 'HVPRQG/.KDUPDZSKODQJ / Some Petite, Some Powerful: The Cascade of Manipuri Short Stories 7D\HQMDP%LMR\NXPDU6LQJK / Culture Makes People ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) BritainReligion and the looks among at thethe Ao2013 What They Are As Much As People Make Culture: As a Indian Factor ofUprising Cultural Change Nagas 7HPVXUHQOD2]XNXP / Beyond Borders and Between variedor,responses colonial the Hills: Voices and Visions from Karbi Anglong Whose Hillsof AreBritish These missionaries, Anyway? 5DNKHH.DOLWD0RUDO / An Assessment of Northeastern Sensibility in Kiran Desai’s The Inheritance of Loss and Mamang Dai’sleaders River Poems outside the Newspaper Pages 0RQDOLVD&KDQJNLMD / III: CASTE-TRIBE and 1LODQVKX.XPDU$JDUZDO / working-class voices andNortheast how they PARADIGM BEYOND THE NORTHEAST / Culture a Site of Struggle: Study reactions of the Oral to Literature revealasthe multiplicity of ABritish the of the Bhils of Rajasthan +HPHQGUD6LQJK&KDQGDOLDb/ Volume V: Alien Muslim, m, Dalit Dali Da alilit it and a d an Construct and Tribal Contestation in Colonial Chhotanagpur: The Medium of Christianity -RVHSK %DUD / Index revolt. CONTENTS ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Subaltern Narratives ttives tiv iveess ives iv / Introduction: Fractured Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, CONFRONTING THE STATE:Indian ULFA’s Quest for Sovereignty Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations ‘the Mutiny’ )DFXOW\DWWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI3ROLWLFDO6FLHQFHDQG&RRUGLQDWRURI3HDFHDQG&RQpLFW6WXGLHVDW : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: Nani GopalofMahanta respectively. Exploring minority minnor mi min or ty ority ori ty pperceptions p of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Gauhati University, Assam, India Uprising, including dalitt nnarratives arr ar rrrraati atttives ves ve e an and tthe and hhee uus use se Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of 1857 in their invented tteed hhistories. isstor ist orriiees ori es. s. Th TThe he sse second eecccoond ond nd appt Women Wo Captive and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline Inn &R &RQIURQWLQJWKH6WDWH QIURQ Nani Gopal Mahanta examines the complex nuances and dynamics that made Ulfa a formidable insurgent group and half of the he vo volume ume looks kkss iin into nto nt to tth the hhee re rresponse esspo spppoons nssee an nse aand nd nd Lewis Lew Projit exposes expo es itits notorious aspects. The book is another wake-up call as it dwells on the dicey demographic shifts which have by now affected ed at least east Biha Bihari i M Muk Mukharji / k Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement ent oof diff different nnt M Mu Muslim ussl usl slililim ssocial occiial oci oc al ggr gro groups, rroouup ups ppss, eleve eleven districts of Assam and caused communal off Uprising: and on and riotsStudy as recently of 1857 18 n7 dist Ro Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites andtension the Great A Case of the as mid 2012. from civil ser serv se servants, ants nts, philosophers nts os oso osopphe hers he rs aan and nndd logicians llooggic giic iciia ian aanns to to The Asia Asian Age Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, h hid a well ass eexploring as xxpl xp plor oorirriinngg th tthe hhee eex experience xper ppeerien iieeennce Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants ttss in in the ttheir th hheeir eiirr oow own wnn w w wo words. ord ords rrds ddss. &RQIURQWLQJWKH6WDWH8/)$łV4XHVWIRU6RYHUHLJQW\ examines the complex nuances and dynamics that make ULFA (United Liberation Front of Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel Assam) a formidable insurgent group in India. It argues that to understand the phenomenon of insurgency, one has to understand the genesis of 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari conflict between the Indian State and the state of Assam right from the very inception of the nation-state. of 1857 Charu Gupta CONTENTS Preface / From Nationalism to Secessionism: Transformation of Assamese identity / Assam Movement: Laying the and foundation of an Ray Armed struggle / Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri Rajat Kanta Spaces of Terror Rebellion 1857–1858 Clare Anderson Periodising ULFA’s metamorphosis: From Liberator to War Lord (?) / Parag Das: The Ideologue / ‘ULFOcide’, State andinTruncated Democracy / What keeps ULFA of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Ques uestio t nabblee LLoyalties: tio ooyyalt altltie ies eess: M Muslim ussl uusl slim im going: Endogenous and Exogenous Factors / What sustains ULFA? / ULFA in International Network: Fromaccounts Grievances to Greed / Peace Process with ULFA, CivilPadamsee/ Society Questionable Government Servants Avril A Development Powell and Indian State / Confronting the State: Exploring Ways for Sustainable Peace / Re-visiting Immigration and Identity: Issuesand of Rebellion Human Security, and Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan Sustainable Peace / Index –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A 29A CONSTRUCTION OF EVIL IN NORTH EAST INDIA: Myth, Narrative and Discourse 6$*(678',(621,1',$ł61257+($67 Edited by Prasenjit Biswas Department of Philosophy, North Eastern Hill University (NEHU), Shillong, India and C Joshua Thomas Director of North Eastern Regional Centre-Indian Council of Social Science Research (NERC-ICSSR), Shillong, India &RQVWUXFWLRQRI(YLOLQ1RUWK(DVW,QGLD is an illuminating study on the concept of evil and its representations in literature, political theory and social and cultural movements. It encompasses a wide array of themes in the construction of ‘evil’ ranging from discourses about the belief in evil to the religious appropriation of ‘evil’ to its more contemporary politico-aesthetic construction. In order to explore the possible meanings of evil, it brings together essays contributed by scholars and practitioners from various human and social sciences such as philosophy, sociology and ethnography. Set in the tribal cultural mosaic of North East India, the book is an excellent exposition of the myths, narratives and discourses drawn from the tribal experiences of the region. It also examines the possibility of overcoming the forms of evil in correlation with both the ‘local’ and the ‘global’ situations of war, terror and redemption. CONTENTS Foreword / Introduction / I: The Idea of Evil in the Context of India’s Northeast: A Philosophical Analysis 3UDVHQMLW %LVZDV / God, Good and Evil: A Philosophical Perspective 93UDEKX / The Good and the Evil: The Self and the Other 19LMD\ODNVKPL%UDUD / The Discourse of Evil and the Mizo Folk Imagination .DLODVK &%DUDO / A Window to Social Evils/Concerns Portrayed in the Contemporary English Poetry of 1DJDODQG$-6HEDVWLDQ / The Idea of Evil among the Adis of Arunachal Pradesh: A Study of Mamang Dai’s The Legends of Pensam 1LJDPDQDQGD'DV / II: Psychoanalysis and the Evil Within $MDQWD6LUFDU/ The Idea of ‘Evil’ among the Bodos: Text and Context $QMDOL'DLPDUL / Good and Evil: Naga Society 9LVDNKRQX+LER / Idea of Evil and Fear of Supernatural among the Nagas, with Special Reference to Angami Tribe -DQR6/LHJLVH / An Analysis on the Reading of the Bible and Women Stories (Ao Tribe) &KXEDUHQOD/LPD / Evil and Evil Spirit in Borok Society of Tripura 6XNKHQGX'HEEDUPD / III: Taboos and Superstitions of the Mizo as Manifestations of the Dark Forces 0DUJDUHW&K=DPD / An Exploration of Dimensional Perspectives of Devils and Evil Designs among the Khasi–Jaintia People of Meghalaya 2/6QDLWDQJ / Concept of Good and Evil among Karbi Tribe of North East India 5RELQGUD7HURQ / U Thlen as an Evil: A Critical Study on Its Metaphysics %DVLO3RKORQJ / IV: The Tiwa Understanding of Evil -R\.DFKDSSLOO\ / Evil in Mao Naga Culture: Contemporary Perspectives /LQXV1HOL / Soul as the Dream-maker: An Essay on Mao Naga Philosophical Anthropology 6DKHQL/RQL / Index bōSDJHVbō+DUGEDFN` QUESTIONS OF IDENTITY IN ASSAM: Location, Migration, Hybridity Nandana Dutta Department of English, Gauhati University 4XHVWLRQVRI,GHQWLW\LQ$VVDP/RFDWLRQ0LJUDWLRQ+\EULGLW\ addresses the identity problem in Assam, keenly affected as it is, by the realities of migration and hybridity. The book provides an overview of these issues as they are reflected in the region, and covers the period from the conclusion of the Assam Movement till the present. The Assam Movement spawned a culture of violence which led to the emergence of insurgent outfits in the state. This resulted in the naturalization of violence as a part of everyday living. From this vantage point, the book offers a reading of identity as determined by the anxiety surrounding the presence of the migrants. In this book, the issue of migration is seen through the perspective of the society that receives the migrants and defines itself through a negative response to the other. CONTENTS Introduction / The Conditions of Knowledge: Location, Migration and Hybridity / The Assam Movement: Thirty Years On / Memories and Violence: Remembering the Assam Movement / Identity Questions / Framing the Question: Who Are the Assamese? / Conclusion: Shifting the Terrain, Renewing the Narrative / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` STATELESS IN SOUTH ASIA: The Chakmas between Bangladesh and India Deepak K Singh 3DQMDE8QLYHUVLW\&KDQGLJDUK Sing pro Singh provides a detailed account of the conflict between the Chakmas and the Arunachalees. The authenticity of the book lies in methodology…Singh effectively opens up a strong debate by questioning why there is no solution to the refugee problem evenn after meth odolo aft r 50 years of refugeehood. year re The Book ok R Review view CONTENTS Foreword 5DPDFKDQGUD*XKD / Preface / Chakma Refugees: Partition Residues and Development Victims / CHT AND NEFA: From Colonial Outposts to Post-colonial Peripheries / Politics of Demographic (Dis)order in Northeast India: The Idiom of Protest / Chakma Diaspora in Northeast India: Excluded Communities, Fragmented Identities / Official Discourses of the Chakma Issue: Centre versus State / Chakmas’ Self-perceptions: Understanding Everyday Lived Experiences of Refugees / Arunachalis’ Self-perceptions: Assertion and Reconstruction of Identity and Ethnic Nationalism / The Making of Refugees in South Asia: Nation, State and Outsiders / Interrogating India’s Refugee policy / References / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 7528%/('3(5,3+(5<Crisis of India’s North East Subir Bhaumik Eminent Journalist and Academic Researcher With his new book, 7URXEOHG3HULSKHU\&ULVLVRI,QGLDłV1RUWK(DVW, Bhaumik explores the troubled terrains of the northeast in a way very arrat ve is few authors have. The book is a rather well-argued attempt at explaining the crisis faced by the region and India’s policy on it… The narrative peppered with interviews of actors, rebel leaders, military and administrative officials, political leaders and even NGO activists. The Week CONTENTS Preface / India’s North East: Frontier to Region / Ethnicity, Ideology and Religion / Land, Language and Leadership / Insurgency, Ethnic Cleansing and Forced Migration / The Foreign Hand / Guns, Drugs and Contraband / Elections, Pressure Groups and Civil Society / The Crisis of Development / The Road Ahead / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $ New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter arter arrte terr and and Crispin Cris Cr ispi is pin pi n ANTHROPOLOGY 6$*(678',(621,1',$ł61257+($67 Mutiny at the Margins: Edited by Hans-Peter Brunner Asian Development Bank (ADB), Manila NORTH EAST INDIA: Local Economic Development and Global Markets both at University ersi sity ooff Edin EEdinburgh Ed dinnbu b rggh 1RUWK(DVW,QGLDanalyses the potential of the North East Indian economy, discussing ways in which it can be reconnectedBates to the mainstream Series edited Crispin Batesthe historical factors responsible for the economic failure of the North East Region (NER)—the economic activitiesby of India. Analysing partition in widens Global Perspectives ens nnss the tthhe he geographical geo eooggraph eog apphhical ap ica iic ccaal rem rremit eem mit 1947, infrastructure, lack of technological know-how access to marketing networks—it assesses the region’s production of the seriesscenario and examines eess th the hhee gl gglobal loba bal ddissemination ba bal issem is iss emi miinattio m tion The weak Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look atand thepoor Revolt of 1857 at from present. and portrayal of the events enttss of of the the upr th up uprising p isiing ng in th thee a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing in particular press and literature. ititeerratur ttuur ure. Itt al aalso lsoo eexa examines amin minnes on neglected socially marginal groups andTrade-driven geographicDevelopment areas which have North East Region +DQV3HWHU%UXQQHU / The Northinternational CONTENTS Introduction: Economic Challenge Meets in India’s East India Economy: the socio-economic math th ooff the hee eve eevents v nts nts ts ooff 185 118 1857 857 85 Resource Base and Constrained Productive Activities +DQV3HWHU%UXQQHU and *OREDO'HYHORSPHQW6ROXWLRQV / North East India Trade and Investment, and Comparativeaftermath tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in hitherto Advantage +DQV3HWHU%UXQQHU *OREDO'HYHORSPHQW 6ROXWLRQV / Connectivity and Logistics for the North East and Beyond -RKQ$UQROG / and Economic Governance of displaced the experiences ddiisppla placed cedd mut mutineers uttineers ineeer ine ers rss inn th tthee and Indianand historiography. British imperial in the North East 0*RYLQGD5DR and +DQV3HWHU%UXQQHU / Business and Finance in the North East +DQV3HWHU%UXQQHU / Towards Inclusive Accelerated Growth: broader colonial world. Scenarios for Demand-driven NER Investment Strategy $PLWDEK .XQGX and +DQV3HWHU %UXQQHU / Appendices +DQV3HWHU %UXQQHU and *OREDO 'HYHORSPHQW CONTENTS / Introduction: dduuct ucttiion ioon: G Glo Global obal baaall Networks Neettwoor ork rks aand nd 6ROXWLRQV / Firm and Trade Data by State / Integrated Value Chain Analysis and Business Scenario—Bamboo, Pineapple and Rubber / Bibliography / Index ndian ann Uprising Upprirising siingg Ma M Mar arin innaa Carter ina Carrte C Ca ter Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina nnat attiion ioon onaall Pre PPress Pr ss and ss andd the the Indian th Ind ndi ddiiaann and Crisping Bates / International bSDJHVb+DUGEDFN` Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot C Go Gov Govern ernn by b Force For orce ce Al Alon Alone’: onne’ e’: e’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great att Rebellion Chandrika Chand a Kaul / Chandri Kaull / Kau Experiences in the Locality ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Edited by Crispin Bates University Projit Bihari Mukharji /in‘Clemency’ the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 ,17(552*$7,1*'(9(/230(17State, Displacement andofPopular Resistance North Canning, East India Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan EdinburghGuwahati Monirul Hussain Guwahati University, Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against ,QWHUURJDWLQJ'HYHORSPHQW QWH RJDW is simultaneously impassioned critique of long a development process that leaves so many in Uprising its wake, nd a centres onan unrest and disorder in the history nake, g Kim Ki and AW England!’: Hermann Goedsche andvictims the Indian Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and pin Bates / Ba es / M y, Deport p the South Asian Diaspora Marina Carter and Crispin Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: rrigorously igor usly empirical account of the causes and magnitude of that of resistance to colonial rule victimisation. (the belli Britannica) Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a of Convict Seema Alavi / Index Inde dex men Journal South Asian Development velo prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in diverse localities within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) This book focuses on development-induced of population the region in the post-colonial period. Despite state-sponsored CONTENTSdisplacement / Introduction Crispinin Bates / development initiatives, the North East still remains highly underdeveloped and politically disturbed. Various development projects initiated by Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: the state led to massive displacementArticulating of population within and the region, which has State virtually gone unnoticed. The author has made use of extensive Sovereignty Seeing the Modern Volume IV: Military ry empirical data to document this massive Effectdisplacement. in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 Aspects Assppeectts of the A thee IndianDisplacement Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumoursthe of Incomplete the Company’s Collapse: The CONTENTS Introduction / Imposing Development: Introducing Dossier of Displacement / Hard Hitting Reality: Development-Induced Mood of Dasahra 1824Displacement: in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk of Population in Post-colonial Assam / Development, Dam and Resistance from the Threatened / Conclusion: New Politics of Development: Edited by Interface Gavin Rand n nd d University Univveerrssiity Un ty of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears Between the State and the People / Bibliography / Index Greenwich and Crispin piin Bates p Baate B tes University Univ Un Univ iver iver erssiityy of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects of the hhee Indian Ind In Ind ndia ian Uprising Upprisi Upr sing ngg ddea deals als al Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were w won wo on aand nndd los llost osstt and and an nd ho hhow ow th tthe he Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda BLISTERS ON THEIR FEET: Tales of Internally Displaced Persons in India’s North East army re-organised afterr the tthhe h revolt. revo rev re revolt evolt olt ItIt also allso al als so touches so toouch cche h s he Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the on the thorny issue of how to define the events Allahabad by Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional Edited Samir Kumar Das University of Calcutta of 1857—as a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and small war of the the he Representation Rvolume rese succeeds of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in complexity Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / TheofWar of displacement in the region, which isaoften The olum in conveying the severity and of the problem internal overlooked in kind experienced in many Independence Inde o Indep nde nden 1857, Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. the obsession bsess withand ‘security concerns’ or the ‘underdevelopment-insurgency nexus’ in discussions on the North-East. The fairly detailed factual Traces T Trace andd Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS S / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at acco nts, which provide considerable insights into the problems of the region, can sensitize policy-makers to the implications of displacement accounts, ceme ment for fo Arms’ Gavin Rand vin R and aand Crispin rispin Bates / The Sepoy 2013 ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) peaceō 284 and pages development interventions. Speaks: D Discerning Significance isce is sce ce ing ng the SSigni Si igni ggnnifica fica cancee ooff tth the he VVellore elllo el loorre lor lore M P Bezbaruah in ASCI Journal of Management nag men Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation Construction v va aand the C onnstru onstru ons truuctition tio ion ooff IIdentities: denttitittiies es: s: A dduus us O Op ppeera rannddi di C Cr Cri ri risp sp n Ba spi B Bat ates at Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates CONTENTS Preface / Introduction 6DPLU.XPDU'DV / PRADESH Socio-economic Portents of Displacement of Indigenous Volume ARUNACHAL II: Britain and 3.0RQGDO0&%HKHUD / the Indian Case and Marina Carter William W illiam Dal Dalrymple / lrympplee / Peoples 7LPR5LED / Proposed Subansiri Hydel Project: A Case Study of Potential Displacement 3.3DQLJUDKL / Displacement and Refugee Issue ininArunachal Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty the GreatPradesh Indian Uprising Sabyasachi iing ngg S Sa Sab aabbyasachi Dasgupta / Dasgupta taa / Uprising 6'XWWDDQG76KRZUHQ / A Case Study of the Sulungs (Puroiks) .26HEDVWLDQ / Internally Displaced Reconstructing Persons of Changlang District /Military ASSAM after 1D]PLQ%DQX,VODP / the Imperial the Rebellion Gavin Rand Rannd / Finding Find ndingg those Men Meen Environment-induced IDPs: An Appraisal $SDUQD*RVZDPL%DQHVZDU'DV / Riverbank Erosion theAscription Kamrup District -\RWLUPD\-DQD / ErosionEdited by Andrea Major University of Affected es inn India Innddiaa after afft aaft fter er the tthhe Uprising Upr Up prissin ing ng with People ‘Guts’: in The and Re-ascription of Martial Identities induced Displacement in Nagaon, Morigaon, Barpeta, Dhubri, and Goalpara Districts 0DNLNR.LPXUD / Conflict andSingh / Displacement: CaseorStudy the Election Violence eba bate atee G Ga Gau aauuttam taaam m Cha Ch C hhaakra kkrra ravaart arrrtty / Gajendra Mutiny,A War SmallofWar? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of in 1983 %LVZDMLW&KDNUDEDUW\ / The Displaced Santhals of Western Assam 6XEKDV%DUPDQ / IDPs Index of Western Assam: A Study of Conflict-induced Displacement Edinburgh 8GGLSDQD*RVZDPL / Nobody’s People: Muslim IDPs of Western Assam $EGXO0DQQDQ0D]XPGHU%RUQDOL%KDWWDFKDUMHH / The Displaced Reangs of Hailakandi 2013 ō 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Britain and Indian looksPeople at the District / MANIPUR .*DLODQJDP / Kuki-Naga Conflict andthe its Impact on Uprising the Zeliangrong .VK%LPROD'HYL / A Study of Ethnic Conflicts in the Hills, 1992–1993 varied responses ofABritish missionaries, .RLMDP6KHWKDMLW / IDPs of Manipur Hills 6HQMDP0DQJL6LQJK / Case Study of the May colonial 1993 Riot Victims of Purum Pangaltabi 5.5DQMDQ / A Note on the Internally Displaced Persons //HLUHQ6LQJK / IDPs leaders and the Problems of their Education / Internally Displaced Persons in Tripura: Past and and working-class voices TRIPURA and how0DKDGHY&KDNUDYDUWL / they Present 6DW\DGHR3RGGDU / Development and Development: A Case Study of the IDPs 0DOD\D%DQHUMHH / Gumti Hydel Project and the Displaced Persons 5XPD6DKX reveal the multiplicity of British reactions to the Volume V: Muslim, m, Dalit Dalit Da lit and and an $PLWDEKD6LQKD / Landownership and Occupational revolt. Patterns of IDPs (1999–2001): A Case Study 6XNKHQGX'HEEDUPD / Internal Displacement: A Man-Made Tragedy Subaltern Narratives ttives ives ives iv es &KDQGULND%DVX0DMXPGDU / The Case of Urabari Mohanpur Block / THE NORTH EAST $6.6LQJK6'XWWD / Birth of a Problem %'HHSDN0LVKUDbParadigm of CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured'6XELU%KDXPLN / Challenges Ahead (:DOWHU)HUQDQGHV6DQMD\ Development: A Critique &0RQLUXO+XVVDLQ / Waiting for Elusive Resettlement and Rehabilitation? Edited by Marcus Daechsel and Crispin and %DUERUDbDevelopment, Displacement, andNarratives the Right to LifeMarginal Experiences Andrea Major Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / (7+1,&/,)(:25/'6,11257+($67,1',$An Analysis Uprising, including dalitt narratives nar aarr rrrrati aatttiive vves eess and and the an the use th uusse se Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of 1857 in their invented ed hhistories. isssttor iist orriies. ori eesss.. Th TThe he ssecond eco coond cond nd Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: of Women Shillong Missionaries in India CarolineSuklabaidya6LOFKDU Assam Prasenjit Biswas North EasternNarratives Hill University, and Chandan half of the volume looks kkss in into nto to th thhe re the rresponse resp espo sppoons sp nse aan nse and nd Lewis Projit ha yses Muk Mukharji / k the cultural Being Indian in Britaindeterminants during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims nt ooffcsdiff different t M Mu Muslim ussl us slilliim social group groups, ppss, ItBihari t iha analyses an and political of ethnic and identity-oriented struggles in India’s North-east, as well as theinvolvement culturalent politics polit of o 1857 of 1 c7mob R Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / from civil serv servants, ants, philosophers oosssoopph oso phe hheers rs an and nndd logicians llooggic iicciia ian ans to to ethnic ethn mobilisation in the region.Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the Beng B Bengall PPres Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and the Mujahidin, hidin din as sw well ass exp eexploring xpl xxp ppllorriinngg th tthe hhee ex eexperience xpper peer eriien ieen ence ce As Asian Ag Age Wom 1 Womenn in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and of indigenous participants ttss iinn th tthe their heir he ir own ow ow wnn w wo words. orrds ords rdds ds. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS Reconceptualizing an Ethnic Life-World / Preface / Reconceptualizing an Ethnic Life-World / Return of the Native / The NativeMarcus and theDaechsel Nation: Jawaharlal CONTENTS / Introduction 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) Nehru-Verrier Elwin’s Philosophical Anthropology / Insurgency as Counter-Hegemonic Struggle in North-East Shades of ‘Colonialism’: Contextualizing United of 1857 India / Badri Narayan Tiwari Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA) / Nations-From-Below: An Interpretation of Life and Politics / Rethinking India’s Gupta North-East: Within and Beyond Life-Worlds / of 1857 Charu References / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Questionable ues uue eesstitio tiioonab nnaaabble le LLoyalties: oyaalt oy oyalt alltltiie ies eess: M Muslim usl uus sliim sl m ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell Intelligentsia of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ NURTURING FAMILIES AROUND THE WORLD: Building a Culture of Peace 62&,$/36<&+2/2*<62&,$/:25. Edited by Catherine Bernard President and Director, Service and Research Institute on Family and Children and John J Shea Practice Pastoral Care and Counseling, School of Theology and Ministry 1XUWXULQJ)DPLOLHVDURXQGWKH:RUOG%XLOGLQJD&XOWXUHRI3HDFH aims to offer insight and tools to initiate the healing approach, so that the family finds a creative rebirth. This change in the structure of the family can initiate change within a larger community, a creative rebirth of the entire social community and neighbourhood communities so that a new kind of connectedness, mutual caring, empathy and healing is nurtured and fostered. This book offers profound insights into ways and means of resolving issues of violence and conflict around the world—we must start resolving it now and in this life. The main argument is that families and societies can be provided with the fertile field of a positive culture and civilization that respects diversity, human dignity and uniqueness. CONTENTS Preface / Introduction &DWKHULQH%HUQDUG / Nurture—Key to the Security of the 21st Century Family -RDQ +DOLEXUQ / Polishing the Jewels of Humanity: Sharing Responsibility for Children 9LFWRULD:\V]\QVNL7KRUHVHQ / Children’s Emotional Well-being in the Era of Globalization 6DPL7LPLPL / Intimacy: Stabilizing and Strengthening Family Life %HYHUO\0XVJUDYH / The Power of the Individual in Building a Culture of Peace -RKQ- 6KHD / Future of the Family and the Family of the Future: The Unity-based Family and the Advent of a Civilization of Peace +%'DQHVK / About the Editors and Contributors / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW RESCUING RAILWAY CHILDREN: Reuniting Families from India’s Railway Platforms Malcolm Harper Independent Consultant and Lalitha Iyer, Independent Researcher and Social Consultant 5HVFXLQJ5DLOZD\&KLOGUHQ focuses on runaway children in India who have used trains to take them away from home, and who live on railway station platforms and in trains. It presents the issues and challenges of reaching out to these ‘railway children’, particularly through the experiences of Sathi, an NGO based in Bangalore. This organisation has chosen to work with children on railway platforms across India with the intention of reuniting them with families wherever possible. The book deals with platform outreach and focuses on shelters close to the stations. The reuniting process is examined from a practical as well as a child-rights perspective. It expands the horizons of analysis by presenting the system prevailing in the UK as a counterpoint, thus highlighting the concerns and current thinking on institutional care and fostering at an international level. CONTENTS Foreword 6XGKD0XUWK\ / India’s Railway Children / Conventions and Policies Versus Practice and Reality / Platform Presence / At the Shelter / Protection for Children in Need / A Reintegration Camp / Homecoming / Spreading the Lessons of Experience / Who Really Knows a Child’s Need? / Care and Protection Services for Children in the U K / The Future—Railway Children in the Next Twenty Years / Annexure: The Sathi Story and Civil Society Response to Children’s Needs / A Note on References and Sources / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` )5206(9$72&<%(563$&(The Many Faces of Volunteering in India Femida Handy University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA Meenaz Kassam American University of Sharjah, United $UDE(PLUDWHV Jillian Ingold PhD Candidate, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA and Bhagyashree Ranade Marketing and Market Research Consultants & Discovery & Transition, Pune Insights nsig ts of value to the different stakeholders in the sphere of volunteering. The Business ines Line )URP6HYDWR&\EHUVSDFH examines the phenomenon of volunteering in India from its earliest instances to present-day manifestations. Tracing the origins of voluntary action in India, the authors examine the historic, religious, and cultural traditions of Seva (direct service to others) that have played an important role in inspiring Indians toward voluntary action. CONTENTS Foreword 6KDEDQD$]PL / Preface / Introduction / A Brief History of Volunteering in India: When Did It Start? / Volunteering: Who is a Volunteer? / The Young Ones: Do Youth Volunteer? / Corporate Social Responsibility: Promoting Employee Volunteering? / Volunteering by Mature Adults in India: Never Too Late? / Religious Volunteering: Serving God? / The Value of Volunteering: What is It Worth? / Old and New Trends in Volunteering: Virtual Volunteers, What Next? / Bibliography / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` )520675((772+23(Faith Based and Secular Programs in Los Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi for Street Living Children Neela Dabir and Naina Athale both at Tata Institute of Social Sciences )URP 6WUH )URP 6WUHHW WR +RSH presents the sordid picture of street children from global perspective, based on a study undertaken in three ee cities cit es – Los AAngeles, ngele Mumbai, and Nairobi – in the light of welfare programmes implemented by faith-based and secular organisation. The Hindu indu Globally, street-living children are the most fluid population of vulnerable children. They are conspicuous yet subsist on the fringes of the marginalized. This book attempts to sketch a holistic picture of the street child phenomenon across the globe. The book incorporates empirical data from a cross-cultural study of this phenomenon in three mega cities—Mumbai, Nairobi and Los Angeles—and some of the best practices developed by faith-based and secular organizations to help street-living children. CONTENTS Preface / THEORIZING AND RESEARCHING STREET CHILDREN IN LOS ANGELES, MUMBAI AND NAIROBI / Street Children Conceptualized: The Problem with the Definition / From Definitional to Real: Global Realities of Street Children / Street Children in the Big City: The Case of Los Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi / Public-Private Partnership: Empirical Review of the Involvement of Faith Based and Secular Organizations / Street Children in the USA, India and Kenya: Policies and Programmes / Global Initiatives for Street Children: Efforts by the UNICEF and ILO in the USA, India and Kenya / THE RESEARCH FINDINGS / Similarities and Diversities: Services for Street Living Children across the Three Cities / Evidence based Interventions at the Global Level / Bibliography ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` $ New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter arter arrt and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY 62&,$/:25.(19,5210(17678',(6 Mutiny at the Margins: Barnabe D’Souza 'RQ%RVFR%DOSUDIXOWDDQG'RQ%RVFR5HVHDUFK&HQWUH0XPEDL,QGLD )520(&67$6<72$*21<$1'%$&.Journeying with Adolescents on the Street Bates both at University Edinburgh ersi sity si ty ooff Ed dinbu innbuurggh )URP(FVWDV\WR$JRQ\DQG%DFN presents the journey of an adolescent street drug-addict—from psychological brokenness resulting from family Series edited by Crispin Bates disruption to the process of mending; from abuse, trauma and vulnerability to building up of self-esteem, talents and personality; and Perspectives finally to the widens Global ens nss the thhhee geographical geog eo rap eo aph phhiic ica cal rre rem remit emit em emi process of moving off Margins the streets. of the series and examines ees the he ggl he global lob oba bbaal ddissemination issem is iss eemi miiinnattio m tiio ion The Mutiny at the series takes a fresh look at the Revolt of 1857 and portrayal of the events eents tss of of the thhee up th uuprising upr pprris isi isi sing ng inn th tthe he fromon a variety of original and unusual perspectives, focusing in for particular Based the author’s experience of working with the street children 26 years, the book explores the universe of street children interestingly international press itter ite erattur ure. Itt aal also lso so eexa ex examines xamin xa min ines neglected socially marginal groupslaws andand geographic areas which yetonempathetically. The author discusses policies affecting street have children, root causes and their effects on them and their families, theand literature. the socio-economic aftermath matthh ooff tthe thh eve events vennt ve nts ts ooff 18 ts 11857 185 8 7 tended to like be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event hitherto various stakeholders agencies, employers and institutions involved in theirincare and guidance. and the experiences of displaced ddisppl pla llaacced ceeedd mu m mut mutineers uuttin iine ne neers eerrss iinn tth the he Indian historiography. British imperial CONTENTS Preface /and Through the Mist: Introduction / Shadows and Silhouettes: Self-worth / Defining Images: Personal Ownership / In Transition: Moving off the Street / broader colonial world. Shifting Frontiers: Organizational Issues / The Resurgent Self—the A-ha Experience: Mindsets / The Enduring Image: Conclusion / Annexures / Glossary / References / CONTENTS / Introduction: duct ddu uct ctio ion oonn: G Glo Global l ba lo baall Networks Neettw tworks or s aan or ork and nd ndiia ian aann Uprising Uppri U prisi sinnngg Mar si Ma M aarri riin ina nnaa Carter Car C Ca aarrtteer Global Perspectives on the Indian Marina nnaat ation iooonnal al Pre esss and anndd the tthhe Indian Indi ndddiian an and Crisping Bates / International Press ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Caannnnot C ot Gov G Go Govern oovveern errn rn by by Force For orccee AAl Alone’: lonnee’’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great aatt R Rebellion ebbbeellllioonn Chandrika eebe Cha Ch C hhand nndr ddrrika ka Kaul / Kaaul / Kau Experiences in the Locality ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanicall R Reproduction oduction ducctitio tio ionn 6.,//75$,1,1*)2562&,$/:25.(56A Manual Edited by Crispin Bates University of Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edited by Sudha Datar formerly at Karve Institute of Social Service, Pune Ruma Bawikar, Geeta Rao Nagmani Rao Edinburgh Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R J Morris / The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / and Ujwala Masdekar all at Karve Instituteand of Experiences Social Service, Anticipations in thePune Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against centres on unrest and disorder in the long historytextbooks 6NLOO7UDLQLQJIRU6RFLDO:RUNHUV$0DQXDO responds to the demand for indigenous andHermann teachingGoedsche materials educators, England!’: andfor thesocial Indianwork Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and AsianofDiaspora Marina Carter and resistance to work colonial rulelist (thethe belli Britannica) scholars and students. Unlike theory of books of social which skills required forthe theSouth practice social work methods butCrispin do notBates / enableMutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Maulana Jaferdevelopment Thanesri as a Convict Seema Alavi /skills. IndexSome prior to 1857, and impact of the revolt itself exercises in the development of these skills, this manual bridges thethe gap by providing concrete for the of method-linked Index of its main features are: diverse localities within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) / Introduction Crispin Bates perception, / ō Includes theoretical inputs, gamesCONTENTS and exercises on the theme of understanding self-awareness, sensitivity, communication and Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: working with individuals and groups. Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Volume IV: Military ry Aspects Aspe As pect pe ctts of of ō Covers a variety of topics, role plays, songs, case studies, street plays and exercises on self-awareness, self-development, SWOT analyses, Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 communication, goal setting, time Tom management and stress Indian Uprising Lloyd / Rumours of themanagement. Company’s Collapse: The ō Allows for flexibility to adapt modules toofthe local realities, from students’ Mood Dasahra 1824 in thedrawing Punjab and Hindustan Dirkfield experiences and using indigenous agency case records Edited by Gavin Rand n nd d University Univ Un Univ iveerrsi sity ty of of H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference’: British fears or material. the the he Greenwich and Crispin pin pi p n Bates Bat Ba ate tes University tes Univeerrsit Un sity si ty of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829–1857 Andrea Major / Prostituting the CONTENTS Foreword 'U'HHSDN:DORNDU / Preface / Introduction / Note to the Facilitator / Understanding the Laboratory Approach in Skill Training 6XGKD'DWDU of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant and 5XPD%DZLNDU / SELF-DEVELOPMENT / Understanding Perception 6XGKD'DWDU / Self-awareness 6XGKD'DWDU, 5XPD%DZLNDU and *HHWD5DR / Sensitivity Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Military Aspects he Indian Ind nnddia ian Uprising Uprisi Upr ising n dea deal deals ls Development 5XPD%DZLNDU and 1DJPDQL5DR / COMMUNICATION / Understanding Communication: A Theoretical framework 6XGKD'DWDU, $QXUDGKD3DWLO, 5XPDof the Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising how battlesand were w lost wonn aand wo nd llo nd los oost an and how w th thee %DZLNDU and 1DJPDQL5DR / Workshops on Communication 6XGKD'DWDU, $QXUDGKD3DWLO and 5XPD%DZLNDU / Use of Audio-visual Mediawith 5XPD%DZLNDU Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda 1DJPDQL5DR / Use of Innovative Media in Communication 5XPD%DZLNDU, $QDQG3DZDU, 0DQMXVKD'RVKL, 9LG\D*KXJDUL, $QMDOL0D\GHR, 8MZDOD0DVGHNDU army re-organised after the t e revolt. th revolt rev olt.. ItIt also touches ool toouche ches Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the and 6DPHHU'DW\H / METHOD TRAINING / Working with Individuals and Families (Social Casework) 6XGKD'DWDU and *HHWD5DR / Working with Groups (Group issue Work of how to define the events on the thorny Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional Method) 5XPD%DZLNDU and 8MZDOD0DVGHNDU / Working with Communities / 1DJPDQL5DR and 8MZDOD0DVGHNDU / Glossary / Consolidated of Bibliography / 1857—asIndex a rebellion, a national uprising or Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war of the kind experienced in many the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Independence 1857, and Swat Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index CONTENTS / Introduction: The ‘Subaltern at Arms’ Gavin Rand and Crispin Bates / The Sepoy Speaks: Discerning the Significanc Significance of the Vellore Significan Mutiny James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Constructio Construction tii n of of IIdentities: denntities de tit es: A Sam Tranum Freelance Journalist oodus Ope Opera rand nddi Cri Crispi spin Bates B t s Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Volume II: Britain and the Indian Case This is a book about India’s energy shortage, its causes, and consequences. and Marina Carter William Wil lllia iam D iam Dalrymple / Dal a r yym mple / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of in the Great Indian Sabyasachi singg S Sab abyasa ab assaacchi chhi hi Dasgupta / Das asgup gu ta gup t / 3RZHUOHVV details how much coal, oil,Uprising gas, uranium, and power the country uses, and for what purposes. It examines theLoyalty quantity of these thingsUprising Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavin Rand Ran annd / Finding Find Fi ndin ing ng th those see Men M n Me the country produces and where. The Edited book looks at the sizes of the gaps between supply and demand, and how the country fills them with imports. by Andrea Major University of es in India Ind ndi dia ia after after the af t e Uprising th Upriisin sing with ‘Guts’: The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities It then discusses how the shortages and resulting imports affect the country’s economy, businesses, and residents. eebate Gautam a Cha hakra akra krr varty / Gajendra Singh / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Chakravarty / Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Index After examining the current scenario, Edinburgh the author moves on to look at predictions for how fast demand and supply will grow, how big the shortages 2013 ō 284 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) 32:(5/(66India’s Energy Shortage and Its Impact of natural resources might become in the next few years, and whether India is likely to be able—politically, financially—to fill these 2013 ō 260 pageslogistically, ō Hardback:and ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) Britain and the Indian Uprising looks at the gaps with imports. The book also looks at the environmental and health effects of India’s growing energy use, and how efforts to mitigate these varied responses of British missionaries, colonial are likely to affect demand for coal, oil, gas, and uranium. leaders and working-class voices and how they CONTENTS Introduction: India’s Energy Shortage / Demand: India’s of Thirst for Energy / Domestic Where Are the reveal the multiplicity British reactions to theProduction: India’s Energy Resources / The Shortage: Volume V: Muslim, m, Dalit Dalilit Da Dali it Gaps? / Imports: Depending on Others / The Future: Domestic Production / The Future: Increasing Imports / Emissions, Pollution, and Climate Change / The Impacts of revolt. and and an Subaltern Narratives ttivees the Shortages / The Path Ahead: Hard Choices / Glossary / Reference CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured Edited by Marcus Daechsel andd Crispin C i in Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups A FOREST HISTORY OF INDIA Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority nority perceptions oof the Richard Tuckerand School of Natural and Environment, of Michigan, USA Evangelical PDiscourse the Writings of the Resources London Missionary Society Andrea University Major / Uprising, including dalitt narratives andd the the use th us Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach / of book 1857 issinath their eir invented ted hhistories. istories. The second Cap aptt book] Wo deepens Captive Women and Manly Narratives of Women Missionaries India Caroline [The ook our Missionaries: understanding of India’s environment historyin within the broader analytical and global contest…The uuseful sefulin half of the hhe vo volume ume looks kks in into nto to the tthhe he re rresponse espo sp nse and Lewis L Le Lew reference refer nc for scholars of environment history in India as a compilation of a set of Projit nce the author’s main publications from the region. Biha Bihari Muk Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement ent ntS ofenc f dif di different nntt M Mu Muslim usslilliim soci ssocial cial gro ggroups, ups p , Current nt Science off 1857 18 7 R Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the from civil servants, philosophers ooso soopphe hheers rs and anndd logicians an logi lo ggic iiccia ian aanns to to Bengal Presidency Sarmistah De / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and well ass eexploring xpppllori xpl lori oorrriing ng tth the hhee eex experience xpper peerrien enccee en $)RUHVW+LVWRU\RI,QGLD highlights the two main strains of conflict that characterize the evolution of professional forestrythein Mujahidin, India. First,asthe Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and indigenous participants tts in the their h ir oow own wn wo wn w words. ords rrdddss. tension between the subsistence needs of the local population and the commercial needs of the colonial state, and second, theofclash between the Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index CONTENTS / Introduction Marcus Daechsel forest department, which sought to preserve and manage forests, and the revenue department, which was driven by the need to expand agriculture 2013 ō 264 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Badri Narayan Tiwari and industry. of 1857 Charu Gupta CONTENTS Introduction / Forest Management and Imperial Politics: Thana District, Bombay, 1823—1887 / The Forests of the Western TheRay Legacy of British Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri andHimalayas: Rajat Kanta Colonial Administration / The British Colonial System and the Forests of the Western Himalayas, 1815—1914 / HistoricalinContext of Social Forestry in the Kumaon Spaces The of Rebellion 1857–1858 Clare Anderson Himalayas / The Evolution of Transhumant Grazing in the Punjab Himalaya / The British Empire and India’s ForestofResources: The Timberlands of AssamAlex and Kumaon, accounts Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 Padamsee/ Questionable uuestionable Loyalties: Musl Muslim lim m 1914—1950 / The Depletion of India’s Forests under British Imperialism: Planters, Foresters, and Peasants in Assam and Kerala / The Commercial Timber Economy Government Servants and Rebellion Avril A Powell under Two Colonial Regimes in Asia / Resident Peoples and Wildlife Reserves in India: The Prehistory ofIntelligentsia a Strategy / Non-Timber Forest Products Policy in the Western of North India Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events Himalayas under British Rule / Index of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ &/,0$7(&+$1*(,1$6,$$1'7+(3$&,),&How Can Countries Adapt? ENVIRONMENT STUDIES / URBAN STUDIES Edited by Venkatachalam Anbumozhi Asian Development Bank Institute, Japan, Meinhard Breiling Vienna University of Technical, Austria, Selvarajah Pathmarajah University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka and Vangimalla R Reddy 86'$$56&URS6\VWHPVDQG*OREDO&KDQJH/DERUDWRU\3ODQW6FLHQFHV,QVWLWXWH%HOWVYLOOH$JULFXOWXUDO5HVHDUFK&HQWHU USA &OLP WH& &OLPDWH&KDQJHLQ$VLDDQGWKH3DFLğF provides a rigorous and up-to-date analysis of the climate change risks and impacts for the Asian region. It als also pres presents some of the successful adaptation case-studies in the region and provides a stepwise guidance on ways to integrating adaptation prog amm into the mainstream policy and planning process…The editors of this book have so skillfully weaved the contributions of different programmes nals, but a author-teams that it retains its flow from the very beginning to the end and is able to engage not only specialists and fellow professionals, general audience as well. nt Sc ence Current Science ABRIDGED CONTENTS I: CLIMATE CHANGE CHALLENGES, SCENARIOS, RISKS, AND PLANNING TOOLS / II: EVOLVING ADAPTATION MEASURES IN THE REGION / III: SUCCESSFUL PROGRAMS AND MEASURES OF ADAPTATION IN VULNERABLE AREAS / IV: ACTION PLAN FOR POLICYMAKERS AND PLANNERS TO REDUCE RISK IMPACT / V: CAPACITY BUILDING STRATEGIES FOR MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION / Glossary / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` FOURTH EDITION! AN INVITATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY Michael Mayerfeld Bell MEB Associates The highly praised Fourth Edition of $Q,QYLWDWLRQWR(QYLURQPHQWDO6RFLRORJ\ brings out the sociology of environmental possibility, inviting students to delve into this rapidly changing field. Written in a lively, engaging style, Bell covers the broad range of topics in environmental sociology with a personal passion rarely seen in sociology textbooks. Features and Benefits ō ō ō ō Improves the exposition and integration of the unifying concept of ecological dialogue Develops the notion of virtual environmentalism as a practical application of environmental sociology to real-world problems Offers an integration of environmental social movement theory Discusses the latest theoretical trends in environmental sociology, including environmental flows, the Jevons paradox, disproportionality, degrowth, and participatory governance Online resources for instructors and students are available at www.pineforge.com/bell4e CONTENTS Preface / Environmental Problems and Society / I: THE MATERIAL / Consumption and Materialism / Money and Machines / Population and Development / Body and Health / II: THE IDEAL / The Ideology of Environmental Domination / The Ideology of Environmental Concern / The Human Nature of Nature / The Rationality of Risk / III: THE PRACTICAL / Mobilizing the Ecological Society / Governing the Ecological Society / References / Notes / Index 6$*(6RXWK$VLDōōō3DSHUEDFN` 2ULJLQDOO\SULFHGDWSDSHUEDFN6DOHVULJKWVUHVWULFWHGWRVRXWKDVLDRQO\ $*5$3+,&%22.)5206$*( OUR TOXIC WORLD: A Guide to Hazardous Substances in our Everyday Lives Toxics Link New Delhi 2XU [LF 2XU7R[LF:RUOG takes a closer look at the ‘hidden perils,’ which dominates our urban lives today. A graphic narrative, conceived, structured and scrip scripted ed by Aniruddha Sen Gupta, the book suggests alternatives for readers to improve the physical quality of their lives and the environment onm nt in which they live. whic The Times es of India ndia The mode of development that the world—and India—has followed has led to a situation where we are surrounded by numerous hazardous substances in our everyday lives, affecting the health of people, of other living creatures, and of the planet as a whole. 2XU7R[LF:RUOG is an effort to shine a keen light on these substances, and suggest alternatives that will allow readers to improve the physical quality of their lives and of their environment. CONTENTS Foreword 5DYL$JDUZDO / Introduction / Cast of Characters / Construction: City of Bones / Automobile Pollution: Air Today, Gone Tomorrow / Environmental Legislation: Laws of the Land / Industrial Pollution: Poisonous Development / Chemicals: Killer Cocktail / Electronic Waste: System Failure Imminent / Plastics: Material Mayhem / Heavy Metals: Trail of Destruction / Food: Toxins at your Table / Household Waste: Attitudes that Stink / Recycling: The Right Stuff / Festivals: Callous Celebrations / Glossary / Behind the Book ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` 5(9,6,21,1*,1',$1&,7,(6The Urban Renewal Mission K C Sivaramakrishnan Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, India 5H9 VLRQ 5H9LVLRQLQJ,QGLDQ&LWLHV is a valuable source book for new research. The author brings the advantage of experience and hindsight to the book to tu turnn a rreflexive eye to the emergence of cities as loci of new governance regimes in the last decade. The book’s main strength is the highly ghly sharpened shar ened commonsense of an insider to the government…a book that must be read at leisure. Economic & Political al W Weekly ekly The book ook ttakes the readers from the inception of JNNURM to where the Mission is today (till the time of writing the book)—giving statistical details along the way….To alon w the uninitiated in the urban sector, this book provides a lot of information to enhance the understanding of the sector. The book is fu full of information, in facts and figures. There are a lot of tables with useful statistics. The Annexures also provide worthwhile information. The book is written in the typical style of the author—with a hint of humour in many places… 5HYLVLRQLQJ,QGLDQ&LWLHV is a good reference book ok and and will be very useful for all those interested in urban development, especially JNNURM. Environment and Urbanization ation ASIA CONTENTS Preface / Introduction / Policy Background / Coverage and Components / Housing and Services for the Urban Poor / The NURM and Urban Mobility / Disconnects and Deficiencies / The Reforms Agenda / Dealing with District Planning / The Metro Dimension / Reinforcements for the Reforms Agenda / The TAG: Looking over the Shoulder? / A Mission amidst Many Realities / The Mission’s Journey: Thus Far and the Way Ahead / Annexures / Index $ ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Mutiny at the Margins: Isher Ahluwalia and Ravi Kanbur Judge URBANIZATION IN INDIA: Challenges, Opportunities, and the Way Forward New Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857 Volume III: Global Perspectives Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin ANTHROPOLOGY URBAN STUDIES Batesproject both(GDP). at University of Edinburgh Urban areas are integral to India’s growth and development, accounting for over two-thirds of the country’s gross domestic Series edited Crispin Bates Advocating India’s by rapidly expanding process of urbanization, this book identifies the key challenges and engages with suitable managerial and widens the geographical remit Global Perspectives policy to tackle the same. It addresses critical issues and puts of forth adequate planning, better self-governance, improved of the financing series andand examines the global dissemination The reforms Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at the Revolt 1857 service affordable among others, asfocusing vital areasin ofparticular improvement. and portrayal of the events of the uprising in the from adelivery, varietyand of original andhousing unusual perspectives, Divided thematically into three distinct sections, volume takes account state of services international press and literature. It also examines on neglected socially marginal groups and the geographic areasinto which havethe important facets of urbanization including the and planning in India, theunrepresented role of financeininstudies urban infrastructure, methods to generate good governance in public institutions,the andsocio-economic the impact onaftermath of the events of 1857 tended to be of this cataclysmic event in hitherto housing climate change urban areas as proponents of economic growth. Highlighting the gathering momentum of the urbanization in of displaced mutineers in the and experiences imperial and Indianprojecting historiography. Britishand India, the volume projects India be at the epicentre of urbanization in the near future. broader colonial world. CONTENTS The volume comprises eleven essays written by leading analysts and practitioners in the domain. Accessible and reader-friendly, they propose critical/ Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising Marina Carter analyses, reforms, and policy interventions to tackle these challenges. The volume will, therefore, be indispensible to students and scholars of urban and Crisping Bates / International Press and the Indian economics, development studies, urban planning, business practitioners, policymakers, policy analysts as well as the informed general reader. Volume 1: Anticipations and Uprising Peter Putnis / ‘You Cannot Govern by Force Alone’: W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great Rebellion Chandrika Kaul / ‘O’er the Cruel Roll of War Drums’: The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction Edited by Crispin Bates University of Projit Bihari Mukharji / ‘Clemency’ Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 Mark Sullivan Edinburgh ',63/$&(0(175(92/87,21$1'7+(1(:85%$1&21',7,21Theories and Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy R JCase Morris /Studies The ‘Russian Factor’ in the Indian Mutiny Elena Karatchkova / Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality General d’Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 Marina Carter / ‘Vengeance Against Ipsita Chatterjee University ofcentres NorthonTexas unrest and disorder in the long history England!’: Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the Southforms Asian the Diaspora Marina and Crispin Bates /InMutiny, Deportation and the Nation: This book attempts to theorize the contemporary condition by arguing that displacement central logicCarter of urban exploitation. of resistance urban to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a resettled Convict Seema Indexhow is order to theorize urban exploitation itprior is important is revolt havingitself to move where, who is being and Alavi / how, and to 1857, to andunderstand the impactwho of the in and Experiences in the Locality ō+DUGEDFN` this process of displacing and resettling oppressive. diverse localities within India. 2013 ō 252 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1052-1) CONTENTS / Introduction Crispin If displacement is the central tool of new urban governance in globalizing citiesBates of the/ Third World, then urban resistance of the poor is probably Bandits, Bureaucrats andpolitics Bahadur Shah Zafar:of displacement straddle the uncomfortable realms of policy, geared towards “staying put”—this book interrogates how the and discourses Sovereignty and Seeing actors, the Modern Statecommon people. The book uses examples from Ahmedabad practice, and activism materialized byArticulating institutional, semi-institutional and the Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757–1858 city, particularly the displacement and resettlement surrounding the Sabarmati Riverfront Development project to theoretically advance Marxist Indian Uprising Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company’s Collapse: The concepts of exploitation. This book indicates how exploitation entrenched in wage relations is also simultaneously exploitation entrenched in Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan Dirk by Gavin spaces. Therefore, labor is not only alienated through the act of laboring (or selling labor power for a wage), she is Edited also alienated from Rand University of H A Kolff from / Theitself Hazards of Interference’: British fears Greenwich and Crispin Bates University laboring spaces that and 1829–1857 hence her Andrea history.Major / Therefore, exploitation and this dual of Rebellion and Sati as materializes a Potential Siteher of life Conflict, Prostituting the is estranged labor and estranges spaces estrangement is operationalized of Edinburgh Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in thethrough Making displacement. of 1857 William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 Mahmood Aspectsofof the Indian Uprising deals CONTENTS Preface / List of Images / Introduction / New Urban Politics / Accumulation, Estrangement, and Displacement / Resettlement and Military the Territorialization Farooqui Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising with how battles were won and lost and how the Exploitation / Of Unruly Practices and Resistance / Reversing the Arrow? Theory Transfer and Theory-Building / Bibliography / Index Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh’s Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 Chhanda army re-organised after the revolt. It also touches Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN`WHQW on the thorny issue of how to ddefine the events Allahabad Uprising Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The ‘Marginal’ as Regional of 1857—as a rebellion, national oon,, a na nation all upr uprising p is isi siing oorr Dynamic Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and a small war of the kind iind ndd exp eexperienced xpeerrieennced xp ed in in ma m many any ny the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan Gautam Bhadra / The War of URBAN in an Indian Satellite Town IndependenceVILLAGER: 1857, and Swat Life Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, colonial states. Traces and Silences in Ethnography Carol E Henderson / Index Vandana Vasudevan Columnist CONTENTS / Introduction: rodduuct ction ion on: The on TThhhe ‘Su ‘Subaltern Suubal S altern alt ernn at ern Arms’ Gavin Rand and Cri Crispin Bates Sepoy C Cr riisspi spppiin Bat B Bate ates at es / TThe Thhe he Se SSep e oy 2013 ō 284ispages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0970-9) The book a superbly etched and finely detailed representation of the life of an ‘urban villager’ in a modern satellite town of India. It describes how Speaks: Discerning the Si SSignificance gnni ggni n fifica ccaanccee ooff th tthe he VVellore eelllo llor oorre ore Delhi, as a city, is growing radially, stretching its way into the rural fringes of Haryana andMutiny Uttar Pradesh that border the city to form the National James W Frey / Combat, Combat Motivation and the C Construction onsttru on ons trruuccttio ioon ooff IIdentities: denttitittie de ies ess: A Capital Region. odu dus O dus Ope Op ppeeraanddi Cri Cr C rriisp spin Ba spi spin Bat ates Case Study Kaushik Roy / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi Crispin Bates Volume II: Britain and the Indian Marina Carter William W Wi Wil ili lia iiaam Dal iam Dalrymple / D Da aallrr ymp ymple ym le / Through the microcosm of Greater Noida, a suburb of New Delhi, the author draws a portraitand of life in a semi-urban town, where billion dollar homes Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising Sabyasachi sing nngg Sa Sab S abyas asa ssaacchi hi Dasgupta / hi Das D asggup as pttaa / and villages with no sewage system Uprising share the same pin code. Some farmers sell their land and try to cope with a new found prosperity; others Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion Gavinn Rand Raannd / Finding Ran Findin nding nd ng ttho ng those hos ho ossee Men Meenn Me refuse and break into agitations that make newspaper headlines. destroys to make the middle class in high Edited by Andrea MajorA builder University of a wetland es in in India Ind ndia diaa after af er aft er the tthhe Uprising Upr prisin ssiiinng with ‘Guts’: Thea township Ascription while and Re-ascription of Martial Identities rises frets about power and security.Leeds A few kilometres away, the Formula One event international bewildered villagers. eba bate te Ga G Gau au autam tam am Ch C Cha ha hakkra krraav avart aarrrtty / Singh /celebrities Mutiny, Waramidst or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate Gautam Chakravarty / and Crispin Bates University of hostsGajendra Index to co-exist with Bharat. Living here is being witnessed to the Edinburgh contradictions and ironies that occur when India is forced 2013 ōIndian 260 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1053-8) The author frequently draws parallels Britain with similar of urbanisation the outskirts metros. Across the country, the city gobbles and kinds the Indian Uprisingonlooks at the of other up more and more of what was oncevaried the countryside— it is Sriperumbudur responses of whether British missionaries, colonial in Chennai, Belapur in Mumbai, Yelahanka on the outskirts of Bengaluru or Rajarhat New Town inleaders Kolkata.and No working-class matter where you liveand in India, voices how the theystory of this book could be the story you see in your city. CONTENTS Preface / I: WHOSE LAND IS ITreveal ANYWAY? / New Town IsofBorn / A Mutiny, A Martyr The Murky the Amultiplicity British reactions to And the Some Myths / Farmer, Farmer, Give Me Your Land / Volume V: Tales Muslim, Dalit and Of Noida Extension / Formula 1: Zipping Through revolt.The Fields / II: THE IMPACT OF ACQUISITION / Poof! The Cash Is Gone. Where’s My Gun? / The Cost Of Building / No Subaltern Narratives Home For The Bristled Grassbird / III: NEW OWNERS OF AN OLD LAND / Isles Of Urbania / The Creation Of An Education Bazaar / IV: THE SCHIZOPHRENIA OF THE PERI CONTENTS / Introduction: Fractured URBAN TOWN / The Big, Fat Gujjar Wedding / Urban Villager / Art And The City / Greater Noida Heavens / IV: GROWTH PANGS OF YOUNG TOWNS / The Complexities Of Daechsel and Crispin Edited by Marcus Narratives and Marginal Experiences Andrea Major Adolescence / Our Cities, Our Future / Annexures / Bibliography Bates, University of Edinburgh and Crispin Bates / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives, ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` Indian Uprising Rebecca Merritt / Popular British addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups Interpretations of ‘the Mutiny’ : Politics and Polemics Salahuddin Malik / ‘Spiritual Battlefields’: respectively. Exploring minority perceptions of the Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society Andrea Major / Uprising, including dalititit narratives naarr arrat atives ati vess and aannd the the use us 85%$1$1'5(*,21$/3/$11,1*,1,1',$A Handbook for/ Professional Practice Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland Esther Breitenbach of 1857 in their invented tted ed hhist histories. isstorriees. es. Th TThe he ssecond e nd eco Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India Caroline SCaptive K Kulshrestha 9LVLWLQJ)DFXOW\6FKRRORI3ODQQLQJDQG$UFKLWHFWXUH1HZ'HOKL,QGLDDQG6HQLRU&RQVXOWDQW8UEDQ half of the volume looks ks into innt th th rresponse the esp spoons sp nssee an nse aand nd Lewis Projit and Regional Planning Bihari Mukharji / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 Michael H Fisher / Marginalised Victims involvement of different nntt M Mu Muslim uslilim m ssocial oc al ggro oci groups, rooups uppss, up Dr Kulshrestha provides a detailed studyWhites of professional practice in Athe field of 8UEDQDQG5HJLRQDO3ODQQLQJLQ,QGLD covering suchservants, aspects philosophers of 1857 Rosie Llewellyn-Jones / Marginal and the Great Uprising: Case Study of the from civil loso soph so ophe ph rs ph r and ndd logicians lloogi giiccian gic ian ia ans to to Bengal Presidency Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British and as ethics; scope Sarmistah of work inDe / public, private and joint sectors; procedures forMen procuring consultancy, engaging contractors,theand enteringasinto Mujahidin, well aass expl eexploring xpplloorrring xp xpl n the hee ex eexperience xpper peeerriie ien ence en ce Women in 1857 Ira Bhattacharya / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking andin India and abroad; and managing personnel. agreements; calculation of fee charged for rendering the service; establishing offices of indigenous participants ntss in in tth the their hheeir eir own own wo w words. orrds rdds dss.. Making of an Imperial Career Jill Bender / Index Introduction Marcus This book presents a comprehensive treatment to the subject of urban and regional planningCONTENTS in India, detailing/ the changing role ofDaechsel spatial planners 2013 ō 264professional pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-1051-4) of 1857 Narayan Tiwari and their requirements, and in this sense is a complete guide for those working in theBadri spatial planning field or aspiring to get into the of 1857 Charu Gupta profession. Mouths Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray CONTENTS Preface / I: THE PROFESSION AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS / The Profession, Roles, Responsibilities and Ethics / II: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES AND Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 Clare Anderson PROCEDURES / Professional Practice in the Public Sector / Initiation of the Private Sector in Spatial Planning in the Private Sector / Questionable accountsProcess / of MuslimProfessional ‘Conspiracy’Practice in 1857–1859 Alex Padamsee/ Ques uueeessttio tiio ionna nab ab able le LLoyalties: ooyyaaltltie ltiieeesss:: M Muslim uusl us sl slim im Professional Practice in the Joint Sector / International Urban Planning Practice under WTO–Gats / III: PROFESSIONAL FEEand ANDRebellion PREPARATION CONSULTANCY Government Servants Avril AOFPowell PROPOSALS / Scale of Professional Fees and Charges / Preparation of Consultancy Proposals / IV: LEGAL SUPPORT /ofAgreements Contracts / V: ESTABLISHMENT Intelligentsia North Indiaand Mushirul Hasan –lı- Scholars in the Events AND MANAGEMENT OF OFFICE / Organising and Establishing Office / Personnel Management and Performance Appraisal / Annexes / Bibliography / Index of 1857-1858 Jan-Peter Hartung Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat Farhat Nasreen ōSDJHVō3DSHUEDFN` Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 Satadru Sen 2014 ō 240 pages ō Hardback: ` 850.00 (tent) (978-81-321-1353-9) 13A $ 85%$1,=,1*&,7,=(16+,3Contested Spaces in Indian Cities Edited by Renu Desai &HQWUHIRU8UEDQ(TXLW\&(378QLYHUVLW\$KPHGDEDG,QGLD and Romola Sanyal Newcastle University, UK URBAN STUDIES / SAGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL SOCIOLOGY The debacles ebac of Planning, whether of the national economy of the urban space, have led to a sober and pragmatic recognition of the interdependence between betw een th the planned and the unplanned, between corporate and non-corporate capital, between, in short, the steel and glass face of ‘India ia Shining’ Sh ning’ and the he ‘ca ‘castaway economy’ outside the domain of the transformatory capability of capital. anak Nair From the Afterword by Janaki 8UEDQL]LQJ&LWL]HQVKLS examines processes of urbanization in contemporary Indian cities through the lens of urban citizenship. It provides a fresh understanding of the multiple arenas and practices through which citizenship and urbanism are co-constituted in India. Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of scholars working on India, this book looks closely at six Indian cities—Ahmedabad, Bengaluru, Kolkata, Delhi, Mumbai, and Varanasi—and examines a range of processes and contested urban spaces, thus exploring and analyzing their myriad implications for urban inhabitants and their right to the city. CONTENTS Foreword -DPHV+ROVWRQ / Introduction: Emerging Citizenships and Contested Spaces in Indian Cities 5HQX'HVDL and 5RPROD6DQ\DO / GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP IN THE NEOLIBERAL CITY / Entrepreneurial Urbanism in the Time of Hindutva: City Imagineering, Place / Marketing and Citizenship in Ahmedabad 5HQX 'HVDL / Democratic Urban Citizenship and Mega-project Development in Globalizing Mumbai /L]D :HLQVWHLQ / The Politics of Persuasion: Gendered Slum Citizenship in Neoliberal Mumbai 6DSDQD'RVKL / Reengineering Citizenship: Municipal Reforms and the Politics of “e-Grievance Redressal” in Karnataka’s Cities 0DOLQL5DQJDQDWKDQ / PROTEST AND CLAIMS-MAKING IN THE INDIAN CITY / Clean Air, Dirty Logic? Environmental Activism, Citizenship and the Public Sphere in Delhi 6XQDOLQL.XPDU / Who Operates and Who Agitates? A Class-wise Investigation of Contentious Action and Citizenship in Varanasi, India -ROLH0):RRG / Linking Urban Vulnerability, Extralegal Security and Civil Violence: The Case of the Urban Dispossessed in Mumbai -DLGHHS*XSWH / Displaced Borders: Shifting Politics of Squatting 5RPROD6DQ\DO / Afterword: In Other Words—The Indian City and the Promise of Citizenship -DQDNL1DLU / Index ōSDJHVō+DUGEDFN` 6$*(6WXGLHVLQ,QWHUQDWLRQDO6RFLRORJ\ 2ULJLQDO8.HGLWLRQVDWDQHYHUEHIRUH,QGLDQSULFH 6$*(6WXGLHVLQ,QWHUQDWLRQDO6RFLRORJ\ is a well-established ISA series, started in 1974. It encourages debates of international significance and charts out future trends of sociological importance. SSIS books identify new areas of scholarship organising the discipline internationally and having global consequences WORLDS OF DIFFERENCE Edited by Said Arjomand 6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\RI1HZ<RUN Stony Brook and Elisa P Reis Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil How can differences be understood in social theory through comparisons, and how should social theory relate to regional studies to do so? This question has been prevalent within the sociological field for over a century, but is becoming increasingly important in a globalised agee in which cultural borders are constantly challenged and rapidly changing. In this collection, Arjomand and Reis illuminate the importance of exploring spatial, cultural and intellectual differences beyond generalizations, attempting to understand diversity in itself as it takes shape across the world. With contributions from internationally renowned scholars, and a focussed emphasis upon sociological key themes such as citizenship, human rights, inequality and domination, this title provides a rich and convincing discussion that will add significant value to the ongoing debate about diversity and change within the social sciences. :RUOGVRI'LIIHUHQFH constitutes an important and timely collection that will be of great inspiration for students and scholars alike. CONTENTS 6DLG $ $UMRPDQG and (OLVD 5HLV Introduction / PART I: One of Many Modernities? / 6DLG $PLU $UMRPDQG Multiple Modernities and Promise of Comparative Sociology / 6XMDWD3DWHO Are the theories of Multiple Modernities Eurocentric? The Problem of Colonialism and its Knowledge(s) / 5DHZ\Q&RQQHOO The Shores of the Southern Ocean: Steps toward a World Sociology of Modernity, with Australian Examples / 3HW\D.DEDNFKLHYD Conceptualizing Overlapping Modernities: A View From Postcommunist Eastern Europe / 5DMHHY%KDUJDYD Forms of Secularity Before Secularism: The Political Morality of Ashoka and Akbar / )DUKDG.KRVURNKDYDU Two Types of Secularization: The Iranian Case / PART II: Democracy, Citizenship, Inequalities and the Challenge of Difference / $GDP+DELE Racial Redress, National Identity and Citizenship in Post-Apartheid South Africa / (OLVD5HLV Democracy and the Challenge of Reconciling Equality and Difference / &RQQRU&UDGGHQ and /XFLR%DFFDUR Suffrage without Citizenship? Deliberating About the Boundaries of the Demos in Geneva / %U\DQ67XUQHU Contemporary Citizenship: Four Types / 9RONHU6FKPLGW Gradual and Categorical Inequalities SDJHV3DSHUEDFN CITIES AND CRISIS New Critical Urban Theory Edited by Kuniko Fujita Recognizing the deep relations between politics, finance, cities and citizens, this book argues for a rejuvenated account of urban theory. Thee book emphasises the need to understand the importance of the 2008 global financial crisis and how the crisis affects cities nested in a variety off political economies. Situating urban theory in the current economic climate, the book powerfully illuminates the dynamic between history, theory, and practice stressing how catastrophic social and economic calamities under the crisis lead to - or not lead to - reorganise city structures, city life and city policies and hence new urban experience calls for theoretical perspectives that can speak to these challenging changes. Innovative, crisp and groundbreaking, this title is a must for anyone interested in urban life and its rapid movements. It will be especially useful for students and researchers in Urban Sociology, Planning, Geography, Urban and Regional Development and Urban Studies. CONTENTS .XQLNR )XMLWD Introduction: Cities and Crisis - Challenges for Urban Theory / *ùUDQ 7KHUERUQ The Power of Cities and the Cities of Power / &KULV 3LFNYDQFH Conflicting Interpretations of the UK Financial Crisis: Was the US Subprime Crisis the Prime Mover? / 0LFKDHO,QGHUJDDUG After Wall Street? New York’s Green Economy Imaginaries / 6WHIDQ*ÃUWQHU World Capitals of Capital, Cities and Varieties of Finance Systems: Internationally versus Regionally Oriented Banking / -HURPH .UDVH and 7LPRWK\6KRUWHOO Seeing New York City’s Financial Crisis in the Vernacular Landscape / $OH[+LFNV and 5\DQ+LFNV Ports in the Global Urban Hierarchy / 1LFRV6RXOLRWLV Athens and the Politics of the Sovereign Debt Crisis / 6RSKLH%RG\*HQGURW Globalization and Urban Insecurity: Comparative Perspectives / .XQLNR )XMLWD Crises and Spatial Income Inequality: The Case of Tokyo / .XQLNR)XMLWD Conclusion: Toward New Critical Urban Theory SDJHV3DSHUEDFN $ New Media & Digital Culture UN UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL MEDIA SOCIAL MEDIA SOC Sam Hinton University of Canberra and Larissa Hjorth RMIT University, Melbourne Christian Fuchs Uppsala University A Critical Introduction Taking an interdisciplinary and intercultural approach, this book provides a clear and concise explanation of the key concepts but also goes beyond specific brands, sites and practices to show readers how to place social media more critically within n the changing media and cultural landscape. UNDERSTANDING CONTEMPORARY CULTURE SERIES 2013 • 168 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0120-6) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0121-3) • £21.99 Showing the reader how to ask the right kinds of questions about social media, Christian Fuchs takes us on a journey across social media, delving deep into case studies on Google, Facebook, WikiLeaks and Twitter. The result lays bare the structures and power relations at the heart of our media landscape. 2013 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5730-2) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5731-9) • £23.99 THE NETWORK SOCIETY UNDERSTANDING NEW MEDIA Third Edition Jan van Dijk University of Twente Eugenia Siapera Lecturer in Journalism and New Media at Aristotle University and Associate Tutor at the University of Leicester A student friendly, up-to-date examination of the impact of new media on today's society. Includes a host of contemporary case studies and access to further online readings from SAGE journals. If you want to understand or teach the complex, interdisciplinary, and intriguing foundations for and social implications about one of the most significant social and technical transformations in communication history, this is the book. It is wide-ranging, integrative, literate, comprehensive, theoretical and practical, sometimes contrarian, thoughtful, encyclopedic, and moral – Ronald E. Rice, University of California Santa Barbara 2012 • 288 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-778-1) • £67.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-779-8) • £22.99 UNDERSTANDING DIGITAL CULTURE This new edition provides deep interdisciplinary insight into the significance of new media in our lives. It outlines why we need to understand the frictions between increasingly intelligent machines and the desires of human beings. It does so with great clarity, providing a very valuable measured and critical assessment of the process of becoming a network society – Robin Mansell, London School of Economics and Political Science Vincent Miller One of only a few scholarly texts that successfully combines a nuanced theoretical understanding of the digital age with empirical case studies of contemporary media culture. The scope of this book is impressive, ranging from questions of digital inequality to emergent forms of cyberpolitics – Nick Gane, York University Jan Van Dijk draws from multiple theoretical perspectives to characterize historical trends across many sectors of network societies... The Network Society would be an excellent text for courses on the social role of the Internet and related new media – William H. Dutton, University of Oxford This Third Edition of Jan van Dijk's classic text has been fully updated to cover new literature, policy and laws and, of course, social media in relation to its political, economic and cultural impact. It remains an accessible, comprehensive, must-read introduction to how new media function in contemporary society. ABRIDGED CONTENTS 2011 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-496-2) • £67.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-497-9) • £22.99 Networks: The Nervous System of Society / Technology / Economy / Politics and Power / Law / Social Structure / Culture / Psychology / Conclusions and Policy Perspectives 2012 • 336 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4895-9) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4896-6) • £26.99 33 Popular Music STUDYING POPULAR MUSIC CULTURE UN UNDERSTANDING THE MUSIC INDUSTRIES Second Edition Chris Anderton, Andrew Dubber and Martin James Tim Wall Birmingham City University In this fully revised Second Edition of the popular textbook, Studying Popular Music Culture, Tim Wall guides students through the many ways we can analyze music and the music industries, highlighting crucial skills and useful research tips. Taking ng into account recent changes and developments in the industry, the book outlines the key concepts, offers fresh perspectives and encourages readers to reflect on their own work. Written with clarity, flair and enthusiasm, it covers: • histories of popular music, their traditions and cultural, social, economic and technical factors • industries and institutions; production, new technology, and the entertainment media • musical form, meaning and representation • audiences and consumption. Students' learning is consolidated through a set of insightful case studies, engaging activities and helpful suggestions for further reading. CONTENTS PART ONE: HISTORIES / Constructing Histories of Popular Music / Musical and Cultural Repertoires / Social, Economic and Technical Factors / Writing Popular Music History / PART TWO: INDUSTRIES AND INSTITUTIONS / An Overview of Popular Music Production / Taking Issue with the Record Industry / Popular Music and the Media / PART THREE: FORM, MEANING AND REPRESENTATION / Form / Meaning / Representation / PART FOUR: AUDIENCES AND CONSUMPTION / The Sociology of the Music Consumer / Listening, and Looking / Dancing / Acquiring, Organising and Sharing music 2013 • 332 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0771-0) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0772-7) • £23.99 Everyone knows music is big business, but do we really understand how ideas and inspiration become songs, products, downloads, concerts and careers? This textbook presents a full overview of the many elements of the music industries, offering a sustained focus on understanding i the processes that have driven and continue to drive the development of those industries. More than just an exposé or 'how-to' guide, this book gives students the tools to make sense of technological change, sociocultural processes and the constantly shifting music business environment. The crucial focus on research and analysis means readers can understand and track the ongoing development of the music industries and place themselves in the front line of innovation and entrepreneurship in the future. ABRIDGED CONTENTS THE RECORDED MUSIC INDUSTRY / SONGWRITING AND PUBLISHING / MUSIC PRODUCTION / MUSIC DISTRIBUTION / MUSIC PROMOTION / THE LIVE MUSIC INDUSTRIES / MUSIC AUDIENCES / COPYRIGHT AND MUSIC PIRACY / CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS AND RELATIONSHIPS 2013 • 248 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0794-9) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0795-6) • £22.99 POPULAR MUSIC Topics, Trends & Trajectories Tara Brabazon University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) POPULAR MUSIC Four-Volume Set Edited by Chris Rojek Brunel University Focusing on social science perspectives on popular music since the late 1970s with 'the Cultural Turn', this set covers the work of Simon Frith, Larry Grossberg, Andy Bennett, Keith Negus and many more, and provides a distillation of the best academic work published on popular music. SAGE BENCHMARKS IN CULTURE AND SOCIETY 2011 • 1400 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-758-4) • £600.00 This is the first textbook on pop music to be written after the start of the iPod era. Organized in accessible sections and covering the main themes of research and teaching, it examines: • key approaches to understanding popular music • the main settings of exchange and consumption • the role of technology in the production • the main genres • key debates. The book enables teachers and students to shuffle from one topic to the other whilst providing unparalleled access to the core concepts and issues. CONTENTS Introduction: Walking on the Dance Floor / Approaches / Music Spaces / Instruments of/for Study / Genre and Community / Debates / Conclusion: Walking off the Dance Floor / Sonic Sources / Visual Sources 2012 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-435-1) • £71.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-436-8) • £23.99 34 Cultural Sociology RAY RAYMOND WILLIAMS ON CULTURE & SOCIETY AMERICAN MULTICULTURAL STUDIES Diversity of Race, Ethnicity, Gender and Sexuality Essential Writings Sherrow O. Pinder California State University, Chico Edited by Jim McGuigan University of Loughborough American Multicultural Studies: Diversity of Race, Ethnicity, Gender and Sexuality provides an interdisciplinary view of multicultural studies in the United States, addressing a wide range of topics that continue to define and shape this area of study. This collection of essays responds to the need to open up a rich avenue for addressing current and continuing issues of race, gender, ethnicity, sexuality, cultural diversity, and education in their varied forms. Substantial thematic overlaps are found between sections and essays, all of which are oriented toward a single broad objective: to develop new and different ways of addressing how multicultural issues, in their discursive sociocultural contexts, are inextricably linked to the operations of power. Power, as a site of resistance to which it invariably gives rise, is tacked from a perspective that attends to the complexities of America’s history and politics. Celebrating the intellectual legacy and enduring influence of Raymond Williams, this exciting collection introduces a whole new generation to his work. Jim McGuigan re-asserts and rebalances Williams' reputation within the social sciences by collecting and introducing key pieces of his work. Providing context and clarity he powerfully evokes the major contribution Williams has made to sociology, media and communication and cultural studies. Asserting the ongoing relevance of Williams within our contemporary neoliberal and digital age the book: • includes texts that have never been anthologized before • situates Williams' work both biographically and historically • provides a comprehensive introduction to Williams' social-scientific work • demonstrates the enduring relevance of cultural materialism. CONTENTS Introduction: Raymond Williams on Culture and Society / Culture Is Ordinary / Mass, Masses and Mass Communication / Structure of Feeling and Selective Tradition / Advertising: The Magic System / Controversy / The Idea of a Common Culture / Social Darwinism / Base and Superstructure in Marxist Cultural Theory / The Technology and the Society / Drama in a Dramatized Society / Communications as Cultural Science / Developments in the Sociology of Culture / Realism and Non-Naturalism / A Lecture on Realism / Means of Communication as Means of Production / 'Industrial' and 'PostIndustrial' Society / The Culture of Nations / Resources for a Journey of Hope / State Culture and beyond / The Future of Cultural Studies 2014 • 376 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-770-6) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-771-3) • £29.99 CULTURES AND SOCIETIES IN A CHANGING WORLD Fourth Edition Wendy Griswold Northwestern University, USA This revised and updated Fourth Edition introduces the sociology of culture and explores cultural phenomena including stories, beliefs, media, ideas, art, religious practices, fashions and rituals from a global-sociological perspective. SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2013 • 544 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9802-4) • $48.00 SITUATING EVERYDAY LIFE Practices and Places Sarah Pink University of Loughborough The study of everyday life is fundamental to our understanding of modern society. This agenda-setting book provides a coherent, interdisciplinary way to engage with everyday activities and environments. Arguing for an innovative, ethnographic approach, it uses detailed examples, based in real-world and digital research, to bring its ts theories to life. The book focuses on the sensory, embodied, mobile and mediated elements of practice and place as a route to understanding wider issues. By doing so, it convincingly outlines a robust theoretical and methodological approach to understanding contemporary everyday life and activism, using real-world case studies to bring it to life. CONTENTS Introduction: (Re)Thinking about Everyday Life and Activism / Theorizing the Familiar: Practices and Places / Researching Practices, Places and Representations: Methodologies and Methods / Beyond Doing the Dishes: Putting Kitchen Practices in Place / Making the Sensory Home: Laundry Routes and Energy Flows / Tracing Neighbourhood Flows: Making a Garden Place / (Re)Making Towns: Sustainable Activist Places, Practices and Representations / The Digital Places of Everyday Life: Thinking about Activism and the Internet / Conclusions: Sustainable Places, Activist Practices and Everyday Life 2012 • 176 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-056-7) • £68.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-057-4) • £22.99 2013 • 232 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9054-7) • $37.00 35 Cultural Sociology THE DYNAMICS OF SOCIAL PRACTICE EMOTIONS AND SOCIAL RELATIONS EM Everyday Life and how it Changes A compelling and timely addition to the study of emotions, arguing that emotion is a response to the way in which people are embedded in patterns of relationship, both to others and to significant social and political events or situations. Going beyond the traditional discursive understanding of emotions, Burkitt investigates emotions as a complex and dynamic phenomenon that includes the whole self, body and mind, but which always occur in relation to others. Elizabeth Shove University of Lancaster, Mika Pantzar National Consumer Research Centre, Helsinki and Matt Watson University of Sheffield Everyday life is defined and characterized by the rise, transformation and fall of social practices. This book guides the reader through gh a multilevel analysis of this dynamic. Applying a range of theoretical traditions to core propositions, the book is clear and accessible. Real-world examples including the history of car-driving, the emergence of frozen food and the fate of hula-hooping bring abstract concepts to life and firmly ground them in empirical case studies and new research. CONTENTS The Dynamics of Social Practice / Making and Breaking Links / The Life of Elements / Recruitment, Defection and Reproduction / Connections Between Practices / Circuits of Reproduction / Representing the Dynamics of Social Practice / Promoting Transitions in Practice 2012 • 208 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-042-0) • £68.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-043-7) • £21.99 NOW IN PAPERBACK! THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIOLINGUISTICS Edited by Ruth Wodak University of Lancaster, Barbara Johnstone Carnegie Mellon University and Paul E Kerswill University of Lancaster CONTENTS PART ONE: HISTORY OF SOCIOLINGUISTICS / Ferguson and Fishman: Sociolinguistics and the Sociology of Language / Labov: Language Variation and Change / Bernstein: Codes and Social Class / Dell Hymes and the Ethnography of Communication / Gumperz and Interactional Sociolinguistics / PART TWO: SOCIOLINGUISTICS AND SOCIAL THEORY / Social Stratification / Social Constructionism / Symbolic Interactionism, Erving Goffman, and Sociolinguistics / Ethnomethodology and Membership Categorization Analysis / The Power of Discourse and the Discourse of Power / Globalization Theory and Migration / Semiotics Interpretants, Inference, and Intersubjectivity / PART THREE: LANGUAGE VARIATION AND CHANGE / Individuals and Communities / Social Class / Social Network / Sociolinguistic Approaches to Language Change: Phonology / Social Structure, Language Contact and Language Change / Sociolinguistics and Formal Linguistics / Attitudes, Ideology and Awareness / Historical Sociolinguistics / Fieldwork Methods in Language Variation / PART FOUR: INTERACTION / Sociolinguistic Potentials of Face-to-Face Interaction / Doctor-Patient Communication / Discourse and Schools / Courtroom Discourse / Analysing Conversation / Narrative Analysis / Gender and Interaction / Interaction and the Media / PART FIVE: MULTILINGUALISM AND CONTACT / Societal Bilingualism / Code-Switching/Mixing / Language Policy and Planning / Language Endangerment / Global Englishes / PART SIX: APPLICATIONS / Forensic Linguistics / Language Teaching and Language Assessment / Guidelines for Non-Discriminatory Language Use / Language, Migration and Human Rights / Literacy Studies 2010 • 648 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-095-7) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-7059-2) • £29.99 36 Ian Burkitt University of Bradford 2014 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0929-5) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0930-1) • £24.99 AFFECT AND EMOTION A New Social Science Understanding Margaret Wetherell The Open University In recent years, there has been a huge surge of interest in affect and emotion. This book explores the research from across a number of disparate fields, pulling it together to propose a coherent approach. This is an agenda-setting book from a leading ng academic in the social sciences. 2012 • 192 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-856-3) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-857-0) • £24.99 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF IDENTITIES Edited by Margaret Wetherell The Open University and Chandra Talpade Mohanty Syracuse University CONTENTS The Field of Identity Studies / PART ONE: FRAMEWORKS / Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity / The Social-Identity Approach in Social Psychology / Anthropological Perspectives on Identity / Analyzing Identity in Interaction / Performative Identities / Critical Crossovers / New Epistemologies / PART TWO: FORMATIONS / Biology and Identity / Race and Racial Formations / Identity / Relationality / Religious Identity / From Media and Identity to Mediated Identity / Identity-Making in Schools and Classrooms / PART THREE: CATEGORIES / Ethnicities / Genders / Class, Culture and Morality / Sexualities / Indigeneity as a Field of Power / Never Fixed / PART FOUR: SITES AND CONTEXTS / From This Bridge Called My Back to This Bridge We Call Home / Migrations, Diasporas, Nations / Identities, Groups and Communities / Families, Siblings and Identities / Neo-Liberalism, Work and Subjectivity / Legislating Identity / PART FIVE: REFLECTIONS / Social Justice and the Politics of Identity 2010 • 560 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-3411-4) • $150.00 Race, Ethnicity & Migration RESEARCHING RACISM RES A Guidebook for Academics and Professional Investigators Muzammil Quraishi and Rob Philburn both at University of Salford This book offers a one stop guide to the meaning of racism, key studies in the field, core methods and an agenda of research for the future. Discussing the salient aspects of race and racism in contemporary society, alerting them to methodological and practical considerations of qualitative research on race and racism, Researching Racism is not only an original textbook but also a crucial guide for anyone beginning their research on racism. Based on the authors' solid and extensive background as researchers, supervisors and teachers, this book: • offers a clear and accessible account of an interdisciplinary and complex topic • incorporates historical, legislative and international dimensions of race and racism • outlines and illustrates a range of qualitative research methods • provides case studies and engaging examples • includes a toolkit for researchers of racism. This is an engaging and indispensable guide for all students wanting to research race and racism. THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF RACE AND ETHNIC STUDIES Edited by Patricia Hill Collins University of Maryland and John Solomos City University The SAGE Handbook of Race and Ethnic Studies is one of the best handbooks outlining the latest thinking on race and ethnic studies published in recent years... The breadth of themes and the depth of discussion are ambitious, offering the reader an A-Z guide of contemporary thinking on race and ethnicity... A valuable resource for scholars and activists alike – Runnymede Bulletin ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: LOCATING THE FIELD: THEORETICAL AND HISTORICAL FOUNDATIONS / PART TWO: RACE, ETHNICITY AND SOCIAL HIERARCHY / PART THREE: THE SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF RACE AND ETHNICITY / PART FOUR: DEBATES AND NEW INITIATIVES 2010 • 560 pages Hardback (978-0-76194-220-7) • £110.00 CONTENTS Racism and the History of Race / Defining and Conceptualizing Racism(s) / Anti-Racism: Law and Policies / Racism Research: Two Case Studies / Researching Racism: Qualitative Methodology and Methods / A Racism Researcher's Toolkit 2014 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-533-4) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-534-1) • £22.99 BEYOND A BORDER The Causes and Consequences of Contemporary Immigration Peter Kivisto Augustana College and Thomas Faist Bielefeld University, Germany T h i s c o m p a r a t i ve tex t ex a m i n e s contemporary immigration across the globe, focusing on 20 major nations. Key features include: • comprehensive coverage of topics not covered in other texts • a global portrait of contemporary immigration, including a demographic overview of today’s cross-border movers • critical assessments of the achievements of the field to date • encourages students to rethink traditional views about the distinction between citizen and alien. CONTENTS Introduction: Moving Across Borders / SECTION ONE: MOVEMENT / Accounting for Immigration Flows / Counting Contemporary Immigration Flows / SECTION TWO: SETTLEMENT / Assimilation: Historical Perspective and Contemporary Reframing / Transnationalism and the Persistence of Homeland Ties / Multiculturalism: A New Mode of Incorporation / SECTION THREE: CONTROL / The State and Immigration Control / Citizenship and the State in a Globalizing World NOW IN PAPERBACK! THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION Edited by John F Dovidio Yale University, Miles Hewstone Oxford University, Peter Glick Lawrence University, USA and Victoria M Esses University of Western Ontario Now in paperback! This Handbook provides comprehensive coverage on the state of research, critical analysis and promising avenues for further study on prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination. Each chapter presents in-depth reviews of specific topics, describing the current state of knowledge and identifying the most productive new directions for future research. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: OVERVIEW OF THE TOPIC / PART TWO: BASIC PROCESSES AND CAUSES OF PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION / PART THREE: EXPRESSION OF PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION / PART FOUR: SOCIAL IMPACT OF PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION / PART FIVE: COMBATING PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION / PART SIX: COMMENTARY: FUTURE RESEARCH ON PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPING AND DISCRIMINATION 2010 • 672 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-3453-4) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-7048-6) • £34.99 SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2010 • 320 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-2495-5) • $47.00 37 Gender & Sexuality THE KALEIDOSCOPE KALEID OF GENDER Prisms, Patterns, and Possibilities Fourth Edition Edited by Joan Z Spade The College at Brockport, State University of New York and Catherine G Valentine Nazareth College An accessible and stimulating introduction to the sociology of gender, this collection of creative articles by top scholars explains how the complex, evolving pattern of gender is constructed interpersonally, institutionally, and culturally and challenges students to question how gender shapes their daily lives. 2013 • 616 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0541-0) • $71.00 FINDING OU OUT An Introduction to LGBT Studies Second Edition RESEARCHING GENDER RES Four-Volume Set Edited by Christina Hughes University of Warwick Researching Gender is a comprehensive collection of well-regarded, seminal articles in the field of feminist methodology that will be an essential resource for academics and advanced students in this field. FUNDAMENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH 2013 • 1592 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4874-4) • £600.00 WOMEN PO WOMEN, POLITICS, AND POWER A Global Perspective Second Edition Michelle A Gibson University of Cincinnati, USA, Jonathan Alexander University of California, Irvine, USA and Deborah T Meem University of Cincinnati, USA By combining accessible introductory and explanatory material with primary texts and artifacts, this text/reader explores the development and growth of LGBT identities and the interdisciplinary nature of sexuality studies. Pamela Paxton The University of Texas at Austin, USA and Melanie M Hughes Ohio State University A clear and detailed introduction to women'ss political representation across a wide range off countries and regions, addressing both women's parliamentary representation and women's ascendance to leadership positions as heads of state or cabinet ministers. SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2013 • 448 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-3528-8) • $65.00 2013 • 480 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9866-6) • $58.00 QUESTIONING GENDER THE AFTERMATH OF FEMINISM A Sociological Exploration Robyn Ryle Hanover College Rather than providing definitive answers about gender, this unique book exposes readers to new material that will lead them to question their assumptions. The author uses both historical and crosscultural approaches - as well as a focus on intersectionality and transgender issues - to help students understand the socially lly constructed nature of gender. Debunking ideas of what is normal and abnormal, this provocative book explores the core theories and topics of the course, including the gender of sexuality, the gender of friendship and dating, the gender of media and popular culture, and the gender of politics and power. Gender, Culture and Social Change Angela McRobbie Goldsmiths College, University of London In this trenchant inquiry into the state of feminism, Angela McRobbie breaks open the politics of sexual equality and 'affirmative feminism' and sets down a new ew theory of gender power. This volume marks a turning point in feminist theory. CULTURE, REPRESENTATION AND IDENTITY SERIES 2009 • 192 pages Hardback (978-0-76197-061-3) • £74.00 Paperback (978-0-76197-062-0) • £23.99 ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: WHAT ARE THE IMPORTANT QUESTIONS TO ASK ABOUT GENDER? / PART TWO: HOW ARE OUR LIVES FILLED WITH GENDER? / PART THREE: HOW IS GENDER AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE WAY OUR SOCIETY WORKS? 2012 • 568 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-6594-1) • $72.00 38 See the full listing of all our Sociology titles online at www.sagepub.in Religion / Sport THE SOCIO SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION REL RELIGION, CULTURE & SOCIETY A Critical Agenda A Global Approach Second Edition Andrew Singleton Monash University, Australia Grace Davie University of Exeter Why is religion still important? Can we be fully modern and fully religious? In this Second Edition, Grace Davie follows up her discussion of the meaning of religion in modern society and considers how best to research and understand this relationship. Exploring the rapid movements within the sociology of religion today, this revised and updated book: • describes the origins of the sociology of religion • demystifies secularization as a process and a theory • relates religion to modern social theory • unpacks the meaning of religion in relation to modernity and globalization • grasps the methodological challenges in the field • provides a comparative perspective for religions in the West • introduces questions of minorities and margins • sets out a critical agenda for debate and research. CONTENTS Introduction: A Critical Agenda / PART ONE: THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES / Common Sources/Different Pathways / Secularization: Process and Theory / Rational Choice Theory / Modernity: A Single or Plural Construct? / Methodological Challenges / PART TWO: SUBSTANTIVE ISSUES / Mainstream Religions in the Western World / Minorities and Margins / Demanding Attention: Fundamentalisms in the Modern World / Globalization and the Study of Religion / Religion and the Everyday / Conclusion: Revisiting the Agenda 2013 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-586-3) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-587-0) • £23.99 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF GLOBAL RELIGION Edited by Mark Juergensmeyer University of California, Santa Barbara, USA and Wade Clark Roof University of California, Santa Barbara, USA Bringing together perspectives from the principal social sciences of religion, this Encyclopedia give an overview of the globalization of religious culture and society around the world in both its historicall and contemporary aspects. 2012 • 1528 pages Hardback (978-0-76192-729-7) • $340.00 This is a rich and dynamic introduction to the varieties of religious life and the central issues in the sociology of religion today. It leads the reader through the key ideas and main debates within the field as well as offering in-depth descriptions and analysis of ideas such as Secularism, Fundamentalism, Wicca, Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam and ‘The spiritual marketplace’. Emphasising religion as a global phenomenon, especially looking at the way in which globalization has had an impact on religious practice, Singleton has created an illuminating textbook suitable for students on a wide range of courses looking at religion as a social and cultural field. CONTENTS PART ONE: MAKING SENSE OF RELIGION AND RELIGIOUS CHANGE: THEORETICAL AND METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHES / What Is Religion and Spirituality? / Modern Times: Classical Approaches in the Social Scientific Study of Religion / 20th Century Challenges, 20th Century Thinkers / Towards Contemporary Theorizing: Secularization, the 'Religious Economy' and Globalization / Studying Contemporary Religion: Methods and Data / PART TWO: WINDS OF CHANGE: RELIGION AND SPIRITUALITY IN CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY / Post-Christian Nations? Europe, Britain and Canada / One Nation under God? American 'Exceptionalism' / Christian Vitality? Asia, Africa and Latin America / Buddhism and Hinduism in a Globalized World / The Changing Face of Islam / God is Dead: The New Atheism and Secularism / 'Lived' Religion and Spirituality in Everyday Life / The Future of Religion: Young people, Religion and Spirituality 2014 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0290-6) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0291-3) • £23.99 KEY CONCEPTS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE RESEARCH METHODS Michael Atkinson University of Loughborough This book systematically demonstrates the significance and application of method in plain language. Written for students, it contains the core methodological concepts, practices and debates they need ed to understand to apply research methods within the field of sport and exercise. The book provides a comprehensive panoramic introduction which will reassure and empower its readers.. CONTENTS Academic Journals / Analytic Epidemiology / Applied versus Pure Research / Archival Research / Causality / Critical Theory / Descriptive Statistics / Discourse Analysis / Distributions / Epistemology / Ethnography / Evaluation Research / Evidence-Based Research and Practice / Experiments / Grounded Theory / Hypotheses / Inferential Statistics / Interdisciplinary Research / Interpretivism / Interviewing / Literature Reviews / Media Analysis / MetaAnalysis / Ontology / Populations and Samples / Positivism / Quantitative versus Qualitative Research / Questionnaires / Reliability / Representation / Research Ethics / Research Proposals / Research Questions / Theory / Translation / Triangulation / Unobtrusive Methods / Validity / Variables / Visual Methods SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2012 • 256 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-728-6) • £62.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-729-3) • £20.99 39 Sport QUA QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY Ian Jones, Lorraine Brown and Immy Holloway Designed especially for students of sport and physical activity, this book provides a detailed guide to planning, undertaking and writing up qualitative research. Opening with a discussion of the main traits of qualitative ve inquiry and its use in sport and physical activity, the authors provide a coherent and accessible overview of qualitative research using numerous examples to bring research alive. The book is divided into four parts informed by stages in the research process with chapters on: • early steps in the research process • ethics • choosing your approach • methods of data collection • analyzing your data • writing up and disseminating your findings. CONTENTS PART ONE: INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN SPORT / Qualitative Research and Its Use in Sport and Physical Activity / Ethical Considerations in Research / Developing the Research Question and Writing the Proposal / The Role of the Literature in Qualitative Research / Sampling / PART TWO: COLLECTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Interviews / Focus Groups / Participant Observation / PART THREE: CHOOSING THE RESEARCH APPROACH / Grounded Theory / Ethnography / Phenomenology / Narrative Research / Mixed Methods Research / PART FOUR: ANALYSING AND REPORTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Data Analysis / The Quality of Qualitative Inquiry / Writing Up Qualitative Research 2013 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0744-4) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0745-1) • £26.99 GLO GLOBAL SPORTS POLICY Catherine Palmer Deakin University Globalization is a key part of everyday lives, and sport itself is an increasingly global phenomenon. This book successfully brings the two together, locating th e s tu d y of s p o r t s policy within a broader consideration of global p r o c e s s e s , p r a c ti c e s and consequences. Drawing upon a range of empirical case studies, Palmer successfully illuminates issues thatt have not previously been n discussed. Exploring the e relationship between the local o ocal and the global, globalization and nd governance, governance new technologies, human rights, ts environment and corporate responsibility, Palmer sets out the ground for a new and refreshed understanding of policy making in sport and how this affects society moreover. Original and timely, this book is a must for sports students on all levels. It will also be of immense use for students on courses that deal with public and social policy making. Every Once in a while a book comes along and you have to say to yourself, "finally"! Michael Atikinson, Associate Professor in Kinesiology and Physical Education at The University of Toronto CONTENTS CRITICAL THINKING FOR SPORTS STUDENTS Emily Ryall University of Gloucestershire The capacity to think critically is essential for success in sport courses in higher education. This book provides all those involved in the study of sport with the tools to assess, construct and present arguments and to analyse and evaluate material within the context of sport. Introduction / PART ONE: KEY DEBATES IN GLOBALIZATION AND SPORTS POLICY / Globalization, Sport and Policy / The Local and the Global in Sports Policy / Globalization and the Governance of Sports Policy / Network Policy - New TechnologiesMarketing and Global Sports Policy / Social Theory, Globalization Department and Sports Policy in a Risk Society / PART TWO: GLOBALIZATION AND :(.,7\ISPJH[PVUZ0UKPH7][3[K SPORTING MEGA-EVENTS: POLICY IMPLICATIONS / Globalization, Policy and Sporting Mega-Events / Safety, Security and the Policing of Sporting )04VOHU*VVWLYH[P]L0UK\Z[YPHS(YLH Mega-Events / Mega-Events, Sports Policy and Human Rights / Mega4H[O\YH9VHK7VZ[)HN Events, the Environment and Corporate Responsibility / Reflections on 5L^+LSOP0UKPH Global Sports Policy 2013 • 240E-mail pages us atTHYRL[PUN'ZHNLW\IPU Hardback (978-1-84920-517-7) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-518-4) • £24.99 ACTIVE LEARNING IN SPORT SERIES 2010 • 144 pages Paperback (978-1-84445-457-0) • £16.99 :(.,0UKPHVɈLYZZWLJPHSKPZJV\U[Z MVYW\YJOHZLVMIVVRZPUI\SR >LHSZVTHRLH]HPSHISL ZWLJPHSPTWYPU[ZHUKL_JLYW[Z MYVTV\YIVVRZVUKLTHUK For orders and enquiries, write to us at Marketing Department :(.,7\ISPJH[PVUZ0UKPH7][3[K )04VOHU*VVWLYH[P]L0UK\Z[YPHS(YLH 4H[O\YH9VHK7VZ[)HN 5L^+LSOP0UKPH E-mail us atTHYRL[PUN'ZHNLW\IPU 40 Sport SPORT SOCIOLOGY Second Edition Edited by Paul Beedie and Peter Craig University of Bedfordshire (Bedford) Sociology is central to the study of sport in higher education. This reader-friendly textbook introduces all of the subject’s core themes, such as power, diversity and mediation, and relates them to major contemporary social issues such ass commercialisation and globalization. Special cial emphasis is given throughout to examples drawn from the UK and to the significance of the 2012 Olympics. Theoretical explanation is fully supported by case studies, practical and reflective exercises and guidance on further study. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SPORTS MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING Edited by Linda E Swayne University of North Carolina, Charlotte, USA, Mark Dodds State University of New York and Mark Dodds State University of New York, Cortland The first reference resource to bring both sports management and sports marketing ng together in one place. 2011 • 1960 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-7382-3) • $730.00 CONTENTS PART ONE: ON YOUR MARKS: UNDERSTANDING SPORT AND MODERN SOCIETY / An Introduction to Sport Sociology / Sport and Modernity: an Introduction to the Sociology of Sport / Sport, Modernity and the Olympics: a Case Study of the London Olympiads / Introduction to Sociological Theories of Sport in Modern Society / PART TWO: GETTING SET: KEY SOCIOLOGICAL ISSUES IN THE ANALYSIS OF MODERN SPORT / Sport's Organisation and Governance / Sport, Physical Education and Socialisation / Class and Gender Differentiation in Sport / Sport and Diversity: Issues of Race, Ethnicity and Disability / PART THREE: GO: ANALYSING CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND THEMES: THE CHANGING WORLD OF SPORT / Sport and Consumer Society / Sport and the Media / Sport in a Global World / PART FOUR: NEW GAMES: EMERGENT AND TRANSFORMATIVE FORMS OF SPORT? / Sport and the Body / Sport and Adventure / Sport and Community ACTIVE LEARNING IN SPORT SERIES 2010 • 312 pages Paperback (978-1-84445-464-8) • £23.99 SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT Four-Volume Set Edited by Richard Giulianotti Loughborough University With no other reference work like this in the field, this seminal collection focuses on this large subdiscipline within the fields of sociology and sport studies. It includes both classic and contemporary papers drawn from a range of subjects across the social sciences. SAGE LIBRARY OF TOURISM, HOSPITALITY & LEISURE 2011 • 1664 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-919-5) • £600.00 KEY CONCEPTS IN SPORT MANAGEMENT Terri Byers Coventry University, Trevor Slack University of Alberta and Milena Parent University of Ottawa Sharp, clear and relevant, this book meets the needs of those studying and researching within the growing discipline of sport management. The intelligently cross-referenced entries provide a concise overview of the key concepts in the field ld guiding the reader through the important debates, sources and research methods in the management and delivery of sport. The book introduces readers to the concepts at the centre of their studies, suggesting relevant further reading and thoughts for future research and applies academic theory to business and organizational problems in a real-world context. The entries are designed to meet study needs and include clear definitions, comprehensive examples, practical applications and effective research methods. CONTENTS Organizational Theory / Structure / Change / Commercialization / Competitive Balance / Conflict / Context / Control / Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) / Corruption / Critical Theory and Critical Management Studies / Decision-Making / Demand / Effectiveness or Efficiency / Employability / Entrepreneurship / Ethics / Globalization / Governance / Image, Identity and Reputation / Knowledge Transfer / Leadership / Legacy / Media / Broadcasting / Mega-Events / Networks / Organizational Culture / Organizational Goals / Performance Management / Power / Quality / Sponsorship / Sport Development (and Sport for Development, Development through Sport) / Sports Funding and Finance / Sports Law / Sport Marketing / Sport Organization / Sport Participation / Sport Policy / Sport Tourism / Stakeholders / Strategic Planning / Strategy / Strategic Alliances / Structure / Technology / Typologies and Taxonomies / Voluntary / Conclusions / Keeping up to Date: Useful Sources SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES GLOBALIZATION AND FOOTBALL 2012 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2841-0) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2842-7) • £20.99 Richard Giulianotti Loughborough University and Roland Robertson University of Aberdeen Engaging analysis the of the process of globalization and its impact on the world's most popular sport. PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2009 • 216 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2127-5) • £78.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2128-2) • £26.99 41 Tourism, Hospitality & Events KEY CONCEPTS IN EVENT MANAGEMENT Bernadette Quinn Dublin Institute of Technology In recent years, we have seen an enormous growth of festivals and event activity, and the literature within the field is consequently huge. In order to make sense of this rapid and dynamic development, students are dependent on a book that can lead them through the myriad of theoreticall frameworks offered. This book naturally situates itself in the middle of this need, offering a comprehensive and illuminating account of the festival and event field. Written with academic rigour, yet accessible at the same time, Bernadette Quinn proves herself to be an outstanding communicator and stimulator of knowledge. CONTENTS Authenticity / Bidding / Community Festivals / Definitions / Economic Impact / Emerging Economies / European City of Culture / Evaluation / Event Management / Experience / Festival / Identity / Innovation / Leveraging / Marketing / MICE /MEEC / Motivation / Olympic Games / Place Marketing / Planning / Policy / Power and Politics / Regeneration / Regional Development / Risk Management / Service Quality / Social Capital / Social Function / Social Impact / Sponsorship / Sports Events / Stakeholders / Sustainable Events / Tourism / Volunteering SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-559-7) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-560-3) • £21.99 EVENT POWER EVE How Global Events Manage and Manipulate Chris Rojek Brunel University Provides an introduction to event management, while also situating events in questions of power and social control. Chris Rojek powerfully argues that events are essential elements in corporate-state partnerships of 'invisible government' that have revived the romance of charity as to form rm illusory communities, while cloaking power imbalances and social inequalities. Events are moving politics from the old idea of 'the personal is political' to the new, more seductive notion that 'representation is resistance'. Wielding rich case studies from the World Cup and the Olympics to Live Aid, Burning Man and Mardi Gras, Rojek presents a dazzlingly original account of communication power, social ordering and control. CONTENTS Preface: The Goodwill Newsletter / What Is Event Management? / What Are the Main Types of Event? / Why Is 'Moral Regulation' Relevant? / How Is Event Cognition Formulated? / How Are Global Events Organized? / What Do Cyclical Events Do? / Why Are We Drawn to Events? / What Is Event Consciousness? / What Do Single-Issue Events Do? / Why Are Events so Emotional? / What Is Event Appropriation? / Do Global Events Have a Future? 2013 • 216 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-517-3) • £70.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-518-0) • £23.99 NOW IN PAPERBACK! THE TOURIST GAZE 3.0 Third Edition John Urry Lancaster University and Jonas Larsen University of Roskilde This Third Edition of a seminal text restructures and remodels the groundbreaking previous versions making this book even more relevant for tourism students, researchers and designers. Packed full of fascinating insights, all chapters have been significantly revised ed to include up-to-date empirical data, many new case studies and fresh concepts. Three new chapters have been added which explore: • photography and digitization • embodied performances • risks and alternative futures. The original Tourist Gaze was a classic, marking out a new land to study and appreciate. This new edition extends into fresh areas with the same passion and insight of the object. Even more essential reading! – Nigel Thrift, Vice-Chancellor, University of Warwick CONTENTS Theories / Mass Tourism / Economies / Working under the Gaze / Changing Tourist Cultures / Places, Buildings and Design / Vision and Photography / Performances / Risks and Futures PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2012 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-376-0) • £83.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-377-7) • £26.99 42 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF TOURIST STUDIES Edited by Tazim Jamal Texas A&M University and Mike Robinson University of Birmingham This is the strongest overview I have encountered of the scope and the current state of research across all the fields involved in advancing our understanding of tourism. For its range of topics, depth of analyses and distinction of its contributors, nothing is comparable. It will be greeted enthusiastically as an indispensable reference source – Professor Dean MacCannell, University of California, Davis This critically acclaimed Handbook provides an essential resource to determine the roots, key issues and agenda of the field. Ranging from local to global issues, and from questions of management to the ethical dilemmas of tourism, this is a comprehensive, critically informed, constructively organized overview of the field. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: APPROACHES TO TOURISM STUDIES / PART TWO: KEY TOPICS IN TOURISM / PART THREE: CRITICAL ISSUES AND EMERGING PERSPECTIVES 2012 • 736 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2397-2) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0875-5) • £31.99 Tourism, Hospitality & Events / Work & Organizations KEY CONCEPTS IN TOURISM RESEARCH SOCIOLOGY OF WORK SOC David Botterill University of Wales Institute, Cardiff and Vincent Platenkamp Edited by Vicki Smith University of California, Davis Taking students through the social research concepts that inform the selection and application of research methods in tourism, this book uses clear definitions and informed suggestions for further reading. It introduces the relevantt language and theory behind key methodologies, and the historical and philosophical context of each concept is carefully laid out alongside examples drawn from international tourism research. Each concept provides: • an authoritative and reliable summary • applications in contemporary tourism research • informative cross-referencing to other concepts • detailed discussion of theories and their critics. CONTENTS Action Research / Autoethnography / Case Study / Constructionism / Content Analysis / Critical Realism / Critical Theory / Deduction / Delphi Method / Document Analysis / Empiricism / Epistemology / Ethical Practice / Ethnomethodology / Evaluation Research / Experiment / Feminism / Figurationalism / Grounded Theory / Hermeneutics / Interview/Focus Group / Modeling / Narrative / Paradigm / Phenomenology / Positivism / Post-Colonialism / Postmodernism / Realism / Repertory Grid / Survey / Symbolic Interactionism / Visual Methods An Encyclopedia This multi-disciplinary Encyclopedia covers curricular subjects that seek to address that question, ranging from business and management to anthropology, sociology, social history, psychology, politics, economics and health. 2013 • 1160 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-0506-9) • $350.00 TOURISM MANAGEMENT An Introduction Clare Inkson University of Westminster and Lynn Minnaert University of Surrey Written specifically for those looking for core topic coverage in a manageable and concise format, this text will be essential reading for those wanting a contemporary introduction to tourism management. 2012 • 448 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-869-6) • £90.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-870-2) • £32.99 SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2012 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-174-1) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-175-8) • £20.99 MANAGING AND ORGANIZATIONS An Introduction to Theory and Practice Third Edition Stewart R Clegg University of Technology, Sydney, Martin Kornberger Copenhagen Business School and Tyrone Pitsis University of Technology, Australia The Third Edition presents seamless coverage of the essential topics of organizational behaviour while at the same time offering a realist's guide to management that captures the complexity of organizational life, its central themes and debates, in an accessible and entertaining way. 2012 • 712 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-040-6) • £98.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-041-3) • £41.99 THE SOCIOLOGY OF WORK Continuity and Change in Paid and Unpaid Work Second Edition Stephen Edgell University of Salford Stephen Edgell's book charts the rise of 'work' and explores all aspects of work including paid and unpaid, standard and non-standard, and unemployment. New material has been incorporated covering ng the theories and practices of globalization, interactive service work, economic crisis, technological and organizational change, and trade unions. Drawing on classic and contemporary theorists, the book: • covers key issues regarding paid industrial and service-sector work: alienation; skill; post-industrial society; network enterprises; flexibility; Fordism; neo-Fordism; post-Fordism; McDonaldization; emotional labour; the de-standardization of work; and the social impact of unemployment • discusses key issues regarding non-paid work: domestic work as 'work'; the impact of technology; symmetrical family thesis; the impact of feminism; and globalization • is accompanied by a companion Website providing student exercises, links to carefully selected Websites, an extensive glossary and full access to selected SAGE journal articles related to each chapter. Visit www.sagepub.co.uk/edgell. CONTENTS The Historical Transformation of Work / Work and Alienation / Work and Deskilling / Work, Upskilling and Polarization / Industrial Work: Fordism, Neo-Fordism and Post-Fordism / Service Work: Fordism, Neo-Fordism and Post-Fordism / Non-Standard Work / Out of Work: Unemployment / Domestic Work / Globalization: Paid and Unpaid Work 2011 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-412-5) • £77.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-413-2) • £25.99 43 Work & Organizations ECONOMY/SOCIETY Markets, Meanings, and Social Structure Second Edition Bruce G Carruthers Northwestern University, USA and Sarah L Babb Boston College, USA This long-awaited Second Edition c ontinue s to of fe r a n ac c e s sible introduction to the way social arrangements ts affect economic activity, and shows that economic exchanges are deeply embedded in social relationships. SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2013 • 248 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9496-5) • $37.00 THE SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS Classic, Contemporary, and Critical Readings Edited by Michael J Handel Northeastern University This volume of primary readings and overview essays provides a comprehensive i n t r o d u c ti o n to t h e s o c i o l o g y of organizations. The readings represent a wide de range of theoretical perspectives and substantive topics. Most readings are either classics in the field or works that are widely used and cited. 2002 • 552 pages Paperback (978-0-76198-766-6) • £67.00 NOW IN PAPERBACK! THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF POWER Edited by Stewart R Clegg University of Technology, Sydney and Mark Haugaard National University of Ireland Internationally acclaimed, Stewart R Clegg and Mark Haugaard have joined forces to select a collection of papers that bridge different conceptual and theoretical positions. ns The sweep and richness of the resulting handbook will help readers contextualise and grow their understanding of this dynamic and important subject area. 2009 • 504 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-3400-8) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-7045-5) • £39.99 UNDERSTA UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE Second Edition Mats Alvesson Lund University, Sweden The Second Edition of this groundbreaking text in Organizational Studies has been revised and updated to keep apace with developments within n Organizational Culture. 2012 • 248 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-557-9) • £85.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-558-6) • £28.99 KEY CONCEPTS IN LEADERSHIP Jonathan Gosling University of Exeter, Ian Sutherland IEDCBled School of Management. and Stephanie Jones Maastricht School of Management (MSM) This wide-ranging, interdisciplinary book provides readers with a complete introduction to the essentials of leadership. Included here are accessible and insightful tf l entries on what leadership is, how it is practised and the relevant strengths and pitfalls. The book provides a one-stop introductory guide to one of the most central and contested concepts in the social sciences. An invaluable reference tool, it contains consistent, concise and authoritative entries on: • the eight questions of leadership • the five minds of the manager • leadership and psychology • developmental approaches to leadership • functional leadership • leadership practice. CONTENTS Accommodating Leadership and Competitive Leadership / Analytical Leadership and an Intuitive, Instant Leadership Approach / Authoritative Leadership and Participative Leadership / Avoiding Leadership and Involved Leadership / Behind-the-Scenes Leadership and Leading from the Front / Broad-Based and Functional Leadership / Change-Oriented Leadership and Continuity-Based Leadership / 'Chillaxed Leadership' and 'Leadaholics' / Coaching and Mentoring-Oriented Leadership and Directive, TellingWhat-to-Do Leadership / Colleague-Leading and Leading Prima Donnas / 'Company-Branded' and 'Individually Branded' Leadership / Compromising Leadership and Co-Operative Leadership / Developmental-Oriented Leadership and Job-Hopping Leadership / Diversity Leadership and Leading Homogeneity / Eastern-Style and Western-Style Leadership: Contrasting and Converging National Cultures / Employee Leading and Volunteer Leading / EQ-Oriented Leadership and IQ-Oriented Leadership / Expert and Generalist Leadership / Extrovert and Introvert Leadership / FinanceOriented Leadership and Marketing-Oriented Leadership / Global Leadership and Worldly Leadership / Goal-Oriented and Opportunistic Leadership / 'Here and Now' Leadership and Legacy Leadership / HR-Oriented Leadership and Production-Oriented Leadership / Implementer Leadership and ShaperDriver Leadership / Individualistic Leadership and Relationship-Oriented Leadership / Inspirational and Low-Key Leadership / Interim Leadership and Tenured Leadership / Knee-Jerk Leadership and Reflective Leadership / Long-Term Leadership and Project Management Leadership / Macro and Micro-Leadership / Nurturing Leadership and Toxic Leadership / Pragmatic and Principles-Driven Leadership SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2012 • 164 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-588-7) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-589-4) • £20.99 44 Work & Organizations / Health, Illness & Body SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS ORGANIZING & ORGANIZATIONS Structures and Relationships Fourth Edition Edited by Mary Godwyn Babson College and Jody Hoffer Gittell Brandeis University Stephen Fineman University of Bath, Yiannis Gabriel University of Bath and David Sims Cass Business School, City University, London A comprehensive resource that explores the diversity of sociological theories and their application to organizational studies, the ways that new technology affects ts organizations, and both formal and informal structures. 2012 • 768 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9195-7) • $99.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-9196-4) • $86.00 THE BODY AND SOCIAL THEORY Third Edition Chris Shilling University of Kent Unrivalled in its clarity and coverage, this Third Edition of Chris Shilling's classic text is a masterful account of the emergence and development of body matters in sociology and related disciplines. A timely, well-reasoned response to currentt concerns and controversies across the globe, it provides chapter-by-chapter coverage of the major theories, approaches and studies conducted in the field. Each chapter has been revised and updated, with new discussions of: actor-network theory; body work; pragmatism; the global resurgence of religious identities; new genetics; biological citizenship; neuroscience, and figurations of the living and dead. CONTENTS The Body in Sociology / The Naturalistic Body / The Socially Constructed Body / The Body and Social Inequalities: Embodying Sociology / The Body and Physical Capital / The Civilized Body / The Body, Self-Identity and Death: Figurations of Life and Death / Afterword: Embodiment, Identity and Theory PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2013 • 336 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-532-6) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-533-3) • £25.99 Organizing and Organizations is well loved by students and lecturers for its accessible, conversational tone and insightful ul real-life examples introducing the study of organizations and organizational behaviour. 2010 • 512 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-085-0) • £99.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-086-7) • £32.99 MEDICINE AS CULTURE Illness, Disease and the Body Third Edition Deborah Lupton University of Sydney Medicine as Culture is unlike any other sociological text on health and medicine. It combines perspectives drawn from a wide variety of disciplines including sociology, anthropology, social history, cultural geography, and media and cultural studies. The book explores the ways in which medicine and health care are sociocultural constructions, ranging from popular media and elite cultural representations of illness to the power dynamics of the doctor-patient relationship. The Third Edition has been updated to cover new areas of interest, including: • studies of space and place in relation to the body • actor-network theory as it is applied in research related to medicine • the Internet and social media and how they contribute to lay health knowledge and patient support • complementary and alternative medicine • obesity and fat politics. Contextualizing introductions and discussion points in every chapter makes Medicine as Culture, Third Edition a rigorous yet accessible text for students. CONTENTS CRITICAL ISSUES IN CLINICAL AND HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical Perspectives on Medicine and Society / The Body in Medicine / Representations of Medicine, Illness and the Body / The Lay Perspective on Illness and Disease / Power Relations and the Medical Encounter / Feminisms and Medicine 2012 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0894-6) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0895-3) • £25.99 Poul Rohleder Anglia Ruskin University A Student-friendly textbook covering the main topics in health from a critical perspective. Integrating issues relating to disability as well as research methods throughout, Rohleder challenges preconceptions of ill-health from biomedical cal or psychobiological perspectives, exploring social factors and how these impact on the experience and treatment of physical and mental illness. *VUULJ[^P[O:(., 2012 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-761-4) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-762-1) • £25.99 45 Health, Illness & Body KEY CONCEPTS CONCE IN MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY Second Edition Jonathan Gabe Royal Holloway, University of London and Lee Monaghan University of Limerickk How do we understand health in relation to society? What role does culture play in shaping our experiences of, and orientation to, health and illness? How do we understand medicine and medical cal treatment within a sociological framework? Medical sociology is a dynamic and complex field of study, comprising many concepts which students ents sometimes find difficult to grasp. This title manages to successfully elucidate this conceptual terrain. ain. The text systematically explains the key concepts that have preoccupied medical sociologists from rom its inception and which have shaped the field as it exists today. Thoroughly revised and updated, this Second Edition: • provides a systematic and accessible introduction to medical sociology • includes new relevant entries as well as classic concepts • begins each entry with a definition of the concept, then examines its origins, development, strengths gths and weaknesses • offers further reading guidance for independent learning • draws on international literature and examples. This title has proved hugely popular among students in medical sociology as well as those undertaking king professional training in health-related disciplines. It is essential reading for anyone wanting to find an easily accessible, yet critical and thoughtful, information source about the building blocks ks of medical sociology. CONTENTS PART ONE: SOCIAL PATTERNING OF HEALTH / Social Class / Gender / Ethnicity / Place / Material and Cultural Factors ctors / Psychosocial Factors / Life Events / Neo-liberal Globalization and Health Inequalities / Ageing and the Life Course / Socia Social a al Capital / PART TWO: EXPERIENCE OF HEATH AND ILLNESS / Medicalization / Illness and Health-Related Behaviour aviourr / Stigma / elationships n Embodiment / Emotions / Chronic Illness / Disability / Illness Narratives / Risk / Sick Role / Practitioner-Client Relationships / Quality of Life / Awareness Contexts / PART THREE: HEALTH, KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE / Medical Model / Social Constructionism m / Lay Knowledge / Reproduction / Medical Technologies / eHealth / Geneticization / Bioethics / Surveillance and Health Promotion / PART FOUR: HEALTH WORK AND THE DIVISION OF LABOUR / Medical Autonomy, Dominance and Decline / Trust in Medicine / Nursing and Midwifery as Occupations / Social Divisions and Formal Health Care / Health Professional Migration / Complementary and Alternative Medicine / Emotional Labour / Informal Care / PART FIVE: HEALTH-CARE ORGANIZATION AND POLICY / Hospitals and Health Care Organizations / Privatization / Managerialism / Consumerism / Citizenship and Health / Social Movements and Health / Medicines Regulation / Evaluation / Malpractice SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 256 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-477-0) • £65.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-478-7) • £21.99 HEALTH ACTIVISM HEA Foundations and Strategies Glenn Laverack Flinders University In this new book, Glenn Laverack provides an understanding of the foundations of health activism, examining the key concepts, definitions and theory behind the movement. He then explores the different means of health activism in practice, showing how effective strategies can influence public policy. A wide range ge of rich case examples from all over the world, historical and contemporary, are included, such as Action on Smoking and Health, the breastfeeding movement, the ACT-UP AIDS coalition, the Scottish Public Health Movement and Werribee Residents against Toxic Dump. Overall, the author argues that activism is an acceptable part of practice and that the health-care profession and society, as a whole, must be willing to engage with activists to improve public health and well-being. CONTENTS Foundations of Health Activism / International Experiences of Activism / Activism and the Health Practitioner / Strategies to Influence Healthy Public Policy / Activism and the Social Determinants of Health / Activism and the Media / The Individual as Activist / Community Activism / Networks and Activism / The Future Role of Health Activism 2013 • 192 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-4964-2) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-4965-9) • £23.99 46 KEY CONCEPTS IN BODY AND SOCIETY Kate Cregan Monash University, Australia This book provides a clear, focused road map for the study of the body in society. It defines, explains and applies core topics relating to the human body, demonstrating how we approach it as a social phenomenon. Each concept: • includes an easy-to-understand definition • provides real-world examples • gives suggestions for further reading • is carefully cross-referenced to other related concepts. CONTENTS Ageing and Childhood / Anorexia/Bulimia/Obesity / Appearance and Beauty / Civilizing Processes / Class/Caste / Clothing / Colonialism/Post-Colonialism / Consumption / Cyborgs / Death and Dying / Difference / Disability/Ability / Discourse / Dualism / Emotion / Feminism / Food and Eating / Gender/Sex / Genetics / Gesture and Habits / Habitus / Health and Illness / Identity / Media and Representation / Medicine and Science / Modification/Dysmorphias / Nature/Culture / Pain / Performativity / Phenomenology / Power / Private/Public / Psychoanalysis / Queer / Race and Ethnicity / Religion / Reproduction / Sexuality / Sport / Technology / Violence / Work / Youth SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2012 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-543-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-544-0) • £20.99 Health, Illness & Body SOC SOCIOLOGY FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONALS HEA HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS AROUND THE WORLD Lani Russell Glasgow Caledonian University A Comparative Guide Based on years of experience teaching sociology to health care students, Lani Russell has written a truly introductory text which explains the main sociological concepts without jargon or becoming too advanced. Using carefully chosen examples, she shows how health issues are influenced by social phenomena such as class, race or sexuality and the relevance this has for practitioners. The book includes: • the main sociological concepts relevant to healthcare students • examples linking sociological concepts and major health topics • exercises to test students' understanding • glossaries of key terms and key theorists • advice on further reading • a full companion Website with teaching materials for lecturers and learning resources for students. This is the ideal text to recommend to students who need an accessible introduction to the sociology of health and illness. CONTENTS Sociology of Health / Biomedicine / Class / Gender / 'Race' / Chronic Illness and Disability / Ageing / Social Control / Power / Bodies 2014 • 216 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5300-7) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5301-4) • £19.99 MEDICINE, HEALTH AND SOCIETY Hannah Bradby Visiting Fellow, King's College London A clear, bold book which provides a contemporary account of why medicine and health matter in our modern society. Written by an expert in both sociology and medicine, it critically explores key areas of debate and policy whilst explaining the practical realities of medicine today. 2012 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2073-5) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2074-2) • £26.99 Edited by Sarah E Boslaugh Washington University, St. Louis, School of Medicine, USA This concise reference examines major aspects of health care systems for over 190 countries worldwide. 2013 • 608 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-0312-6) • $175.00 UNDERSTANDING THE SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH An Introduction Third Edition Anne-Marie Barry Research Consultant, Edinburgh and Chris Yuill Robert Gordon University Understanding the Sociology of Health is a truly readable introduction to a subject ctt which is often shrouded in jargon. Providing case studies and exercises to really get you thinking, this book shows how sociology provides the means to answer complex questions about health and illness. The Third Edition includes four new chapters on: • the history of health and healing • sexuality • sport, fitness and exercise • death and dying. Though aimed primarily at students on health and social care courses and professions allied to medicine, this textbook provides valuable insights for anyone interested in the social aspects of health. CONTENTS PART ONE: THEORIES, PERSPECTIVES AND CONCEPTS / Sociological Theory: Explaining and Theorizing / Concepts of Health and Medicine / Medical Power and Knowledge / Challenging Medical Dominance / Evidence and Enquiry: An Overview of Sociological Research / PART TWO: KEY THEMES / Class and Health / Ethnicity, Race and Health / Gender and Health / Mental Health / Sexualities and Health / Sociology of the Body: Chronic Illness and Disability / Health, Ageing and the Life Course / PART THREE: CONTEXTS / Places of Care / Health Care in Context / A Brief Social History of Health and Healing / Sport, Health, Exercise and the Body / Death and Dying 2012 • 376 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0187-9) • £77.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0188-6) • £25.99 PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY IN NURSING Benny Goodman and Tim Ley University of Plymouth Written specifically for nursing students and nurses and linked to the new NMC standards, this book combines psychological and social issues relevant to nursing at an introductory level. TRANSFORMING NURSING PRACTICE SERIES 2012 • 200 pages Hardback (978-0-85725-836-6) • £65.00 Paperback (978-0-85725-529-7) • £20.99 IMMATERIAL BODIES Affect, Embodiment, Mediation Lisa Blackman Goldsmiths College This unique book focuses upon the affective capacities of bodies, while addressing the challenges of the affective turn within social sciences. PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2012 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-472-9) • £89.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-6685-4) • £27.99 47 Disability Studies THE SAGE REFERENCE SERIES ON DISABILITY DISABLING BARRIERS, ENABLING ENVIRONMENTS Key Issues and Future Directions An Introduction to Disability Studies Gary L Albrecht University of Illinois at Chicago Third Edition The SAGE Reference Series on Disability from Gary L Albrecht - editor of Handbook of Disability Studies (2003) and Encyclopedia of Disability (2005) - is a cross-disciplinary and issues-based series es which incorporates links from varied fields making up disability studies. Including eight volumes, each examines topics central to the lives of individuals with disabilities and their families. THE SAGE REFERENCE SERIES ON DISABILITY: KEY ISSUES AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS 2013 • 2816 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-8015-9) • $600.00 DISABILITY STUDIES An Interdisciplinary Introduction Dan Goodley Manchester Metropolitan University Discussing the global nature of disability studies and disability politics, this book introduces key debates in the field and represents the intersections of disability studies with feminist, class, queer and post-colonial analyses. Its clear and coherent format matches the interdisciplinary ry framework of disability studies - including chapters on sociology, critical psychology, discourse analysis, psychoanalysis and education. Injects new energy into disability studies... the first introduction to disability studies that is both global and cosmopolitan – Bill Hughes, Glasgow Caledonian University Riveting to read, brimming with new ideas and challenging to students – Paul Ramcharan, RMIT University, Melbourne CONTENTS Introduction: Global Disability Studies / Debates: Political Disability Studies / Intersections: Diverse Disability Studies / Society: Sociological Disability Studies / Individuals: De-Psychologizing Disability Studies / Psychology: Critical Psychological Disability Studies / Discourse: Post-Structuralist Disability Studies / Culture: Psychoanalytic Disability Studies / Education: Inclusive Disability Studies / Developments: Critical Disability Studies 2011 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-557-0) • £69.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-558-7) • £22.99 48 John Swain University of Northumbria at Newcastle, Sally French The Open University, Colin Barnes University of Leeds and Carol Thomas Lancaster University Since it was first published in 1993, Disabling Barriers, Enabling Environments has established itself as the essential introduction to disability studies, tackling a wide range of issues in numerous succinct chapters. The multidisciplinary nature of the book ensures that readers can appreciate a myriad of issues related to disability, and the personal accounts and case studies used throughout help students get to grips with the fundamental nature of disability. The Third Edition is made up of 45 chapters, 7 of which are completely new, including: • globalization • life and death issues • psychology and disability • Internal opposition. This seminal textbook conveys the continuing developments in the lives and experiences of disabled people, and explores the different perspectives in understanding them. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: PERSPECTIVES OF DISABILITY AND IMPAIRMENT / PART TWO: IN OUR OWN IMAGE / PART THREE: CONTROLLING LIFESTYLES / PART FOUR: IN CHARGE OF SUPPORT AND HELP / PART FIVE: LOOKING TO THE FUTURE FOR DISABLED PEOPLE 2014 • 376 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5898-9) • £85.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5899-6) • £27.99 DISABILITY STUDIES DIS A Student's Guide Edited by Colin Cameron This textbook brings together a range of expert voices to tackle the essential topics relevant to the study of disability. From the outset disability is tackled from a social perspective, demonstrating how future practice and discourse could break down barriers and lead to more equal relationships for disabled people in everyday life. An interdisciplinary introduction, the book includes over 50 chapters on topics relevant across health and social care. Reflective questions, case studies and suggestions for further reading throughout will help readers gain a critical appreciation of the subject and expand their knowledge. 2014 • 184 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-6766-0) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-6767-7) • £21.99 Childhood, Youth & Ageing KEY CONCEPTS IN N CHILDHOOD STUDIES Second Edition Allison James and Adrian James both at University of Sheffield d This book has already dy proved itself as a course adoption leader er in Childhood Studies.. All of the strengths of the First Edition have ve been retained. The he book is comprehensive ve and judged with the he needs of students in mind. It is a modell off clarity and precision n and a has been acknowledged ged as a such in reviews and course feedback. The new Second Edition thoroughly revises old entries and adds new ones. The book is the most accessible, relevant student introduction to this expanding, interdisciplinary field. It is an indispensable teaching text and an ideal prompt for researchers. CONTENTS Age and Maturity / Agency / Best Interests / Child / Child-Focused Research / Research with Children / Child-Friendly / Childhood / Child Soldiers / Childhood Studies / Children as Consumers / Children as Researchers / Children's Voices / Citizenship / Competence / Cultural Politics of Childhood / Cultural Relativism / Delinquency / Developmental Psychology / Developmentalism / Disappearance or Loss of Childhood / Diversity / Ethnicity / Familialization / Family / Friendship / Futurity / Gender / Generation / Global Childhood / Health / Innocence / Internet and New Social Media / Interpretive Reproduction / Minority Group Status / Nature vs. Nurture / Needs / Neglect / Parenting / Participation / Peer Group / Play / Poverty / Protection / Representation / Resilience / Responsibility / Rights / Schooling and Schools / Sexual Abuse / Sexualization / Social Actor / Social Construction / Social World / Socialization / Spaces for Children and Children's Places / Standpoint / Street Children / Structure / United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) / Vulnerability / Welfare / Work and Working Children / Youth SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2012 • 160 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0189-3) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0190-9) • £19.99 CHILD PROTECTION An Introduction Second Edition Chris Beckett University of East Anglia This broad introduction to, and critical analysis of, the complex issues involved in child protection work is written in an approachable style and presents these issues in a clear and engaging way while also encouraging reflection and debate. 2007 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2091-9) • £74.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2092-6) • £24.99 NOW IN PAPERBACK! THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY Edited by Dale Dannefer Case Western Reserve University and Chris Phillipson University of Keele This volume reflects the emergence of ageing as a global concern, including chapters by international scholars from Asia, Australasia, Europe and North America. It provides a comprehensive overview of key trends and issues in the field, drawing upon the full range of social science disciplines. The authors constitute a "Who's Who" of international gerontology, and the focus on globalization and aging is unique... This Handbook should be in the library of every social gerontologist – Vern L Bengtson, University of Southern California ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: FUNDAMENTAL AND DISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES ON AGEING / PART TWO: AGEING AND SOCIAL STRUCTURE / PART THREE: AGEING AND INDIVIDUAL CHANGE / PART FOUR: AGEING, CULTURE AND DEVELOPMENT / PART FIVE: AGEING AND SOCIAL POLICY 2010 • 712 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-3464-0) • £110.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-7047-9) • £29.99 AGING INVENTING ADULTHOODS A Biographical Approach to Youth Transitions Sheila Henderson Alliant International University, Janet Holland London South Bank University, Sheena McGrellis London South Bank University, based at the University of Ulster, Sue Sharpe London South Bank University and Rachel Thomson The Open University Inventing Adulthoods is based on a study dy of a diverse group of young people over a 10-year period. The book explores high-profile policy issues including: education; employment; drugs; cultures of violence; and well-being. Concepts and Controversies Seventh Edition Harry R Moody Director of Academic Affairs, AARP, Washington, D.C. and Jennifer R Sasser Marylhurst University An engaging and really student-oriented exploration of aging and social gerontology used on sociology, social policy and health courses across the world. 2012 • 576 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0309-6) • $108.00 PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE OPEN UNIVERSITY 2007 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-3068-0) • £66.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-3069-7) • £24.99 49 Childhood, Youth & Ageing / Families THE SOCIOLOGY OF CHILDHOOD KEY CONCEPTS IN YOUTH STUDIES Third Edition Mark Cieslik University of Northumbria and Donald Simpson Teesside University William A Corsaro Indiana University, Bloomington, USA This Third Edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect the recent explosion of research in this field. It now includes: • expanded and updated material on children's symbolic culture and material i l culture, as well as a new section, 'Children, Parents and Consumer Culture' • a new section on 'Generation M: Electronic Media in the Lives of Pre-Adolescents and Adolescents' covering debates on the effects on youth of electronic media • 'Socio-Dramatic Role Play' incorporating two new cases studies • a discussion of current policy debates and changing demographics regarding children's quality of life around the world. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE The Sociological Study of Childhood / PART TWO Children, Childhood, and Families in Historical and Cultural Context / PART THREE Children's Cultures / PART FOUR Children, Social Problems, and the Future of Childhood SOCIOLOGY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 2011 • 456 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7943-6) • $47.00 What is youth? How do we understand youth in its social and cultural context? In this timely and sought-after title, Mark Cieslik and Donald Simpson provide a concise and readily accessible introduction n to the interdisciplinary field of youth studies. Drawing upon the latest research and developments in the field, as well as discussing the fundamental ideas underlying the discipline as a whole, it offers a comprehensive yet unpacked understanding of youth as a social phenomenon. Illuminating the many abstract and contested concepts within youth studies, the book offers explanations to questions such as: • how might we define youth? • how can we understand young people in relation to their social identities and practices? • what is the relationship between youth and social class? • how do youth cultures develop? • how can we understand youth in a globalized perspective? Key Concepts in Youth Studies stands out as a natural companion for students on youth studies, sociology, criminology and social science programmes. It will also be useful for youth practitioners such as social workers and teachers. CONTENTS METHODS OF FAMILY RESEARCH Third Edition Theodore N Greenstein North Carolina State University and Shannon N Davis George Mason University Using real-life examples to illustrate important concepts that family researchers encounter regularly, the text covers traditional quantitative methods, qualitative ve methods, and the mixed-method approach. Written in a clear, concise style, this book teaches students consume research in a sophisticated, effective manner. 2013 • 224 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9283-1) • $72.00 Introduction: Making Sense of Young People Today / Foundational Concepts, Issues and Debates / Defining Youth / Youth Transitions / Youth Cultures / Young People and Social Policies / Working with Young People / Researching Youth / Theorizing Youth / The History of Youth / Young People, Divisions and Inequality / Representations of Youth / Major Concepts, Issues and Debates / Leisure / Crime / Youth Training / Housing / Social Networks and Social Capital / Well-Being / Gender / Sexualities / Education / The Body / 'Place' and Belonging / Religion / Music / 'Race' and Ethnicities / Informal Learning / Social Class / Politics, Protest and Social Movements / Work and Employment / Globalization / Disability / Consumption / The Youth Underclass / Homelessness SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 2013 • 200 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-984-6) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-985-3) • £21.99 CUL CULTURAL SOCIOLOGY OF DIVORCE An Encyclopedia GLOBAL FAMILIES Second Edition Meg Wilkes Karraker University of St. Thomas This text provides an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of globalization, and then examines the ways in which globalization impinges on families throughout the world in four major areas: demographic transitions, transnational employment, international violence, and nd world-wide culture. CONTEMPORARY FAMILY PERSPECTIVES (CFP) 2013 • 288 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-9863-5) • $26.00 50 Edited by Robert E Emery University of Virginia, USA This multi-disciplinary Encyclopedia covers curricular subjects related to divorce as examined by disciplines ranging from marriage and the family to anthropology, social and legal history, y developmental and clinical psychology, and religion, all through a lens of cultural sociology. 2013 • 1624 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9958-8) • $425.00 Families UNDERSTANDING FAMILIES A Global Introduction Linda McKie Glasgow Caledonian University and Samantha Callan Edinburgh University I don't know how often I've wished for an introductory text on family life which encompassed critical contemporary sociological thinking alongside the basic information students need, and have only found fossilized thinking on a stodgy subject. But now all that has changed. McKie and Callan have achieved what I thought was almost impossible in Understanding Families; this is a textbook which provides unrivalled foundations for a critical understanding of contemporary families and relationships – Carol Smart, Professor of Sociology, Morgan Centre, University of Manchester KEY CONCEPTS IN FAMILY STUDIES Jane Ribbens McCarthy The Open University and Rosalind Edwards University of Southampton A th o u g h t f u l a n d s o m e ti m e s challenging elaboration of some of the key concepts in contemporary family studies.... Students and researchers will want to have this book close to hand, nott simply as a reference work but as a stimulus to critical social analysis – David H J Morgan, Emeritus Professor of Sociology, University of Manchester CONTENTS ABRIDGED CONTENTS Attachment and Loss / Biology / Care / Child Development / Childhood and Children / Comparative Approaches / Conflict Theories / Coupledom: Marriage, Partnership and Cohabitation / Demography / Division of Labour / Domestic Violence and Abuse / Families of Choice / Family as Discourse / Family Change and Continuity / Family Effects / Family Forms / Family Law / Family Life Cycle and Life Course / Family Policies / Family Practices / Family Systems / Fatherhood, Fathers and Fathering / Feminisms / Functionalism / Grandparents / Home / Household / Individualization / Intimacy / Kinship / Motherhood, Mothers and Mothering / Negotiation / New Right / Parenthood, Parents and Parenting / Personal / Phenomenological Approaches / PostCoupledom: Separation, Divorce and Widowhood / Power / Problem Families / Public and Private / Rationalities / Role Theory / Siblings / Social Divisions / Socialization / Transnational Families PART ONE: INTRODUCING FAMILIES / PART TWO: RESEARCH AND POLICY / PART THREE: FAMILIES IN ACTION / PART FOUR: CONCLUSIONS SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES Written by experts in family studies and family policy, this clear, engaging book adopts a global perspective to usefully examine how modern families can be explored and understood in research, policy and practice. Packed with critical pedagogy, including case studies, think points, key words and a glossary, it guides students through topics such as relationships, sexualities, and paid and unpaid work, continually returning to its central themes of process and structure. 2012 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-931-8) • £72.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-932-5) • £24.99 2011 • 256 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-2005-6) • $116.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2006-3) • $42.00 51 Education SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION SOC An A-to-Z Guide Edited by James Ainsworth Georgia State University, USA Sociology of Education: An A-Z Guide introduces students to the social constructions of our educational systems and their many players, including students and their peers, teachers, parents, the broader community, politicians and policy makers. 2013 • 1056 pages Hardback (978-1-4522-0505-2) • $350.00 KEY ISSUES IN EDUCATION AND SOCIAL JUSTICE Emma Smith University of Leicester Inequalities can be experienced in different forms, from birth to school experiences, to the many different modes of learning as we grow up. This book focuses on educational experience as a lifelong and society-wide issue. The author draws on research, policyy and contemporary thinking in the field to provide a comprehensive guide to the educational inequalities that may exist and persist throughout an individual's educational course. Providing an international perspective on different ethnic, gender and social groups, the book covers a broad range of issues, including: • theoretical, policy and research developments in the area • inequalities that may exist during the years of schooling • government policy • beyond the school classroom. CONTENTS An Introduction to Education and Social Justice / Social Justice and Inequality / Good Schools for All: Schooling and Social Justice / Falling Standards and Failing Students? Inequalities in Student Outcomes / Included or Excluded? Social Justice and Special Educational Needs / Pupils' Experiences of Social Justice in School / Higher Education and Social Justice / Social Justice and the Learning Society EDUCATION STUDIES: KEY ISSUES 2012 • 176 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-810-9) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-811-6) • £21.99 SOC SOCIAL THEORY AND EDUCATION RESEARCH Four-Volume Set Mark Murphy Glasgow University This exciting new major work turns the spotlight on social theory and education research, taking a look at key thinkers and setting out the relevance of their ideas to education. SAGE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT & PRACTICE 2013 • 1496 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5312-0) • £600.00 KEY THEMES IN THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF EDUCATION Achievements and Agendas Sara Delamont Cardiff University This book is a synoptic survey of fifty years of ethnography in formal and informal educational settings. Uniquely, it pulls together the core findings from both the anthropology and the sociology of education, drawing on international research to explore a range of themes from movement and mobilities to the body, identity, time and space. 2014 • 240 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-0158-1) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-0159-8) • £26.99 EDUCATION AND CULTURAL CITIZENSHIP Nick Stevenson University of Nottingham Nick Stevenson strikes again, this time bringing the insights of critical social theory to bear upon the vexing issues of education, critical pedagogy and cultural citizenship. Stevenson is a powerful and engaging sociologist, and this book is his most politically provocative to date – Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DIVERSITY IN EDUCATION Edited by James A Banks University of Washington, USA With 695 signed entries, cross-references and re commende d readings, the Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education presents research and statistics, case studies and best practices, policies and programs at pre and post-secondary levels. 2012 • 2600 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-8152-1) • $595.00 52 CONTENTS Cultural Citizenship, Education and Democracy / Democratic Socialism, Multiculturalism and the Third Way / Critical Pedagogy, Democracy and Capitalism / Pragmaticism and Environmental Education / Education in the Consumer and Information Age / Education, Hope and the Politics of Fear PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 2011 • 184 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-646-3) • £66.00 Criminology INTRODUCT INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY CRIMINOLOGY CRIMINOLO The Essentials Second Edition James Treadwell University of Leicester Criminology recruits undergraduate students from all sorts of backgrounds. As they enter their first year they confront a dauntingly complex and diverse discipline. Therefore, a no-nonsense basic primer is an essential al survival tool. For me, Treadwell's book, which covers everything from underlying philosophical principles to exam tips, is the most comprehensive and accessible basic primer on the market – Steve Hall, Professor of Criminology, Teesside University This is an essential introduction to undergraduate studies in criminology. Short, clear and concise, it provides students with a comprehensive overview of the key themes covered on their criminology course, and offers invaluable advice on how to excel at their studies. The Second Edition provides: • summaries of key course content, including new sections on race and ethnicity, cybercrime, ordinary crime, state crime, global and comparative criminology, green criminology and zemiology • a helpful study skills section with extensive advice on how to write essays and pass exams, including new sections on how to avoid plagiarism and how to find, read and use journal articles • useful learning features including a new chapter on 'thinking like a criminologist', covering the differences between theoretical and 'common sense' views • recent UK case studies as well as international examples drawn from Australia, Africa and America • an all new companion website providing guides to further reading and links to relevant blogs, journal articles and useful websites. Theories, Methods, and Criminal Behavior Eighth Edition Frank E Hagan Mercyhurst College This comprehensive introduction to the study of criminology focuses on the vital core of criminological theory - theory, method d and criminal behaviour. Frank E Hagan investigates all forms of criminal activity, such as organized crime, white-collar crime, political crime and environmental crime. He explains the methods of operation, the effects on society and how various theories account for criminal behaviour. Key features of the Eighth Edition include: • crime files feature boxes • end-of-chapter 'theory and crime' and 'the theory-policy connection' sections • a standalone chapter on cybercrime • updated examples and additional examples throughout • an expansive Companion Website, which includes an electronic test bank, podcasts and video guest essays that bring criminology research and theories to life. CONTENTS Research Methods in Criminology / General Characteristics of Crime and Criminals / Victims and Victimization / Early and Classical Criminological Theories / Biological and Psychological Theories / Sociological Mainstream Theories / Sociological Critical Theories and Integrated Theories / Violent Crimes / Property Crime: Occasional, Conventional, and Professional / White Collar Crime: Occupational and Corporate / Political Crime and Terrorism / Organized Crime / Public Order Crime / Computer Crime / Epilogue: The Future of Crime 2013 • 552 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-4234-7) • $105.00 ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / PART TWO: CORE AREAS OF THE CURRICULUM / PART THREE: STUDY, WRITING AND REVISION SKILLS / PART FOUR 2013 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-5608-4) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-5609-1) • £18.99 THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF PUNISHMENT AND SOCIETY Edited by Jonathan Simon University of California, Berkeley, USA and Richard Sparks Edinburgh University VIOLENCE AND SOCIETY Larry Ray University of Kent This book is a compelling analysis of violence and our society from a theoretical and historical approach, and takes an interdisciplinary stance. 2011 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-035-3) • £83.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-036-0) • £25.99 Two of the leading scholars in the field, Jonathan Simon and Richard Sparks have craf ted a comprehensive and definitive resource that illuminates some me of the key themes in this complex area - from historical and prospective issues to penal trends and related contributions through theory, literature and philosophy. Incorporating a stellar and international line-up of contributors, the book addresses issues such as: capital punishment; the civilising process; gender; diversity; inequality; power; human rights; and neoliberalism. ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: PUNISHMENT AND SOCIAL THEORY / PART TWO: MASS IMPRISONMENT AND ITS CONSEQUENCE / PART THREE: MODES OF PUNISHMENT / PART FOUR: NEW CONTEXTS 2013 • 520 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-675-3) • £95.00 53 Criminology CRIMINOLO CRIMINOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES Essential Readings Third Edition Edited by Eugene McLaughlin University of Southampton and John Muncie The Open University This revised and expanded Third Edition of the internationally acclaimed Criminological al Perspectives is the most comprehensive reader available in the field. In addition to including essays which have had a seminal influence on the development of criminology, Criminological Perspectives reflects on the range of criminological thinking in the twenty-first century. Wide-ranging and global in scope and coverage, this book will enable students to engage with the key concepts, theoretical debates and empirical issues that they'll encounter throughout their studies. This Third Edition: • provides students with a one-stop resource to help them expand their reading, and critically engage with their course and the topics they are studying • covers all of the most significant theoretical and empirical work in the field, making it a resource that students can rely on and use throughout the whole of their degree • topics included cover a large range of disciplines, providing a truly interdisciplinary resource • is fully up-to-date with an entirely new Part on Global Transformations, as well as new readings on topics of contemporary criminological significance including anomie theory, social harm theory, surveillance studies, security studies, environmental studies, and governmentality studies. The 56 articles are organised thematically, complete with introductions that place them in context and to illustrate the approaches taken by different schools of criminological thought. UN UNDERSTANDING CRIMINOLOGICAL RESEARCH A Guide to Data Analysis John Martyn Chamberlain Loughborough University Written as an engaging, step-by-step guide informed by detailed case studies, Understanding Criminological Research h shows undergraduate and postgraduate students how to understand, analyze and use criminological data. Key features of the book include: • a thorough account of both qualitative and quantitative data analysis covering grounded theory, social constructivism, narrative analysis and statistical analysis • relevant and up-to-date British and international case studies drawn from newspaper articles, online reportage, government reports, interview transcripts and video recordings • practical examples demonstrating the application of various statistical tests to nominal, ordinal and interval data • clear and accessible chapter content supported by helpful introductions, concise summaries and suggestions for further reading • helpful text boxes summarizing key concepts and a detailed glossary defining crucial terms. CONTENTS Getting Started: Focusing on Deskwork / Qualitative and Quantitative Fieldwork Strategies / Grounded Theory Analysis / Narrative Analysis / Discourse Analysis / Univariate Analysis / Bivariate Analysis / Deskwork Revisited: Writing a Project Report 2013 • 264 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0857-1) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0858-8) • £24.99 ABRIDGED CONTENTS PART ONE: CRIMINOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS / PART TWO: CAUSES OF CRIME / PART THREE: CRIMINALISATION / PART FOUR: CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIME PREVENTION / PART FIVE: GOVERNANCE AND SURVEILLANCE / PART SIX: GLOBAL RISKS AND HARMS 2013 • 768 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0785-7) • £90.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0786-4) • £32.99 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY INTRODUCT A Text Reader Third Edition Anthony Walsh Boise State University and Craig T Hemmens Missouri State University THEORIZING CRIME AND DEVIANCE A New Perspective Steve Hall Social Futures Institute, Teesside University A sophisticated, original book from a leading authority. Steve Hall critiques the philosophies and political issues which have informed criminological theory and explores the roots and applications of existing ng theories. He then sets out a new, multi-disciplinary perspective for social theory. 2012 • 304 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-671-5) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-672-2) • £25.99 This popular text/reader provides instructors and students with the best of both worlds-authored text with carefully selected accompanying readings. Thoroughly updated throughout, this Third Edition provides an interdisciplinary perspective on crime and criminality that incorporates the latest theories, concepts, and research from sociology, psychology, genetics, evolutionary biology, and the neurosciences. 2013 • 640 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-5820-1) • $96.00 KEY CONCEPTS IN DRUGS AND SOCIETY Ross Coomber University of Plymouth, Karen McElrath Queen's University of Belfast, Fiona Measham and Karenza Moore University of Lancaster See page 20 for full details. 2013 • 208 pages Hardback (978-1-84787-484-9) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-485-6) • £20.99 54 Criminology THE RELAT RELATIVITY OF DEVIANCE CRIME AND THE ECONOMY CRI Y Third Edition Richard Rosenfeld Criminology & Criminal Justice, University of Missouri, St. Louis and Steven F Messner State University of New York at Albany Edited by John Curra Eastern Kentucky University The Relativity of Deviance provides a high-level of analysis of the relativity of deviance in a short, clearly-written primer intended for use alongside all of the major core deviance textbooks on the market. It answers such questions as: • What is Deviant? • What is deviant behavior? • How should the deviant be treated? • Why is the same act sometimes praised and sometimes condemned? Author John Curra answers these questions and more as he explores the meanings of social deviance and public reaction to it. This book approaches sex, violence, theft, drugs, and mental disorders in such a way that definitive or objective judgments become impossible. CONTENTS The Dynamic Nature of Deviance / Being Deviant / Power, Social Networks, and Organizational Deviance / Mental Disorders / Predatory Violence / Sexual Violence / Suicide / Sexual Diversity / Drugs and Drug Taking 2013 • 384 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0262-4) • $59.00 In this unique and timely book, two of the world's leading criminologists explore the connections between crime and economic conditions. The authors skilfully draw on influential criminological theories to formulate an original 'institutional' perspective. This perspective sheds light h on the complex ways in which levels and forms of crime reflect the structure and functioning of the economy in advanced capitalist societies. The book offers a readable, interesting and accessible analysis, addressing an array of different criminal activities, including: • violent crime • burglary • drug crime • white-collar crime • organized crime • fraud • corporate crime. CONTENTS Context and Consequences Through the Looking Glass: The Complex Relationship between Crime and the Economy / The Theoretical Toolkit of Contemporary Criminology / Bringing in Institutions: Markets, Morality and Crime / Understanding the Economic Context of Crime in Capitalist Societies / Implications for Policy and Social Change Fifth Edition COMPACT CRIMINOLOGY J Robert Lilly Northern Kentucky University, Francis T Cullen University of Cincinnati, USA and Richard A Ball Pennsylvania State University, Fayette 2013 • 152 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-716-3) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-717-0) • £19.99 CRIMINOLOGICAL THEORY The Fifth Edition of Criminological Theor y builds on the success of previous editions with updated coverage of criminological theory within a broader sociological and historical context. Its diverse coverage of major theories spans traditional and contemporary perspectives, with an eye toward the policy implications inherent within the theory. Key Features: • diverse coverage of major criminological theories includes perspectives ranging from biosocial theories to cultural criminology • the development of the theories is covered within a broader sociological and historical context • the authors explore policy implications and applications • chapter-opening photos of key theorists help motivate the discussions that follow • an Instructor Teaching Site includes a test bank and PowerPoint slides. CONTENTS The Context and Consequences of Theory / The Search for the "Criminal Man" / Rejecting Individualism: The Chicago School / Crime in American Society: Anomie and Strain Theories / Society as Insulation: The Origins of Control Theory / The Complexity of Control: Hirschi's Two Theories and Beyond / The Irony of State Intervention: Labeling Theory / Social Power and the Construction of Crime: Conflict Theory / New Directions in Critical Theory / The Gendering of Criminology: Feminist Theory / Crimes of the Powerful: Theories of White-Collar Crime / Bringing Punishment Back In: Conservative Criminology / Choosing Crime in Everyday Life: Routine Activity / The Search for the "Criminal Man" Revisited: Biosocial Theories / The Development of Criminals: Life-Course Theories 2011 • 504 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-8145-3) • $90.00 DEVIANCE AND SOCIAL CONTROL A Sociological Perspective Michelle Inderbitzin Oregon State University, Kristin Bates Cal State University, San Marcos and Randy Gainey Old Dominion University, Norfolk This book serves as a guide for students delving into the fascinating world of deviance for the first time, offering clear ar overviews of issues and perspectives in the field as well as introductions to classic and current academic literature. The unique text/reader format provides the best of both worlds, offering both substantial original chapters that give an overview of the field and the theories, as well as carefully selected articles on deviance and social control taken directly from leading academic journals and books. ABRIDGED CONTENTS How to Read a Research Article / The Diversity of Deviance / Readings / Researching Deviance / Anomie/Strain Theory / Social Disorganization Theory / Differential Association and Social Learning Theory / Social Control Theories of Deviance / Social Constructionist Approaches to Studying Deviance / Labeling Theory / Marxist/Conflict Theories of Deviance / Critical Theories of Deviance / Responses to Deviance / Social Control of Deviance / Deviant Careers and Career Deviance 2012 • 648 pages Paperback (978-1-4129-7377-9) • $74.00 55 Criminology GLOBALIZATION AND CRIME GLOBALIZA Second Edition THE SAGE DICTIONARY OF CRIMINOLOGY Katja Franko Aas University of Oslo, Norway Third Edition Bringing together the closely related subjects of criminology and global sociology, this book examines established topics such as transnational policing and organized crime, and also delves into new territory exploring the issues surrounding international criminal justice, human rights, comparative criminology, green criminology and financial crime. New to this Second Edition is a chapter dedicated to the impact of the war on terror on the rule of law and a detailed discussion on the growing topic of cosmopolitan criminology. Key Features: • students are provided with a clear and authoritative text on this fast-moving and complex field from a foremost authority in the area • inclusion of further reading and extensive references at the end of each chapter provide guidance to students on where to look for more in-depth reading • coverage of crimmigration, trafficking, green criminology, human rights, and cosmopolitan criminology means this text provides readers with an examination of cutting edge topics. Edited by Eugene McLaughlin University of Southampton and John Muncie The Open University CONTENTS Crime, Fear and Social Exclusion in the Global Village / Global Mobility and Human Traffic / Urban Criminology and the Global City / The 'Deviant Immigrant': Migration and Discourse about Crime / Global Security and the "War on Terror" / Governing Global Risks / Beyond the State: Globalization and State Sovereignty / Controlling Cyberspace? / Criminology Between the National, Local and Global / Towards a Cosmopolitan Criminology? KEY APPROACHES TO CRIMINOLOGY 2013 • 280 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0197-8) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0198-5) • £24.99 MEDIA & CRIME Second Edition Yvonne Jewkes University of Leicester Transpor ts students to a genuinely interesting place and makes other textbooks seem rather dull in comparison. It looks set to remain a classroom favourite for some time to come – Chris Greer, City University, London KEY APPROACHES TO CRIMINOLOGY 2011 • 328 pages Hardback (978-1-84860-702-6) • £77.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-703-3) • £25.99 Criminology has its own, special language and it can be confusing even to experienced criminologists. This Third Edition of The SAGE Dictionary of Criminology is an indispensable tool for interpreting and navigating this ever-changing field, with packed and theoretically weighty entries written by the original researchers and theoreticians themselves. Essential for teaching, studying and doing this thing we call criminology – Shadd Maruna, Professor of Justice Studies, Queen's University Belfast Now in its Third Edition, this bestselling reference text has established itself as the authoritative source covering the key concepts, theories, and methods in criminology and criminal justice. Edited by two of the leading figures in the field, the book: • contains over 300 entries: everything students come across on their course is covered and so can be used as resource throughout the whole of their course • is comprised of precisely defined concepts: students are equipped with a clear understanding of the history and development of each topic discussed • includes further reading to extend students' knowledge and make it easy for them to read around the topic • is interdisciplinary: each entry maps connections across various fields and issues, allowing students to see how the topics relate to other disciplines • features contributions from internationally renowned academics and practitioners, making the book is global and comparative throughout. 2013 • 536 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0082-7) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0083-4) • £26.99 RACE AND CRIME Third Edition Shaun L Gabbidon Penn State Harrisburg, USA and Helen Taylor Greene Texas Southern University Writ ten by two award-winning criminologists, the Third Edition of Race and Crime continues to examine the history of how racial and ethnic groups intersect with the U.S. criminal justice system, and investigates key contemporary ary issues relevant to understanding the current state of race/ ethnicity and crime in the United States. This thought-provoking text provides students with the latest research and data on White, Black, Hispanic, Asian-American and Native American intersections within the criminal justice system. The unique historical perspective is integrated throughout the text and provides students with a panoramic perspective on race and crime. CONTENTS Overview of Race and Crime / Extent of Crime and Victimization / Theoretical Perspectives on Race and Crime / Policing / Courts / Sentencing / The Death Penalty / Corrections / Juvenile Justice 2013 • 416 pages Paperback (978-1-4522-0260-0) • $78.00 56 Criminology ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS CYBERCRIM CYBERCRIME AND SOCIETY Edited by Shannon M BartonBellessa Indiana State University Majid Yar University of Hull Community corrections has evolved in the last 40 years to become a substantial part of the criminal justice and correctional system, spurred in recent years not so much by a progressive, humane philosophy as by dramatically increasing prison populations, court orders to 'fix' over-extended prison settings and an economic search for cost savings. To date, no comprehensive reference resource has tackled this topic. Accessible, jargon-free and available in both print and electronic formats, the one-volume Encyclopedia of Community Corrections explores all aspects of community corrections, from its philosophical foundations to its current inception. 2012 • 520 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9083-7) • $125.00 RACE & CRIME Michael Rowe Northumbria University In this original and cutting-edge new textbook, Michael Rowe explores the key topics in race and crime. Examining the main issues from an historical and comparative approach, the book fully situates arguments and ideas in a global context with contemporary examples. Encouraging readers to think critically about well-worn debates, Race and Crime covers a diverse range of issues including: • representation and disproportionality • victimization • human rights • terrorism • popular culture • governance. In this wide-ranging and ambitious book, Mike Rowe has managed the difficult feat of being both scholarly and accessible. A critical and thought-provoking analysis of criminology's long-standing and problematic relationship to questions of race and ethnicity that draws on a range of resources from the local to the global – Professor David Smith, Lancaster University ABRIDGED CONTENTS 'RACE', 'CRIME' AND SOCIETY / RACE, CRIME AND THE CRIMINOLOGICAL I M AG I N AT I O N / R AC E , C R I M E A N D P O PU L A R C U LT U R E / DISPROPORTIONALITY IN OFFENDING / RACE AND VICTIMIZATION / RACE, CONFLICT AND HUMAN RIGHTS / DISPROPORTIONALITY IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM / DIVERSITY AND REPRESENTATION IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM / ISLAM, TERRORISM AND SECURITY / RACE AND CRIME: A CRITICAL ENGAGEMENT Second Edition Cybercrime is a complex and everchanging phenomenon. This book offers a clear and engaging introduction to this fascinating subject by situating it in the wider context of social, political, cultural and economic change. Taking into to account recent developments in social networking and mobile communications, this Second Edition tackles a range of themes spanning criminology, sociology, law, politics and cultural studies including: • computer hacking • cyber terrorism • piracy and intellectual property theft • financial fraud and identity theft • hate speech • Internet pornography • online stalking • policing the Internet • surveillance and censorship. CONTENTS Cybercrime and the Internet: An Introduction / Hackers, Crackers and Viral Coders / Political Hacking: From Hacktivism to Cyberterrorism / Virtual 'Pirates': Intellectual Property Theft Online / Cyber-Frauds, Scams and Cons / Illegal, Harmful and Offensive Content Online: From Hate Speech to 'the Dangers' of Pornography / Child Pornography and Child Sex Abuse Imagery / The Victimization of Individuals Online: Cyberstalking and Paedophilia / Policing the Internet / Cybercrimes and Cyberliberties: Surveillance, Privacy and Crime Control 2013 • 232 pages Hardback (978-1-4462-0193-0) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0194-7) • £24.99 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF TRANSNATIONAL CRIME AND JUSTICE Edited by Margaret E Beare York University Although several encyclopedias cover aspects of transnational crime, it is this Encyclopedia's emphasis on transnational justice, as well, that differentiates it from the pack. Not only does it define, describe and nd chart the crimes and criminal activity, it also includes significant coverage of policing those crimes and prosecuting them within domestic and international court systems. The one-volume Encyclopedia of Transnational Crime and Justice is accessible and jargon-free and available in both print and electronic formats. 2012 • 544 pages Hardback (978-1-4129-9077-6) • $125.00 KEY APPROACHES TO CRIMINOLOGY 2012 • 224 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-726-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-727-0) • £22.99 57 Index INDEX Chirico Globalization ......................................................................................... 23 A Chirot How Societies Change, Second Edition ................................................. 23 A Very Personal Method, Douglas ..................................................................... 25 Chong Ho Shon How to Read Journal Articles in the Social Sciences ............ 16 Ackland Web Social Science ............................................................................. 16 Cieslik & Simpson Key Concepts in Youth Studies .......................................... 50 Adventures in Social Research, Eighth Edition Babbie, Halley & Zaino........... 11 Cities in a World Economy, Fourth Edition Sassen............................................ 26 Affect and Emotion, Wetherell ........................................................................... 36 City Life Franklin ................................................................................................ 27 Aging, Seventh Edition Moody .......................................................................... 49 Clapham, Clark & Gibb The SAGE Handbook of Housing Studies.................. 26 Ainsworth Sociology of Education, Two-Volume Set ........................................ 52 Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory, Second Edition Appelrouth & Edles ............................................................................................. 2 Albrecht The SAGE Reference Series on Disability, Eight-Volume Set ............. 48 Alleyne Narrative Networks ................................................................................. 9 Alvesson Understanding Organizational Culture, Second Edition .................... 44 American Multicultural Studies Pinder ........................................................... 35 Analyzing Social Networks, Borgatti, Everett & Johnson ................................ 18 Anderton, Dubber & James Understanding the Music Industries ................... 34 Andrews Doing Narrative Research .................................................................. 19 Anheier & Isar Cultures and Globalization ........................................................ 27 Antonius Interpreting Quantitative Data with IBM SPSS Statistics, Second Edition .................................................................................................................. 6 Appelrouth & Edles Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory, Second Edition ................................................................................................................. 2 Appelrouth & Edles Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era, Second Edition ................................................................................................................. 3 Asset Building & Community Development Green & Haines ............................. 26 Atkinson Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise Research Methods .................. 39 B Babbie, Halley & Zaino Adventures in Social Research, Eighth Edition........... 11 Banks Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set ..................... 52 Barbour Introducing Qualitative Research, Second Edition ................................ 7 Barker Cultural Studies, Fourth Edition ............................................................. 31 Barnett Encyclopedia of Social Networks ......................................................... 17 Barry & Yuill Understanding the Sociology of Health, Third Edition ................. 47 Barton-Bellessa Encyclopedia of Community Corrections .............................. 57 Bazeley & Jackson Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, Second Edition ........ 7 Bazeley Qualitative Data Analysis, Third Edition ............................................... 12 Beare Encyclopedia of Transnational Crime and Justice .................................. 57 Beckett Child Protection, Second Edition ......................................................... 49 Beedie & Craig Sport Sociology, Second Edition ............................................. 41 Beyond a Border, Kivisto & Faist ...................................................................... 37 Blackman Immaterial Bodies ............................................................................ 47 Body and Social Theory, The Third Edition Shilling........................................... 45 Borgatti, Everett & Johnson Analyzing Social Networks ................................. 18 Boslaugh Healthcare Systems Around the World ............................................. 47 Botterill & Platenkamp Key Concepts in Tourism Research ............................ 43 Brabazon Popular Music ................................................................................... 34 Bradby Medicine, Health and Society ............................................................... 47 Braham Key Concepts in Sociology ................................................................... 5 Buckingham & Turner Understanding Environmental Issues ........................... 28 Burkitt Emotions and Social Relations .............................................................. 36 Byers, Slack & Parent Key Concepts in Sport Management ........................... 41 Byrne & Uprichard Cluster Analysis, Four-Volume Set..................................... 13 C Cameron Disability Studies ............................................................................... 48 Cameron Working with Spoken Discourse ....................................................... 12 Carruthers & Babb Economy/Society, Second Edition .................................... 44 Case Study Research (International Student Edition), Fifth Edition Yin............... 9 Chamberlain Understanding Criminological Research ..................................... 54 Chambliss & Schutt Making Sense of the Social World, Fourth Edition .......... 19 Charmaz Constructing Grounded Theory, Second Edition ................................. 8 58 Child Protection, Second Edition Beckett ......................................................... 49 Classical Social Theory, Inglis ............................................................................ 3 Clegg & Haugaard The SAGE Handbook of Power.......................................... 44 Clegg, Kornberger & Pitsis Managing and Organizations, Third Edition......... 43 Cluster Analysis, Four-Volume Set Byrne & Uprichard..................................... 13 Coakley Nationalism, Ethnicity and the State ................................................... 24 Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, The Second Edition Saldana ...... 10 Companion to Survey Research, A Ornstein .................................................... 15 Comparative-Historical Methods, Lange ........................................................... 18 Constructing Grounded Theory, Second Edition Charmaz ................................. 8 Consumer Society Smart ................................................................................. 28 Contemporary China Studies 2, Four-Volume Set Ngo ..................................... 23 Contemporary China Studies 2, Four-Volume Set Ngo ..................................... 89 Contemporary China Studies, Eight-Volume Set Ngo ....................................... 23 Contemporary China Studies, Eight-Volume Set Ngo ....................................... 88 Contemporary Sociological Theory, Turner ........................................................ 4 Content Analysis, Third Edition Krippendorff.................................................... 16 Coomber, McElrath, Measham & Moore Key Concepts in Drugs and Society 19 Corsaro The Sociology of Childhood, Third Edition .......................................... 50 Cosmopolitanism, Skrbis & Woodward ............................................................. 4 Creative Industries, The Flew............................................................................. 29 Cregan Key Concepts in Body and Society ...................................................... 46 Creswell Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition ..................... 15 Creswell Research Design (International Student Edition), Fourth Edition ....... 15 Crime and the Economy, Rosenfeld & Messner .............................................. 55 Criminological Perspectives, Third Edition McLaughlin & Muncie................... 54 Criminological Theory, Fifth Edition Lilly, Cullen & Ball .................................... 55 Criminology, Second Edition Treadwell ............................................................. 53 Critical Issues in Clinical and Health Psychology, Rohleder ............................. 45 Critical Thinking for Sports Students, Ryall ....................................................... 40 Croteau, Hoynes & Milan Media/Society, Fourth Edition .................................. 30 Crysler, Cairns & Heynen The SAGE Handbook of Architectural Theory ........ 27 Cultural Industries, The Third Edition Hesmondhalgh ...................................... 29 Cultural Sociology of Divorce, Three-Volume Set Emery .................................. 50 Cultural Studies, Fourth Edition Barker ............................................................. 31 Cultures and Crises, Douglas ............................................................................ 25 Cultures and Globalization, Anheier & Isar ....................................................... 27 Cultures and Societies in a Changing World, Fourth Edition Griswold ............. 35 Curra The Relativity of Deviance, Third Edition .................................................. 55 Curtis & Curtis Social Research ......................................................................... 7 Cybercrime and Society, Second Edition Yar .................................................... 57 D Dannefer & Phillipson The SAGE Handbook of Social Gerontology................ 49 David & Sutton Social Research, Second Edition............................................. 18 Davie The Sociology of Religion, Second Edition ............................................. 39 Davies & Sigthorsson Introducing the Creative Industries ............................... 29 De Lombaerde & Soderbaum Regionalism, Four-Volume Set ........................ 22 Dean The Signature of Power ............................................................................. 4 Delamont Key Themes in the Ethnography ....................................................... 52 Designing Research in the Social Sciences, Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi ........ 9 Index Development and Social Change, Fifth Edition McMichael .............................. 22 G Devereux Understanding the Media, Third........................................................ 30 Gabbidon & Taylor Greene Race and Crime, Third Edition.............................. 56 Deviance and Social Control, Inderbitzin .......................................................... 55 Gabe & Monaghan Key Concepts in Medical Sociology, Second Editon ........ 46 Dicken Global Shift, Sixth Edition...................................................................... 24 Geddes International Migration, Four-Volume Set............................................. 24 Disability Studies, Cameron .............................................................................. 48 Gibson & Hartman Rediscovering Grounded Theory ......................................... 7 Disability Studies, Goodley ................................................................................ 48 Gibson & Meem Finding Out, Second Edition .................................................. 38 Discovering Statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition Field .............. 6 Gilbert Researching Social Life, Third Edition ................................................... 13 Discovering Statistics Using R, Field, Miles & Field ........................................... 6 Giulianotti & Robertson Globalization and Football......................................... 41 Doing Cultural Studies, Second Edition du Gay ................................................ 32 Giulianotti Sociology of Sport, Four-Volume Set .............................................. 41 Doing Cultural Theory, Walton ........................................................................... 32 Global Families, Second Edition Karraker ........................................................ 50 Doing Discourse Research, Keller ..................................................................... 11 Global Shift, Sixth Edition Dicken...................................................................... 24 Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research, Layder .................................................. 8 Global Sports Policy, Palmer ............................................................................. 40 Doing Narrative Research, Andrews ................................................................ 19 Globalization and Crime, Second Edition Franko Aas ...................................... 56 Doing Qualitative Research Differently, Second Edition Hollway & Jefferson ... 9 Globalization and Football, Giulianotti & Robertson........................................ 41 Doing Research in the Real World, Third Edition Gray ...................................... 15 Globalization, Chirico ........................................................................................ 23 Doing Visual Ethnography, Third Edition Pink.................................................... 12 Godwyn Sociology of Organizations .................................................................. 45 Dorling The Population of the UK, Second Edition ........................................... 20 Goodley Disability Studies ................................................................................. 48 Douglas A Very Personal Method ...................................................................... 25 Goodman & Ley Psychology and Sociology in Nursing ................................... 47 Douglas Cultures and Crises ............................................................................. 25 Gosling, Sutherland & Jones Key Concepts in Leadership ............................. 44 Dovidio The SAGE Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping and Discrimination .. 37 Gray Doing Research in the Real World, Third Edition ...................................... 15 du Gay Doing Cultural Studies, Second Edition ................................................ 32 Green & Haines Asset Building & Community Development ............................. 26 Dwyer & Shaw An Introduction to Social Policy ............................................... 20 Greenstein Methods of Family Research, Third Edition .................................... 50 Dynamics of Social Practice, The Shove, Pantzar & Watson .......................... 36 Griswold Cultures and Societies in a Changing World, Fourth Edition ............. 35 Grounded Theory for Qualitative Research, Urquhart ....................................... 14 E Economy/Society, Second Edition Carruthers & Babb .................................... 44 H Edgell The Sociology of Work, Second Edition ................................................. 43 Hagan Introduction to Criminology, Eighth Edition............................................ 53 Edles & Appelrouth Sociological Theory in the Classical Era, Second Edition . 2 Hall Theorizing Crime and Deviance .................................................................. 54 Education and Cultural Citizenship, Stevenson ................................................ 52 Hall, Nixon & Evans Representation, Second Edition ...................................... 32 Emergence of Social Theory, The Seventh Edition Turner & Powers ................ 2 Hammersley The Myth of Research-Based Policy and Practice ...................... 10 Emery Cultural Sociology of Divorce, Three-Volume Set .................................. 50 Handbook of Material Culture, Tilley, Keane, Kuechler, Rowlands & Spyer .. 25 Emmel Sampling and Choosing Cases in Qualitative Research ....................... 11 Handel The Sociology of Organizations ............................................................ 44 Emmison, Smith & Mayall Researching the Visual, Second Edition ................ 13 Hartley Key Concepts in Creative Industries ..................................................... 29 Emotions and Social Relations Burkitt .............................................................. 36 Health Activism Laverack .................................................................................. 46 Enchanting a Disenchanted World Ritzer .................................................... 22 Healthcare Systems Around the World Boslaugh .............................................. 47 Encyclopedia of Community Corrections, Barton-Bellessa ............................. 57 Henderson, Holland, McGrellis, Sharpe & Thomson Inventing Adulthoods.. 49 Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste, Two-Volume Set Zimring & Rathje 28 Hesmondhalgh The Cultural Industries, Third Edition ...................................... 29 Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set Banks ..................... 52 Hill-Collins & Solomos The SAGE Handbook of Race and Ethnic Studies ..... 37 Encyclopedia of Global Religion, Two-Volume Set Juergensmeyer & Roof .... 39 Hinton & Hjorth Understanding Social Media................................................... 33 Encyclopedia of Global Warming and Climate Change, Second Edition Philander 28 Hodkinson Media, Culture and Society............................................................. 30 Encyclopedia of Philosophy and the Social Sciences, Two-Volume Set Kaldis.. 8 Hollway & Jefferson Doing Qualitative Research Differently, Second Edition ... 9 Encyclopedia of Social Networks, Barnett ........................................................ 17 How Societies Change, Second Edition Chirot ................................................. 23 Holdsworth, Finney, Marshall &Norman Population and Society ................. 20 Encyclopedia of Sports Management and Marketing, Four-Volume Set Swayne 41 How to Do Media and Cultural Studies, Second Edition Stokes ...................... 31 Encyclopedia of Transnational Crime and Justice, Beare ................................. 57 How to Do Your Research Project, Second Edition Thomas ............................ 14 Engaged Sociologist, The Fourth Edition Korgen ............................................. 21 How to Read Journal Articles in the Social Sciences Chong Ho Shon ............ 16 Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project, The Second Edition O’Leary 18 Hubbard & Kitchin Key Thinkers on Space and Place, Second Edition........... 27 Event Power, Rojek............................................................................................ 42 Hughes Researching Gender, Four-Volume Set ................................................ 38 F I Fardon The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology, Two-Volume Set ........... 25 Immaterial Bodies, Blackman ........................................................................... 47 Field Discovering Statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition .............. 6 Inderbitzin Deviance and Social Control ........................................................... 55 Field, Miles & Field Discovering Statistics Using R ............................................ 6 Inglis Classical Social Theory ............................................................................ Finding Out, Second Edition Gibson & Meem .................................................. 38 Inkson & Minneart Tourism Management......................................................... 43 Fineman, Gabriel & Sims Organizing & Organizations, Fourth Edition ............ 45 International Migration, Four-Volume Set Geddes............................................. 24 Flew The Creative Industries.............................................................................. 29 Interpreting Qualitative Data, Fourth Edition Silverman .................................... 10 For Space, Massey ............................................................................................ 27 Interpreting Quantitative Data with IBM SPSS Statistics, Second Edition Antonius 6 Franklin City Life ................................................................................................ 27 3 Franko Aas Globalization and Crime, Second Edition ...................................... 56 Introducing Qualitative Research, Second Edition Barbour ................................ 7 Fuchs Social Media ........................................................................................... 33 Introducing the Creative Industries, Davies & Sigthorsson .............................. 29 59 Index Introduction to Criminology, Eighth Edition Hagan............................................ 53 Managing and Organizations, Third Edition Clegg, Kornberger & Pitsis......... 43 Introduction to Criminology, Third Walsh & Hemmens ..................................... 54 Massey For Space ............................................................................................. 27 Introduction to Social Policy, An Dwyer & Shaw............................................... 20 Matthews The SAGE Handbook of Environmental Change, Two-Volume Set.. 28 Introduction to Social Research, Third Edition Punch ...................................... 14 McCarthy & Edwards Key Concepts in Family Studies ................................... 51 Introduction to Sociology, Media Edition Ritzer .................................................. 5 McDonaldization of Society 7, The Seventh Edition Ritzer ................................ 4 Introduction to Sociology, Ritzer ......................................................................... 5 McGee Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology.......................................... 25 Inventing Adulthoods, Henderson, Holland, McGrellis, Sharpe & Thomson. 49 McGuigan Raymond Williams on Culture & Society ......................................... 35 Investigating the Social World, Seventh Edition Schutt ................................... 14 McKie & Callan Understanding Families .......................................................... 51 McLaughlin & Muncie Criminological Perspectives, Third Edition................... 54 J McLaughlin & Muncie The SAGE Dictionary of Criminology, Third Edition ..... 56 Jamal & Robinson The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies .......................... 42 McMichael Development and Social Change, Fifth Edition .............................. 22 James & James Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition ............ 49 McRobbie The Aftermath of Feminism.............................................................. 38 Jewitt, Price & Brown The SAGE Handbook of Digital Technology Research. 17 Media & Crime, Second Edition Jewkes ........................................................... 56 Jewkes Media & Crime, Second Edition ........................................................... 56 Media, Culture and Society, Hodkinson ............................................................ 30 Jones & Holmes Key Concepts in Media and Communications ...................... 30 Media/ Society, Fourth Edition Croteau, Hoynes & Milan ................................ 30 Jones, Brown & Holloway Qualitative Research in Sport and Physical Activity 40 Medicine as Culture, Third Edition Lupton ........................................................ 45 Juergensmeyer & Roof Encyclopedia of Global Religion, Two-Volume Set .... 39 Medicine, Health and Society, Bradby .............................................................. 47 Justice Globalism, Steger, Goodman & Wilson ............................................... 23 Methods of Family Research, Third Edition Greenstein .................................... 50 K Kaldis Encyclopedia of Philosophy and the Social Sciences, Two-Volume Set.. 8 Kaleidoscope of Gender, The Fourth Edition Spade ......................................... 38 Kalekin-Fishman & Denis The Shape of Sociology for the 20st Century .......... 4 Karraker Global Families, Second Edition ........................................................ 50 Keller Doing Discourse Research ...................................................................... 11 Key Concepts in Body and Society, Cregan ..................................................... 46 Miles & Saldana Qualitative Data Analysis, Third Edition ................................. 12 Military Sociology, Four-Volume Set Segal & Burk ........................................... 23 Miller Understanding Digital Culture .................................................................. 33 Moody Aging, Seventh Edition .......................................................................... 49 Murphy Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set .................. 52 Myth of Research-Based Policy and Practice, The Hammersley ..................... 10 N Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition James & James ............ 49 Narrative Networks, Alleyne ................................................................................ 9 Key Concepts in Classical Social Theory, Law ................................................... 3 Nationalism, Ethnicity and the State, Coakley .................................................. 24 Key Concepts in Creative Industries, Hartley .................................................... 29 Network Society, The Third Edition van Dijk ..................................................... 33 Key Concepts in Drugs and Society, Coomber, McElrath, Measham & Moore 19 Ngo Contemporary China Studies 2, Four-Volume Set ..................................... 23 Key Concepts in Family Studies, McCarthy & Edwards .................................. 51 Ngo Contemporary China Studies, Eight-Volume Set ....................................... 23 Key Concepts in Leadership, Gosling, Sutherland & Jones ............................ 44 Key Concepts in Media and Communications, Jones & Holmes ..................... 30 O Key Concepts in Medical Sociology, Second Editon Gabe & Monaghan ........ 46 Objectivity and Subjectivity in Social Research, Letherby Scott & Williams ... 16 Key Concepts in Sociology, Braham ................................................................... 5 O’Leary The Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project, Second Edition 18 Key Concepts in Special Events Management, Quinn ...................................... 42 Organizing & Organizations, Fourth Edition Fineman, Gabriel & Sims ............ 45 Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise Research Methods, Atkinson ................. 39 Ornstein A Companion to Survey Research ..................................................... 15 Key Concepts in Sport Management, Byers, Slack & Parent .......................... 41 Key Concepts in Tourism Research, Botterill & Platenkamp ........................... 43 P Key Concepts in Youth Studies, Cieslik & Simpson ......................................... 50 Palmer Global Sports Policy.............................................................................. 40 Key Issues in Education and Social Justice, Smith ........................................... 52 Pascale Social Inequality & The Politics of Representation ............................... 22 Key Themes in the Ethnography Delamont ....................................................... 52 Paxton & Hughes Women, Politics, and Power, Second Edition...................... 38 Key Thinkers on Space and Place, Second Edition Hubbard & Kitchin........... 27 Philander Encyclopedia of Global Warming and Climate Change, Second Edition 28 Kivisto & Faist Beyond a Border ....................................................................... 37 Korgen Engaged Sociologist, The Fourth Edition ............................................ 21 Korgen Sociologists in Action, Second Edition ................................................. 21 Krippendorff Content Analysis, Third Edition.................................................... 16 Pinder American Multicultural Studies ........................................................... 35 Pink Doing Visual Ethnography, Third Edition.................................................... 12 Pink Situating Everyday Life .............................................................................. 35 Politics of Belonging, The Yuval-Davis.............................................................. 22 L Popular Music, Brabazon .................................................................................. 34 Lange Comparative-Historical Methods ........................................................... 18 Popular Music, Four-Volume Set Rojek ............................................................. 34 Laverack Health Activism ................................................................................ 46 Population and Society, Holdsworth, Finney, Marshall & Norman ................. 20 Law Key Concepts in Classical Social Theory.................................................... 3 Population of UK, The Second Edition Dorling ................................................. 20 Layder Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research ................................................... 8 Prell Social Network Analysis ............................................................................ 17 Leon-Guerrero Social Problems, Fourth Edition............................................... 20 Privitera Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences .................................................. 9 Letherby, Scott & Williams Objectivity and Subjectivity in Social Research ... 16 Psychology and Sociology in Nursing, Goodman & Ley .................................. 47 Lilly, Cullen & Ball Criminological Theory, Fifth Edition .................................... 55 Punch Introduction to Social Research, Third Edition ....................................... 14 Lupton Medicine as Culture, Third Edition ........................................................ 45 Q M Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, Second Edition Bazeley & Jackson ........ 7 Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi Designing Research in the Social Sciences ......... 9 Qualitative Data Analysis, Bazeley .................................................................... 12 Making Sense of the Social World, Fourth Edition Chambliss & Schutt .......... 19 Qualitative Data Analysis, Third Edition Miles & Saldana ................................. 12 Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition Creswell ..................... 15 60 Index Qualitative Research in Sport and Physical Activity Jones, Brown & Holloway 40 Saldana The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, Second Edition ...... 10 Qualitative Research Practice, Second Edition Ritchie ....................................... 8 Sales Sociology Today ........................................................................................ 3 Questioning Gender, Ryle .................................................................................. 38 Sampling and Choosing Cases in Qualitative Research, Emmel ...................... 11 Quinn Key Concepts in Special Events Management ....................................... 42 Sassen Cities in a World Economy, Fourth Edition............................................ 26 Quraishi & Philburn Researching Racism ........................................................ 37 Schirato, Danaher & Webb Understanding Foucault, Second Edition ............ 32 Schutt Investigating the Social World, Seventh Edition .................................... 14 R Scott & Carrington The SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis ............ 19 Race & Crime, Rowe.......................................................................................... 57 Scott Social Network Analysis, Third Edition..................................................... 17 Race and Crime, Third Edition Gabbidon & Taylor Greene.............................. 56 Seale Researching Society and Culture, Third Edition ...................................... 18 Ray Violence and Society .................................................................................. 53 Segal & Burk Military Sociology, Four-Volume Set ........................................... 23 Raymond Williams on Culture & Society, McGuigan......................................... 35 Shape of Sociology for the 20st Century, The Kalekin-Fishman & Denis ........ 4 Rediscovering Grounded Theory, Gibson & Hartman ........................................ 7 Shields Spatial Questions .................................................................................. 26 Regionalism, Four-Volume Set De Lombaerde & Soderbaum ........................ 22 Shilling The Body and Social Theory, Third Edition........................................... 45 Relativity of Deviance, The Third Edition Curra .................................................. 55 Shove, Pantzar & Watson The Dynamics of Social Practice ........................... 36 Religion, Culture & Society, Singleton ............................................................... 39 Siapera Understanding New Media................................................................... 33 Representation, Second Edition Hall, Nixon & Evans ...................................... 32 Signature of Power, The Dean ............................................................................ 4 Research Design (International Student Edition), Fourth Edition Creswell ....... 15 Researching Gender, Four-Volume Set Hughes ................................................ 38 Silverman A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative Research, Second Edition...................................................... 11 Researching Racism, Quraishi & Philburn ....................................................... 37 Silverman Interpreting Qualitative Data, Fourth Edition .................................... 10 Researching Social Life, Third Edition Gilbert ................................................... 13 Simon & Sparks The SAGE Handbook of Punishment and Society................. 53 Researching Society and Culture, Third Edition Seale ...................................... 18 Singleton Religion, Culture & Society................................................................ 39 Researching the City Ward ................................................................................ 27 Situating Everyday Life, Pink ............................................................................. 35 Researching the Visual, Second Edition Emmison Smith & Mayall ................. 13 Skrbis & Woodward Cosmopolitanism .............................................................. 4 Ritchie Qualitative Research Practice, Second Edition ....................................... 8 Smart Consumer Society ................................................................................. 28 Ritzer Enchanting a Disenchanted World ...................................................... 22 Smith Key Issues in Education and Social Justice ............................................ 52 Ritzer Introduction to Sociology .......................................................................... 5 Smith Sociology of Work, Two-Volume Set ........................................................ 43 Ritzer Introduction to Sociology, Media Edition .................................................. 5 Social and Political Movements, Four-Volume Set Zirakzadeh ........................ 24 Ritzer The McDonaldization of Society 7, Seventh Edition ................................ 4 Social Exclusion, Winlow & Hall ........................................................................ 21 Robbins & Golson Books Ltd The SAGE Reference Series on Green Society, Twelve-Volume Set ............................................................................................. 28 Social Inequality & The Politics of Representation Pascale ............................... 22 Rohleder Critical Issues in Clinical and Health Psychology .............................. 45 Social Media, Fuchs .......................................................................................... 33 Rojek Event Power ............................................................................................ 42 Social Network Analysis, Prell ........................................................................... 17 Rojek Popular Music, Four-Volume Set ............................................................. 34 Social Network Analysis, Third Edition Scott..................................................... 17 Rose Visual Methodologies, Third Edition ......................................................... 13 Social Problems, Fourth Edition Leon-Guerrero............................................... 20 Rosenfeld & Messner Crime and the Economy ............................................... 55 Social Research, Curtis & Curtis ........................................................................ 7 Rowe Race & Crime........................................................................................... 57 Social Research, Second Edition David & Sutton............................................. 18 Ruddock Youth and Media ................................................................................ 31 Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set Murphy .................. 52 Russell Sociology for Health Professionals ....................................................... 47 Sociological Theory in the Classical Era, Second Edition Edles & Appelrouth . 2 Ryall Critical Thinking for Sports Students ........................................................ 40 Ryle Questioning Gender ................................................................................... 38 Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era, Second Edition Appelrouth & Edles 3 S Sociology for Health Professionals, Russell ...................................................... 47 SAGE Dictionary of Criminology, The Third Edition McLaughlin & Muncie ..... 56 Sociology of Childhood, The Third Edition Corsaro .......................................... 50 Social Inequality, Warwick-Booth ..................................................................... 21 Sociologists in Action, Second Edition Korgen ................................................. 21 SAGE Handbook of Architectural Theory, The Crysler, Cairns & Heynen ....... 27 Sociology of Education, Two-Volume Set Ainsworth ........................................ 52 SAGE Handbook of Digital Technology Research, The Jewitt, Price & Brown 17 Sociology of Organizations Godwyn .................................................................. 45 SAGE Handbook of Environmental Change, The Two-Volume Set Matthews.. 28 Sociology of Organizations, The Handel ........................................................... 44 SAGE Handbook of Housing Studies, The Clapham, Clark & Gibb................. 26 Sociology of Religion, The Second Edition Davie ............................................. 39 SAGE Handbook of Identities, The Wetherell & Mohanty ................................ 36 Sociology of Sport, Four-Volume Set Giulianotti .............................................. 41 SAGE Handbook of Innovation in Social Research Methods, The Williams & Vogt 17 Sociology of Work, The Second Edition Edgell ................................................. 43 SAGE Handbook of Power, The Clegg & Haugaard ......................................... 44 SAGE Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping and Discrimination, The Dovidio . 37 SAGE Handbook of Punishment and Society, The Simon & Sparks ................ 53 SAGE Handbook of Race and Ethnic Studies, The Hill-Collins & Solomos .... 37 SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology, The Two-Volume Set Fardon ........... 25 SAGE Handbook of Social Gerontology, The Dannefer & Phillipson ............... 49 SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis, The Scott & Carrington ........... 19 SAGE Handbook of Sociolinguistics, The Wodak, Johnstone & Kerswill ....... 36 SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies, The Jamal & Robinson ......................... 42 SAGE Reference Series on Disability, The Eight-Volume Set Albrecht ............. 48 SAGE Reference Series on Green Society, The Twelve-Volume Set Robbins & Golson Books Ltd .......................................................................... 28 Sociology of Work, Two-Volume Set Smith ........................................................ 43 Sociology Today, Sales ....................................................................................... 3 Spade Kaleidoscope of Gender, The Fourth Edition ........................................ 38 Spatial Questions, Shields ................................................................................. 26 Sport Sociology, Second Edition Beedie & Craig ............................................. 41 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, Privitera ................................................. 9 Steger, Goodman & Wilson Justice Globalism ................................................ 23 Stevenson Education and Cultural Citizenship ................................................. 52 Stokes How to Do Media and Cultural Studies, Second Edition ...................... 31 Studying Popular Music Culture, Second Edition Wall ...................................... 34 Swayne Encyclopedia of Sports Management and Marketing, Four-Volume Set 41 61 Index T V The Aftermath of Feminism, McRobbie............................................................. 38 van Dijk The Network Society, Third Edition ..................................................... 33 The Tourist Gaze 3.0, Third Edition Urry & Larsen ............................................ 42 Theoretical Sociology, Turner ............................................................................. 2 Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative Research, A Second Edition Silverman ................................ 11 Theorizing Crime and Deviance, Hall ................................................................. 54 Violence and Society, Ray................................................................................. 53 Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology McGee.......................................... 25 Visual Methodologies, Third Edition Rose ......................................................... 13 Thomas How to Do Your Research Project, Second Edition ............................ 14 Tilley, Keane, Kuechler, Rowlands & Spyer Handbook of Material Culture ... 25 W Tourism Management, Inkson & Minneart........................................................ 43 Wagner III Using IBM SPSS Statistics for Research Methods and Social Science Statistics, Fourth Edition ..................................................................................................... 10 Treadwell Criminology, Second Edition ............................................................. 53 Wall Studying Popular Music Culture, Second Edition ...................................... 34 Tinkler Using Photographs in Social and Historical Research ........................... 7 Turner & Powers The Emergence of Social Theory,Seventh Edition ................. 2 Walsh & Hemmens Introduction to Criminology, Third ..................................... 54 Turner Contemporary Sociological Theory ......................................................... 4 Walton Doing Cultural Theory ............................................................................ 32 Turner Theoretical Sociology .............................................................................. 2 Ward Researching the City ............................................................................... 27 Turner Understanding Celebrity, Second Edition .............................................. 31 Warwick-Booth Social Inequality ...................................................................... 21 Web Social Science, Ackland ............................................................................ 16 U Wetherell & Mohanty The SAGE Handbook of Identities ................................. 36 Understanding Celebrity, Second Edition Turner .............................................. 31 Wetherell Affect and Emotion ............................................................................ 36 Understanding Criminological Research, Chamberlain .................................... 54 Williams & Vogt The SAGE Handbook of Innovation in Social Research Methods 17 Understanding Digital Culture, Miller ................................................................ 33 Understanding Environmental Issues, Buckingham & Turner .......................... 28 Winlow & Hall Social Exclusion ......................................................................... 21 Understanding Families, McKie & Callan ......................................................... 51 Wodak, Johnstone & Kerswill The SAGE Handbook of Sociolinguistics ........ 36 Understanding Foucault, Second Edition Schirato, Danaher & Webb ............ 32 Women, Politics, and Power, Second Edition Paxton & Hughes...................... 38 Understanding New Media, Siapera.................................................................. 33 Working with Spoken Discourse, Cameron ....................................................... 12 Understanding Organizational Culture, Second Edition Alvesson .................... 44 Understanding Social Media, Hinton & Hjorth.................................................. 33 Understanding the Media, Third Devereux........................................................ 30 Understanding the Music Industries Anderton, Dubber & James ................... 34 Understanding the Sociology of Health, Third Edition Barry & Yuill ................. 47 Urquhart Grounded Theory for Qualitative Research ........................................ 14 Urry & Larsen The Tourist Gaze 3.0, Third Edition ............................................ 42 Using IBM SPSS Statistics for Research Methods and Social Science Statistics, Fourth Edition Wagner III ......................................... 10 Using Photographs in Social and Historical Research Tinkler ............................ 7 Y Yar Cybercrime and Society, Second Edition .................................................... 57 Yin Case Study Research (International Student Edition), Fifth Edition............... 9 Youth and Media, Ruddock ............................................................................... 31 Yuval-Davis The Politics of Belonging............................................................... 22 Z Zimring & Rathje Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste, Two-Volume Set...28 Zirakzadeh Social and Political Movements, Four-Volume Set ......................... 24 SAGE India A Agrarian Crisis and Farmer Suicides......................................................................7A Ahluwalia, Isher ................................................................................................35A Alternate Nation of Abanindranath Tagore, The ..................................................23A Anbumozhi, Venkatachalam .............................................................................34A Andrews, Robyn ...............................................................................................21A Arjomand,Said ..................................................................................................36A Arora, Saroj.........................................................................................................7A Ashis Nandy and The Cultural Politics of Selfhood ...............................................4A Athale, Naina ....................................................................................................32A Atlantic Gandhi.......................................................................................................9A Attwood, D W ...................................................................................................10A B Bagchi, Barnita ...................................................................................................3A Balaram, S ........................................................................................................11A Balslev, Anindita N............................................................................................21A Banerjee, Paula ................................................................................................20A Banerji, Debashish............................................................................................23A Bangwei, Wang ................................................................................................23A Barkat, Abul ......................................................................................................25A Basu, Partha Pratim .........................................................................................24A Basu, Raj Sekhar ..............................................................................................17A Bates, Crispin ...................................................................................................13A Baviskar, B S ....................................................................................................10A Bawikar, Ruma..................................................................................................33A Being Muslim and Working For Peace ................................................................14A Bernard, Catherine ...........................................................................................32A Bhadra, Bula .......................................................................................................1A Bhai, L Thara .....................................................................................................5A Bhattacharjee, Anuradha ....................................................................................8A 62 Bhattacharjee, Sukalpa ....................................................................................22A Bhaumik, Subir .................................................................................................30A Biswas, Prasenjit ..................................................................................... 30A, 31A Blisters on their Feet ............................................................................................31A Borders, Histories, Existences .............................................................................20A Breiling, Meinhard.............................................................................................34A Bridging the Gap ..................................................................................................10A Bridging the Social Gap .......................................................................................16A Broken Mirrors......................................................................................................20A Brunner, Hans-Peter .........................................................................................31A C Carter, Marina ...................................................................................................13A Chakrabarti, P G Dhar ......................................................................................17A Chakravarti, Sudeshna .....................................................................................24A Chanda, Ipshita ................................................................................................24A Channa, Subhadra Mitra ..................................................................................16A Chatterjee, Ipsita ..............................................................................................35A Chatterji, Rakhahari ............................................................................................9A Chattopadhyay, Rohitashya .............................................................................11A Chaudhury, Anasua Basu Ray ..........................................................................20A Chaudhury, Sabyasachi Basu Ray .....................................................................8A Chaudhury, Sukant K .........................................................................................2A Christmas in Calcutta ...........................................................................................21A Chung, Tan .......................................................................................................23A Cities and Crisis ...................................................................................................36A Civility against Caste ............................................................................................16A Civilizations.............................................................................................................3A Climate Change in Asia and the Pacific...............................................................34A Clothing for Liberation ........................................................................................10A Confronting the State...........................................................................................29A Index Construction of Evil in North East India ...............................................................30A Consumer Culture, Modernity and Identity ........................................................25A Countering Terrorism ...........................................................................................28A Jain, Jasbir .......................................................................................................19A James, Jonathan D ..........................................................................................24A Jodhka, Surinder S .............................................................................................5A Judge, Ravi Kanbur ..........................................................................................35A D D’Souza, Barnabe ............................................................................................33A Dabir, Neela ......................................................................................................32A Daechsel, Marcus .............................................................................................13A Das, Samir Kumar ............................................................................................31A Dasgupta, Abhijit ....................................................................................... 5A, 25A Dasgupta, Samir .................................................................................................4A Dasgupta, Sangita ............................................................................................18A Dasgupta, Sanjukta ................................................................................. 23A, 24A Datar, Sudha .....................................................................................................33A De Haan, Arjan ...................................................................................................6A Debt and Death in Rural India ................................................................................7A Defragmenting India .............................................................................................26A Deftereos, Christine ............................................................................................4A Deka¸ Meeta .....................................................................................................29A Desai, Renu ......................................................................................................36A Deshpande, R S .................................................................................................7A Dev, Amiya........................................................................................................23A Dey, Ishita ...........................................................................................................8A Displacement, Revolution, and the New Urban Condition ..................................35A Dixit, Kanak Mani .............................................................................................24A Drama for Development .......................................................................................10A Dutt, Bishnupriya ..............................................................................................19A Dutta, Nandana ................................................................................................30A E Elson, Diane .....................................................................................................19A Emergence of the Political Subject........................................................................6A Emerging Literatures from Northeast India..........................................................29A Empowering Rural Women ..................................................................................19A Enarson, Elaine .................................................................................................17A Endgame in Afghanistan ......................................................................................28A Engendering Performance ..................................................................................19A Ethnic Life-Worlds in North-East India.................................................................31A F Facing Globalization in The Himalayas ................................................................12A Forest History of India, A .....................................................................................33A From Ecstasy to Agony and Back........................................................................33A From Seva to Cyberspace ...................................................................................32A From Street to Hope ............................................................................................32A Fujita, Kuniko .......................................................................................................36A G Gandhi and the Ali Brothers...................................................................................9A Gellner, David N ..................................................................................................7A Gillespie, Marie .................................................................................................10A Gonsalves, Peter ....................................................................................... 9A, 10A Gudavarthy, Ajay ................................................................................................6A Guha, Chinmoy.................................................................................................23A H Handy, Femida .................................................................................................32A Harper, Malcolm ...............................................................................................32A Harvesting Feminist Knowledge for Public Policy ...............................................19A Hegewald, Julia A B .........................................................................................21A Herath, Tamara .................................................................................................27A Hindu Spirituality and Virtue Politics ....................................................................15A Human Bondage ....................................................................................................8A Hussain, Monirul...............................................................................................31A I In Conflict and Custody .......................................................................................20A Indigenous Roots of Feminism ............................................................................19A Indira, R ..............................................................................................................5A Ingold, Jillian.....................................................................................................32A Inside-Outside ......................................................................................................10A Interdisciplinary Alter-Natives in Comparative Literature ...................................22A Interrogating Development ..................................................................................31A Invitation to Environmental Sociology, An ...........................................................34A Iyer, Lalitha .......................................................................................................32A J Jafa, Navina ......................................................................................................21A Jaijee, Inderjit Singh ..........................................................................................7A Jain, Devaki ......................................................................................................19A K Kannabiran, Kalpana ........................................................................................18A Kanungo, Pralay ...............................................................................................15A Karlekar, Hiranmay ...........................................................................................28A Kassam, Meenaz ..............................................................................................32A Kattakayam, Jacob John....................................................................................5A Kelkar, Sanjeev ...................................................................................................8A Khadi: Gandhi’s Mega Symbol of Subversion ......................................................9A Khanam, Azra ...................................................................................................25A Khwaja, Jamal ..................................................................................................14A Kimura, Makiko ................................................................................................29A Kivisto, Peter ......................................................................................................4A Koreth, George .................................................................................................19A Krishna, Daya .....................................................................................................3A Kujur, Joseph Marianus ....................................................................................17A Kulshrestha, S K ...............................................................................................35A Kumar, Anand .....................................................................................................2A Kumar, Updesh .................................................................................................28A L Left-Wing Extremism and Human Rights ............................................................26A Life as a Dalit .......................................................................................................16A Liming, Wei .......................................................................................................23A Living the Qur’an in Our Times ............................................................................14A Locating Cultural Change ....................................................................................24A Lost Years of the RSS ............................................................................................8A M Macwan, Martin ................................................................................................16A Madan, T N .........................................................................................................3A Mahanta, Nani Gopal........................................................................................29A Major, Andrea ...................................................................................................13A Manchanda, Rita ..............................................................................................25A Mandal, Manas K .............................................................................................28A Margins of Faith ...................................................................................................17A Masdekar, Ujwala .............................................................................................33A Masood, Nazia ................................................................................................20A Mathur, Nita ......................................................................................................25A Mayaram, Shail ...................................................................................................3A Mayerfeld, Michael ...........................................................................................34A Mcdonaldisation, Masala Mcgospel and OM Economics ..................................24A Media, Gender, and Popular Culture in India.......................................................24A Mehta, Jayshree .................................................................................................9A Mencher, Joan P...............................................................................................16A Menon, Meena .................................................................................................28A Minorities and the State .......................................................................................25A Mishra, Lakshmidhar ..........................................................................................8A Mitra, Subrata K ...............................................................................................21A Modi, Ishwar ....................................................................................................1,2A Mohan, Chandra...............................................................................................22A Mohanty, B B ......................................................................................................5A Munsi, Urmimala Sarkar ...................................................................................19A Murari, S ...........................................................................................................27A Muslim Backward Classes ...................................................................................25A Mutiny at the Margins ..........................................................................................13A N Nagla, Madhu .....................................................................................................1A Nambiar, Harish ................................................................................................26A Nandanar’s Children.............................................................................................17A Narasimhan, Raji ..............................................................................................22A Natarajan, Nalini .................................................................................................9A Nellie Massacre of 1983, The...............................................................................29A North East India....................................................................................................31A Nurturing Families around the World ...................................................................32A O Ocean in a Drop, The .............................................................................................4A On India ................................................................................................................21A On The Edge of Empire .......................................................................................12A Oonk, Gijsbert ..................................................................................................11A Our Toxic World....................................................................................................34A P Padhi, Ranjana ...................................................................................................7A Patankar, Pallav ................................................................................................18A 63 Index Patel, Ashraf .......................................................................................................4A Pathmarajah, Selvarajah...................................................................................34A Pattnaik, Binay Kumar ........................................................................................2A Peace is Everybody’s Business............................................................................26A People Stronger, A ...............................................................................................18A Performing Heritage .............................................................................................21A Pfaff-Czarnecka, Joanna ..................................................................................12A Philosophy as Samvad and Swaraj ........................................................................3A Pillai, Latha .......................................................................................................10A Politics of Belonging In The Himalayas, The........................................................12A Politics of Post-Civil Society .................................................................................6A Politics of Poverty, The ..........................................................................................6A Politics of the (Im)Possible, The .............................................................................3A Postmodernism in a Global Perspective ...............................................................4A Power, Gerry .....................................................................................................10A Powerless .............................................................................................................33A Prabhakaran Saga, The ........................................................................................27A Prakash, Kamini .................................................................................................4A Public Hinduisms ................................................................................................15A Q Questions of Identity in Assam ............................................................................30A R Ramakrishnan, E V ...........................................................................................22A Ranade, Bhagyashree ......................................................................................32A Rand, Gavin ......................................................................................................13A Rangnekar, D K...................................................................................................6A Rao, Geeta .......................................................................................................33A Rao, Nagmani ...................................................................................................33A Ray, Arjun .........................................................................................................26A Ray, Ayesha ......................................................................................................26A Readings in Indian Sociology.................................................................................1A Recasting Caste ..................................................................................................14A Reddy, Deepa S................................................................................................15A Reddy, Vangimalla R.........................................................................................34A Remesh, Babu P ..............................................................................................10A Rescuing Railway Children ..................................................................................32A Re-Use–The Art and Politics of Integration and Anxiety .....................................21A Re-Visioning Indian Cities ....................................................................................34A Riots and After in Mumbai ...................................................................................28A Robinson, Rowena ...........................................................................................17A S Sabharwal, Nidhi Sadana .................................................................................16A Sahu, D R ...........................................................................................................5A Samaddar, Ranabir .............................................................................................6A Sanyal, Romola ................................................................................................36A Second Homeland, The .........................................................................................8A Separated and Divorced Women in India ............................................................18A Settled Strangers .................................................................................................11A Shankardass, Rani Dhavan ..............................................................................20A Shea, John J.....................................................................................................32A Shekhar, Arjun ....................................................................................................4A Sidhu, Aman .......................................................................................................7A Singh, Deepak K...............................................................................................30A Singh, Hira ........................................................................................................14A Singh, Kirti ........................................................................................................18A Singh, Suneeta .................................................................................................18A Sinha, Dipankar ................................................................................................24A Sinha, Minati .....................................................................................................18A Sivaramakrishnan, K C .....................................................................................34A Skill Training for Social Workers ...........................................................................33A Skuse, Andrew .................................................................................................10A Society, Representation and Textuality................................................................22A Sociological Traditions ...........................................................................................3A Soldier and the State in India, The.......................................................................26A Southasian Sensibility, The ..................................................................................24A 64 Srinivasan, Vasanthi .........................................................................................15A Srivastava, Vinay Kumar.....................................................................................1A Stateless in South Asia ........................................................................................30A States in Conflict with their Minorities .................................................................25A Studies in Indian Sociology....................................................................................5A Subramanian, Shreerekha ................................................................................18A Suklabaidya, Chandan .....................................................................................31A Sunder, L Shanthakumari .................................................................................14A Susewind, Raphael...........................................................................................14A Sustainability of Rights after Globalisation ............................................................8A Swamy, M R Narayan .......................................................................................27A Syiemlieh, David R ...........................................................................................12A T Tagore and China .................................................................................................23A Tagore—At Home in the World ............................................................................23A Thakkar, Usha .....................................................................................................9A Thinking Design....................................................................................................11A Thomas, C Joshua .................................................................................. 22A, 30A Thomas, K V .....................................................................................................26A Thorat, Sukhadeo .............................................................................................16A Those Who Did Not Die .........................................................................................7A Tiger Vanquished, The .........................................................................................27A Toffin, Gérard ....................................................................................................12A Togawa, Masahiko............................................................................................25A Towards a New Poverty Agenda in Asia ................................................................6A Toxics Link ........................................................................................................34A Translation as a Touchstone .................................................................................22A Tranum, Sam ....................................................................................................33A Trivedi, Harish ...................................................................................................22A Troubled Periphery ..............................................................................................30A Tucker, Richard P .............................................................................................33A U Understanding Gandhi ...........................................................................................9A Urban and Regional Planning in India..................................................................35A Urban Villager .......................................................................................................35A Urbanization in India.............................................................................................35A Urbanizing Citizenship..........................................................................................36A V Values and Influence of Religion in Public Administration ..................................14A Varieties of Activist Experience ..............................................................................7A Vasudevan, Vandana ........................................................................................35A Venkateswaran, Meenu ......................................................................................4A Visualising India ....................................................................................................11A Visvanathan, Susan ............................................................................................2A W Wadhera, Kiron .................................................................................................19A Waghmore, Suryakant ......................................................................................16A Warrier, Maya....................................................................................................15A Williams, Raymond Brady ................................................................................15A Women and Law ..................................................................................................18A Women in Indian Borderlands ............................................................................20A Women in Terrorism .............................................................................................27A Women Writing Violence ......................................................................................18A Women, Gender and Disaster..............................................................................17A Women’s Agency and Social Change .................................................................29A Worlds of Difference .........................................................................................36A Wyatt, Robin .....................................................................................................20A Z Zama, Margaret Ch ..........................................................................................29A Zavos, John ......................................................................................................15A Service and Availability SALES INFORMATION Sunanda Ghosh Tel: (+91 11) 4063 9233; Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234 e-mail: sunanda.ghosh@sagepub.in JOURNALS NEW DELHI T S Venkatesh Mob: 98733 55423 e-mail: ts.venkatesh@sagepub.in Rahul Malhotra Mob: 98117 88266 e-mail: rahul.malhotra@sagepub.in Devashish Dhasmana Mob: 98188 99787 e-mail: devashish.dhasmana@sagepub.in Prashant Agrahari Mob: 98912 06020 e-mail: prashant.agrahari@sagepub.in Abhash Singh Mob: 97180 51435 e-mail: abhash.singh@sagepub.in LUCKNOW Vimlesh Mishra Mob: 94154 68442 e-mail: vimlesh.mishra@sagepub.in Manish Sinha Mob: 80054 93817 e-mail: manish.sinha@sagepub.in B Lohith Kumar Mob: 92987 02319 e-mail: lohith.kumar@sagepub.in G Venkateswara Gupta Mob: 98495 43342 e-mail: venkateswara.gupta@sagepub.in CHENNAI S J Premkumar Mob: 98403 46258 e-mail: prem.kumar@sagepub.in S Shreeram Mob: 98402 71318 e-mail: s.shreeram@sagepub.in Surenther P Mob: 90952 22858 e-mail: surenther.p@sagepub.in BANGALORE A G Chakrapani Mob: 98457 48031 e-mail: ag.chakrapani@sagepub.in KERALA Umasankar M N Mob: 81297 88366 e-mail: umasankar.mn@sagepub.in BHOPAL Raj Narayan Yadav Mob: 98934 43507 e-mail: raj.yadav@sagepub.in VADODARA BHUBANESWAR Rajendra Mohapatra Mob: 88959 97229 e-mail: rajendra.mohapatra@sagepub.in KOLKATA Biplab Biswas Mob: 94341 41743 / 98741 81444 e-mail: biplab.biswas@sagepub.in Saikat Sen Mob: 93087 8102 e-mail: saikat.sen@sagepub.in Zuzar Z Sanjeliwala Mob: 98256 84415 e-mail: zuzar.sanjeliwala@sagepub.in MUMBAI Rameshwar Shinde Mob: 93702 37302 e-mail: rameshwar.shinde@sagepub.in Sarang C Rajhans Mob: 99607 74276 e-mail: sarang.rajhans@sagepub.in FOR RETAIL, ONLINE AND CORPORATE ORDERS PATNA Premendra Sharma Mob: 94310 20354 e-mail: premendra.sharma@sagepub.in Kunal Kumar Mob: 95461 13554 e-mail: kunal.kumar@sagepub.in BOOKS CUSTOMER SERVICE NEW DELHI HYDERABAD Sunil Raina Tel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 415 Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234 e-mail: sunil.raina@sagepub.in bookorders@sagepub.in Saroj K Sahoo Tel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 407 Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234 e-mail: saroj.sahoo@sagepub.in customerservicebooks@sagepub.in Manoj V Neemkar Mob: 94406 89736 e-mail: manoj.neemkar@sagepub.in Mukesh Jain Mob: 98730 88255 e-mail: mukesh.jain@sagepub.in Mohit Kapoor Mob: 98109 66348 e-mail: mohit.kapoor@sagepub.in Shashank Pratap Singh Mob: 97184 84201 e-mail: shashankpratap.singh@sagepub.in Ajeet Kumar Mob: 95820 32151 e-mail: ajeet.kumar@sagepub.in w w w. s a g e p u b . i n BOOKS When you choose SAGE, you will get the support of our dedicated sales and customer service teams who are eager to help you each step of the way. Helping you find suitable products to make a purchase decision, we’re here to make your job easier. LUCKNOW Pradeep Kumar Tiwari Mob: 94530 25431 e-mail: pradeep.tiwari@sagepub.in MUMBAI Sameer Jangam Mob: 99237 72109 e-mail: sameer.jangam@sagepub.in KOLKATA Niladri Kumar Chakraborty Mob: 98310 18913 e-mail: niladri.chakraborty@sagepub.in Souvik Mazumder Mob: 98310 23104 e-mail: souvik.mazumder@sagepub.in Rajkumar Ghosh Mob: 98310 74541 e-mail: rajkumar.ghosh@sagepub.in CHENNAI B Rehaman Sheriff Mob: 99620 87780 e-mail: rehaman.sheriff@sagepub.in HYDERABAD Rajesh Shaganti Mob: 93920 09007 e-mail: rajesh.shaganti@sagepub.in BANGALORE Rohit P Aravindekar Mob: 99649 99517 e-mail: rohit.aravindekar@sagepub.in JOURNALS Gajendra Singh Tel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 406 Mob: 99530 28060 e-mail: gajendra.singh@sagepub.in customerservicejournals@sagepub.in Two Easy Ways to Order! For fastest delivery, go to www.sagepub.in Email marketing@sagepub.in sales@sagepub.in NEW DELHI KOLKATA CHENNAI HYDERABAD B-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area Mathura Road, Post Bag 7 New Delhi 110 044 Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222 Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234 e-mail: marketing@sagepub.in Ground Floor 59/5 Prince Baktiar Shah Road Tollygunge 700 033 Tel: +(91-33) 2422 0611 2422 6832 Fax: +(91-33) 2417 2642 e-mail: kolkata@sagepub.in E-1 Karthik Apartments New No. 16 (old 6) Vijayaraghava Road T Nagar 600 017 Tel: +(91-44) 2815 8405 2815 8406, 2815 8407 e-mail: chennai@sagepub.in No.12-13-66 Sree Nilayam, 3rd Floor Street No.4, Taranaka Secunderabad 500 017 Tel: +(91-40) 2701 6674 e-mail: hyderabad@sagepub.in MUMBAI Apeejay House 5 Dinshaw Vachha Road Churchgate 400 020 Tel: +(91-22) 6636 4344 Fax: +(91-22) 2202 9967 e-mail: mumbai@sagepub.in SAGE India website gets a makeover! ENHANCED SUCCINCT INTUITIVE IMPROVED O INTERACTIVE SMART LAYOUT USER-FRIENDLY EASY EYE EYE-CATCHING CATCHING GLOBAL PRODUCTS Stay tuned in to upcoming Events and Conferences SEARCH S C Get to know our Authors and Editors NAVIGATION Why Publish with SAGE ? Follow News@SAGE FEATURE-RICH Looking for a Job with SAGE? Connect with us QUICK LOADING What’s New…on www.sagepub.in Available on Complete range of global products plus many additional features! Fresh New look Enhanced Search functionality with intuitive search filters Create an Account to make the most of our resources Know about the latest from SAGE with our e-Mail Alerts Request Inspection Copies Browse our product Catalogues and register for a copy VISIT NOW and send your FEEDBACK to marketing@sagepub.in Watch out for MORE INNOVATIVE and exciting NEW FEATURES in the coming months!

Sociology

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib